Select your preferred input and type any Sanskrit or English word. Enclose the word in “” for an EXACT match e.g. “yoga”.
     Amarakosha Search  
Results for sub
agnijvālāFeminineSingularsubhikṣā, dhātakī, dhātṛpuṣpikā
Results for sub402 results for sub
subin compound for sup-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subabhrumfn. dark brown View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subaddhamf(-)n. bound fast View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subaddhamf(-)n. firmly closed, clenched View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subaddha su-bandha- etc. See . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subahumf(-)n. very much, very many, very numerous etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subahuind. much, very much, greatly View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subāhumfn. having strong or handsome arms View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subāhum. Name of a serpent-demon View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subāhum. of one of skanda-'s attendants View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subāhum. of a dānava- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subāhum. of a rākṣasa- (see -śatru-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subāhum. of a yakṣa- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subāhum. of a son of dhṛta-rāṣṭra- and king of cedi- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subāhum. of a king of videhā- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subāhum. of a son of mati-nāra- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subāhum. of a son of citraka- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subāhum. of a son of kṛṣṇa- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subāhum. of a son of śatru-ghna- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subāhum. of a son of pratibāhu- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subāhum. of a son of kuvalayāśva- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subāhum. of a brother of alarka- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subāhum. of a bodhi-sattva- and a bhikṣu- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subāhum. of a monkey View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subāhuf. (/us-) Name of an apsaras- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subahudhāind. very much, often, frequently View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subāhukam. Name of a yakṣa- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subāhuparipṛcchāf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subahuśasind. idem or 'ind. very much, often, frequently ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subāhuśatrum. Name of rāma- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subahuśrutamfn. deeply versed in the veda- etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subāhuyuktam. Name of a king of the gandharva-s View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subalam. "very powerful", Name of śiva- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subalam. of a mythical bird (son of vainateya-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subalam. of a son of manu- bhautya- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subalam. of a son of sumati- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subalam. of a king of the gāndhāra-s (father of śakuni- and the wife of dhṛta-rāṣṭra-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subālamfn. very childish View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subālam. a good boy View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subālam. a god View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subālan. Name of an upaniṣad- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subalacandram. (with ācārya-) Name of an author View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subāladhiSee -vāladhi-.
subālāgrāmam. Name of a village View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subālakam. Name of the author of a kāma-śāstra- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subalaputram. "son of subala-", Name of śakuni- (see saubala-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subalavatmfn. very strong or powerful, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subāliśamf(ā-)n. very childish or foolish View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subandhamfn. well bound or secured, having a good binding View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subandham. sesamum View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subandhanavimocanam. "good deliverer from bonds", Name of śiva- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subāndhavam. "good friend", Name of śiva- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subandhu mfn. closely connected or related, good friend View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subandhum. Name of a ṛṣi- (having the patronymic gaupāyana- or laupāyana- and author of various hymns in ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subandhum. Name of the author of the vāsava-dattā- (who prob. lived in 7th century A.D.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subandhum. of a merchant View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subandhum. of various other persons View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subandhumfn. closely connected or related, good friend View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subandhum. Name of a ṛṣi- (having the patronymic gaupāyana- or laupāyana- and author of various hymns in ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subandhum. Name of the author of the vāsava-dattā- (who prob. lived in 7th century A.D.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subandhum. of a merchant View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subandhum. of various other persons View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subantan. technical expression for an inflected noun as ending with a case-termination View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subantaprakāśam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subantaprakriyāsarvasvan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subantarūpāvalīf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subantasaṃgraham. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subantaśiromaṇim. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subantavādam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subantavyākhyānan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subarhismfn. having good sacrificial grass View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subartham. (prob.) the meaning of a case-termination View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subarthanirṇayam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subarthasaṃgraham. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subarthatattvāvalokam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subdhamfn. smothered View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subh cl.9.6. P. subhnāti-, sumbhati-, (prob.) to smother (only imperfect tense asubhnan- ;and pr. p. sumbhan- ) ; cl.1.6. P. sobhati-, subhati- varia lectio for śubh- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subhan. (for subha-See sub voce, i.e. the word in the Sanskrit order) an auspicious constellation View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subhamfn. (for su-bha-See) , often wrong reading for śubha-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subhabodhārthamālāpaddhatif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subhadramf(ā-)n. (s/u--) very glorious or splendid or auspicious or fortunate View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subhadram. Azadirachta Indica View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subhadram. Name of viṣṇu- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subhadram. (prob.) of sanat-kumāra- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subhadram. of a son of vasu-deva- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subhadram. of a son of kṛṣṇa- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subhadram. of a son of idhmajihva- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subhadram. of the last man converted by gautama- buddha- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subhadram. of a scholar, Jain View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subhadram. of a mountain View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subhadrāf. Name of various well-known plants (exempli gratia, 'for example' Ichnocarpus Frutescens;Curcuma Zedoaria;Prosopis Spicigera etc.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subhadrāf. (in music) a particular śruti- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subhadrāf. a form of durgā- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subhadrāf. Name of a younger sister of kṛṣṇa- and wife of arjuna- (she was forcibly carried off by arjuna- from dvārakā- wish kṛṣṇa-'s permission, as described in ;her image is borne in procession with those of jagannātha- and bala-rāma-) etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subhadrāf. of a wife of durgama- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subhadrāf. of a daughter of balin- and wife of avīkṣita- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subhadrāf. of a grand daughter of rukmin- and wife of aniruddha- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subhadrāf. of a daughter of the asura- su-māya- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subhadrāf. of a mythical cow View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subhadrāf. of a poetess View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subhadran. fortune, welfare View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subhadran. Name of a catvara- (q.v) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subhadran. of a varṣa- in plakṣadvīpa- ruled by su-bhadra- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subhadrādhanaṃjayan. Name of a nāṭaka- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subhadraharaṇan. "the carrying off of subhadrā-", Name of a section in the (see above) and of other poems View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subhadrakam. the car or vehicle of a god for carrying his image in procession View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subhadrakam. the plant Aegle Marmelos View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subhadrakā(s/ubhadrikā-) f. a courtezan View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subhadrakāf. a kind of metre View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subhadrakāf. of a younger sister of kṛṣṇa- (See next) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subhadrakan. a kind of metre View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subhadrāṇīf. Ficus Heterophylla View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subhadrāpariṇayan. Name of a nāṭaka- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subhadrapūrvajam. "elder brother of subhadrā-", Name of kṛṣṇa- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subhadravijayam. Name of a nāṭaka- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subhadreśam. "lord of subhadrā-", Name of arjuna- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subhagamf(ā-)n. possessing good fortune, very fortunate or prosperous, lucky, happy, blessed, highly favoured etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subhagamf(ā-)n. beautiful, lovely, charming, pleasing, pretty (vocative case subhaga-and subhage-,often in friendly address) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subhagamf(ā-)n. nice (ironical) (equals śobhana-paśu- Scholiast or Commentator) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subhagamf(ā-)n. liked, beloved, dear (as a wife) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subhagamf(ā-)n. delicate, slender, thin View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subhagamf(ā-)n. (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound') suitable for (varia lectio) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subhagam. Name of śiva- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subhagam. borax View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subhagam. Michelia Champaka View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subhagam. Jonesia Asoka View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subhagam. red Amaranth View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subhagam. Name of a son of subala- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subhagāf. good fortune (in this sense the locative case āsu-seems to be used) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subhagam. a beloved or favourite wife (see compound) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subhagam. a five-year-old girl representing durgā- at festivals View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subhagam. musk View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subhagam. Name of various plants (a species of Musa;Glycine Debilis;Cyperus Rotundus etc.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subhagam. (in music) a particular rāgiṇī- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subhagam. Name of a daughter of prādhā- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subhagam. of one of the mātṛ-s attending on skanda- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subhagam. of a kind of fairy View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subhagan. good fortune View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subhagan. bitumen View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subhāgamf(-)n. fortunate, wealthy, rich View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subhāgāf. Name of a daughter of raudrāśva- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subhaga -bhaṅga- etc. See p.1229, columns 2, 3. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subhagākheṭabhūmimfn. having fine hunting-grounds ( subhagākheṭabhūmitva -tva- n.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subhagākheṭabhūmitvan. subhagākheṭabhūmi
subhagamind. beautifully, charmingly View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subhagamind. greatly, in a high degree (varia lectio for sutarām-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subhagamāninmfn. thinking one's self fortunate or pleasing View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subhagambhaviṣṇumfn. becoming fortunate or pleasing View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subhagambhāvukamfn. idem or 'mfn. becoming fortunate or pleasing ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subhagaṃkaraṇamf(ī-)n. making happy View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subhagaṃkaraṇamf(ī-)n. charming, enchanting View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subhagaṃkaraṇan. fascinating, winning (a woman) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subhagammanyamfn. (equals -mānin-) ( subhagammanyabhāva -bhāva- m."self-conceit, vanity") View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subhagammanyabhāvam. subhagammanya
subhagānandam. Name of a prahasana- ( subhagānandanātha -nātha- m.Name of an author ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subhagānandanātham. subhagānanda
subhagārcanacandrikāf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subhagārcāratnan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subhagasaṃdeśam. Name of a poem by nārāyaṇa- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subhagāsutam. (equals -tanaya-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subhagatāf. love, conjugal felicity View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subhagātanayam. the son of a beloved wife or of an honoured mother View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subhagatvan. welfare, prosperity View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subhagatvan. favour, dearness (especially of a wife)
subhagayaNom. P. yati-, to make beautiful, adorn View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subhagodayam. "rise of prosperity", Name of work (also subhagodayadarpaṇa ya-darpaṇa-,m.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subhagodayadarpaṇam. subhagodaya
subhāgyamfn. very fortunate, enviable View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subhaikṣan. good alms, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subhairavamf(ī-)n. very fearful View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subhājanan. a good receptacle or vessel of any kind View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subhakṣyan. excellent food View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subhaktif. great devotion to or love for (-tas-,"out of great devotion") View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subhakti -bhakṣya- See . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subhaṃsasmfn. (prob.) having a beautiful mons Veneris View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subhaṅgamfn. easily broken, brittle View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subhaṅgam. the cocoa-nut tree View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subhaṇitamfn. well spoken View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subhañjanam. a red species of Hyperanthera Morunga View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subhāñjanam. equals śobhāñjana-, Moringa Pterygosperma View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subhānumfn. shining beautifully or brightly View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subhānum. Name of the 17th (or 51st) year of Jupiter's cycle of 60 years View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subhānum. of a son of kṛṣṇa- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subharamf(ā-)n. well compacted, solid View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subharamf(ā-)n. dense, abundant View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subharamf(ā-)n. easily carried or handled View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subharamf(ā-)n. well practised, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subharamf(ā-)n. equals su-poṣa- ( subharatā -- f.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subharatāf. subhara
subhāsmfn. shining beautifully View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subhāsam. Name of a dānava- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subhāsam. of a son of su-dhanvan- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subhasadmfn. having beautiful buttocks, (in Comparative degree s/attarā-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subhāṣaṇam. Name of a son of yuyudhan- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subhāṣinmfn. speaking friendly words View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subhāṣinmfn. spoken mildly or gently View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subhāṣitamf(ā-)n. spoken well or eloquently View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subhāṣitamf(ā-)n. speaking or discoursing well, eloquent View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subhāṣitam. a particular buddha- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subhāṣitan. good or eloquent speech, witty saying, good counsel etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subhāṣitacandrikāf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subhāṣitagaveṣinm. Name of a king View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subhāṣitahārāvalif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subhāṣitakaustubham. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subhāṣitakāvyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subhāṣitamañjarīf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subhāṣitamayamf(ī-)n. consisting of good sayings View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subhāṣitamuktāvalif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subhāṣitanīvīf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subhāṣitaprabandham. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subhāṣitarasāsvādajātaromāñcakañcukamfn. having (as it were) armour consisting of bristling (or thrilling) hairs produced by tasting the flavour of delightful words
subhāṣitaratnākaram. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subhāṣitaratnakośam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subhāṣitaratnasaṃdoham. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subhāṣitārṇavam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subhāṣitasaṃgraham. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subhāṣitasamuccayam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subhāṣitaślokam. plural Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subhāṣitasudhāf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subhāṣitasudhānandalaharīf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subhāṣitasuradrumam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subhāṣitāvalif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subhāsvaramfn. shining brightly, radiant, splendid View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subhāsvaram. plural Name of a class of deceased ancestors View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subhaṭam. a great warrior, champion, soldier etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subhaṭam. Name of various men View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subhaṭam. of a poet (author of the drama dūtāṅgada-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subhaṭāf. Name of a princess View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subhaṭadattam. Name of author View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subhaṭavarmanm. Name of author View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subhaṭṭam. a very learned man View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subhaṭṭam. a distinguished warrior (incorrect for -bhaṭa-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subhavamfn. equals uttama-janman- () View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subhavam. Name of a king of the ikṣvāku-s View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subhavas varia lectio for prec. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subhāvitamfn. well soaked View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subhāvitvan. the necessity of being good or excellent View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subhavyamfn. very pretty or handsome View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subhayaṃkaramfn. causing great fear or danger View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subhayānakamfn. causing great terror, very alarming, terrible View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subheṣajamfn. (s/u--) a good remedy View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subheṣajan. "collection of remedies", Name of a Vedic book (perhaps the ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subhikṣamf(ā-)n. having good food or an abundant supply of provisions etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subhikṣāf. Lythrun Fructicosum or Grislea Tomentosa View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subhikṣan. (am-) abundance of food (especially that given as alms), abundant supply of provisions, plenty (opp. to dur-bh-) etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subhikṣakaramfn. causing abundance of food or good times View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subhikṣakārinmfn. causing abundance of food or good times View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subhikṣakṛtmfn. causing abundance of food or good times View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subhikṣāvahamfn. causing abundance of food or good times View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subhīmamfn. very dreadful or terrible View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subhīmam. Name of a malignant demon View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subhīmāf. Name of a wife of kṛṣṇa- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subhīraka m. the palāśa- tree, Butea Frondosa View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subhīravam. the palāśa- tree, Butea Frondosa View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subhīrukan. silver View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subhiṣaj(s/u--) mfn. healing well (only superl. ṣak-tama-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subhītamfn. greatly afraid of (genitive case) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subhogāf. Name of a dik-kumārī- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subhogīnamf(ā-)n. very fit to be enjoyed, very desirable View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subhogyamf(ā-)n. easy to be enjoyed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subhojamfn. eating well View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subhojanan. good food View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subhojasmfn. bountiful, generous, plentiful View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subhrāj(Nominal verb -bhrāṭ-) m. "shining brightly", Name of a son of deva-bhrāj- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subhrājam. "shining brightly", Name of a son of deva-bhrāj- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subhrātṛm. a good brother View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subhṛśamfn. very vehement, very much, exceeding ( subhṛśam am- ind."excessively") View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subhṛśamind. subhṛśa
subhṛtamfn. (s/u--) well borne or maintained, well cherished or protected View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subhṛtamfn. well paid View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subhṛtamfn. heavily laden View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subhru f. a beautiful brow View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subhrumfn. (Nominal verb sg. mf. -bhrūs- accusative mf. -bhruvam- f.also -bhrūm-; instrumental case f. -bhruvā-; dative case -bhruve-or vai-; ablative -bhruvas-or vās-; genitive case plural -bhrūvām-or -bhrūṇām-; vocative case sg. -bhrūs-or generally -bhru-,of. ) lovely-browed etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subhrūf. a beautiful brow View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subhrūmfn. (Nominal verb sg. mf. -bhrūs- accusative mf. -bhruvam- f.also -bhrūm-; instrumental case f. -bhruvā-; dative case -bhruve-or vai-; ablative -bhruvas-or vās-; genitive case plural -bhrūvām-or -bhrūṇām-; vocative case sg. -bhrūs-or generally -bhru-,of. ) lovely-browed etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subhrūf. (ūs-) a (lovely browed) maiden View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subhrūf. Name of one of the mātṛ-s attending on skanda- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subhrunāsākṣikeśāntamfn. (-bhrū-) having handsome brows (and) nose (and) eyes (and) hair View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subhrūnāsākṣikeśānta subhrunāsākṣikeśānta mfn. having handsome brows (and) nose (and) eyes (and) hair View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subhrunāsākṣikeśānta subhrūnāsākṣikeśānta mfn. having handsome brows (and) nose (and) eyes (and) hair View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
submfn. (n. plural mf. -bhv/as-) of an excellent nature, good, strong, beautiful etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subhujamfn. having handsome arms View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subhujāf. Name of an apsaras- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subhuktamfn. well eaten View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subhūmam. Name of kārtavīrya- (as the 8th jaina- cakra-vartin- or universal emperor) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subhūmif. a good place View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subhūmim. Name of a son of ugra-sena- (see next) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subhūmikan. (orf(ā-).) Name of a place near the sarasvatī- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subhūmipam. Name of a son of ugra-sena- (varia lectio su-bhūṣaṇa-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subhūṣaṇamf(ā-)n. well adorned or decorated View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subhūṣaṇam. See su-bhūmi-pa- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subhūṣaṇāf. Name of a kiṃnarī- (see next) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subhūṣaṇabhūṣitāf. Name of a kiṃnarī- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subhūtamfn. well made or done (as food) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subhūtāf. that part of the frame enshrining the universal Spirit which faces the north View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subhūtan. welfare, well-being View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subhūtakṛtmfn. causing welfare or part View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subhūtif. (s/u--) well-being, welfare View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subhūtim. Name of a lexicographer (also called -candra-;he wrote a commentator or commentary on the amara-koṣa-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subhūtim. of a Brahman (son of vasu-bhūti-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subhūtim. of a teacher View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subhūtikam. Aegle Marmelos View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subhūtipālam. Name of a man View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subhūyas(s/u--) mfn. much more, far more View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subhvan varia lectio for subhvan- (q.v) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subībhatsamfn. very disgusting or hideous View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subījan. good seed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subījam. "having good seed", Name of śiva- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subījam. the poppy View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subodham. right intelligence, good information or knowledge View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subodham. Name of an astronomy work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subodhāf. Name of various Comms. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subodhamf(ā-)n. easy to be understood, easily taught, easy ( subodham am- ind.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subodhajātakan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subodhakāram. Name of an author View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subodhamind. subodha
subodhamañjarīf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subodhanāf. Name of a tantra- work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subodhanīf. Name of various Comms. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subodhapañcikāf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subodhikāf. Name of a commentator or commentary on the sārasvata-prakriyā-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subodhinīf. Name of various Comms. (especially on the bhagavad-gītā-, the mitākṣarā-, the brahma-- sūtra-s etc.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subodhinīkāram. the author of the subodhinī- (a gram. work) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subrahmabandhūkamfn. on View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subrahmanm. a good Brahman View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subrahmanm. Name of a deva-putra- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subrahmann. the good brahman- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subrahman(-br/ahman-) mfn. attended with good prayers or having a good brahman- (priest) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subrāhmaṇa(s/u--) m. a good Brahman View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subrahmaṇīyamfn. relating to the subrahmaṇya- (See next) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subrahmanvāsudevam. Name of the son of vasu-deva- in the form of brahmā- (id est of kṛṣṇa- identified with the Creator) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subrahmaṇyamfn. very kind or dear to Brahmans (said of viṣṇu-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subrahmaṇyam. Name of one of the three assistants of the udgātṛ- priest View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subrahmaṇyam. Name of śiva- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subrahmaṇyam. of skanda- or kārttikeya- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subrahmaṇyam. of various authors etc. (also with ācārya-, paṇḍita-, yajvan-,and śāstrin-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subrahmaṇyāf. a particular recitation of certain mantra-s by the udgātṛ- priests (sometimes also the priest himself) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subrahmaṇyan. (equals f.) a particular recitation View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subrahmaṇyan. Name of a district in the south of India View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subrahmaṇya su-brāhmaṇa- See . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subrahmaṇyakṣetramāhātmyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subrahmaṇyamāhātmyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subrahmaṇyapaddhatif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subrahmaṇyapañcaratnan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subrahmaṇyaprayogam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subrahmaṇyapūjāvidhim. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subrahmaṇyasahasranāmann. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subrahmaṇyāṣṭakan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subrahmaṇyastotran. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subuddhif. good understanding View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subuddhimfn. of good understanding, wise, clever, intelligent etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subuddhim. Name of a son of māra-putra- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subuddhim. of two kings View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subuddhim. of a crow View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subuddhicandram. Name of a man View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subuddhimatmfn. very intelligent or wise View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subuddhimiśram. Name of author View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subuddhimiśramaheśvaram. Name of author View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subudhamf(ā-)n. vigilant View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subvibhaktyarthavivekam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
asubhaṅgam. breaking of life View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
asubhaṅgam. fear about life, danger of life View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
asubhṛtm. a living being, a creature, man View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
brahmatattvasubodhinīf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dharmasubodhinīf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
garbhasubhagamf(ā-)n. blessing the foetus. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
karṇasubhagamfn. pleasant to the ear, pleasant to be heard View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mahāsubhikṣan. great abundance of food, good times (plural) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mandasubodhinīf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mugdhabodhasubodhinīf. Name of work connected with vopadeva-'s grammar View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nyāyārthalaghusubodhinīf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pāṃsubhavan. equals -ja- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prākṛtasubhāṣitāvalīf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prakṛtisubhagamfn. naturally pleasant or agreeable View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pravātasubhagamfn. (a spot), delightful by (reason of) a fresh breeze View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prāyaścittasubodhinīf. Name of work
raghuvaṃśasubodhinīf. Name of Comm. of raghu-vaṃśa-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rāmasubrahmaṇyam. (with śāstrin-) Name of an author View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ṣaḍbhāṣāsubantādarśam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ṣaḍbhāṣāsubantarūpādarśa m. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sādhanasubodhanīf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
samudrasubhagāf. "ocean's-favourite", the Ganges View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sasubrahmaṇyamfn. with the subrahmaṇya- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śiñjadvalayasubhagamfn. pleasant with tinkling bracelets or zones View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
skhalitasubhagamind. dashing or leaping along pleasantly (over a rocky bed, said of a stream) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śravaṇasubhaga() mfn. pleasant to the ear. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stanitasubhagamind. with pleasant rumbling sounds View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
susubhikṣan. great abundance of food View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
svarasubodhinīf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tiṅsubantacayam. "collection of verbs and nouns (sub-anta-) ", a phrase View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vaidikasubodhinīf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vasubandhum. Name of a celebrated Buddhist scholar (wrong reading -bandha-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vasubhan. the constellation dhaniṣṭhā- (presided over by the vasu-s) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vasubhan. Name of a town View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subham. or n. (?) Name of a place (see vasubha-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subhadram. Name of kṛṣṇa- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vasubhāgam. Name of a poet View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vasubharitamfn. full of treasures. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vasubhaṭṭam. Aeschynomene or Sesbana Grandiflora View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vasubhṛdyānam. Name of a son of vasiṣṭha- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vasubhūtam. Name of a gandharva- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vasubhūtim. Name of various men View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
     Apte Search  
797 results
a अ The first letter of the alphabet; अक्षंराणामकारो$स्मि Bg.10.33. -अः [अवति, अतति सातत्येन तिष्ठतीति वा; अव्-अत् वा, ड Tv.] 1 N. of Viṣṇu, the first of the three sounds constituting the sacred syllable ओम्; अकारो विष्णुरुद्दिष्ट उकारस्तु महेश्वरः । मकारस्तु स्मृतो ब्रह्मा प्रणवस्तु त्रयात्मकः ॥ For more explanations of the three syllables अ, उ, म् see ओम्. -2 N. of Śiva, Brahmā, Vāyu, or Vaiśvānara.-- [अः कृष्णः शंकरो ब्रह्मा शक्रः सोमो$निलो$नलः । सूर्यः प्राणो यमः कालो वसन्तः प्रणवः सुखी ॥ Enm. अः स्याद् ब्रह्मणि विष्ण्वीशकूर्माणङ्करणेषु च। गौरवे$न्तःपुरे हेतौ भूषणे$ङ्घ्रावुमेज्ययोः ॥ Nm. अः शिखायां सिद्धमन्त्रे प्रग्राहे$र्के रथार्वणि । चक्रे कुक्कुटमूर्ध्नीन्दुबिम्बे ब्रह्मेशविष्णुषु ॥ ibid. Thus अः means Kṛiṣṇa, Śiva, Brahmā, Indra, Soma, Vāyu, Agni, the Sun, the life-breath, Yama, Kāla, Vasanta, Praṇava, a happy man, a tortoise, a courtyard, a battle, greatness, a female apartment in a palace, an object or a cause, an ornament, a foot, Umā, sacrifice, a flame, a particularly efficacious mantra, reins, the horse of chariot, a wheel, the head of a cock, the disc of the moon]; ind. 1 A Prefix corresponding to Latin in, Eng. in or un, Gr. a or an, and joined to nouns, adjectives, indeclinables (or rarely even to verbs) as a substitute for the negative particle ऩञ्, and changed to अन् before vowels (except in the word अ-ऋणिन्). The senses of न usually enumerated are six--(a) सादृश्य 'likeness' or 'resemblance', अब्राह्मणः one like a Brāhmaṇa (wearing the sacred thread &c.), but not a Brāhmaṇa; a Kṣatriya, or a Vaiśya; अनिक्षुः a reed appearing like इक्षु, but not a true इक्षु. (b) अभाव 'absence', 'negation', 'want', 'privation'; अज्ञानम् absence of knowledge, ignorance; अक्रोधः, अनङ्गः, अकण्टकः, अघटः &c. (c) अन्यत्व 'difference' or 'distinction'; अपटः not a cloth, something different from, or other than, a cloth. (d) अल्पता 'smallness', 'diminution', used as a diminutive particle; अनुदरा having a slender waist (कृशोदरी or तनुमध्यमा). (e) अप्राशस्त्य 'badness', 'unfitness', having a depreciative sense; अकालः wrong or improper time; अकार्यम् not fit to be done, improper, unworthy, bad act. (f) विरोध 'opposition', 'contrariety'; अनीतिः the opposite of morality; immorality; असित not white, black; असुर not a god, a demon &c. These senses are put together in the following verse :-- तत्सादृश्यमभावश्च तदन्यत्वं तदल्पता । अप्राशस्त्यं विरोधश्च ऩञर्थाः षट् प्रकीर्तिताः ॥ See न also. With verbal derivatives, such as gerunds, infinitives, participles, it has usually the sense of 'not'; अदग्ध्वा not having burnt; अपश्यन् not seeing; so असकृत् not once; अमृषा, अकस्मात् &c. Sometimes in बहुव्रीहि अ does not affect the sense of the second member : अ-पश्चिम that which has no last, i. e. best, topmost; e. g. विपश्चितामपश्चिमः cf. also R.19.1. अनुत्तम having no superior, unsurpassed, most excellent: (for examples see these words). -2 An interjection of (a) Pity (ah !) अ अवद्यं P.I.1.14 Sk. (b) Reproach, censure (fie, shame); अपचसि त्वं जाल्म P.VI.3.73 Vārt. See अकरणि, अजीवनि also. (c) Used in addressing; अ अनन्त. (d) It is also used as a particle of prohibition. -3 The augment prefixed to the root in the formation of the Imperfect, Aorist and Conditional Tenses. N. B.-- The application of this privative prefix is practically unlimited; to give every possible case would almost amount to a dictionary itself. No attempt will, therefore, be made to give every possible combination of this prefix with a following word; only such words as require a special explanation, or such as most frequently occur in literature and enter into compounds with other words, will be given; others will be found self-explaining when the English 'in', 'un', or 'not', is substituted for अ or अन् before the meaning of the second word, or the sense may be expressed by 'less', 'free from', 'devoid or destitute of' &c; अकथ्य unspeakable; अदर्प without pride, or freedom from pride; अप्रगल्भ not bold; अभग unfortunate; अवित्त destitute of wealth &c. In many cases such compounds will be found explained under the second member. Most compounds beginning with अ or अन् are either Tatpuruṣa or Bahuvrīhi (to be determined by the sense) and should be so dissolved.
aṃśaḥ अंशः [अंश्-अच्] 1 A share, part, portion, division; member; सकृदंशो निपतति Ms.9.47; तुर्यांशः a fourth part; षष्ठ˚; ममैवांशो जीवलोके जीवभूतः सनातनः Bg.15.7; भुवमंशाविव धर्मयोर्गतौ R.8.16; अंशेन दर्शितानुकूलता K.159 partly. -2 A share in property, inheritance; स्वतों$शतः Ms.8.48; अनंशौ क्लीबपतितौ 9.21; पत्न्यः कार्याः समांशिकाः Y.2.115. -3 the numerator of a fraction; अन्योन्यहाराभिहतौ हरांशौ Līlā.; sometimes used for fraction itself. -4 A degree of latitude (or longitude); अक्षस्यांशाः समाख्याताः षष्टयुत्तरशतत्रयम्; स च अंशः षष्टिकलात्मकः, कला तु षष्टिविकलात्मिका -5 The shoulder (more correctly written as अंस, q. v.). -6 N. of one of the Ādityas; Mb.1.227.25; cf. also the beginning of T. Ā. The senses of 'party', 'a share of booty', 'earnest money', which are said to occur in the Veda are traceable to 1 above. -7 The vital note in a Rāga. -Comp. - अंशः [ष. त.] a secondary incarnation; part of a portion. -अंशि adv. share by share. -अवतारः -तरणम् [ष. त.] descent (on earth) of parts of deities, partial incarnation; ˚तार इव धर्मस्य Dk.153; ˚रमिव कृतान्तस्य K.31; ˚उच्चैःश्रवसः 79; so अंशावतीर्णमिव 18; N. of a sub-parvan covering Adhyāyas 64-67 of Ādiparvan of Mb. Even without the compound अंश means partial incarnation, अंश, आवेश, and अवतार are the three kinds of Lord's manifestations. -कुण्डली (= नवांशकुण्डली) the horoscope prepared by taking into consideration the nine zodiacal divisions. (1/18th of a राशि = नवांश or नवमांश). -भाज्, -हर, -हारिन् a. [उप. समास] one who takes or has a share, one entitled to a share in the ancestral property, an heir, a co-heir; पिण्डदों?1?1$- शहरश्चैषां पूर्वाभावे परः परः Y.2.132; जातो$पि दास्यां शूद्रेण कामतों$शहरो भवेत् 133. -विवर्तिन् a. [स. त.] slightly turned away, or turned away towards the shoulder; मुखमंशविवर्ति पक्ष्मलाक्ष्याः Ś.3.24. v. l. for अंसविवर्ति. -सवर्णनम् [ष. त.] reduction of fractions to the same denominator (अतुल्यच्छेदयो राश्योः समच्छेदकरणम्) अन्योन्यहाराभिहतौ हरांशौ राश्योः समच्छेदविधानमेवम् Līlā. -स्वरः the keynote.
akartṛ अकर्तृ m. [न. त] Not an agent; अकर्तरि च कारके P.III. 3.19; actionless; चातुर्वर्ण्यं मया सृष्टं गुणकर्मविभागशः । तस्य कर्तार- मपि मां विद्ध्यकर्तारमव्ययम् ॥ Bg.4.13. पुरुषो$कर्ता भोक्ता Sāṅkhya; a subordinate agent; ˚त्वम्-ता an inferior or subordinate position. -Comp. -भावः the state of non-agent; द्रष्टृत्वमकर्तृ- भावश्च । Sāṅkhya. K.19.
akalpa अकल्प a. [न. ब.] 1 Uncontrolled, not subject to control or rules, unrestrained, unfettered. -2 Weak, unable. -3 Incomparable. -4 Incapable, unfit. -ल्पः A patient; Nigh.
akāma अकाम a. [नास्ति कामो यस्य] 1 Free from desire, affection, love; अकामस्य क्रिया काचिद् दृश्यते नेह कर्हिचित् Ms.2.4. everything is an act of his will. -2 Reluctant, unwilling; यो$कामां दूषयेत्कन्यां स सद्यो वधमर्हति । Ms.8.364; also नाकामो दातुमर्हति. -3 Uninfluenced by, not subject to, love; भयादकामापि हि दृष्टिविभ्रमं Ś.1.23. -4 Unconscious, unintentional; अकामोपनतेनेव साधोर्हृदयमेनसा R.1.39 unconsciously committed. -5 The Sandhi which causes the dropping of a final र् before a following र्. -Comp. -कर्शन a. Ved. not frustrating desire; शिक्षानरः प्रदिवो अकामकर्शनः Rv.1.53.2. -हत a. not smitten with desire or affection, free from desire, calm.
agarī अगरी [नास्ति गरो विषं यस्याः; प. ब. गौर. ङीष्] 1 A kind of grass or plant (देवताड वृक्ष) commonly called Deotar, Andropogon Serratus. It is said to be an antidote against the poison of rats and mice. -2. Any substance that removes poison (विषहारिद्रव्यमात्रम्)
agṛbhīta अगृभीत a. [न. त.] Ved. 1 Not seized or overcome; unsubdued; Rv.8.79.1. ˚शोचिस् of unsubdued splendour, एता न यामे अगृभीतशोचिषः Rv.5.54.5;8.23.1. -2 Inconceivable
agniḥ अग्निः [अङ्गति ऊर्ध्वं गच्छति अङ्ग्-नि,नलोपश्च Uṇ.4.5., or fr. अञ्च् 'to go.'] 1 Fire कोप˚, चिन्ता˚, शोक˚, ज्ञान˚, राज˚, &c. -2 The God of fire. -3 Sacrificial fire of three kinds (गार्हपत्य, आहवनीय and दक्षिण); पिता बै गार्हपत्यो$ ग्निर्माताग्निर्दक्षिणः स्मृतः । गुरुराहवनीयस्तु साग्नित्रेता गरीयसी ॥ Ms. 2.232. -4 The fire of the stomach, digestive faculty, gastric fluid. -5 Bile (नाभेरूर्ध्व हृदयादधस्तादामाशयमाचक्षते तद्गतं सौरं तेजः पित्तम् इत्याचक्षते). -6 Cauterization (अग्नि- कर्मन्). -7 Gold. -8 The number three. शराग्निपरिमाणम् (पञ्चत्रिंशत्) Mb.13.17.26. -9 N. of various plants: (a) चित्रक Plumbago Zeylanica; (b) रक्तचित्रक; (c) भल्लातक Semicarpus Anacardium; (d) निम्बक Citrus Acida. -1 A mystical substitute for the letter र्. In Dvandva comp. as first member with names of deities, and with particular words अग्नि is changed to अग्ना, as ˚विष्णू, ˚मरुतौ, or to अग्नी, ˚पर्जन्यौ, ˚ वरुणौ, ˚षोमौ -11 पिङगला नाडी; यत्र तद् ब्रह्म निर्द्वन्द्वं यत्र सोमः, (इडा) सहाग्निना (अग्निः पिङ्गला) Mb.14.2.1. -12 Sacrificial altar, अग्निकुण्ड cf. Rām. 1.14.28. -13 Sky. अग्निर्मूर्धा Muṇḍ 2.1.4. [cf. L. ignis.] [Agni is the God of Fire, the Ignis of the Latins and Ogni of the Slavonians. He is one of the most prominent deities of the Ṛigveda. He, as an immortal, has taken up his abode among mortals as their guest; he is the domestic priest, the successful accomplisher and protector of all ceremonies; he is also the religious leader and preceptor of the gods, a swift messenger employed to announce to the immortals the hymns and to convey to them the oblations of their worshippers, and to bring them down from the sky to the place of sacrifice. He is sometimes regarded as the mouth and the tongue through which both gods and men participate in the sacrifices. He is the lord, protector and leader of people, monarch of men, the lord of the house, friendly to mankind, and like a father, mother, brother &c. He is represented as being produced by the attrition of two pieces of fuel which are regarded as husband and wife. Sometimes he is considered to have been brought down from heaven or generated by Indra between two clouds or stones, created by Dyau, or fashioned by the gods collectively. In some passages he is represented as having a triple existence, which may mean his three-fold manifestations as the sun in heaven, lightning in the atmosphere, and as ordinary fire on the earth, although the three appearances are also elsewhere otherwise explained. His epithets are numberless and for the most part descriptive of his physical characteristics : धूमकेतु, हुतभुज्, शुचि, रोहिताश्व, सप्तजिह्व, तोमरधर, घृतान्न, चित्रभानु, ऊर्ध्वशोचिस्, शोचिष्केश, हरिकेश, हिरण्यदन्त, अयोदंष्ट्र &c. In a celebrated passage he is said to have 4 horns, 3 feet, 2 heads, and 7 hands. The highest divine functions are ascribed to Agni. He is said to have spread out the two worlds and _x001F_+ produced them, to have supported heaven, formed the mundane regions and luminaries of heaven, to have begotten Mitra and caused the sun to ascend the sky. He is the head and summit of the sky, the centre of the earth. Earth, Heaven and all beings obey his commands. He knows and sees all worlds or creatures and witnesses all their actions. The worshippers of Agni prosper, they are wealthy and live long. He is the protector of that man who takes care to bring him fuel. He gives him riches and no one can overcome him who sacrifices to this god. He confers, and is the guardian of, immortality. He is like a water-trough in a desert and all blessing issue from him. He is therefore constantly supplicated for all kinds of boons, riches, food, deliverance from enemies and demons, poverty, reproach, childlessness, hunger &c. Agni is also associated with Indra in different hymns and the two gods are said to be twin brothers. Such is the Vedic conception of Agni; but in the course of mythological personifications he appears as the eldest son of Brahmā and is called Abhimānī [Viṣṇu Purāṇa]. His wife was Svāhā; by her, he had 3 sons -Pāvaka, Pavamāna and Śuchi; and these had forty-five sons; altogether 49 persons who are considered identical with the 49 fires. He is also represented as a son of Aṅgiras, as a king of the Pitṛs or Manes, as a Marut and as a grandson of Śāṇḍila, and also as a star. The Harivaṁśa describes him as clothed in black, having smoke for his standard and head-piece and carrying a flaming javelin. He is borne in a chariot drawn by red horses and the 7 winds are the wheels of his car. He is accompanied by a ram and sometimes he is represented as riding on that animal. Agni was appointed by Brahamā as the sovereign of the quarter between the south and east, whence the direction is still known as Āgneyī. The Mahābhārata represents Agni as having exhausted his vigour and become dull by devouring many oblations at the several sacrifices made by king Śvetaki, but he recruited his strength by devouring the whole Khāṇḍava forest; for the story see the word खाण्डव]. -Comp. -अ (आ) गारम् -रः, -आलयः, -गृहम् [अग्निकार्याय अगारम् शाक˚ त.] a fire-sanctuary, house or place for keeping the sacred fire; वसंश्चतुर्थो$ग्निरिवाग्न्यगारे R.5.25. रथाग्न्यगारं चापार्चीं शरशक्तिगदे- न्धनम् Mb.11.25.14. -अस्त्रम् fire-missile, a rocket, -आत्मक a. [अग्निरात्मा यस्य] of the nature of fire सोमा- त्मिका स्त्री, ˚कः पुमान्. -आधानम् consecrating the fire; so ˚आहिति. -आधेयः [अग्निराधेयो येन] a Brāhmana who maintains the sacred fire. (-यम्) = ˚आधानम्. -आहितः [अग्निराहितो येन, वा परनिपातः P.II.2.37.] one who maintains the sacred fire; See आहिताग्नि. -इध् m. (अग्नीध्रः) [अग्निम् इन्द्धे स अग्नीध्] the priest who kindles fire (mostly Ved). -इन्धनः [अग्निरिध्यते अनेन] N. of a Mantra. (नम्) kindling the fire; अग्नीन्धनं भैक्षचर्याम् Ms.2.18. -उत्पातः [अग्निना दिव्यानलेन कृतः उत्पातः] a fiery portent, meteor, comet &c. In Bṛ. S.33 it is said to be of five kinds: दिवि भुक्तशुभफलानां पततां रूपाणि यानि तान्युल्काः । धिष्ण्योल्का- शनिविद्युत्तारा इति पञ्चधा भिन्नाः ॥ उल्का पक्षेण फलं तद्वत् धिष्ण्याशनिस्त्रिभिः पक्षैः । विद्युदहोभिः ष़ड्भिस्तद्वत्तारा विपाचयति ॥ Different fruits are said to result from the appearances of these portents, according to the nature of their colour, position &c. -उद्धरणम्, -उद्धारः 1 producing fire by the friction of two araṇis. -2 taking out, before sun-rise, the sacred fire from its cover of ashes previous to a sacrifice. -उपस्थानम् worship of Agni; the Mantra or hymn with which Agni is worshipped (अग्निरुपस्थीयते$नेन) अग्निस्त्रिष्टुभ् उपस्थाने विनियोगः Sandhyā. -एधः [अग्निमेधयति] an incendiary. -कणः; -स्तोकः a spark. -कर्मन् n. [अग्नौ कर्म स. त.] 1 cauterization. -2 action of fire. -3 oblation to Agni, worship of Agni (अग्निहोत्र); so ˚कार्य offering oblations to fire, feeding fire with ghee &c.; निर्वर्तिताग्निकार्यः K.16.; ˚र्यार्धदग्ध 39, Ms.3.69, अग्निकार्यं ततः कुर्यात्सन्ध्ययोरुभयोरपि । Y.1.25. -कला a part (or appearance) of fire; ten varieties are mentioned धूम्रार्चिरुष्मा ज्वलिनी ज्वालिनी विस्फु- लिङ्गिनी । सुश्री: सुरूपा कपिला हव्यकव्यवहे अपि ॥ यादीनां दश- वर्णानां कला धर्मप्रदा अमूः ।). -कारिका [अग्निं करोति आधत्ते करणे कर्तृत्वोपचारात् कर्तरि ण्वुल्] 1 the means of consecrating the sacred fire, the Ṛik called अग्नीध्र which begins with अग्निं दूतं पुरो दधे. 2. = अग्निकार्यम्. -काष्ठम् अग्नेः उद्दीपनं काष्ठं शाक ˚त.] agallochum (अगुरु) -कुक्कुटः [अग्नेः कुक्कुट इव रक्तवर्णस्फुलिङ्गत्वात्] a firebrand, lighted wisp of straw. -कुण्डम [अग्नेराधानार्थं कुण्डम्] an enclosed space for keeping the fire, a fire-vessel. -कुमारः, -तनयः; सुतः 1 N. of Kārttikeya said to be born from fire; Rām.7. See कार्त्तिकेय. -2 a kind of preparation of medicinal drugs. -कृतः Cashew-nut; the plant Anacardium occidentale. [Mar.काजू] -केतुः [अग्नेः केतुरिव] 1 smoke. -2 N. of two Rākṣasas on the side of Rāvaṇa and killed by Rāma. -कोणः -दिक् the south-east corner ruled over by Agni; इन्द्रो वह्निः पितृपतिर्नौर्ऋतो वरुणो मरुत् । कुबेर ईशः पतयः पूर्वादीनां दिशां क्रमात् ॥ -क्रिया [अग्निना निर्वर्तिता क्रिया, शाक. त.] 1 obsequies, funeral ceremonies. -2 branding; भेषजाग्निक्रियासु च Y.3.284. -क्रीडा [तृ. त.] fire-works, illuminations. -गर्भ a. [अग्निर्गर्भे यस्य] pregnant with or containing fire, having fire in the interior; ˚र्भां शमीमिव Ś 4.3. (--र्भः) [अग्निरिव जारको गर्भो यस्य] 1 N. of the plant Agnijāra. -2 the sun stone, name of a crystal supposed to contain and give out fire when touched by the rays of the sun; cf Ś2.7. -3 the sacrificial stick अरणि which when churned, gives out fire. (-र्भा) 1 N. of the Śamī plant as containing fire (the story of how Agni was discovered to exist in the interior of the Śamī plant is told in chap. 35 of अनु- शासनपर्व in Mb.) -2 N. of the earth (अग्नेः सकाशात् गर्भो यस्यां सा; when the Ganges threw the semen of Śiva out on the Meru mountain, whatever on earth &c. was irradiated by its lustre, became gold and the earth was thence called वसुमती) -3 N. of the plant महा- ज्योतिष्मती लता (अग्निरिव गर्भो मध्यभागो यस्याः सा) [Mar. माल- कांगोणी] -ग्रन्थः [अग्निप्रतिपादको ग्रन्थः शाक. त.] the work that treats of the worship of Agni &c. -घृतम् [अग्न्युद्दीपनं घृतं शाक. त.] a kind of medicinal preparation of ghee used to stimulate the digestive power. -चित् m. अग्निं चितवान्; चि-भूतार्थे क्विप् P.III.2.91] one who has kept the sacred fire; यतिभिः सार्धमनग्निमग्निचित् R.8.25; अध्वरे- ष्वग्निचित्वत्सु Bk.5.11. -चयः, -चयनम्, -चित्या. arranging or keeping the sacred fire (अग्न्याधान); चित्याग्निचित्ये च P.III.1.132. -2 (-यः, -यनः) the Mantra used in this operation. -3 a heap of fire -चित्वत् [अग्निचयनम् अस्त्यस्मिन् मतुप्; मस्य वः । तान्तत्वान्न पद- त्वम् Tv.] having अग्निचयन or अग्निचित्. -चूडः A bird having a red tuft. -चर्णम् gunpowder. कार्यासमर्थः कत्यस्ति शस्त्रगोलाग्निचूर्णयुक् Śukranīti 2.93. -ज, -जात a. produced by or from fire, born from fire. (-जः, -जातः) 1 N. of the plant अग्निजार (अग्नये अग्न्युद्दीपनाय जायते सेवनात् प्रभवति). 1 N. of Kārttikeya पराभिनत्क्रौञ्चमिवाद्रिमग्निजः Mb.8.9. 68.3. Viṣṇu. (-जम्, -जातम) gold; so ˚जन्मन्. -जित् m. God; Bhāg.8.14.4. -जिह्व a. 1 having a fiery tongue. -2 one having fire for the tongue, epithet of a God or of Visṇu in the boar incarnation. (-ह्वा) 1 a tongue or flame of fire. -2 one of the 7 tongues of Agni (कराली धूमिनी श्वेता लोहिता नीललोहिता । सुवर्णा पद्मरागा च जिह्वा: सप्त विभावसोः -3 N. of a plant लाङ्गली (अग्नेर्जिह्वेव शिखा यस्याः सा); of another plant (जलपिप्पली) or गजपिप्पली (विषलाङ्गला) (Mar. जल-गज पिंपळी) -ज्वाला 1 the flame or glow of fire. -2 [अग्नेर्ज्वालेव शिखा यस्याः सा] N. of a plant with red blossoms, chiefly used by dyers, Grislea Tomentosa (Mar. धायफूल, धायटी). -तप् a. [अग्निना तप्यते; तप्-क्विप्] having the warmth of fire; practising austerities by means of fire. -तपस् a. [अग्निभिः तप्यते] 1 practising very austere penance, standing in the midst of the five fires. -2 glowing, shining or burning like fire (तपतीति तपाः अग्निरिव तपाः) hot as fire -तेजस् a. having the lustre or power of fire. (अग्नेरिव तेजो यस्य). (-स् n.) the lustre of fire. (-स् m.) N. of one of the 7 Ṛiṣis of the 11th Manvantara. -त्रयम् the three fires, See under अग्नि. -द a. [अग्निं दाहार्थं गृहादौ ददाति; दा. -क.] 1 giving or supplying with fire -2 tonic, stomachic, producing appetite, stimulating digestion. -3 incendiary; अग्निदान् भक्तदांश्चैव Ms.9.278; अग्निदानां च ये लोकाः Y.2.74; so ˚दायक, ˚दायिन्. यदग्निदायके पापं यत्पापं गुरुतल्पगे. Rām.2.75.45. -दग्ध a. 1 burnt on the funeral pile; अग्निदग्धाश्च ये जीवा ये$प्यदग्धाः कुले मम Vāyu. P. -2 burnt with fire. -3 burnt at once without having fire put into the mouth, being destitute of issue (?); (pl.) a class of Manes or Pitṛis who, when alive, kept up the household flame and presented oblations to fire. -दमनी [अग्निर्दम्यते$नया; दम्-णिच् करणे ल्युट] a narcotic plant, Solanum Jacquini. [Mar. रिंगणी] -दातृ [अग्निं विधानेन ददाति] one who performs the last (funeral) ceremonies of a man; यश्चाग्निदाता प्रेतस्य पिण्डं दद्यात्स एव हि. -दीपन a. [अग्निं दीपयति] stimulating digestion, stomachic, tonic. -दीप्त a. [तृ. त्त.] glowing, set on fire, blazing (-प्ता) [अग्निर्जठरानलो दीप्तः सेवनात् यस्याः सा] N. of a plant ज्योतिष्मती लता (Mar. मालकांगोणी), which is said to stimulate digestion. -दीप्तिः f. active state of digestion. -दूत a. अग्निर्दूत इव यस्मिन् यस्य वा] having Agni for a messenger, said of the sacrifice or the deity invoked; यमं ह यज्ञो गच्छत्यग्निदूतो अरंकृतः Rv.1.14.13. -दूषितः a. branded. -देवः [अग्नि- रेव देवः] Agni; a worshipper of Agni. -देवा [अग्निर्देवो यस्याः] the third lunar mansion, the Pleiades (कृत्तिका). -द्वारम् the door on the south-east of a building; पूर्व- द्वारमथैशाने चाग्निद्वारं तु दक्षिणे । Māna.9.294-95. -धानम् [अग्निर्धियते$स्मिन्] the place or receptacle for keeping the sacred fire, the house of अग्निहोतृ; पदं कृणुते अग्निधाने Rv. 1.165.3. -धारणम् maintaining the sacred fire; व्रतिनां ˚णम् K. 55. -नयनम् = ˚प्रणयनम्. -निर्यासः [अग्नेर्ज- ठरानलस्येव दीपको निर्यासो यस्य] N. of the plant अग्निजार. -नेत्र a. [अग्निर्नेता यस्य] having Agni for the leader or conveyer of oblations, an epithet of a god in general. -पदम् 1 the word Agni. -2 fire-place. -3 N. of a plant. -परिक्रि-ष्क्रि-या care of the sacred fire, worship of fire, offering oblations; गृहार्थो$ग्निपरिष्क्रिया Ms.2.67. -परिच्छदः the whole sacrificial apparatus; गृह्यं चाग्निपरिच्छदम् Ms.6. 4. -परिधानम् enclosing the sacrificial fire with a kind of screen. -परीक्षा [तृ. त.] ordeal by fire. -पर्वतः [अग्निसाधनं पर्वतः] a volcano; महता ज्वलता नित्यमग्निमेवाग्नि- पर्वतः Rām.5.35.43. -पुच्छः [अग्नेः अग्न्याधानस्थानस्य पुच्छ इव]. tail or back part of the sacrificial place; the extinction of fire. -पुराणम् [अग्निना प्रोक्तं पुराणम्] one of the 18 Purāṇas ascribed to Vyāsa. It derives its name from its having been communicated originally by Agni to the sage Vasiṣṭha for the purpose of instructing him in the two-fold knowledge of Brahman. Its stanzas are said to be 145. Its contents are varied. It has portions on ritual and mystic worship, cosmical descriptions, chapters on the duties of Kings and the art of war, a chapter on law, some chapters on Medicine and some treatises on Rhetoric, Prosody, Grammar, Yoga, Brahmavidyā &c. &c. -प्रणयनम् bringing out the sacrificial fire and consecrating it according to the proper ritual. -प्रणिधिः Incendiary. Dk.2.8. -प्रतिष्ठा consecration of fire, especially the nuptial fire. -प्रवेशः; -शनम [स. त.] entering the fire, self-immolation of a widow on the funeral pile of her husband. -प्रस्कन्दनम् violation of the duties of a sacrificer (अग्निहोमाकरण); ˚परस्त्वं चाप्येवं भविष्यसि Mb.1.84.26. -प्रस्तरः [अग्निं प्रस्तृणाति अग्नेः प्रस्तरो वा] a flint, a stone producing fire. -बाहुः [अग्ने- र्बाहुरिव दीर्घशिखत्वात्] 1 smoke. -2 N. of a son of the first Manu; Hariv. N. of a son of Priyavrata and Kāmyā. V. P. -बीजम् 1 the seed of Agni; (fig.) gold (रुद्रतेजः समुद्भूतं हेमबीजं विभावसोः) -2 N. of the letter र्. -भम [अग्नि- रिव भाति; भा-क.] 1 'shining like fire,' gold. -2 N. of the constellation कृत्तिका. -भु n. [अग्नेर्भवति; भू-क्विप् ह्रस्वान्तः] 1 water. -2 gold. -भू a. [अग्नेर्भवतिः भू-क्विप्] produced from fire. (भूः) 1 'fire-born,' N. of Kārttikeya. -2 N. of a teacher (काश्यप) who was taught by Agni. -3 (arith.) six. -भूति a. produced from fire. (-तिः) [अग्निरिव भूतिरैश्वर्यं यस्य] N. of a pupil of the last Tīrthaṅkara. (-तिः) f. the lustre or might of fire. -भ्राजस् a. Ved. [अग्निरिव भ्राजते; भ्राज्-असुन्] shining like fire. अग्निभ्राजसो विद्युतः Ṛv.5.54.11. -मणिः [अग्नेरुत्थापको मणिः शाक. त.] the sunstone. -मथ् m. [अग्निं मथ्नाति निष्पादयति; मन्थ्-क्विप्- नलोपः] 1 the sacrificer who churns the fuel-stick. -2 the Mantra used in this operation, on the अरणि itself. -मन्थः, -न्थनम्, producing fire by friction; or the Mantra used in this operation. (-न्थः) [अग्निर्मथ्यते अनेन मन्थ्-करणे घञ्] N. of a tree गणिकारिका (Mar. नरवेल) Premna Spinosa (तत्काष्ठयोर्घर्षणे हि आशु वह्निरुत्पद्यते), -मान्द्यम् slowness of digestion, loss of appetite, dyspepsia. -मारुतिः अग्निश्च मरुच्च तयोरपत्यं इञ् ततो वृद्धिः इत् च; द्विपदवृद्धौ पृषो. पूर्वपदस्य ह्रस्वः Tv.] N. of the sage Agastya. -मित्रः N. of a king of the Śunga dynasty, son of Puṣypamitra who must have flourished before 15 B. C. -the usually accepted date of Patañjali-as the latter mentions पुष्यमित्र by name. -मुखः a. having Agni at the head. (-खः) [अग्निर्मुखमिव यस्य] 1 a deity, god, (for the gods receive oblations through Agni who is, therefore, said to be their mouth; अग्निमुखा वै देवाः; अग्निर्मुखं प्रथमं देवतानाम् &c; or अग्निर्मुखे अग्रे येषाम्, for fire is said to have been created before all other gods.) -2 [अग्निर्मुखं प्रधानमुपास्यो यस्य] one who maintains the sacred fire (अग्निहोतृद्विज) -3 a Brāhmaṇa in general (अग्निर्दाहकत्वात् शापाग्निर्मुखे यस्य for Brāhmaṇas are said to be वाग्वज्राः). -4 N. of two plants चित्रक Plumbago Zeylanica and भल्लातक Semicarpus Anacardium अग्निरिव स्पर्शात् दुःखदायकं मुखमग्रम् यस्य, तन्निर्यासस्पर्शेन हि देहे क्षतोत्पत्तेस्थयोस्तथात्वम्) -5 a sort of powder or चूर्ण prescribed as a tonic by चक्रदत्त -6 'fire-mouthed, sharp-biting, an epithet of a bug. Pt. 1. (-खी) अग्निरिव मुखमग्रं यस्याः; गौरादि-ङीष्] 1 N. of a plant भल्लातक (Mar. बिबवा, भिलावा) and लाङ्गलिका (विषलाङ्गला). -2 N. of the Gāyatri Mantra (अग्निरेव मुखं मुखत्वेन कल्पितं यस्याः सा, or अग्नेरिव मुखं प्रजापतिमुखं उत्पत्ति- द्वारं यस्याः, अग्निना समं प्रजापतिमुखजातत्वात्; कदाचिदपि नो विद्वान् गायत्रीमुदके जपेत् । गायत्र्याग्निमुखी यस्मात्तस्मादुत्थाय तां जपेत् ॥ गोभिल). -3 a kitchen [पाकशाला अग्निरिव उत्तप्तं मुखं यस्याः सा]. -मूढ a. [तृ. त.] Ved. made insane or stupefied by lightning or fire. -यन्त्रम् A gun अग्नियन्त्रधरैश्चक्रधरैश्च पुरुषैर्वृतः Śivabhārata 12.17. -यानम् An aeroplane. व्योमयानं विमानं स्यात् अग्नियानं तदेव हि । अगस्त्यसंहिता. -योगः See पञ्चाग्निसाधन. अग्नियोगवहो ग्रीष्मे विधिदृष्टेन कर्मणा । चीर्त्वा द्वादशवर्षाणि राजा भवति पार्थिवः ॥ Mb.13.14,2.43. -योजनम् causing the sacrificial fire to blaze up. -रक्षणम् 1 con-secrating or preserving the sacred (domestic) fire or अग्निहोत्र. -2 [अग्निः रक्ष्यते अनेन अत्र वा] a Mantra securing for Agni protection from evil spirits &c. -3 the house of an अग्निहोतृ. -रजः, -रजस् m. [अग्निरिव रज्यते दीप्यते; रञ्ज्-असुन् नलोपः] 1 a scarlet insect by name इन्द्रगोप. -2 (अग्नेः रजः) the might or power of Agni. -3 gold. Mb.3. 16.86.7 -रहस्यम् mystery of (worshipping &c.) Agni; N. of the tenth book of Śatapatha Brāhmaṇa. -राशिः a heap of fire, burning pile. -रुहा [अग्निरिव रोहति रुह्-क] N. of the plant मांसादनी or मांसरोहिणी (तदङ्कुरस्य वह्नितुल्य- वर्णतया उत्पन्नत्वात्तथात्वं तस्याः). -रूप a. [अग्नेरिव रूपं वर्णो यस्य] fire-shaped; of the nature of fire. -रूपम् the nature of fire. -रेतस् n. the seed of Agni; (hence) gold. -रोहिणी [अग्निरिव रोहति; रुह्-णिनि] a hard inflammatory swelling in the armpit. -लोकः the world a Agni, which is situated below the summit of Meru; in the Purāṇas it is said to be in the अन्तरिक्ष, while in the Kāśī Khaṇḍa it is said to be to the south of इन्द्रपुरी; एतस्या दक्षिणे भागे येयं पूर्दृश्यते शुभा । इमामर्चिष्मतीं पश्य वीतिहोत्रपुरीं शुभाम् ॥ -वधूः Svāhā, the daughter of Dakṣa and wife of Agni -वर्चस् a. [अग्नेर्वर्च इव वर्चो यस्य] glowing or bright like fire. (n.) the lustre of Agni. (-m.) N. of a teacher of the Purāṇas. -वर्ण a. [अग्नेरिव वर्णो यस्य] of the colour of fire; hot; fiery; सुरां पीत्वा द्विजो मोहादग्निवर्णां सुरां पिबेत् Ms.11.9; गोमूत्रमग्निवर्णं वा पिबेदुदकमेव वा 91. (र्णः) 1 N. of a prince, son of Sudarśana. -2 N. of a King of the solar race, See R.19.1. the colour of fire. (-र्णा) a strong liquor. -वर्धक a. stimulating digestion, tonic. (-कः) 1 a tonic. -2 regimen, diet (पथ्याहार). -वल्लभः [अग्नेर्वल्लभः सुखेन दाह्यत्वात्] 1 the Śāla tree, Shorea Robusta. -2 the resinous juice of it. -वासस् a. [अग्निरिव शुद्धं वासो यस्य] having a red (pure like Agni) garment. (n.) a pure garment. -वाह a. [अग्निं वाहयति अनुमापयति वा] 1 smoke. -2 a goat. -वाहनम् a goat (छाग). -विद् m. 1 one who knows the mystery about Agni. -2 an अग्निहोत्रिन् q. v. -विमोचनम् ceremony of lowering the sacrificial fire. -विसर्पः pain from an inflamed tumour, inflammation. -विहरणम्, -विहारः 1 taking the sacrificial fire from आग्नीध्र to the उत्तरवेदि. -2 offering oblations to fire; प्रत्यासन्ना ˚वेला K.348. -वीर्यम् 1 power or might of Agni. -2 gold. -वेतालः Name of Vetāla (connected with the story of Vikra-māditya). -वेशः [अग्नेर्वेश इव] N. of an ancient medical authority (चरक). -वेश्मन् m. the fourteenth day of the karma-ṃāsa; Sūryaprajñapti. -वेश्यः 1 N. of a teacher, Mbh. -2 Name of the 22nd muhūrta; Sūryapraj-ñapti. धौम्य cf. Mb 14.64.8. -शरणम्, -शाला-लम् a fire-sanctuary; ˚मार्गमादेशय Ś.5; a house or place for keeping the sacred fire; ˚रक्षणाय स्थापितो$हम् V.3. -शर्मन् a. [अग्निरिव शृणाति तीव्रकोपत्वात् शॄ-मनिन्] very passionate. (-m.) N. of a sage. -शिख a. [अग्नेरिव अग्निरिव वा शिखा यस्य] fiery, fire-crested; दहतु ˚खैः सायकैः Rām. (-खः) 1 a lamp. -2 a rocket, fiery arrow. -3 an arrow in general. -4 safflower plant. -5 saffron. -6 जाङ्गलीवृक्ष. (-खम्) 1 saffron. -2 gold. (-खा) 1 a flame; शरैरग्निशिखोपमैः Mb. -2 N. of two plants लाङ्गली (Mar. वागचबका or कळलावी) Gloriosa Superba; of other plants (also Mar. कळलावी) Meni-spermum Cordifolium. -शुश्रूषा careful service or worship of fire. -शेखर a. fire-crested. (-रः) N. of the कुसुम्भ, कुङ्कुम and जाङ्गली trees (-रम्) gold, -शौच a. [अग्नेरिव शौचं यस्य] bright as fire; purified by fire K.252. -श्री a. [अग्नेरिव श्रीर्यस्य] glowing like fire; lighted by Agni -ष्टुत्, -ष्टुभ, -ष्टोम &c. see ˚ स्तुत्, ˚स्तुभ् &c. -ष्ठम् 1 kitchen; अग्निष्ठेष्वग्निशालासु Rām.6.1.16. -2 a fire-pan. -संयोगाः explosives. Kau. A.2.3. -ष्वात्तः see स्वात्तः -संस्कारः 1 consecration of fire. -2 hallowing or con-secrating by means of fire; burning on the funeral pile; यथार्हं ˚रं मालवाय दत्वा Dk.169; नास्य कार्यो$ग्निसंस्कारः Ms.5.69, पितरीवाग्निसंस्कारात्परा ववृतिरे क्रियाः । R.12.56. -सखः; -सहायः 1 the wind. -2 the wild pigeon (smoke-coloured). -3 smoke. -सम्भव a. [प. ब.] sprung or produced from fire. (-वः) 1 wild safflower. -2 lymph, result of digestion. (-वम्) gold. -साक्षिक [अग्निः साक्षी यत्र, कप्] a. or adv. keeping fire for a witness, in the presence of fire; पञ्चबाण˚ M.4.12. ˚मर्यादो भर्ता हि शरणं स्त्रियाः H.1.v. l, R.11.48. -सारम् [अग्नौ सारं यस्य अत्यन्तानलोत्तापनेपि सारांशादहनात् Tv.] रसाञ्जन, a sort of medical preparation for the eyes. (-रः -रम्) power or essence of fire. -सुतः Kārttikeya; त्वामद्य निहनिष्यामि क्रौञ्चमग्निसुतो यथा । Mb.7.156.93. -सूत्रम् a thread of fire. -2 a girdle of sacrificial grass (मौञ्जीमेखला) put upon a young Brāhmaṇa at the time of investiture. -सूनुः (See -सुतः), (सेनानीरग्निभूर्गुहः । Amar.); देव्यङ्कसंविष्ट- मिवाग्निसूनुम् । Bu. ch.1.67. -स्तम्भः 1 stopping the burning power of Agni. -2 N. of a Mantra used in this operation. -3 N. of a medicine so used. -स्तुत् m. (अग्निष्टुत्) [अग्निः स्तूयते$त्र; स्तु-आधारे क्विप् षत्वम्] the first day of the Agniṣṭoma sacrifice; N. of a portion of that sacrifice which extends over one day; यजेत वाश्वमेधेन स्वर्जिता गोसवेन वा । अभिजिद्विश्वजिद्भ्यां वा त्रिवृता- ग्निष्टुतापि वा ॥ Ms.11.74. -स्तुभ् (˚ष्टुभ्) m. [अग्निः स्तुभ्यते$त्र; स्तुभ्-क्विप् षत्वम्] 1 = अग्निष्टोम. -2 N. of a son of the sixth Manu. -रतोमः (˚ष्टोमः) [अग्नेः स्तोमः स्तुतिसाधनं यत्र] 1 N. of a protracted ceremony or sacrificeial rite extending over several days in spring and forming an essential part of the ज्योतिष्टोम. -2 a Mantra or Kalpa with reference to this sacrifice; ˚मे भवो मन्त्रः ˚मः; ˚मस्य व्याख्यानम्, कल्पः ˚मः P.IV.3.66. Vārt. -3 N. of the son of the sixth Manu. -4 a species of the Soma plant; ˚सामन् a part of the Sāma Veda chanted at the conclusion of the Agniṣṭoma sacrifice. -सावर्णिः Name of Manu. -स्थ a. (ष्ठ) [अग्नौ स्थातुमर्हति; स्था-क षत्वम्] placed in, over, or near the fire. (ष्ठः) an iron frying-pan; in the अश्वमेध sacrifice the 11th Yūpa which of all the 21 is nearest the fire. -स्वात्तः (written both as ˚स्वात्त and ˚ष्वात्त) (pl.) [अग्नितः i. e. श्राद्धीयविप्रकर- रूपानलात् सुष्ठु आत्तं ग्रहणं येषां ते] N. of a class of Pitṛs or Manes who, when living on earth, maintained the sacred or domestic fires, but who did not perform the Agniṣṭoma and other sacrifices. They are regarded as Manes of Gods and Brāhmaṇas and also as descendants of Marīchi; Ms.3.195. अग्निष्वात्ताः पितर एह गच्छत Tsy. (मनुष्यजन्मन्यग्निष्टोमादियागमकृत्वा स्मार्तकर्मनिष्ठाः सन्तो मृत्वा च पितृत्वं गताः इति सायणः). -हुत्, -होतृ Ved. sacrificing to Agni, having Agni for a priest; Rv.1.66.8. -होत्रम् [अग्नये हूयते$त्र, हु-त्र, च. त.] 1 an oblation to Agni (chiefly of milk, oil and sour gruel.). -2 maintenance of the sacred fire and offering oblation to it; (अग्नये होत्रं होमो$स्मिन् कर्मणीति अग्निहोत्रमिति कर्मनाम); or the sacred fire itself; तपोवनाग्निहोत्रधूमलेखासु K.26. होता स्यात् ˚त्रस्य Ms.11.36. ˚त्रमुपासते 42; स्त्रीं दाहयेत् ˚त्रेण Ms.5.167,6.4, दाहयित्वाग्निहोत्रेण स्त्रियं वृत्तवतीम् Y.1.89. The time of throwing oblations into the fire is, as ordained by the sun himself, evening (अग्नये सायं जुहुयात् सूर्याय प्रातर्जुहुयात्). Agnihotra is of two kinds; नित्य of constant obligation (यावज्जीवमग्निहोत्रं जुहोति) and काम्य occasional or optional (उपसद्भिश्चरित्वा मासमेकमग्निहोत्रं जुहोति). (-त्र) a. Ved. 1 destined for, connected with, Agnihotra. -2 sacrificing to Agni. ˚न्यायः The rule according to which the नित्यकर्मन्s (which are to be performed यावज्जीवम्) are performed at their stipulated or scheduled time only, during one's life time. This is discussed and established by जैमिनि and शबर at Ms.6. 2.23-26. in connection with अग्निहोत्र and other कर्मन्s. ˚हवनी (णी) a ladle used in sacrificial libations, or अग्निहोत्रहविर्ग्रहणी ऋक् Tv.; See हविर्ग्रहणी; ˚हुत् offering the अग्निहोत्र; ˚आहुतिः invocation or oblation connected with अग्निहोत्र. -होत्रिन् a. [अग्निहोत्र-मत्वर्थे इनि] 1 one who practises the Agnihotra, or consecrates and maintains the sacred fire. -2 one who has prepared the sacrificial place. -होत्री Sacrificial cow; तामग्निहोत्रीमृषयो जगृहु- र्ब्रह्मवादिनः Bhāg.8.8.2.
agre अग्रे adv. 1 In front of, before (in time or space); अग्रे यान्ति स्थस्य रेणुपदवीं...घनाः V.1.5,2.7; R.2.56; Bh.3.36. -2 In the presence of, before; ममाग्रे स्तुवन्ति H.1; तं मे त्वमग्रहीरग्रे वृणोमि त्वामहं ततः Mb.1.81.21. -3 At the head, ahead; बलाग्रे तिष्ठते वीरो नलः Rām. -4 Further on, subsequently, in the sequel; एवमग्रे वक्ष्यते, एवमग्रे$पि द्रष्टव्यम् &c. -5 In the beginning; at first, first; प्रतापो$ग्रे ततः शब्दः परागस्तदनंतरम् R.4.3; आत्मैवेदमग्र आसीत् Bṛi. _x001F_+Ār. Up.4.1.1.; Ms.2.169. -6 First, in preference to others; सवर्णाग्रे द्विजातीनां प्रशस्ता दारकर्मणि Ms.3.12. अतिथिभ्यो$ग्र एवैतान् भोजयेत् 3.114. -Comp. -गः a leader; सेनाग्रगः Rām.7.35.6. -गाः going in front or before. -गूः Going in front. -दिधिषुः -षूः a man (of one of the first three castes) who marries a wife married before (पुनर्भूविवाहकारी). (-षूः) f. a married woman whose elder sister is still unmarried (ज्येष्ठायां यद्यनूढायां कन्यायामुह्यते$नुजा । सा चाग्रेदिधिषूर्ज्ञेया पूर्वा च दिधिषूः स्मृता); ˚पतिः the husband of such a woman. -पाः [अग्रे स्थित्वा पाति, अलुक्] first to protect. -पूः [अग्रे पूयते, पू-क्विप्] purifying in one's presence; having precedence in drinking. -वनम्-णम् [वनस्याग्रं राजदन्ता˚ ˚पूर्वनिपातः; अलुक् णत्वम् P.VIII.4.4.] the border or skirt of a forest. -सर a. [अग्रमग्रेणाग्रे वा सरति सृ. ट. अलुक्-पुरो$ग्रतो$ग्रेषु सर्त्तेः । P.III. 2.18.] going in front, taking the lead, a leader, foremost, first; निरपत्रपाणाम् अग्रेसरीकृतास्मि K.169; मरण˚रो भवामि Pt.1; Māl.9. first to die; मानमहतामग्रेसर: केसरी Bh.2.29. -सरिकः [अग्रेसरे अग्रगतौ प्रसृतः ठन्] 1 a servant (who precedes his master. -2 a leader.
agha अघ a. [अघ्-कर्तरि अच्] 1 Bad, sinful, evil, wicked; अघायुरिन्द्रियारामो मोघं पार्थ स जीवति Bg.3.16. -घम् [अघ् भावे अच्] 1 Sin; अघं स केवलं भुङ्क्ते यः पचत्यात्मकारणात् Ms. 3.118, Bg.3.13; अघौघविध्वंसविधौ पटीयसीः Śi.1.18, हरत्यघं सम्प्रति हेतुरेष्यतः 26; ˚मर्षण &c.; misdeed, fault, crime; श्रेयान् द्विजातिरिव हन्तुमघानि दक्षम् Śi.4.37 sins and griefs also. -2 An evil, mishap, misfortune, accident, injury, harm; न वधूष्वघानि विमृशन्ति धियः Ki.6.45. do not think of doing harm or evil; क्रियादघानां मघवा विघातम् 3.52; अघोपघातं मघवा विभूत्यै 11.8; प्रजानां तमघावहम् R.15.51,19.52, See अनघ. -3 Impurity (अशौचम्); अनुरुन्ध्यादघं त्र्यहम् Ms.5.63; न वर्धयेदघाहानि 84. न राज्ञामघदोषो$स्ति 93; -4 Pain, suffering, grief, distress; उपप्लुतमघौघेन नात्मानमवबुद्ध्यसे Rām.2.7.14, Mb.3.237.19. Bhāg 1.14.2. दयालुमनघस्पृष्टम् R.1.19 not subject to grief. -5 Passion. cf. अंहोदुःखव्यसनेष्वघम् Nm. -घः N. of a demon, brother of Baka and Pūtanā and commander-in-chief of Kaṁsa. [Being sent by Kaṁsa to Gokula to kill Kṛiṣṇa and Balarāma he assumed the form of a huge serpent 4 yojanas long, and spread himself on the way of the cowherds, keeping his horrid mouth open. The cowherds mistook it for a mountain cavern and entered it, cows and all. But Kṛiṣṇa saw it, and having entered the mouth so stretched himself that he tore it to pieces and rescued his companions.] -घा The Goddess of sin; (pl.) the constellation usually called Maghā. -Comp. -असुरः See अघ above. -अहः (अहन्) a day of impurity (अशौचदिनम्) -आयुस् a. leading a wicked life. -कृद् a. sinful, wicked, evil-doer. -घ्नः = ˚नाशन. -नाश, -नाशन a. [अघं नाशयति] expiatory, destroying sin (such as gifts, muttering holy prayers &c.). (-नः) destroyer of the demon अघ; N. of Kṛiṣṇa. -भोजिन् a. [अघं पापफलकं भुङ्क्ते] a sinful eater (one who cooks and eats for his own sake and not for Gods, Manes guests &c.) -मर्षण a. [अघं मृष्यते उत्पन्नत्वे$पि नाशनेन कर्माक्षमत्वात् सह्यते अनेन मृष्-ल्युट्] expiatory, removing or destroying sin, usually applied to a prayer (सन्ध्या) repeated by Brāhmaṇas (the 19th hymn of Rv.1.); सर्वैनसामपध्वंसि जप्यं त्रिष्वघमर्षणं Ak.; यथाश्वमेधः क्रतुराट् सर्वपापापनोदनः । तथाघमर्षणं सूक्तं सर्वपापप्रणाशनम् ॥ The most heinous crimes, such as illicit intercourse with a preceptor's wife, one's own mother, sister, daughter-in-law &c. are said to be expiated by repeating this सूक्त thrice in water; पवित्राण्यघमर्षणानि जपन्त्याम् K.179,38. -मार a. [अघं मारयति नाशयति; मृ णिच्-अण्] destroying sin, an epithet of Gods (यमो मृत्युरघमारो निर्ऋतः). -रुद् a. [अघं रोदिति स्वकर्माक्षमतया यस्मात्, रुद्-अपा- दाने क्विप्] 1 'making sin weep and fly', N. of a Mantra which destroys sin; fearfully howling (?). -2 [अघे व्यसने रोदिति न तत्प्रतीकाराय घटते, क्विप्] one who only weeps in times of calamity, but does not try to get over them. -विषः [अघं व्यसनकारि विषं यस्य] a serpent; fearfully venomous (?). -शंसः अघस्य शंसः; शंस् भावे अच्] 1 indication or reporting of sin. -2 [अघं अनिष्टं शंसति इच्छति; शंस्-अण्] a wicked man, such as a thief. -3 wicked; sin-destroying (?). -शंसिन् a. reporting or telling one's sin or guilt. -हारः a noted robber; rumour of guilt (?).
aṅkaḥ अङ्कः [अङ्क् कर्तरि करणे वा अच्] 1 The lap (n. also); अङ्काद्ययावङ्कमुदीरिताशीः Ku.7.5. passed from lap to lap. -2 A mark, sign; अलक्तकाङ्कां पदवीं ततान R.7.7; पदङ्क्तिरलक्ताङ्का Rām.; रतिवलयपदाङ्के कण्ठे Ku.2.64. marked with the signs or traces &c.: मद्गोत्राङ्कं गेयम् Me.86, a stain, spot, stigma, brand; इन्दोः किरणेष्विवाङ्कः Ku.1.3; कट्यां कृताङ्को निर्वास्यः Ms.8.281. -3 A numerical figure; a number; the number 9. -4 A side flank; proximity, reach (connected with 1 above); समुत्सुकेवाङ्कमुपैति सिद्धिः Ki.3. 4; प्रेम्णोपकण्ठं मुहुरङ्कभाजो रत्नावलीरम्बुधिराबबन्ध Śi.3.36; सिंहो जम्बुकमङ्कमागतमपि त्यक्त्वा निहन्ति द्विपम् Bh.2.3; Ki. 17.64, See- ˚आगत below. -5 An act of a drama, for its nature &c., See S. D.278. -6 A hook or curved instrument. -7 A species of dramatic composition, one of the ten varieties of रूपक, See S. D.519. -8 An ornament (भूषा). -9 A sham fight, military show (चित्रयुद्ध). -1 A coefficient. -11 A place; नानाङ्क- चिह्नैर्नवहेमभाण्डैः (तुरङ्गैः) -12 A sin, misdeed. -13 A line, curved line; a curve or bend generally, the bend in the arm. -14 The body. -15 A mountain. अङ्कः स्थानान्तिकक्रोडभूषणोत्संगलक्ष्मसु । मन्तो नाटकविच्छेदे चित्रयुद्धे च रूपके ॥ Nm. [cf. L. uncus; Gr. ogkos] -Comp. -अङ्कमू [अङ्के मध्ये अङ्काः शतपत्रादिचिह्नानि यस्य Tv.] water. -अवतारः when an act, hinted by persons at the end of the preceding act, is brought in continuity with the latter, it is called अङ्कावतार (descent of an act), as the sixth act of Śākuntala or second of Mālavikāgnimitra (अङ्कान्ते सूचितः पात्रैस्तदङ्क- स्याविभागतः । यत्राङकोवतरत्येषो$ङ्कावतार इति स्मृतः S. D.311). The Daśarūpa defines it differently; अङ्कावतारस्त्वङ्कान्ते पातो$ङ्कस्याविभागतः । एभिः संसूचयेत्सूच्यं दृश्यमङ्कैः प्रदर्शयेत् 3.56. -आगत, -गत a. [द्वि. त.] come within the grasp; सिंहत्वं ˚सत्त्ववृत्तिः R.2.18; श्रियं युवाप्यङ्कगतामभोक्ता R.13.67. -करणम् marking, branding &c. -तन्त्रम् the science of numbers (arithmetical or algebraical). -धारणम्-णा 1 bearing or having marks, such as those on the body of a Vaiṣṇava. -2 manner of holding the person. -परिवर्तः [स. त] 1 turning on the other side. -2 rolling or dallying in the lap or on the person; अपि कर्णजाहविनिवेशिताननः प्रियया तदङ्कपरिवर्तमाप्नुयाम् Māl.5.8. (an occasion for) embrace (अङ्के क्रोडे सर्वतो- भावेन वर्तनं हृदयालिङ्गनम् इत्यर्थः -Jagaddhara); so ˚परिवर्तिन्; भर्तुः ˚नी भव M.3. -पादव्रतम् N. of a Vrata; title of a chapter in the भविष्योत्तरपुराण. -पालिः -ली [पा-अलि ष. त. वा. ङीप्] 1 the extremity of region of the lap (क्रोडप्रान्त or प्रदेश); a seat in the lap; hence, an embrace; तावद्गाढं वितर सकृदप्यङ्कपालीं प्रसीद Māl.8.2. स्पृश हस्तेन मे हस्तमेहि देह्यङ्कपालिकाम् । Śivabhārata 21.33. -2 [अङ्केन पालयति पाल्-इ. तृ. त.] a nurse. -3 (-ली) a variety of plant, Piring or Medicago Esculenta; (Mar. धोत्रा-निघण्टुरत्नाकर) [वेदिकाख्यगन्धद्रव्यम्] -पाशः [अङ्कः पाश इव बन्धनेनेव पातनहेतुर्यत्र Tv.] an operation in arithmetic by which a peculiar concatenation or chain of numbers is formed by making the figures 1, 2 &c. exchange places (स्थानान्तमेकादिचयाङ्कघातः संख्याविभेदा नियतैः स्युरङ्कैः । भक्तो$ङ्कमित्याङ्कसमासनिघ्नः स्थानेषु युक्तो मितिसंयुतिः स्यात् ॥ See Līlā.24); (न गुणो न हरो न कृतिर्न घनः पृष्टस्तथापि दुष्टानाम् । गर्वितगणकबहूनां स्यात् पातो$वश्यमङ्कपाशे$स्मिन्). -पूरणम् multiplication of number of figures. -बन्धः. forming the lap, bending the thighs into a curve and squatting down. -2 branding with a mark that resembles a headless trunk (अशिरःपुरुषाकरो$ङ्कः). --भाज् [अङ्कं भजते उप. स.] 1 seated in the lap or carried on the hip, as an infant. -2 being within easy reach, drawing near, soon to be obtained; अविरहितमनेकेनाङ्कभाजा फलेन Ki. 5. 52. -3 premature, early ripe, forced fruit. -मुखम् (or आस्यम्) that part of an act, wherein the subject of all the acts is intimated, is called अङ्कमुख, which suggests the germ as well as the end; e. g. in Māl.1 कामन्दकी and अवलोकिता hint the parts to be played by भूरिवसु and others and give the arrangement of the plot in brief (यत्र स्यादङ्क एकस्मिन्नङ्कानां सूचनाखिला । तदङ्क- मुखमित्याहुर्बीजार्थख्यापकं च तत् ॥ S. D.322.) The Daśarūpa defines it thus: अङ्कान्तपौत्ररङ्कास्यं छिन्नाङ्कस्यार्थसूचनात् । i. e. where a character at the end of an act cuts short the story and introduces the beginning of another act; as in the second of Mv. -लोड्यः [अङ्केन लोड्यते असौ] a kind of tree (Mar. चिंचोट), ginger. -लोपः subtraction of numbers. -विद्या the science of numbers, arithmetic.
aṅgam अङ्गम् [अम् गत्यादौ बा˚ -गन्; according to Nir. अङ्ग, अङ्ग- नात् अञ्चनात् वा] 1 The body. -2 A limb or member of the body; शेषाङ्गनिर्माणविधौ विधातुः Ku.1.33; क्लेशस्याङ्गमदत्वा Pt.5. 32 without undergoing troubles; इति स्वप्नोपमान्मत्वा कामान्मा गास्तदङ्गताम् । Ki.11.34 do not be influenced or swayed by them (do not be subject to them) -3 (a.) A division or department (of anything), a part or portion, as of a whole; as सप्ताङ्गम् राज्यम्, चतुरङ्गम् बलम्, चतुःषष्ट्ष्ट्यङ्गम् ज्योतिः- शास्त्रम् see the words; गीताङ्गानाम् Pt.5.56; यज्ञश्चेत्प्रतिरुद्धःस्या- देकेनाङ्गेन यज्वनः Ms.11.11. (Hence) (b.) A supplementary or auxiliary portion, supplement; षडङ्ग or साङ्ग वेदः A peculiar use of the word अङ्ग in masculine gender may here be noted वेदांश्चैव तु वेदाङ्गान् वेदान्तानि तथा स्मृतीः । अधीत्य ब्राह्मणः पूर्वं शक्तितो$न्यांश्च संपठेत् Bṛhadyogiyājñaval-kya Smṛiti 12.34. (c.) A constituent part, essential requisite or component; सर्वैर्बलाङ्गैः R.7.59; तदङ्गमग्ऱ्यं मघवन् महाक्रतो R.3.46. (d.) An attributive or secondary part; secondary, auxiliary or dependent member (serving to help the principal one) (opp. प्रधान or अङ्गिन्); अङ्गी रौद्र- रसस्तत्र सर्वे$ङ्गानि रसाः पुनः S. D.517; अत्र स्वभावोक्तिरुत्प्रेक्षाङ्गम् Malli. on Ki 8.26. (e.) An auxiliary means or expedient (प्रधानोपयोगी उपायः or उपकरणम्); सर्वकार्यशरीरेषु मुक्त्वा- ङ्गस्कन्धपञ्चकम् । मन्त्रो योध इवाधीर सर्वाङ्गैः संवृतैरपि ॥ Śi.2.28-29; See अङ्गाङ्गि, पञ्चाङ्ग also (the angas of the several sciences or departments of knowledge will be given under those words). -4 (Gram.) A name for the base of a word; यस्मात्प्रत्ययविधिस्तदादिप्रत्यये अङ्गम् P.I.4.13; यः प्रत्ययो यस्मात्क्रियते तदादिशब्दस्वरूपं तस्मिन्प्रत्यये परे अङ्गसंज्ञं स्यात् Sk. The अङ्ग terminations are those of the nominative, and accusative singular and dual. -5 (Drama) (a.) One of the sub-divisions of the five joints or sandhis in dramas; the मुख has 12, प्रतिमुख 13, गर्भ 12, विमर्ष 13 and उपसंहार 14, the total number of the angas being thus 64; for details see the words. (b.) The whole body of subordinate characters. -6 (astr.) A name for the position of stars (लग्न), See अङ्गाधीश. -7 A symbolical expression for the number six (derived from the six Vedāngas). -8 The mind; हिरण्यगर्भाङ्गभुवं मुनिं हरिः Śi.1.1, See अङ्गज also. -9 N. of the chief sacred texts of the jainas. -ङ्गः (pl.) N. of a country and the people inhabiting it, the country about the modern Bhāgalpur in Bengal. [It lay on the south of Kauśikī Kachchha and on the right bank of the Ganges. Its capital was Champā, sometimes called Aṅgapurī Lomapādapurī, Karṇapurī or Mālinī. According to Daṇḍin (अङ्गेषु गङ्गातटे बहिश्चम्पायाः) and Hiouen Thsang it stood on the Ganges about 24 miles west of a rocky island. General Cunningham has shown that this description applies to the hill opposite Pātharghāṭā, that it is 24 miles east of Bhāgalpur, and that there are villages called Champanagar and Champapura adjoininng the last. According to Sanskrit poets the country of the Aṅgas lay to the east of Girivraja, the capital of Magadha and to the north-east or south-east of Mithilā. The country was in ancient times ruled by Karṇa] cf. अङ्गं गात्रा- न्तिकोपाय प्रतीकेष्वप्रधानके । देशभेदे तु पुंसि स्यात्...॥ Nm. -a. 1 Contiguous. -2 Having members or divisions. -Comp. -अङ्गि, [अङ्गीभावः -अङगस्य अङ्गिनो भावः] the relation of a limb to the body, of the subordinate to the principal, or of that which is helped or fed to the helper or feeder (गौणमुख्यभावः, उपकार्येपकारकभावश्च); e. g. प्रयाज and other rites are to दर्श as its angas, while दर्श is to them the aṅgi; अङ्गाङ्गिभावमज्ञात्वा कथं सामर्थ्यनिर्णयः । पश्य टिट्टिभमात्रेण समुद्रो व्याकुलीकृतः ॥ H.2.138; अत्र वाक्ये समास- गतयोरुपमयोः साध्यसाधनभावात् ˚वेन सम्बन्धः Malli. on Ki.6.2; अविश्रान्तिजुषामात्मन्यङ्गाङ्गित्वं तु संकरः K.P.1. (अनुग्राह्यानुग्राह- कत्वम्). -अधिपः, -अधीशः 1 lord of the Aṅgas, N. of Karṇa (cf. ˚राजः, ˚पतिः, ˚ईश्वरः, ˚अधीश्वरः). -2 'lord of a लग्न', the planet presiding over it; (अङ्गाधिपे बलिनि सर्वविभूतिसम्पत्; अङ्गाधीशः स्वगेहे बुधगुरुकविभिः संयुतो वीक्षितो वा Jyotiṣa). -अपूर्वम् effect of a secondary sacrificial act. -कर्मन् n. -क्रिया 1 besmearing the body with fragrant cosmetics, rubbing it &c. Dk.39. -2 a supplementary sacrificial act. -क्रमः the order of the performance with reference to the अङ्गs. The rule in this connection is that the अङ्गक्रम must conform to the मुख्यक्रम. cf. MS. 5.1.14. -ग्रहः spasm; seizure of the body with some illness. -ज-जात a. [अङ्गात् जायते जन्-ड] 1 produced from or on the body, being in or on the body, bodily; ˚जं रजः, ˚जाः अलङ्काराः &c. -2 produced by a supplementary rite. -3 beautiful, ornamental. (-जः) -जनुस् also 1 a son. -2 hair of the body (n. also); तवोत्तरीयं करिचर्म साङ्गजम् Ki.18.32. -3 love, cupid (अङ्गं मनः तस्मा- ज्जातः); intoxicating passion; अङ्गजरागदीपनात् Dk.161. -4 drunkenness, intoxication. -5 a disease. (-जा) a daughter. (-जम्) blood, अङ्गजं रुधिरे$नङ्गे केशे पुत्रे मदे पुमान् । नागरे नखरे$पि स्यात्... । Nm. -ज्वरः [अङ्गमङ्गम् अधिकृत्य ज्वरः] the disease called राजयक्ष्मा, a sort of consumption. -दूष- णम् 1 the defects of the limbs; the penalties of a defective construction; Māna. -2 name of the 79th chapter. -द्वीपः one of the six minor Dvīpas. -न्यासः [अङ्गेषु मन्त्र- भेदस्य न्यासः] touching the limbs of the body with the hand accompanied by appropriate Mantras. -पालिः f. [अङ्गं पाल्यते सम्बध्यते$त्र, अङ्ग-पाल्-इ] an embrace (probably a corruption of अङ्कपालि). -पालिका = अङ्कपालि q. v. -प्रत्यङ्गम् [समा. द्वन्द्व] every limb, large and small; ˚गानि पाणिना स्पृष्ट्वा K.167,72. -प्रायश्चित्तम् [अङ्गस्य शुद्ध्यर्थं प्राय- श्चित्तम्] expiation of bodily impurity, such as that caused by the death of a relative, consisting in making presents (पञ्चसूनाजन्यदुरितक्षयार्थं कार्यं दानरूपं प्रायश्चित्तम् Tv.). -भूः a. [अङ्गात् मनसो वा भवति; भू-क्विप्] born from the body or mind. (-भूः) 1 a son. -2 Cupid. -3 [अङ्गानाम् अङ्गमन्त्राणां भूः स्थानम्] one who has touched and purified, and then restrained, his limbs by repeating the Mantras pertaining to those limbs; ब्रह्माङ्गभूर्ब्रह्मणि योजितात्मा Ku.3.15 (सद्योजातादिमन्त्राणाम् अङ्गानां हृदयादिमन्त्राणां भूः स्थानं, कृतमन्त्रन्यासः Malli.). -भङ्गः 1 palsy or paralysis of limbs; ˚विकल इव भूत्वा स्थास्यामि Ś.2. -2 twisting or stretching out of the limbs (as is done by a man just after he rises from sleep); साङ्गभङ्गमुत्थाय Vb.; जृम्भितैः साङ्गभङ्गैः Mu.3.21, K.85. -3 The middle part of the anus and testicles. -मन्त्रः N. of a Mantra. -मर्दः [अङ्ग मर्दयति; मृद्-णिच्] 1 one who shampoos his master's body. -2 [भावे घञ्] act of shampooing; so ˚मर्दका or ˚मर्दिन्, मृद्- णिच् ण्वुल् or णिनि) one who shampoos. -मर्षः [ष. त.] rheumatism; ˚प्रशमनम् the curing of this disease. ˚मेजयत्वम् subtle throbbing of the body; Pātañjala 1.31. -यज्ञः, -यागः [अङ्गीभूतः यज्ञः] a subordinate sacrificial act which is of 5 sorts; समिधो यजति, तनूनपातं यजति, इडो यजति, बर्हिर्यजति, स्वाहाकारं यजति इति पञ्चविधाः । एतेषां सकृदनुष्ठा- नेनैव तन्त्रन्यायेन प्रधानयागानामाग्नेयादीनामुपकारितेति मीमांसा Tv. -रक्तः, -क्तम् [अङ्गे अवयवे रक्तः] N. of a plant गुडारोचनी found in काम्पिल्य country and having red powder (रक्ताङ्गलोचनी). -रक्षकः [अङ्गं रक्षति; रक्ष्-ण्वुल्] a bodyguard, personal attendant Pt.3. -रक्षणी [अङ्ग रक्ष्यते अनया] a coat of mail, or a garment. (-णम्) protection of person. -रागः [अङ्गं रज्यते अनेन करणे घञ्] 1 a scented cosmetic, application of perfumed unguents to the body, fragrant unguent; पुष्पगन्धेन अङ्गरागेण R.12.27, 6.6, स्तनाङ्गरागात् Ku.5.11. -2 [भावे ल्युट्] act of anointing the body with unguents. -रुहम् [अङ्गे रोहति; रुह्-क स. त. P.III.9.135.] hair; मम वर्णो मणिनिभो मृदून्य- ङ्गरुहाणि च Rām.6.48.12. विहङ्गराजाङ्गरुहैरिवायतैः Śi.1.7. -लिपिः f. written character of the Aṅgas. -लेपः [अङ्गं लिप्यते अनेन; लिप्-करणे घञ्] 1 a scented cosmetic. -2 [भावे घञ्] act of anointing. -लोड्यः (लोड ण्यत्) a kind of grass, ginger or its root, Amomum Zingiber. -वस्त्रोत्था f. A louse. -विकल a. [तृ. त.] 1 maimed, paralysed. -2 fainting, swooning. -विकृतिः f. 1 change _x001F_2of bodily appearance; collapse. -2 [अङ्गस्य विकृतिश्चालनादिर्यस्मात् प. ब.] an apoplectic fit, swooning, apoplexy (अपस्मार). -विकारः a bodily defect. -विक्षेपः 1 movement of the limbs; gesticulation. -2 a kind of dance. -विद्या [अङ्गरूपा व्याकरणादिशास्त्ररूपा विद्या ज्ञानसाधनम्] 1 the science of grammar &c. contributing to knowledge. -2 the science of foretelling good or evil by the movements of limbs. Kau. A.1.12; N. of chapter 51 of Bṛhat Saṁhitā which gives full details of this science; न नक्षत्राङ्गविद्यया...भिक्षां लिप्सेत कर्हिचित् Ms.6.5. -विधिः [अङ्गस्य प्रधानोपकारिणः विधिः विधानम् [a subordinate or subsidiary act subservient to a knowledge of the principal one (प्रधान- विधिविधेयकर्मणो$ङ्गबोधकतया अङ्गविधिः). -वीरः chief or principal hero. -वैकृतम् [अङ्गेन अङ्गचेष्टया वैकृतं हृदयभावो ज्ञाप्यते यत्र बहु.] 1 a sign, gesture or expression of the face leading to a knowledge of internal thoughts (आकार) -2 a nod, wink. -3 changed bodily appearance. -वैगुण्यम् a defect or flaw in the performance of some subordinate or subsidiary act which may be expiated by thinking of Viṣṇu); श्राद्धादिपद्धतौ कर्मान्ते यत्किञ्चिदङ्गवैगुण्यं जातं तद्दोषप्रशमनाय विष्णुस्मरणमहं करिष्ये इत्यभिलापवाक्यम् Tv.). -संस्कारः, -संस्क्रिया [अङ्गं संस्क्रियते अनेन; कृ-करणे or भावे- घञ्) 1 embellishment of person, personal decoration, doing whatever secures a fine personal appearance, such as bathing, rubbing the body, perfuming it with cosmetic &c. -2 [कर्त्रर्थे अण्] one who decorates or embellishes the person. -संहतिः f. compactness, symmetry; body; स्थेयसीं दधतमङ्गसंहतिम् Ki.13.5; or strength of the body. -संहिता The phonetic relation between consonants and vowels in the body of a word Ts. Prāt. -सङ्गः bodily contact, union; coition. -सुप्तिः f. Benumbing of the body. -सेवकः a personal attendant, body-guard. -स्कन्धः [कर्मधा.] a subdivision of a science. -स्पर्शः fitness or qualification for bodily contact or being touched by others. -हानिः f. 1. a defect or flaw in the performance of a secondary or subsidiary act (= ˚वैगुण्यम्); दैवाद् भ्रमात् प्रमादाच्चेदङ्गहानिः प्रजायते । स्मरणादेव तद्विष्णोः संपूर्णं स्यादिति श्रुतिः ॥ -हारः [अङ्गं ह्रियते इतस्ततः चाल्यते यत्र, हृ-आधारे or भावे घञ्] gesticulation, movements of the limbs, a dance; अङ्गहारैस्तथैवान्या कोमलै- र्नृत्यशालिनी Rām.5.1.36. संसक्तैरगुरुवनेषु साङ्गहारम् Ki.7.37. Ku.7.91. -हारिः [अङ्गं ह्रियते$त्र; हृ-बा˚णि] 1 gesticulation. -2 stage; dancing hall. -हीन a. [तृ. त.] 1 mutilated, deprived of some defective limb (अङ्गं हीनं यथो- चितप्रमाणात् अल्पं यस्य) according to Suśruta a man is so born, if the mother's दोहद has not been duly fulfilled (सा प्राप्तदौर्हृदा पुत्रं जनयेत गुणान्वितम् । अलब्धदौर्हृदा गर्भे लभेता- त्मनि वा भयम् ॥ येषु येष्विन्द्रियार्थेषु दौर्हृदे वै विमानना । जायते तत्सुतस्यार्तिस्तस्मिंस्तस्मिंस्तथेन्द्रिये ॥).
aṅgin अङ्गिन् a. [अङ्ग्-अस्त्यर्थे इनि] 1 Corporeal, having limb, embodied, incarnate; धर्मार्थकाममोक्षाणामवतार इवाङ्गवान् V.1. -भाक् R.1.84. अङ्गिनां तमसेवोभौ गुणौ 38. one who has a body; येनाङ्गविकारः P.II.3.23 येनाङ्गेन विकृतेनाङ्गिनो विकारस्तस्मात् तृतीया Sk. व्यायामे वृद्धिरङ्गिनाम् Śi.2.94. -2 Having subordinate parts; chief, principal; ये रसस्या- ङ्गिनो धर्माः, एक एव भवेदङ्गी शृङ्गारो वीर एव वा, अङ्गी अत्र करुणः, रसस्याङ्गित्वमाप्तस्य धर्माः शौर्यादयो यथा S. D.
aṅgārakaḥ अङ्गारकः कम् [अङ्गार स्वार्थे कन्] 1 Charcoal. -2 Mars; ˚विरुद्धस्य प्रक्षीणस्य बृहस्पतेः Mk.9.33; ˚चारः course of Mars, See chapter 6 of Bṛhat Saṁhitā. -3 Tuesday (˚दिनम्, ˚वासरः). -4 N. of a prince of Sauvīra. -5 N. of two plants कुरण्टक and भृङ्गराज, Eclipta (or Verbesina) Prostrata (Mar. माका) and white or yellow Amaranth (Mar. कोरांटी). -कम् [अल्पार्थे कन्] 1 A small spark. -2 A medicated oil in which turmeric, Dūrvā, Mañji- ṣṭhā and other substances have been boiled. -Comp. -मणिः [अङ्गारकस्य प्रियः मणिः शाक. त.] a coral (प्रवाल) (तस्य च रक्तवर्णत्वात् तत्प्रियत्वम्; माणिक्यं भास्करे देयं चन्द्रे मुक्तां प्रदापयेत् । प्रवालं च कुजे दद्यात्...).
aṅgiraḥ अङ्गिरः अङ्गिरस् m. [अङ्गति-अङ्ग् गतौ असि इरुट्; Uṇ 4. 235; according to Ait. Br. अङ्गिरस् is from अङ्गार; ये अङ्गारा आसंस्ते$ङ्गिरसो$भवन्; so Nir.; अङ्गारेषु यो बभूव सो$ङ्गिराः] N. of a celebrated sage to whom many hymns of the Rigveda (ix) are ascribed. Etymologically Aṅgira is connected with the word Agni and is often regarded as its synonym (शिवो भव प्रजाभ्यो मानुषीभ्यस्त्व- मङ्गिरः; अङ्गिरोभिः ऋषिभिः संपादितत्वात् अङ्गसौष्ठवाद्वा अङ्गिरा अग्निरूपः) According to Bhārata he was son of Agni. When Agni began to practise penance, Aṅgiras himself became Agni and surpassed him in power and lustre, seeing which Agni came to the sage and said:- निक्षिपाम्यहमग्नित्वं त्वमग्निः प्रथमो भव । भविष्यामि द्वितीयो$हं प्राजा- पत्यक एव च ॥ Aṅgiras said :- कुरु पुण्यं प्रजासर्गं भवाग्निस्तिमि- रापहः । मां च देव कुरुष्वाग्ने प्रथमं पुत्रमञ्जसा ॥ तत्श्रुत्वाङ्गिरसो वाक्यं जातवेदास्तथा$करोत्. He was one of the 1 mind-born sons of Brahmā. His wife was Śraddhā, daughter of Kardama and bore him three sons, Bṛhaspati, Utathya and Saṁvarta, and 4 daughters Kuhū, Sinīvālī, Rākā and Anumati. The Matsya Purāṇa says that Aṅgiras was one of the three sages produced from the sacrifice of Varuṇa and that he was adopted by Agni as his son and acted for some time as his regent. Another account, however, makes him father of Agni. He was one of the seven great sages and also one of the 1 Prajāpatis or progenitors of mankind. In latter times Aṅgiras was one of the inspired lawgivers, and also a writer on Astronomy. As an astronomical personification he is Bṛhaspati, regent of Jupiter or Jupiter itself. शिष्यैरुपेता आजग्मु: कश्यपाङ्गिरसादयः (Bhāg. 1.9.8.) He is also regarded as the priest of the gods and the lord of sacrifices. Besides Śraddhā his wives were Smṛti, two daughters of Maitreya, some daughters of Dakṣa, Svadhā and Satī. He is also regarded as teacher of Brahmavidyā. The Vedic hymns are also said to be his daughters. According to the Bhāgavata Purāṇa, Aṅgiras begot sons possessing Brahmanical glory on the wife of Rāthītara, a Kṣatriya who was childless and these persons were afterwards called descendants of Aṅgiras. The principal authors of vedic hymns in the family of Aṅgi-ras were 33. His family has three distinct branches केवलाङ्गिरस, गौतमाङ्गिरस and भारद्वाजाङ्गिरस each branch having a number of subdivisions. - (pl.) 1 Descendants of Aṅgiras, [Aṅgiras being father of Agni they are considered as descendants of Agni himself who is called the first of the Aṅgirasas. Like Aṅgiras they occur in hymns addressed to luminous objects, and at a later period they became for the most part personifications of light, of luminous bodies, of divisions of time, celestial phenomena and fires adapted to peculiar occasions, as the full moon and change of the moon, or to particular rites, as the अश्वमेध, राजसूय &c.] -2 Hymns of the Atharvaveda. -3 Priests, who, by using magical formulas of the Atharvaveda, protect the sacrifice against the effects of inauspicious accidents.
aṅgīkṛ अङ्गीकृ 8 U. [connected with अङ्ग or अङ्ग-च्वि; अनङ्गम् अस्वोपकरणं स्वकीयम् अङ्गं क्रियते] 1 To accept, to betake oneself to, to take to; लवङ्गी कुरङ्गी दृगङ्गीकरोतु Jagannātha; दक्षिणा- माशामङगीकृत्य गन्तव्यम् K.121 in the southern direction, towards the south; अङ्गीकृत्य अयशः 16; यदि मृत्युमङ्गीकरोमि ibid.; एवमङ्गीकारयितुं मया भणितम् Mk.8 to make her consent. -2 To promise to do, to agree or consent to, undertake; किं त्वङगीकृतमुत्सृजन् कृपणवत् श्लाघ्यो जनो लज्जते Mu.2.18. -3 To own, acknowledge, confess, admit, grant. -4 To subdue, to make one's own. अङ्गीकारः aṅgīkārḥ कृतिः kṛtiḥ करणम् karaṇam अङ्गीकारः कृतिः करणम् 1 Acceptance. -2 Agreement, promise, undertaking &c.
aja अज a. [न जायते; जन्-ड. न. त.] Unborn, existing from all eternity; यो मामजमनादिं च वेत्ति लोकमहेश्वरम् Bg.1. 3; अजस्य गृह्णतो जन्म R.1.24. -जः 1 The 'unborn', epithet of the Almighty Being; न हि जातो न जाये$हं न जनिष्ये कदाचन । क्षेत्रज्ञः सर्वभूतानां तस्मादहमजः स्मृतः ॥ Mb.; also a N. of Viṣṇu, Śiva or Brahmā. -2 The (individual) soul (जीवः) अजो नित्यः शाश्वतो$यं पुराणो न हन्यते हन्यमाने शरीरे Bg.2.2. -3 A ram, he-goat (अजेन ब्रह्मणा दक्षयज्ञभङ्गसमये मेषरूपग्रहणेन पलायमानत्वात् अजाधिष्ठितरूपवत्त्वात् मेषस्य उपचारात् अजत्वम् Tv.] -4 The sign Aries. -5 A sort of corn or grain; अजैर्यष्टव्यं तत्राजा व्रीहयः Pt.3. -6 Mover, leader (Ved.), said of Indra, Maruts, &c.; a drove. -7 N. of a mineral substance (माक्षिकधातु). -8 N. of the Moon or Kāmadeva (आत् विष्णोर्जायते इति; cf. चन्द्रमा मनसो जातः). -9 A vehicle of the sun. -1 N. of the father of Daśaratha and grand-father of Rāma; so called because he was born on the Brāhma Muhūrta. -11 N. of a Ṛiṣi. cf. अजो हरौ हरे कामे विधौ छागे रघोः सुते । Nm. -Comp. -अदः [अजम् अत्तीति; अद्-कर्मण्यण् P.III.2.9.] N. of the ancestor of a warrior tribe, P.IV.1.171. -अदनी [अजैः तृप्त्या अन्यैः दुःखस्पर्शत्वे$पि अद्यते; अद् कर्मणि ल्युट्] a kind of prickly nightshade, दुरालभा (Mar. धमासा). -अन्त्री [अजस्य अन्त्रमिव अन्त्रं तदाकारवती मञ्जरी यस्याः] N. of a pot-herb Convolvulus Argenteus, नीलबुह्ना. (Mar. शंखवेल ?) -अविकम् [अजाश्चावयश्च तेषां समाहारः द्वन्द्व] goats and sheep; small cattle; अजाविके तु संरुद्धे Ms.8.235. खरोष्ट्र- महिषीश्चैव यच्च किञ्चिदजाविकम् Mb.1.113.35. -अश्वम् goats and horses. (-श्वः) the Sun or Pūṣan, who has goats for the horses. -एकपाद्-दः [अजस्य छागस्य एकः पाद इव पादो यस्य] N. of one of the 11 Rudras, or of the asterism पूर्वाभाद्रपदा presided over by that deity. -एडकम् [अजाश्च एडकाश्च तेषां समाहारः] goats and rams. -कर्णः -कर्णकः [अजस्य कर्णं इव पर्णं यस्य-स्वार्थे कन्] N. of the plant असनवृक्ष Terminalia Alata Tomentosa; of another tree साल Shorea Robusta. -गन्धा [अजस्य गन्ध इव गन्धो यस्याः सा] the shrubby basil, वनयामानी. -गन्धिका a kind of वर्वरीशाक (Mar. तिलवणी, कानफोडी). -गन्धिनी = अजशृङ्गी q. v. -गरः [अजं छागं गिरति भक्षयति; गॄ-अच्] a huge serpent (boa-constrictor) who is said to swallow goats. (-री) N. of a plant. -गल See अजागल below. -गल्लिका [अजस्य गल्ल इव] an infantile disease (Mentagra). -जीवः, -जीविकः [अजैस्तच्चारणेन जीवति; अजा एव जीविका यस्य वा] a goat-herd; so -˚पः, -˚पालः. -दण्डी [अजस्य ब्रह्मणो दण्डो यस्याः सा] ब्रह्मदण्डी a kind of plant (ब्रह्मणो यज्ञार्थदण्डस्य तदीयकाष्ठेन करणात् तथात्वम्). -देवता 1 N. of the 25th asterism. पूर्वाभाद्रपदा. -2 fire, the presiding deity of goats (रौद्री धेनुर्विनिर्दिष्टा छाग आग्नेय उच्यते). -नामकः [अजः नाम यस्य सः कप्] a mineral substance. -नाशनः A wolf. -पतिः 1 the best of goats. -2 N. of Mars; lord of the sign Aries. -पथः = अजवीथिः q. v. -पदः, -पाद्-दः N. of a Rudra; See अजैकपाद above. -बन्धुः [अजस्य बन्धुरिव मूर्खत्वात्] a fool (silly like the goat). -भक्षः [अजैर्भक्ष्यते असौ भक्ष्-कर्मणि घञ्] N. of the वर्वरी plant (तिळवण the leaves of which are very dear to goats). -मायु a. Ved. bleating like a goat (a frog) गोमायुरेक अजमायुरेकः Rv.7. 13.6,1. -मारः [अजं मारयति विक्रयार्थं; मृ-णिच्-अण्] 1 a butcher. -2 N. of a country (the modern Ajmeer, which, it is supposed, formerly abounded in butchers). -3 N. of a tribe (गण). -मीढः [अजो मीढो यज्ञे सिक्तो यत्र ब.] 1 N. of the place called Ajmeer. -2 N. of the eldest son of Hasti, born in the family of Puru, son of Yayāti. -3 N. of a son of सुहोत्र and author of some Vedic hyms like Rv.4.43. -4 surname of Yudhisṭhira. -मुख a. goat-faced. (खः) N. of a Prajāpati (Dakṣa). When Dakṣa reviled Śiva at his sacrificial session, Vīrabhadra pulled out his face, and afterwards at the request of Śiva himself he put up a goat's face in place of the original human one. (-खी) N. of a Rākṣasī kept to watch over Sītā in the Aśoka garden at Laṅkā. -मोदा, -मोदिका [अजस्य मोद इव मोदो गन्धो यस्याः, अजं मोदयतीति वा] N. of a very useful medicinal plant, Common Carroway; the species called Apium Involucratum or Ligusticum Ajowan (Mar. ओंवा). अजमोदां च बाह्लीकं जीरकं लोध्रकं तथा । _x001F_+Śiva. B.3.18 -लम्बनम् [अज इव लम्ब्यते गृह्यते कृष्णवर्णत्वात् कर्मणि ल्युट्] antimony. (Mar. सुरमा). -लोमन्, -लोमी -मा [अजस्य लोमेव लोममञ्जरी यस्य-स्याः वा] cowage, Carpopogon Pruriens (Mar. कुहिली). -वस्तिः [अजस्य वस्तिरिव वस्ति- र्यस्य] N. of a sage, or of a tribe sprung from him. -वीथिः -थी f. [अजेन ब्रह्मणा निर्मिता वीथिः शाक त.] 1 one of the three divisions of the southern path comprehending the three asterisms मूल, पूर्वाषाढा and उत्तराषाढा; a sort of heavenly passage (गगनसेतु, यमनाला); पितृयानो$- जवीथ्याश्च यदगस्त्यस्य चान्तरम् Y.3.184. -2 goat's path. -शृङ्गी [अजस्य मेषस्य शृङ्गमिव फलं यस्याः सा] N. of a plant, विषाणी or Odina Wodier, highly medicinal, (Mar. मेंढशिंगी), See मेषशृङ्गी.
ajara अजर a. [न. ब.] 1 _x001F_2Not subject to old age or decay; ever young अजरं वृद्धत्वम् K.13; cf. वृद्धत्वं जरया विना R.1.23 -2 Undecaying, imperishable; पुराणमजरं विदुः R.1.19; अनन्तमजरं ब्रह्म Bh.3.69, H. Pr.3, Pt.1. 151, Ms.2.146. -रः 1 A god (who is not subject to old age). अजरामरवत्प्राज्ञो विद्यामर्थं च चिन्तयेत् H. -2 N. of a plant वृद्धदारक or जीर्णफंजी (Mar. काळी वरधारा). (˚रा also). -Comp. -द्रुमः The name of Kalpavṛikṣa. Śāhendra.2.13. -रा 1 N. of a plant गृहकन्या or घृतकुमारा Also Perfoliote. (Mar. कोरफड). 2- A house-lizard (गोधालिका). -रम् [जीर्यते क्षीयते जॄ-अच्] The Supreme Spirit.
ajita अजित a. Invincible, unconquerable, irresistible, ˚तं पुण्यं... महः U.5.27. -2 Not conquered or won (as a country &c.); not restrained, curbed, controlled, ˚आत्मन्; ˚इन्द्रिय of uncontrolled soul or passion. -तः 1 N. of Viṣṇu or Śiva or Buddha. -2 N. of a powerful antidote, or a poisonous sort of rat. -(pl.) A class of deities in the first Manvantara of. परमात्मन्यात्मनि च त्रिषु स्यादस्फुटे$जितः । अपराजितविष्ण्वीशपरमात्मसु कथ्यते ॥ Nm. -Comp. -आपीडः having an invincible crown; N. of a king. -केशकम्बलः Name of one of the six chief heretical teachers. (mentioned in Buddhist texts as contemporaries of Buddha.) -बला N. of a Jain deity who acts under orders from the Arhat Ajita. -विक्रमः 'of unsubdued power', N. of Chandragupta II.
ajīva अजीव a. [न. ब.] Devoid of life; lifeless, as a jar or a dead person. -वः [न. त.] 1 Non-existence, death. -2 (With Jainas) All that is not a living soul, i. e. the whole of जड or inanimate and unsentient substance (opp. जीव).
ajura अजुर र्य a. [अज्-कुरच् न व्यादेशः] Ved. Not subject to decay or old age; strong, very swift or speedy. अवकक्षिणं वृषभं यृथा$जुरम् Rv.8.1.2.
aṇu अणु a. (णु-ण्वी f.) [अण्-उन्] Minute, small, little, atomic (opp. स्थूल, महत्); अणोरणीयान् Bg.8.9; सर्वोप्ययं नन्वणुः Bh.3.26. insignificantly small; अण्वपि भयम् Ms.6. 4; अण्वपि याच्यमानः Pt.4.26 asked but an atom, a very small quantity, न कन्यायाः पिता विद्वान् गृह्णीयात् शुल्कमण्वपि Ms.3.51. -णुः 1 An atom, a very small particle (an exceedingly small measure); the mote in a sunbeam, the smallest perceptible quantity; अस्थूलमनण्वह्रस्वमदीर्घं ब्रह्म; अणुं पर्वतीकृ Bh.2.78. to magnify; cf. also 'To make mountains of molehills.' -2 An atom of time (व्यञ्जनमर्ध- मात्रा तदर्धम् अणु); it is said to be 54,675, th part of a Muhūrta (48 minutes). -3 N. of Śiva. -4 N. of very small grain such as सर्षप, चीनक &c., अनणुषु दशमांशो$णुष्वथैकादशांशः Līlā. -णु n. the fourth part of a Mātrā. -Comp. -अन्तः [अणुः अन्तो यस्य] a hair-splitting question; (अण्वन्तः सूक्ष्मान्तः सुक्ष्मवस्तुनिर्णयान्तः प्रश्नः Śaṅkara). किमर्थमचारीः पशूनिच्छन्नण्वन्तानिति Br. up. 4.1.1. -तैलम् N. of a medicinal oil. -भा [अण्वी सूक्ष्मा भा प्रभा यस्याः सा] lightning. -मात्र a. [अणुः परिमाणं यस्य अणु-मात्रच्] of the size of an atom. -रेणुः [कर्म.] atomic dust. -रेवती [अणुः सूक्ष्मा रेवतीतारेव] N. of a plant (दन्तीवृक्ष) Croton Polyandrum. -वादः the doctrine of atoms, atomic theory, the theory that all material substances are primarily atoms and secondarily aggregates, and that all atoms are eternal. -वीक्षणम् [ष. त.] 1. minute observation, observation of very minute parts. -2 [अणुः सूक्ष्मो वीक्ष्यते अनेन करणे ल्युट्] an instrument, like the microscope, enabling one to discern the smallest objects. -व्रतानि N. of the twelve smaller vows of laymen adhering to the Jain faith. -व्रीहिः [कर्म.] a fine sort of grain, rice &c.
atideśaḥ अतिदेशः 1 Transfer, making over, assigning. -2 (Gram.) Extended application, application by analogy, transference of one attribute to another, attraction of one case or rule to another; अतिदेशो नाम इतरधर्मस्य इतरस्मिनू प्रयोगाय आदेशः (मीमांसा); or अन्यत्रैव प्रणीतायाः कृत्स्नाया धर्मसंहतेः । अन्यत्र कार्यतः प्राप्तिरतिदेशः स उच्यते ॥ प्राकृतात् कर्माणो यस्मात्तत्समानेषु कर्मसु । धर्मप्रवेशो येन स्यादतिदेशः स उच्यते ॥ This अतिदेश is of 5 kinds : शास्त्र˚, कार्य˚, निमित्त˚, व्यपदेश˚ & रूप˚. Thus in Grammar प्रकृति- वतू विकृतिः, कर्मणा कर्मवत्तुल्यक्रियः or पुंवत्, णिद्वत्, व्यपदेशिवद्भावः & इण्वदिकः are instances. गोसदृशो गवयः is an instance of रूपातिदेश or analogy; वाक्यार्थस्यातिदेशस्य स्मृतिर्व्यापार उच्यते Bhāṣā. P.8. अतिदेश is generally expressed by words showing likeness or resemblance, such as इव, वत्, सदृश &c. cf. also अतिदेशो नाम ये परत्र विहिता धर्मास्त- मतीत्यांन्यत्र तेषां देशः । ŚB. on MS.7.1.12. अतिदेश forms the subject matter _x001F_2of the 7th and the 8th अध्यायs of जैमिनि's मीमांसासूत्र. For its various divisions and subdivisions read : स च नाम्ना वचनेन वा । तत्र नाम त्रिविधमातिदेशिकं कर्मनाम, संस्कारनाम, यौगिकमिति । वचनं पुनर्द्विविधं प्रत्यक्षश्रुतमानु- मानिकं च । (ŚB. ibid.).
atibhū अतिभू 1 P. 1 To spring forth, arise; शब्दश्च घोरो$तिबभूव Mb. -2 To surpass, excel; to overcome, subdue, overpower.
ativāhaḥ अतिवाहः [अतीत्य देहं अन्यदेहे वाहः प्रापणम् स. त.] 1 Passing or conveying of the सूक्ष्मशरीर, the subtle principle of life, to the bodies at the expiry of good actions (अदृष्ट) contributing to the enjoyment of worldly pleasures. -2 Carrying over.
ativṛt अतिवृत् 1 A. (P. in epic poetry) 1 To pass over or by, cross (as a place &c.). उपासते पुरुषं ये ह्यकामास्ते शुक्रमेतदतिवर्तन्ति धीराः Muṇḍ.3.2.1. -2 (a) To go beyond, exceed (fig. also); वाग्विभवातिवृत्तमाचार्यकम् Māl.1. 26 exceeding or transcending the powers of speech, indescribable; मुकुलावस्थामतिवृत्तेषु तण्डुलेषु Dk.132; का ते स्तुतिः स्तुतिपथादतिवृत्तधाम्नः Mv.4.29 transcending praise. (b) To offend, overstep, transgress, violate; यो$स्याः शासनमतिवर्तेत Dk.167; को$तिवर्तते दैवम् 51 who can transgress the decrees of Fate? को$न्यो जीवितुकामो देवस्य शासनमतिवर्तेत Mu.3. न खलु दूरगतो$तिवर्तते Śi.6.19. (c) To neglect, omit, let _x001F_+slip. (d) To have no regard to, disregard, slight; offend (especially by unfaithfulness), injure; शपथशतातिवर्ती Dk.62 disregarding; ऋतुस्नातां सतिं भार्यां ... अतिवर्तेत दुष्टात्मा; यथाहं कर्मणा वाचा शरीरेण च राघवम् । सततं नातिवर्तेय Rām. अपत्यलोभाद् या तु स्त्री भर्तार- मतिवर्तते Ms.5.161. -3 (a) To surpass, excel; मनुष्य-- संख्यामतिवर्तितुं वा Ki.3.4; एष जनतातिवर्तिनो Śi.14.59; बान्धवस्नेहं राज्यलोभो$तिवर्तते Ks.41.4; to outweigh, preponderate. (b) To overcome, subdue, vanquish, get the better of; get over, escape or get loose from; असाध्यानतिवर्तन्ते प्रमेहा रजनीं यथा Suśr.; किमाचारः कथं चैतांस्त्रीन् गुणानतिवर्तते Bg.14.21 transcend these three qualities; दैवं पौरुषेण˚ Mb., Dk.73, Ks.121.67. -4 (Intrans.) To pass away, glide away, elapse (as time); to be late or delay; एवं तयोः प्रत्यहमन्योन्याहारादि दानेन कालो$तिवर्तते H.1; महता स्नेहेन कालो$तिवर्तते H.2; समयो नातिवर्तते Mv.6; आषोड- शाद् ब्राह्मणस्य सावित्री नातिवर्तते Ms.2.38 is not late (नातिक्रान्तकाला भवति). -5 To go away from, leave, abandon (abl.); यथा मे हृदयं नित्यं नातिवर्तति राघवात् Rām. -Caus. 1 To slight, not to heed, disregard सुहृदश्चाति- वर्तिताः Dk.136. -2 To let out, discharge (as excrement).
atī अती [अति-इ] 2 P. 1 To go beyond, pass on, over or beyond, cross (time or space); स्तोकमन्तरमतीत्य Ś. 1; जवादतीये हिमवानधोमुखैः Ki.14.54 was gone to or reached; स्थातव्यं ते नयनविषयं यावदत्येति भानुः Me.36 passes out of sight; अतीत्यैकादशाहं तु नामकर्म तथा$करोत् Rām. after 11 days; गृहपङ्क्तयश्चिरमतायिरे जनैः Śi.13.53. -2 To enter, step over; अद्वारेण च नातीयात् ग्रामं वा वेश्म वा वृतम् Ms.4.73. -3 To excel, surpass, outstrip, be more than a match for; त्रिस्रोतसः कान्तिमतीत्य तस्थौ Ku.7.15; सत्यमतीत्य हरितो हरिंश्च वर्तन्ते वाजिनः Ś.1; अग्निस्त्विषा नात्येति पूषणम् Śi.2.23; to exceed, go beyond, transcend; कुसीदवृद्धिर्द्वैगुण्यं नात्येति Ms.8.151 does not exceed; अतीत्य वाचां मनसां च गोचरं स्थिताय Ki.18.41, अपराधशतक्षमं नृपः क्षमयात्येति भवन्तमेकया Śi 16.48. -4 To overcome, subdue, vanquish, get the better of; न प्रदीप इव वायुमत्यगात् R. 19.53 did not overcome, outlive or survive; to overtake, out-do -5 To walk by, walk past, pass by, leave behind; स्रोतोवहां पथि निकामजलामतीत्य Ś.6.16; सो$त्य- गाद् आश्रमम् R.15.37. -6 To omit, neglect, disregard, violate, transgress, overstep; न दिष्टमर्थमत्येतुमीशो मर्त्यः कथंचन Mb. avoid; अतीत्य ही गुणान् सर्वान् स्वभावो मूर्ध्नि वर्तते H.1.18 देशं कालं च यो$तीयात् Y.2.195; अतीयात्सागरो वेलां न प्रतिज्ञामहं पितुः Rām.; भूतान्यत्येति पञ्च वै Ms.12.9 oversteps the five elements (मोक्षं प्राप्नोति Kull.); अत्येति तत्सर्वमिदं विदित्वा Bg.8.28,14.2. -7 (Intrans.) To pass, elapse (time); अत्येति रजनी या तु सा न प्रतिनिवर्तते Rām.; अतीते दक्षिणायने &c. -8 To overflow, be redundant, be in excess. -9 To die.
atra अत्र (अत्रा Ved.) ind. [अस्मिन् एतस्मिन् वा, इदं-एतद् वा सप्तम्याः त्रल् प्रकृतेः अश्भावश्च Tv.] 1 In this place, here; अपि संनिहितो$त्र कुलपतिः Ś.1.; अत्र गृह्यते अत्र गृह्यते K.119 here-here i. e. just now. -2 In this respect, matter, or case; as to this, (serving the purpose of अस्मिन् विषये or of the forms अस्मिन् or एतस्मिन्, अस्याम्, &c. with a substantive or adjectival force); अहिंसा परमो धर्म इत्यत्र ऐकमत्यम् H.1; अलं प्रयत्नेन तवात्र R.3.5; भवन्तमेवात्र गुरुलाघवं पृच्छामि Ś.5; तदत्र परिगतार्थं कृत्वा Ś.6 informing him of this matter. -3 There, in that direction. -4 Then, at that time (Ved.); कः को$त्र भोः who is there? which of the servants is in attendance? who waits there? (used in calling out to one's servants &c.; cf. Hindustāni Kaun hai). -Comp. -अन्तरे adv. in the meanwhile, meantime. अत्रान्तरे श्रवणकातरतां गतो$स्मि Ś. 3.1. -दध्न a. (ध्नी f.) reaching so far up; as tall as this. -भवत् (m. भवान्) an honorific epithet meaning 'worthy', 'revered', 'honourable', 'your or his honour', and referring to a person that is present or near the speaker, (opp. तत्रभवत्); ˚भवती f. 'your or her lady-ship' (पूज्ये तत्रभवानत्रभवांश्च भगवानपि); अत्रभवान् प्रकृतिमापन्नः Ś.2; वृक्षसेचनादेव परिश्रान्तामत्रभवतीं लक्षये Ś.1.
atharvan अथर्वन् m. [अथ-ऋ-वनिप् शकन्ध्वादि˚ Tv.; probably connected with some word like athar fire] 1 A priest who has to worship fire and Soma. -2 A Brāhmaṇa. -3 N. of the priest who is said to have first brought down fire from the heaven, offered Soma and recited prayers. [He is represented as the eldest son of Brahmā sprung from his mouth; as a Prajāpati appointed by Brahmā to create and protect sub-ordinate beings, who first learnt from Brahmā and then taught the Brahmavidyā and is considered to be the author of the Veda called after him. His wife was Śānti, daughter of Kardama Prajāpati. He had also another wife called Chitti; he is also considered identical with Aṅgiras and father of Agni.] -4 Epithet of Śiva, Vasiṣṭha. वृतपदपङ्क्तिरथर्वणेव वेदः Kir. 1.1. -(pl.) Descendants of Atharvan; hymns of this Veda; जिष्णुं जैत्रैरथर्वभिः R.17.13. -र्वा-र्व m. n., ˚वेदः The Atharvaveda, regarded as the fourth Veda. [It contains many forms of imprecations for the destruction of enemies and also contains a great number of prayers for safety and averting mishaps, evils, sins or calamities, and a number of hymns, as in the other Vedas, addressed to the gods with prayers to be used at religious and solemn rites; cf. Mv.2.24. मूर्तिमभिरामघोरां बिभ्रदिवाथर्वणो निगमः. It has nine Śākhās and five Kalpas, and is comprised in 2 Kāṇḍas. The most important Brāhmaṇa belonging to this Veda is the Gopatha Brāhmaṇa, and the Upaniṣads pertaining to it are stated to be 52, or, according to another account 31.] [cf. Zend atharvan, Pers. áturbán.] -Comp. -अधिपः N. of बुध Mercury (सामवेदाधिपो भौमः शशिजो$- थर्ववेदराट्). -निधिः, -विढ् m. receptacle of the (knowledge of) Atharvaveda, or conversant with it; गुरुणा- $थर्वविदा कृतक्रियः R.; (अथर्वविधिपदेन दुरितोपशमन- निमित्तशान्तिकपौष्टिकप्रवीणत्वं पौरोहित्यो चितत्वं द्योत्यते Malli.) -भूताः (pl.) those who have become Atharvans, Names of the 12 Maharṣis. -शिखा, -शिरस् n. (अथर्वणो वेदस्य शिखा शिर इव वा ब्रह्मविद्याप्रतिपादकत्वेन श्रेष्ठत्वात्) N. of an Upaniṣad dealing with Brahmavidyā. अथर्वशिरसो$ध्येता ब्रह्मचारी यतव्रतः Mb.13.9.29. -संहिता A text of collection of hymns of अथर्ववेद. अथर्वसंहितायाजी विदधे विधिवद्धुतम् Bm.1.869.
adṛṣṭa अदृष्ट a. 1 Invisible, not seen; ˚पूर्व not seen before. -2 Not known or experienced, not felt; ˚विरहव्यथम् H.1.125. -3 Unforeseen, not observed or thought of; unknown, unobserved. तस्माददृष्टं त्वां भयमागमिष्यति Mb. 1.3.9. -4 Not-permitted or sanctioned, illegal; न चादृष्टां (वृद्धिं) पुनर्हरेत् Ms.8.153. -ष्टः N. of some venomous substance or vermin. -ष्टम् 1 The invisible one. -2 Destiny, fate, luck (good or bad); दैवमिति यदपि कथयसि पुरुषगुणः सो$यदृष्टाख्यः Pt.5.3. -3 Virtue or vice as the eventual cause of pleasure or pain. (Fate is supposed to be the result of good or bad actions done in one state of existence and experienced in another, the performance of good deeds being rewarded with residence in Heaven, and of bad deeds, visited with condemnation to Hell; धर्माधर्मावदृष्टं स्यात् धर्मः स्वर्गादि- साधन...अधर्मो नरकादीनां हेतुर्निन्दितकर्मजः Bhāṣā P.161-2. The Vedāntins do not recognize अदृष्ट or luck; तैर्हि कर्मणः सूक्ष्मावस्थापन्नसंस्कारविशेष एव अदृष्टस्थानीयत्वेनाङ्गीक्रियते; अदृष्टम् आत्मदर्म इति नैयायिका वैशेषिकादयश्च, सांख्यपातञ्जलास्तु बुद्धिधर्म इत्यम्युपगच्छन्ति Tv.) -4 An unforeseen calamity or danger (such as from fire, water &c.) -Comp. -अर्थ a. [ब.] having a metaphysical or occult meaning, metaphysical; having an object not evident to the senses. -कर्मन् a. one who has had no practice or practical experience, not practical, inexperienced; कर्म- स्वदृष्टकर्मा यः शास्त्रज्ञो$पि विमुह्यति H.3.54. -कल्पना Supposition of an invisible object or idea. दृष्टे सत्यदृष्टकल्पना$- न्याय्या -नरः, -पुरुषः one of the 2 ways of peace-making, in which no third person is seen, said of a treaty concluded by the parties themselves without a mediator यत्र शत्रुः पणं कुर्यात्सो$दृष्टपुरुषः स्मृतः H.4.119. -फल a. [ब.] that of which the consequences are not yet visible. (लम्) the (future) result of good or bad actions; the result or consequence hidden in the future. -हन् a. destroying poisonous vermin (?).
adhi अधि ind. 1 (As a prefix to verbs) over, above; (अधिकार); ˚स्था to stand over; ˚कृ to place over or at the head of; ˚रुह् to grow over or above; over and above, besides, in addition to (आधिक्य); fully, completely (अतिशय, विशेष), to get something in addition to another; अधिगत्य जगत्यधीश्वरात् having obtained fully, अधि intensifying the meaning of the root; इतो वा सातिमीमहे दिवो वा पार्थिवादधि Rv.1.6.1; (अधीमहे आधिक्येन याचामहे). -2 (As a separable adverb) Over, above, from above (mostly Vedic); षष्टिर्वारासो अधि षट् Rv.7.18.14. -3 (As a preposition) with acc. (a) Above, over, upon, in (उपरि); यं दन्तमधिजायते नाडी तं दन्तमुद्धरेत् Suśr. अध्यधि Just above; लोकानुपर्युपर्यास्ते$धो$धो$ध्यधि च माधवः Bopadeva; with gen. also; ये नाकस्याधि रोचने दिवि Rv. 1.19.6 above the sun; ˚विटपि Śi.7.35; ˚त्वत् 7.41; ˚रजनि at night. अधिरजनि जगाम धाम तस्याः 52. (b) with reference to, concerning, in the case of, on the subject of (अधिकृत्य) (mostly in adverbial compounds in this sense); हरौ इति अधिहरि; so अधिस्त्रि; कृष्णमधिकृत्य प्रवृत्ता कथा अधिकृष्णम्; so ˚ज्योतिषम्, ˚लोकम्, ˚दैवम्, ˚दैवतम् treating of stars &c.; ˚पुरन्ध्रि Śi.6.32 in the case of women. (c) (With abl.) Just over, more than (अधिक); सत्त्वादधि महानात्मा Kath.; अविदितादधि (d) (With loc.) Over, on or upon, above (showing lordship or sovereignty over something) (ऐश्वर्य); अधिरीश्वरे P.1.4.97; अधिभुवि रामः P.II.3.9 Sk. Rāma rules over the earth; the country ruled over may be used with loc. of 'ruler'; अधि रामे भूः ibid; प्रहारवर्म- ण्यधि विदेहा जाताः Dk.77 subject to, under the government of, become the property or possession of (अधि denoting स्वत्वं in this case); under, inferior to (हीन); अधि हरौ सुराः (Bopadeva) the gods are under Hari. -4 (As first member of Tatpuruṣa compounds) (a) Chief, supreme, principal, presiding; ˚देवता presiding deity; ˚राजः supreme or soverign ruler; ˚पतिः supreme lord &c. (b) Redundant, superfluous (growing over another); ˚दन्तः = अध्यारूढः (दन्तस्योपरि जातः) दन्तः P.VI.2. 188. (c) Over, excessive; ˚अधिक्षेपः high censure. According to G. M. अधि has these senses. अधिरध्ययनैश्वर्य- वशित्वस्मरणाधिके । e. g.; उपाध्यायादधीते; इङो$ध्ययनार्थकत्वस्य अधिद्योतकः; अधिपतिः (ऐश्वर्ये); अधीनः (वशित्वे) अधिगतः इनं; मातुरध्येति (स्मरणे); अधिकम् (अधिके). -5 Instead of; इदमग्ने सुधितं दुर्धितादधि प्रियादु चिन्मन्मनः प्रेय अस्तु ते Rv.1.14. 11. In the Veda अधि is supposed by B. and R. to have the senses of 'out of', 'from', 'of', 'among', 'before', 'beforehand', 'for', 'in favour of', 'in', 'at'.
adhika अधिक a. [abbreviation of अध्यारूढ; अध्यारूढशब्दात् कन् उत्तरपदलोपश्च P.V.2.73]. 1 More, additional, greater (opp. ऊन or सम); तदस्मिन्नधिकम् P.V.2.45. (In comp. with numerals) plus, greater by; अष्टाधिकं शतम् 1 plus 8 = 18; चत्वारिंशतो$धिकाः = ˚चत्वारिंशाः more than 4; नवाधिकां नवतिम् R.3.69; एकाधिकं हरेज्जयेष्टः Ms.9.117. -2 (a) Surpassing in quantity, more numerous, copious, excessive, abundant; in comp. or with instr.; श्वासः प्रमाणाधिकः Ś.1.29. more than the usual measure. (b) Inordinate, grown, increased, become greater; abounding in, full of; strong in; ˚क्रोध R.12.9; वयो$धिकः Ms.4.141 senior in years; शिशुरधिकवयाः Ve.3.32. old, advanced in years; भवनेषु रसाधिकेषु v. l. (सुधारितेषु) पूर्वं Ś.7.2; करोति रागं हृदि कौतुकाधिकं K.2.; रसाधिके मनसि Śi.17.48 abounding in. -3 (a) More, greater, stronger, mightier, more violent or intense; अधिकां कुरु देवि गुरुभक्तिम् K.62; ऊनं न सत्त्वेष्वधिको बबाधे R.2.14 the stronger animal did not prey on the weaker; पुमान्पुंसो$धिके शुक्रे स्त्री भवत्यधिके स्त्रियाः Ms.3.49; अधिकं मेनिरे विष्णुम् Rām.; अधिकं मित्रम् Pt.2; यवीयान्गुणतो$धिकः Ms.11.185;9.154. (b) Superior to, better than; higher than [with abl. or in comp.); प्रमाणादधिकस्यापि मत्तदन्तिनः Pt.1.327; सेनाशते- भ्यो$धिका बुद्धिः Mu.1.27 surpassing, more than a match for &c.; विधेरधिकसंभारः R.15.62 more than what was sanctioned by rules; तपस्विभ्यो$धिको योगी Bg.6.46; ब्रह्म प्रदानेभ्यो$धिकम् Y.1.212; अश्वाधिको राजा H.3.77 strong in cavalry; धनधान्याधिको वैश्यः H.4.21 excels in, is superior by reason of; लोकाधिकं तेजः Mu.4.1 superior to; sometimes with gen.; पञ्चदशानां भ्रातणामधिको गुणैः K.136. -4 Later, subsequent, further than (of time); राजन्य- बन्धोर्द्वाविंशे (केशान्तो विधीयते) वैश्यस्य द्वयधिके ततः Ms.2.65.2 years later i. e. in the 24th year; sometimes with gen.; ममाधिका वा तुल्या वा Rām. -5 Eminent, uncommon, special, peculiar (असाधारण); विद्या नाम नरस्य रूपमधिकम् Bh.2.2 superior or uncommon form or beauty; धर्मो हि तेषामधिको विशेषः H. Pr.25; इज्याध्ययनदानानि वैश्यस्य क्षत्रियस्य च । प्रतिग्रहो$धिको विप्रे याजनाध्यनापने तथा ॥ Y.1.118; sometimes used in the comparative in the above senses; क्लेशो$धिकतरस्तेषाम् Bg.12.5; ˚तरमिदानीं राजते राजलक्ष्मीः V. 5.22; स्वर्गादधिकतरं निर्वृत्तिस्थानम् Ś.7. -6 Redundant, superfluous; ˚अङ्ग having a redundant limb; नोद्वहेत्कपिलां कन्यां नाधिकाङ्गीं न रोगिणीम् Ms.3.8. -7 Intercalated, intercalary (as a month &c.) -8 Inferior, secondary. -कम् 1 Surplus, excess, more; लाभो$धिकं फलम् Ak. -2 Abundance, redundancy, superfluity. -3 A figure of speech equivalent to hyperbole; आश्रयाश्रयिणोरेकस्याधिक्ये$धिक- मुच्यते । किमधिकमस्य ब्रूमो महिमानं वारिधेईरिर्यत्र । अज्ञात एव शेते कुक्षौ निक्षिप्य भुवनानि ॥ अत्र आश्रयस्याधिक्यम् । युगान्तकालप्रतिसंहृता- त्मनो जगन्ति यस्यां सविकाशमासत । तनौ ममुस्तत्र न कैटभद्विपस्तपो- धनाभ्यागमसंभृता मुदः ॥ S. D; महतोर्यन्महीयांसावाश्रिताश्रययोः क्रमात् । आश्रयाश्रयिणौ स्यातां तनुत्वे$यधिकं तु तत् ॥ K. P.1. -adv. 1 More, in a greater degree; स राज्यं गुरुणा दत्तं प्रतिपद्याधिकं बभौ R.4.1; shone the more; 3.18; यस्मिन्नैवा- धिकं चक्षुरारोपयति पार्थिवः Pt.1.243; oft. in comp.; इयम- धिकमनोज्ञा Ś.1.2; ˚सुरभि Me.21. -2 Exceedingly, too much. -Comp. -अङ्ग a. (-ङ्गी f.) having a redundant limb. Ms.3.8. (see above -6) (-ङ्गम्) [अधिको$ङ्गात्] a sash, girdle or belt worn over the mail coat. -अधिक a. more and more, out-doing one another. -अर्थ a. exaggerated; ˚वचनम् exaggeration, an exaggerated statement or assertion (whether of praise or of censure); कृत्यैरधिकार्थवचने P.II,1.33; (˚नम् = स्तुति- निन्दाफलकमर्थवादवचनम्; e. g. वातच्छेद्यं तृणम् i. e. so light and weak; काकपेया नदी so deep and full). -ऋद्धि a. abundant, prosperous; ऋद्धिमन्तमधिकर्द्धिरुत्तरः पूर्वमुत्सवमपोहदुत्सवः R.19.5. -तिथिः, f. -दिनं, -दिवसः an intercalated day. -दन्तः = अधिदन्तः -मांसार्मन् = अधिमांस q. v. -वाक्योक्तिः f. exaggeration, hyperbole. -षाष्टिक- साप्ततिक a. containing or costing more than 6 or 7.
adhikṛ अधिकृ 8 U. 1 To authorize, qualify for the discharge of some duty; be entitled to, have a right to; नैवाध्य- कारिष्महि वेदवृत्ते Bk.2.34; गुणाः प्रियत्वेधिकृता न संस्तवः Ki. 4.25 merits are calculated to produce liking, not mere intimacy. -2 To place at the head of, appoint, set; पाण्डवेन ह्यहं तात अश्वेष्वधिकृतः पुरा Mb.; दृप्तविनयाधिकृतः R.9. 62 appointed to humble the proud; शिथिलीकृते$धिकृतकृत्य- विधौ Ki.6.3 set or appointed to duty; देवाः प्रसह्य तमधि- कुर्युः Mv.2 set on, incite or appoint as their chief. -3 To aim at, allude or refer to, make the subject of; अधिकृत्य कृते ग्रन्थे P.IV.3.87; किरातार्जुनौ अधिकृत्य कृतं काव्यं किरातार्जुनीयम् Sk.; नाटकं प्रयोगेण अधिक्रियताम् Ś. 1 should be made the subject of representation, should be represented on the stage. -4 To be used as the head or governing rule; समर्थानां प्रथमाद्वा P.IV.1.82; इदं पदत्रयमधि- क्रियते Sk. -5 To superintend, be at the head. -6 (A.) To bear, endure or overpower, be superior to; शत्रुमधि- कुरुते Sk.; अधिचक्रे न यं हरिः Bk.8.2. -7 To feel, enjoy; भवादृशाश्चेदधिकुर्वते रतिं निराश्रया हन्त हता मनस्विता Ki.1.43. -8 To refrain or desist from.
adhikaraṇam अधिकरणम् [कृ-ल्युदट्] 1 Placing at the head of, appointing &c. -2 Relation, reference, connection; रामाधिकरणाः कथाः Rām. referring to. -3 (In gram.) Agreement, concord, government or grammatical relation (as of subject and predicate &c.); तत्पुरुषः समानाधिकरणः कर्मधारयः P.1.2.42 having the members (of the compound) in the same relation or apposition; समानाधिकरणो or व्यधिकरणो बहुर्व्रीहिः; पीताम्बरः, चक्रपाणिः &c. -4 A receptacle or subject, technically substratum ज्ञानाधिकरणम् आत्मा T. S. the soul is the substratum of knowledge. -5 Location, place, the sense of the locative case; आधारोधिकरणम् P.1.4.45; कर्तृकर्म- व्यवहितामसाक्षाद्धारयत् क्रियाम् । उपकुर्वत् क्रियासिद्धौ शास्त्रेधिकरणं स्मृतम् ॥ Hari; as गेहे स्थाल्यामन्नं पचति. -6 A topic, subject; section, article or paragraph; a complete argument treating of one subject; A chapter in Kauṭilīya Arthaśāstra. e. g. प्रथमाधिकरणम् the Sūtras of Vyāsa and Jaimini are divided into Adhyāyas, the Adhyāyas into Pādas and the Pādas into Adhikara-ṇas or sections. (According to the Mīmāṁsakas a complete Adhikaraṇa consists of five members : विषय the subject or matter to be explained, विशय or संशय the doubt or question arising upon that matter, पूर्वपक्ष the first side or prima facie argument concerning it, उत्तर or उत्तरपक्ष or सिद्धान्त the answer or demonstrated conclusion, and संगति pertinency or relevancy, or (according to others निर्णय the final conclusion); विषयो विशयश्चैव पूर्वपक्षस्तथोत्तरम् । निर्णयश्चैति सिद्धान्तः शास्त्रे$धिकरणं स्मृतम् ॥ The Vedāntins put संगति in th 3 rd place, and सिद्धान्त last; तत्र एकैकमधिकरणं पञ्चावयवम्, विषयः संदेहः संगतिः पूर्वपक्षः सिद्धान्तश्च. Generally speaking, the five members may be विषय, संशय, पूर्वपक्ष, उत्तरपक्ष and सिद्धान्त or राद्धान्त). -7 Court of justice, court, tribunal; स्वान्दोषान् कथयन्ति नाधिकरणे Mk.9.3; ˚रणे च साधनम् Dk.4. -8 Stuff, material; विप्रतिषिद्धं चानधिकरणवाचि P.II.4.13 (अद्रव्यवाचि); अधिकरणै ˚एतावत्त्वे च P.II.4.15 fixed number of things, as दश तन्तोष्ठः Sk. -9 A claim, Bhāg, 5.1.16. -1 Supremacy. -11 A government department; सर्वाधिकरणरक्षणम् Kau. A.4. -12 A gathering place प्रत्यक्षाश्च परोक्षाश्च सर्वाधिकरणेष्वथ । वृत्तेर्भरतशार्दूल नित्यं चैवान्ववेक्षणम् ॥ Mb.12.59.68. -13 A department; अश्वागारान् गजागारान् बलाधिकरणानि च Mb.12. 69.54. -णी One who superintends. -Comp. -भोजकः a court-dignitary, a judge, भीतभीता अधिकरणभोजकाः Mk.9. -मण्डपः court or hall of justice. अधिकरणमण्डपस्य मार्गमादेशय Mk.9. -लेखकः a. official recorder or scribe, who drew up sale-deeds and other documents after getting the land measured in his presence; RT.VI.38. -विचालः [अधिकरणस्य विचालः अन्यथाकरणम्] changing the quantity of any thing, increasing or decreasing it so many times; ˚विचाले च P.V.3.43; द्रव्यस्य संख्यान्तरापादने संख्याया धा स्यात्; एकं राशिं पञ्चधा कुरु Sk. -सिद्धान्तः a conclusion which involves others.
adhimātra अधिमात्र a. [अधिका मात्रा यस्य] Beyond measure, excessive, inordinate. -त्रम् On the subject of prosody.
adhiyajña अधियज्ञ a. Pertaining to sacrifice; ˚ज्ञं ब्रह्म जपेत् Ms. 6.83. -ज्ञः Principal sacrifice; the agency effecting or causing such sacrifice; ˚ज्ञोहमेवात्र देहे देहभृतां वर Bg.8.4. the अधियज्ञ is I myself in this body (i. e. Kṛiṣṇa); अत्रास्मिन्देहे अन्तर्यामित्वेन स्थितो$हमधियज्ञः यज्ञादिकर्मप्रवर्तकस्तत्फल- दाता चेति श्रीधरः. -ज्ञम् adv. on the subject of sacrifices, so अधियाग.
adhivāsanam अधिवासनम् [वस्-णिच्, or वास् ल्युट्.] 1 Scenting with perfumes or odorous substances (संस्कारो गन्धमाल्याद्यैः Ak.). -2 [वस्-णिच्-ल्युट्] Preliminary consecration (प्रतिष्ठा) of an image, its invocation and worship by suitable Mantras &c. before the commencement of a sacrifice; (यज्ञारम्भात्प्राक् देवताद्यावाहनपूर्वकः पूजनादिकर्मभेदः); Making a divinity assume its abode in an image.
adhiṣṭhānam अधिष्ठानम् [अधि-स्था-ल्युट्] 1 Standing or being near, being at hand, approach (सन्निधि); अत्राधिष्ठानं कुरु take a seat here. -2 Resting upon, occupying, inhabiting, dwelling in, locating oneself in; प्राणाधिष्ठानं देहस्य &c. -3 A position, site, basis, seat; त्र्यधिष्ठानस्य देहिनः Ms.12.4; इन्द्रियाणि मनो बुद्धिरस्याधिष्ठानमुच्यते Bg.3.4, 18.14 the seat (of that desire.) -4 Residence, abode; नगरं राजाधिष्ठानम् Pt.1.; so धर्म˚; a place, locality, town; सर्वाविनयाधिष्ठानतां गच्छन्ति K.16; कस्मिंश्चिदधिष्ठाने in a certain place. -5 Authority, power, power of control, presiding over; अनधिष्ठानम् H.3.83. lose of position, dimissal from a post (of authority); समर्थस्त्वमिमं जेतुमधिष्ठानपराक्रमैः Rām.; ययेह अश्वैर्युक्तो रथः सार- थिना$धिष्ठितः प्रवर्तते तथा आत्माधिष्ठानाच्छरीरम् Gaudapāda; महाश्वेताकृताच्च सत्याधिष्ठानात् K.346 appeal or reference to truth. -6 Government, dominion. -7 A wheel (of a car &c.) अधिष्ठानं मनश्चासीत्परिरथ्या सरस्वती Mb.8.34.34; 5.178.74. -8 A precedent, prescribed rule. -9 A benediction. cf. अधिष्ठानं चक्रपुरप्रभावाध्यासनेष्वपि । Nm. -1 Destruction (?); अमित्राणामधिष्ठानाद्वधाद् दुर्योधनस्य च । भीम दिष्ट्या पृथिव्यां ते प्रथितं सुमहद्यशः ॥ Mb.9.61.14. -11 Couch, seat, bed; साधिष्ठानानि सर्वशः Rām.6.75.19. -12 A butt (for an allurement.) तस्माद् ब्राह्ममधिष्ठानं कृत्वा कार्ये चतुर्विधे । Kau. A.1.1. -Comp. -अधिकरणम् Municipal Board. (अधिष्ठान = city; अधिकरण = court and office of administration) EI,XV, p.143; XVII. p. 193 f; XX, pp.61 ff. -शरीरम् A body which forms the medium between the subtle and the gross body.
adhīna अधीन a. [अधि-ख P.V.4.7; अधिगतः इनं प्रभुं वा] Subject to, subservient, dependent on; usually in comp.; स्थाने प्राणाः कामिनां दूत्यधीनाः M.3.14; त्वदधीनं खलु दोहिनां सुखम् Ku.4.1; इक्ष्वाकूणां दुरापे$र्थे त्वदधीना हि सिद्धयः R.1.72; केन निमित्तेन भवदधीनो जातः Dk.7 consigned to your care.
adhyakṣaram अध्यक्षरम् ind. On the subject of syllables; above all syllables. -रम् The mystic syllable ओम्.
adhyadhīna अध्यधीन a. [आधिक्येन अधीनः] Completely subject or dependent, as a slave; नाध्यधीनो न वक्तव्यो न दस्युर्न विकर्मकृत् । Ms.8.66 (Kull. अत्यन्तपरतन्त्रो गर्भदासः).
anagni अनग्नि [न. त.] 1 Non-fire, substance other than fire; यदधीतमविज्ञातं निगदेनैव शब्द्यते । अनग्नाविव शुष्कैधो न तज्ज्वलति कर्हिचित् Nir. -2 Absence of fire. a. 1 Not requiring fire, dispensing with fire, without the use of fire; विदधे विधिमस्य नैष्ठिकं यतिभिः सार्धमनग्निचित् R.8.25; said of a sacrifice also (अग्निचयनरहितो यज्ञः). -2 Not maintaining the sacred fire; अनग्निरनिकेतः स्यान्मुनिर्मूलफलाशनः Ms.6.25, 43; irreligious, impious. -3 Dyspeptic. -4 unmarried. -Comp. -त्र-त्रा a. Ved. not maintaining the sacred fire, sinful, irreligious अग्ने त्वमस्मद् युयोध्यमीवा अनग्नित्रा अभ्यमन्त कृष्टीः Rv.1.189.3. -दग्ध a. Not burnt with fire or on the funeral pile, ये अग्निदग्धा ये अनग्निदग्धा मध्ये दिवः स्वधया मादयन्ते Rv.1.15.14 (श्मशानकर्म न प्राप्ताः); a class of Manes Ms.3.199.
ananya अनन्य a. 1 Not different, identical, same, not other than, self; अनन्या राघवस्याहं भास्करस्य प्रभा यथा । सा हि सत्याभिंसन्धाना तथानन्या च भर्तरि Rām. cf. Rām.5.21.15. -2 Sole, unique, without a second. -3 [नास्ति अन्यः विषयो यस्य] Undivided, undistracted (mind &c.); having no other object or person to think of &c.; अनन्याश्चिन्तयन्तो मां ये जनाः पर्युपासते Bg.9.22. In comp. अनन्य may be translated by 'not by another', 'directed or devoted to no one else', 'having no other object'. -4 unopposed; अनन्यां पृथिवीं भुङ्क्ते सर्वभूतहिते रतः Kau. A. -Comp. -अर्थ a. not subservient to any other object, principal. -आश्रित a. independent, not resorting to another. (-तम्) unencumbered estate (in law). -गतिः f. sole resort or resource. -गतिक a. [न. ब] having no other resource or help, having no other resource left; अनन्यगतिके जने विगतपातके चातके Udb. -गुरु a. than which nothing is greater. अनन्यगुर्वास्तव केन केवलः पुराणमूर्तेर्महिमाव- गम्यते Si.1.35. -चित्त, -चिन्त, -चेतस्, -मनस्, -मानस, -हृदय a. giving one's undivided thought or attention to, with undivided mind; विचिन्तयन्ती यमनन्यमानसा Ś4.1; K.75. -जः, -जन्मन् m. [नान्यस्मात् जन्म यस्य; आत्मभू- चित्तभू इत्यादि तस्य व्यपदेशत्वात् or नास्ति अन्यद्यस्मात्सो$नन्यः, विष्णुः; तस्माज्जातः] Cupid, the god of love; मा मूमुहत्खलु भवन्तमनन्य- जन्मा Māl.1.32. -दृष्टि a. gazing intently or steadfastly at; ˚ष्टिः सवितारमैक्षत Ku.5.2. -देव a. having no other (superior) God, epithet of the Supreme Being. -परता exclusive devotion or attachment; पुरश्चक्षूरागस्तदनु मनसो$नन्यपरता Māl.6.15. -परायण a. devoted to no other (woman); Ś.3.18. -पूर्वः [नान्या पूर्वा यस्य] having no other wife; वरस्यानन्यपूर्वस्य विशोकामकरोद्गुणैः Ku.6.92. (-र्वा) [न अन्यः पूर्वो यस्याः सा] a virgin (who never before belonged to another), a woman having no other husband; मनुप्रभृतिभिर्मान्यैर्भुक्ता यद्यपि राजभिः । तथाप्यनन्यपूर्वेव तस्मिन्नासीद्वसुन्धरा ॥ R.4.7. -भाज् a. [न अन्यम् अन्यां वा भजते] not devoted to any other person; अनन्यभाजं पतिमाप्नुहि Ku.3.63. -विषय a. not applicable or belonging to any one else, exclusively applicable; यस्मिंन्नीश्वर इत्यनंन्यविषयः शब्दः V 1.1; Mv.1.25. -वृत्ति a. 1 of the same nature. -2 having no other means of livelihood. -3 closely attentive. -शासन a. not ruled over by any one else; अनन्यशासना- मुर्वी शशासैकपुरीमिव R.1.3; Dk.2. -सामान्य, -साधारण a. not common to any one else, uncommon, exclusively devoted, applicable or belonging to one; अनन्यनारी- सामान्यो दासस्त्वस्याः पुरूरवाः V.3.18; ˚राजशब्दः R.6.38; M.5;4.1; not capable of being performed by any one else. Ku.3.19. -सदृश a. (-शी f.) having no equal, matchless, peerless यथैताननन्यसदृशान् विदधासि Pt.1.
anārabhya अनारभ्य a. Unfit to be commenced or undertaken. -ind. Without commencing; without reference to any particular thing e. g. ˚वादः 1 detached remark (upon sacrifices &c.); किञ्चित्कर्मारभ्य उद्यते उच्यते इत्यारभ्यवादः न आरभ्यवादः -2 A statement without any specific reference to any particular thing or act, न बानारभ्यवादात् । Ms.6. 6.3, A statement having no definite context. -Comp. -अधीत a. [न आसभ्य किञ्चिदधीतः] studied or taught or read without reference to any particular subject (not as part of a regular or authoritative work); learnt as a detached subject; येषां मन्त्राणां कर्मविशेषे विनियोगो नोक्तः तेषां मन्त्राणाम् अनारभ्याधीतत्वात् ब्रह्मयज्ञे एव विनियोग इति मीमांसा.
anidhṛṣṭa अनिधृष्ट a. Unchecked, unsubdued.
anilaḥ अनिलः [अनिति जीवति अनेन, अन् इलच् Uṇ.1.54] 1 Wind; वायुरनिलममृतमथेदम् Īśop.17. प्राणानामनिलेन वृत्तिरुचिता Ś.7.12; स सखा दीप इवानिलाहतः Ku.4.3. (The number of winds is 7:- आवहो निवहश्चैव उद्वहः संवहस्तथा । विवहः प्रवहश्चैव परिवाहस्तथैव च ॥ and these are again subdivided into 7 divisions, the total number being 49). -2 The god of wind. -3 One of the subordinate deities, 49 of whom form the class of winds. -4 N. of one of the 8 Vasus, i. e. the fifth. -5 The wind in the body, one of the humours; ˚हन्, ˚हृत्, ˚घ्न. -6 Rheumatism or any disease referred to disorder of the wind. -7 The letter य्. -8 Symbolical expression for the number 49. -9 N. of the lunar asterism स्वाति. -1 N. of Viṣṇu (तस्य प्राणात्मना सर्वदेहधारणात् तथात्वम्). -Comp. -अयनम् way or course of the wind. -अशन, -आशिन् a. [अनिलमश्नातीति] 1 feeding on the wind, fasting. -2 a serpent. आर्जवेन विजानामि नासौ देवो$निलाशन Mb.12.36.5. -अन्तकः (wind-destroying) N. of a plant (Iṅgudī) or अङ्गारपुष्प. -आत्मजः son of the wind, epithet of Bhīma and Hanūmat. -आमयः [अनिलकृतः आमयः शाक. त.] 1 flatulence. -2 rheumatism (वातरोग). -घ्न, -हन्, -हृत् a. curing disorders from wind. -घ्नकः a large tree (बिभीतक) Terminalia Belerica. (Mar. बेहडा). -पर्यायः pain and swelling of the eyelids and outer parts of the eye. -प्रकृति a. of a windy nature. (-तिः) N. of the planet Saturn. -भद्रकः a. kind of chariot. With regard to shape the chariots are divided into seven classes - नभस्वद्भद्रक, प्रभञ्जनभद्रक, निवातभद्रक, पवनभद्रक, परिषद्भद्रक, इन्द्रकभद्रक, and अनिलभद्रक Māna.43.112-115. -व्याधिः derangement of the bodily (internal) wind. -सखः, -सारथिः fire (the friend of wind); जनमेजयस्य वो यज्ञे धक्ष्यत्यनिलसारथिः Mb.1.15.1. so ˚बन्धुः.
anu अनु ind. (Either used with nouns to form adverbial compounds, or as a prefix to verbs and verbal derivatives, or as a separable preposition with acc. and regarded as a कर्मप्रवचनीय). 1 After, behind, along after (पश्चात्); सर्वे नारदमनु उपविशन्ति V.5; प्रमदामनु संस्थितः शुचा नृपतिः सन् R.8.72; तं गच्छन्त्यनु ये विपत्तिषु सदा ते तत्प्रतिष्ठाशया Mu.1. 14; असौ कुमारस्तमजोनुजातः R.6.78; रत्या न साशङ्कमनुप्रयातः Ku.3.23; क्रमेण सुप्तामनु संविवेश सुप्तोत्थितां प्रातरनूदतिष्ठत् R.2. 24; अनुविष्णु = विष्णोः पश्चात् P.II.4.18. Sk.; तदनु कथयेर्मा- धवीयामवास्थाम् Māl.9.26 afterwards. -2 Along, alongside, by the side of, lengthwise यस्यचायामः P.II.1.16 जलानि सा तीरनिखातयूपा वहत्ययोध्यामनु राजधानीम् R.13.61; सो$श्वमेधश- तेनेष्ट्वा यमुनामनु वीर्यवान् । त्रिशताश्वान् सरस्वत्यां गङ्गामनु चतुःशतान् Mb.; अनुगङ्गं वाराणसी = गङ्गामन्वायतम् (गङ्गादैर्घ्यसदृशदैर्घ्योपलक्षिता) situated alongside the Gaṅgā P.II.1.16 Sk.; आविर्भू- तप्रथममुकुलाः कन्दलीश्चानुकच्छम् Me.21; गिरिरिव अनुतटपुष्पितकर्णि- कारयष्टिः V.3.3 along the sides or slopes. -3 After, in consequence of, being indicated by; जपमनु प्रावर्षत् P.II 3.8 Sk. (हेतुभूतजपोपलक्षितं वर्षणम्); so वृक्षमनु विद्योतते विद्युत्. -4 With, along with (सहार्थे); connected with; नगीम- न्वसिता सेना P.I.4.85 Sk. (नद्या सह सम्बद्धा) उमास्तनोद्भेद- मनु प्रवृद्धः Ku.7.24. along with, contemporaneously; Śi. 8.56; दिवसो$नुमित्रमगमद्विलयम् 9.17. -5 Inferior or subordinate to, (मित्रलाभमनु लाभसम्पदः Ki.13.52 inferior, lower in value or importance; अनु हरिं सुराः = हरेर्हीनाः हीने); P.I.4.86 Sk. -6 In a particular relation or state (इत्थं- भूताख्याने प्रकारविशेषनिरूपणे); भक्तो विष्णुमनु Sk. (विष्णोरित्थं- भूतः, भक्तिविशेषयुक्तः) an ardent devotee of Viṣṇu; यस्त्वां द्वेष्टि स मां द्वेष्टि यस्त्वामनु स मामनु Rām. favourably inclined or devoted to. -7 Having a part or share, participation; or one that claims a share of (भागे); भागो$स्यास्ति इति भागस्वामी; लक्ष्मीर्हरिमनु (हरेर्भागः) Sk., हरिस्वामिकभागवतीत्यर्थः. -8 Repetition, in a distributive sense, mostly in comp. (वीप्सार्थे, विषयतायाम्); अनुदिवसम् day by day, every day; अनुक्षणम् every moment; ˚वेलम् every time, frequently; वृक्षम् वृक्षमनु सिञ्चति Sk. waters tree after tree, i. e. every tree (यावद्वृक्षव्यापकः सेकः). -9 Towards, in the direction of, near, to, at (अनुर्यत्समया P.II.1.15); अनुवनमशनिर्गतः Sk.; ˚नदि Śi.7.24 near the river; प्रजिघाय कान्तमनु मुग्धतरः 9.55 to (प्रति); on or in, with the force of the locative; यदेतदस्यानुतटं विभाति 4.39,7.1; तस्माद्रच्छेरनुकनखलं शैलराजाव- तीर्णाम् (जह्नोः कन्याम्) Me.52. -1 In orderly succession, according to; अनुक्रमम् in regular order; अनुज्येष्ठम् = ज्येष्ठ- स्यानुपूर्व्येण in order of seniority; ˚पूर्वम्; अनुरूपम् = रूपस्य योग्यम् Sk. -11 Corresponding with, like, in imitation of; सर्वं मामनु ते प्रियाविरहजां त्वं तु व्यथां मानुभूः V.4.47; so अनुगर्ज् to roar after or in imitation of. -12 Following, conformable to (अनुगत); तथैव सो$भूदन्वर्थो राजा प्रकृतिरञ्ज- नात् R.4.12. (अनुगतो$र्थो यस्य). -13 With regard to, towards, in respect of; अर्घ्यदानमनु चोदितो वचः Śi.14,53; साधुर्देवदत्तो मातरमनु; -14 On account of, by reason of (with abl.); समस्तो वत लोको$यं भजते कारणादनु । त्वं तु निष्कारणादेव प्रीयसे वरवर्णिनि ॥ Rām. As a separable adverb अनु is used only in the Vedas and means after, afterwards, later on, now, at this time, again, once more, then, and further. (The senses of अनु as given by G. M. are:-- अनु वेदाध्ययनानुष्ठानसामीप्यपश्चाद्भावानुबन्धनसाम्याभीमुखहीनविसर्गं- लक्षणेषु; e. g. वेदे अनुवाकः; अनुष्ठाने अनुतिष्ठति; सामीप्ये अनुमेघं वर्षति; पश्चाद्भावे तदनु; अनुबन्धने अनुशेते; साम्ये अनुकरोति; आभिमुख्ये मातरमनुधावति वत्सः; हीने अनुहरिं सुराः; विसर्गे अनुजानीते; लक्षणे अनुवनमशनिर्गतः.) The senses of अनु may be thus expressed in verse :-- आयामे$परभावे च (पश्चादर्थे) वीप्सायां सन्निधौ तथा । इत्थंभूते लक्षणे च भागसादृश्ययोरपि ॥ योग्य- तायां तथा हीने तृतीयार्थे ह्यनुक्रमे । अर्थेष्वेतेषु बहुशो ह्यनुशब्दः प्रयुज्यते ॥.
anukath अनुकथ् 1 P. To relate after (some one else), mention subsequently.
anukarman अनुकर्मन् n. Imitation. -2 [पश्चात्कृतं कर्म] A subsequent rite. -m. N. of one of the Viśvedevas.
anukārin अनुकारिन् a. Imitating, resembling (with gen. or in comp.); प्रियायाः किञ्चिदनुकारिणीषु लतासु दृष्टिं विलोभयामि Ś.6; अनुकारिणि पूर्वेषां युक्तरूपमिदं त्वयि Ś.2.17;1.21; R.1. 43. कपिलानुकारिणा 3.5. अनुकार्य anukārya कारणीय kāraṇīya कर्तव्य kartavya अनुकार्य कारणीय कर्तव्य pot. p. Fit to be imitated. -र्यम्, -अनुक्रिया A subsequent rite or ceremony.
anukṛṣ अनुकृष् 1 P. To drag after oneself, to attract (in gram.); see अनुकर्ष below. -Caus. To subject.
anukarṣaḥ अनुकर्षः र्षणम् 1 Dragging after, drawing along; attraction in general. -2 Summoning or invoking (by means of spells). -3 Grammatical attraction, application or attraction of a word in a preceding rule to a subsequent rule, word &c.; नायमनुकर्षणार्थश्चकारः Mbh. on P.II.2.4; see also Sk. on P.VI.1.127. -4 [अनुकृष्यते स्वसम्बद्धेन चक्रेण] The axle-tree or bottom of a carriage. -5 Delayed performance of a duty.
anukalpaḥ अनुकल्पः [अनुगतः मुख्यं कल्पम्] 1 A secondary direction or precept, a substitute or alternative to be used in times of necessity when the primary one (प्रथमकल्प) is not possible; as the direction to use गोधूम or तण्डुल in the absence of यव; प्रभुः प्रथमकल्पस्य यो$नुकल्पेन वर्तते Ms. 11.3,3.147. -2 A work connected with Kalpa (one of the six auxiliaries of the Vedas).
anujīv अनुजीव् 1 P. 1 To depend upon for subsistence, hang on, live by or upon (something); ये च त्वामनुजीवन्ति नाहं तेषां न ते मम Rām.; स तु तस्याः पाणिग्राहकमनुजीविष्यति Dk. 122 hang or depend on, live (submissively) under, live as a subordinate to. -2 To see without envy; यां तां श्रियमसूयामः पुरा दृष्ट्वा युधिष्ठिरे । अद्य तामनुजीवामः Mb. -3 To live for any one. -4 To follow or imitate in living; प्रेमदत्तवदनानिलः पिबन्नन्वजीवदमरालकेश्वरौ R.19.15 v. l. (अत्यजीवत्). -5 To survive.
anutāpaḥ अनुतापः 1 Repentance, remorse, contrition, subsequent regret or sorrow; जातानुतापेव सा V.4.67 stung with remorse; ख्यापनेनानुतापेन (पापकृन्मुच्यते पापात्) Ms. 11.228. -2 Heat.
anudeśaḥ अनुदेशः 1 Pointing back; rule or direction which refers or points back to a previous rule; यथासङ्ख्यम- नुदेशः समानाम् P.I.3.1; subsequent mention of things (words, suffixes &c.) in the order of things previously mentioned; respective enumeration or statement, first for first, second for second; as in समूलाकृतजीवेषु हन्कृञ्ग्रहः P.III.4.36. -2 Direction, order, injunction.
anunāyika अनुनायिक a. Conciliating; प्रियतमेषु बधूरनुनायिका Śi.6. 7. -का A female character, subordinate to the Nāyikā or leading character, such as a friend, nurse, maid-servant &c.; सखी प्रव्रजिता दासी प्रेष्या धात्रेयिका तथा । अन्याश्च शिल्पकारिण्यो विज्ञेया ह्यनुनायिकाः ॥ अनुनेय (-नीय) a. Favourable; अनुनेयानि जल्पन्तम् Mb.7.85.25 To be conciliated; Mk.
anupasaṃhārin अनुपसंहारिन् m. A kind of हेत्वाभास or fallacy in Nyāya, a subdivision of the अनैकान्तिकहेत्वाभास; वस्तुमात्र- पक्षको$नुपसंहारी that is, that which includes every known thing in the पक्ष and thus prevents the corroboration of a general rule of causation by illustrations, positive or negative; as सर्वं नित्यं प्रमेयत्वात्; अत्र सर्वस्यैव पक्षत्वात् प्रमेयत्वं हेतुरनुपसंहारी अन्वये व्यतिरेके वा दृष्टान्ताभावात्.
anupasarjana अनुपसर्जन a. An independent word, i. e. a word which is not relegated to a subordinate position (by entering into a compound formation) P.IV.1.14.
anupraśnaḥ अनुप्रश्नः A subsequent question (having reference to what the teacher has previously said).
anubandhaḥ अनुबन्धः 1 Binding or fastening on, connection, attachment, tie (lit. & fig.); यस्यां मनश्चक्षुषोरनुबन्धस्तस्या- मृद्धिः Māl.2; एतस्येदृशेन दर्शनेन कीदृशो मे हृदयानुबन्धः इति न जानासि U.3 state of feeling; K.257. -2 Uninterrupted succession, unbroken sequence, continuous flow, continuity; series, chain; बाष्पं कुसु स्थिरतया विरतानुबन्धम् Ś.4. 15; मरण˚ K.236 following up death, desire for dying; अनुबन्धाद्विरमेद्वा K.28; यदा नात्याक्षीदेवानुबन्धम् 39 (persistence in) following me, 317; वैर˚, मत्सर˚, Dk.63,161; मुच्यतां देवि शोकानुबन्धः K.63 continuous sorrow; दुर्लभजन- प्रार्थना˚ Ratn.1; विरम विरम वह्ने मुञ्च धूमानुबन्धम् 4.16; सानु- बन्धाः कथं न स्युः संपदो मे निरापदः R.1.64 continuous, uninterrupted; परिवृद्धरीगमनुबन्धसेवया R.9.69 continuous enjoyment; अयं सो$र्थो$नर्थानुबन्धः संवृत्तः V.5 giving rise to a chain of evils. -3 Descendants, posterity; सानुबन्धा हता ह्यसि Rām. relation, भूमेः सुतां भूमिभृतो$नुबन्धात् Viś. Guṇā.475. -4 Consequence, result (good or bad); आत्मदोषानुबन्धेन K.319 in consequence of; यदग्रे चानुबन्धे च सुखम् Bg.18.39,25; अनुबन्धमजानन्तः कर्मणामविचक्षणाः Rām. 3.51.26; नार्थानां प्रकृतिं वेत्सि नानुबन्धमवेक्षसे Mb.4.49.1. -5 Intention; design, motive, cause; अनुबन्धानपेक्षेत सानु- बन्धेषु कर्मसु Mb.5.34.8. अनुबन्धं परिज्ञाय देशकालौ च तत्त्वतः । सारापराधौ चालोक्य दण्ड दण्डयेषु पातयेत् Ms.8.126; पाप˚ of evil designs. -6 An adjunct of a thing, a secondary member (मुख्यानुयायि, अप्रधानम्); (उल्का) दृश्यते सानुबन्धा च Rām.5.1.63. a secondary symptom, symptomatic affection, attendant on the principal disease (वातपित्तादि- दोषाणामप्राधान्यम्); मूर्छानुबन्धा विषमज्वराः Suśr. -7 Connecting link or adjunct of a subject or topic; theme, matter of discussion; introductory reasons; (विषयप्रयोजनाधिकारि- संबन्धः अनुबन्धः) (an indispensable element of the Vedānta). -8 (Gram.) An indicatory syllable or letter intended to denote some peculiarity in the inflection, accent &c. of the word to which it is attached; as the लृ in गम्लृ, ण् in इण्; रिपुराप पराभवाय मध्यं प्रकृति- प्रत्यययोरिवानुबन्धः Ki.13.19. -9 Offence, fault. -1 An obstacle, impediment; also the clog or encumbrance of a family; domestic ties or attachment. -11 A child or pupil who follows the example set by his parent or teacher (मुख्यानुयायी शिशुः). -12 Beginning, commencement. -13 Repeated application or devotion (पौनःपुन्येन अभिनिवेशः). -14 Course, pursuit. -15 A small bit or part, a trifle. -16 The junction of a fraction (with an integer), as भागानुबन्धपूर्णाङ्कः. -17 Base, stem (प्रकृति). cf. अनुबन्धः प्रकृत्यादौ दोषोत्पादे विनश्वरे । मुख्यानुयायिनि शिशौ प्रकृतस्यानुवर्तने । अनुबन्धे$पि हिक्कायां भ्रष्टायामपि कथ्यते । Nm. -धी [अनुबध्यते अतिश्वासेन व्याप्रियते अनया] 1 Thirst. -2 Hickup. अनुबन्धी तु हिक्कायां तृष्णायामपि योषिति-Medinī.
anubandhin अनुबन्धिन् a. (oft. at the end of comp.) 1 (a) Connected with, attached or related to; अहो सरसरमणी- यानुबन्धिनी स्त्रीजनकथा Māl.1 having for its contents or subject-matter &c.; परिचर्यानुबन्धी Dk.11 continuing. (b) Mixed or blended with; नीलकण्ठकलकेकानुबन्धिना मन्द्र- हुङ्कृतेन मामनुमन्यते Māl.9. -2 Followed by, accompanied with; having in its train, resulting in having as a consequence; तदियमापत्समन्ततो$नर्थानुबन्धिनी Dk.6; अय- मर्थो$र्थानुबन्धी 67; शास्त्रं शास्त्रान्तरानुबन्धि 156; दुःखं दुःखानुबन्धि V.4 one misfortune closely follows another, or misfortunes never come single; K.349; महोदयैस्तस्य हितानु- बन्धिभिः Ki.1.2; कर्मानुबन्धीनि मनुष्यलोके Bg.15.2; गुणा गुणानुबन्धित्वात्तस्य सप्रसवा इव R.1.22 being associated with. -5 Lasting, thriving, prosperous, growing apace, continuous; uninterrupted; अपि त्वदावर्जितवारिसंभृतं प्रवाल- मासामनुबन्धि वीरुधाम् Ku.5.34; ऊर्ध्वं गतं यस्य न चानुबन्धि R.6.77 continuous uninterrupted or all pervading; K.246,33.
anumodaḥ अनुमोदः 1 The feeling of pleasure arising from sympathy, subsequent pleasure. -2 = अनुमोदनम् see below.
anuvākaḥ अनुवाकः [अनूच्यते इति, वच् घञ् कुत्वम् P.II.4.29 Vārt.] 1 Repeating, reciting reading. अनुवाकहताबुद्धिः Mb.5.132.6. -2 A subdivision of the Vedas, section, chapter; जेतुं जैत्रानथ खलु जपन्सूक्तसामानुवाकान् Mv.3.23. -3 Chapter or section referring to a compilation from the Ṛigveda or Yajurveda (ऋग्यजुःसमूह). -4 A statement in the ब्राह्मणs illustrating the mantrās; यं वाकेष्वनुवाकेषु निषत्सूपनिषत्सु च Mb.12.47.26. -Comp. -अनुक्रमणी N. of a table of contents, referring to the Ṛigveda, attributed to Śaunaka. -सङ्ख्या the fourth of the eighteen Pariśiṣṭas of the Yajurveda.
anuvādya अनुवाद्य pot. p. 1 To be explained or illustrated. -2 (In gram.) To be made the subject of an assertion (in a sentence), opposed to विधेय which affirms or denies something about the subject. In a sentence the अनुवाद्य or subject which is supposed to be already known is repeated to mark its connection with the विधेय or predicate and should be placed first; अनुवाद्यमनुक्त्वैव न विधेयमुदीरयेत्; in वृद्धिरादैच्, P.I.1.1 आदैच् should have been placed first, though the construction is defended by Patañjali. अनुवर्तन anuvartana वर्तिन् vartin अनुवर्तन वर्तिन् &c. see अनुवृत्.
anuvidhāyin अनुविधायिन् a. 1 Obedient, submissive, complaint, conforming to orders; सा स्त्री या$नुविधायिनी H.2.13; भवितव्यानुविधायीनीन्द्रियाणि V.3. -2 Resembling; निजवधूश्व- सितानुविधायिनि Śi.
anuśāsanam अनुशासनम् Advice, persuasion, direction, order. command; instruction, laying down rules or precepts; a law, rule, precept; treatment (of a subject), (with the object in comp. or with gen., the agent, if expressed, being put in the instr. or gen.); एतद्वै भद्रमनुशासनस्य Rv.1.32.7. एतदनुशासनम् Tait. Up.7.9.7. भवत्यधिक्षेप इवानुशासनम् Ki.1.28 words of advice; तन्मनोरनुशासनम् Ms.8.139;6.5;2.159; यौवन˚ K.146; नामलिङ्ग˚ laying down rules on the gender of nouns, explanation of gender &c.; शब्दानुशासनम् Sk.; शब्दानामनुशासनमाचार्यस्य आचार्येण वा P.II.3.66 Sk. -Comp. -पर a. obedient. -पर्वन् N. of the 13th book of the Mahābhārata (so called because it lays down precepts of advice).
anuṣaṅgaḥ अनुषङ्गः 1 Close adherence or attendance; connection, conjunction, association; तस्य वैरानुषङ्गस्य गन्ता$स्म्यन्तं सुदुर्गमम् Mb.5.162.35. सानुषङ्गाणि कल्याणानि U.7. good things closely follow one another (come close upon one another). -2 Coalition, commixture. -3 Connection of word with word. -4 A word or words repeated from the context to supply an ellipsis. cf. अनुषङ्गश्च फलवचनमभविष्यत् ŚB. on MS.6.1.5. -5 Necessary consequence, inevitable result. -6 Connection of a subsequent with a previous act. -7 Incidental mention or relation (प्रसङ्ग). -8 Yearning, eager longing. -9 Compassion, pity, tenderness. -1 (In Nyāya) Connecting together the उपनय or application and निगमन or conclusion by the use of the pronoun इदं (उपनयवाक्य- स्थस्य अयमिति पदस्य निगमनवाक्ये आकर्षणम्). -11 The nasals connected with certain roots ending in consonants; P. VII.1.59. Sk. -12 An ellipsis. A mode of interpreting an incomplete sentence by supplying the required word or words from the immediate context. This mode is admissible only if there is no break (व्यवाय). This corresponds to the principle known as अनुवृत्ति (in grammar) on which a word or expression from a preceding सूत्र is read in the succeeding सूत्र or सूत्रs. नानुषङ्गः प्राप्नुयात् । कुतः । व्यवायात् । ŚB. on. MS.4.4.7.
anuṣṭhānam अनुष्ठानम् 1 Doing, performance, practice, execution, accomplishment &c.; obeying, acting in conformity to; उपरुध्यते तपो$नुष्ठानम् Ś.4. practice of religious austerities; को$पि वधोपायश्चिन्त्यो यस्यानुष्ठानेन Pt.1; नानुष्ठानैर्विहीनाः स्युः कुलजा विधवा इव Pt.2.95; धर्मे स्वयमनुष्ठानं कस्यचित्तु महात्मनः H.1.99; शास्त्रानुष्ठानं वा Kau. A.1.6. -2 Commencing, undertaking, engaging in; यदि समुद्रेण सह वैरानुष्ठानं कार्यम् Pt.1. -3 Commencement or course of conduct, procedure, course of action; कथं न्याय्यमनुष्ठानं मादृशः प्रति- षेधतु U.5.21. -4 Practice of religious rites or ceremonies, any religious rite or ceremony; किंत्वनुष्ठाननित्यत्वं स्वातन्त्र्यमपकर्षति U.1.8; Mv.4.33. -नी Performance, doing &c. -Comp. -शरीरम् 'the body of action'; (according to the Sāṅkhya doctrine) the intermediate body between the सूक्ष्म or subtle and the स्थूल or gross body.
anusāryakam अनुसार्यकम् A fragrant substance, sandal, aloe &c.
aneka अनेक a. 1 Not one; more than one, many; अनेक- पितृकाणां तु पितृतो भागकल्पना Y.2.12, अनेकराजन्यरथाश्वसंकुलम् Ki.1.16; several, various; तथात्मैको$प्यनेकश्च Y.3.144. -2 Separated; divided; oft. in comp.; ˚आकार having many shapes or forms; diverse, multiform; ˚कालम् -वारम् several times, many a time and oft.; ˚भार्य having more wives than one. -Comp. -अक्षर, -अच् a. having more than one vowel or syllable; polysyllabic. -अग्र a. 1 engaged in several pursuits. -2 not concentrated or fixed on one object. -3 Agitated. perplexed; स त्वनेकाग्रहृदयो द्वास्थं प्रत्यर्च्य तं जनम् Rām.2.41.34. -अन्त a. 1 [न. ब] not alone so as to exclude all others, uncertain, doubtful, variable; स्यादित्यव्ययमनेकान्तवाचकम् -2 = अनैकान्तिक q. v. (-न्तः) 1 unsettled condition, absence of permanence. -2 uncertainty, doubtfulness. -3 an unessential part, as the several anubandhas. ˚वादः scepticism. ˚वादिन् m. a sceptic, a Jaina or an Arhat of the Jainas. -अर्थ a. 1 having many (more than one) meanings, homonymous; as the words गो, अमृत, अक्ष &c.; ˚त्वम् Capacity to express more senses than one; अनेकार्थत्वमन्याय्यम् ŚB. on MS.7.3.55. अनेकार्थस्य शब्दस्य K.P.2. -2 having the sense of word अनेक. -3 having many objects or purposes. (-र्थः) multiplicity of objects, topics &c. -अल् a. having more than one अल् (letter) P.I.1.55. -आश्रय, -आश्रित a. (in Vais. Phil.) dwelling or abiding in more than one (such as संयोग, सामान्य); एते$नेकाश्रिता गुणाः Bhāsā. P.; dependence upon more than one. -कृत् m. 'doing much', N. of Śiva. -गुण a. of many kinds, manifold, diverse; विगणय्य कारणमनेकगुणम् Ki.6.37. -गुप्तः N. of a king; ˚अर्चितपादपङ्कजः K.3. -गोत्र a. belonging to two families (such as a boy when adopted) i. e. that of his own, and that of his adoptive father. -चर a. gregarious. -चित्त a. not of one mind, fickle-minded; कच्चिन्नानेकचित्तानां तेषां त्वं वशमागतः Rām. 6.24.26. ˚मन्त्रः not following the counsels of one; H.4.31. -ज a. born more than once. (-जः) a bird (गर्भाण्डाभ्यां जातत्वात्). -पः an elephant (so called because he drinks with his trunk and mouth); cf. द्विप; वन्येतरानेकपदर्शनेन R.5,47.; Śi.5.35,12.75. -2 -पद a. multi-numbered; having many component members (as in a Bahuvrīhi compound). e. g. बृहद् अस्य रथन्तरसाम इति बृहद्रथन्तरसामा ŚB. on MS.1.6.4. -भार्य a. Having more wives than one. -मुख a. (खी f.) a. 1 having many faces, many-faced. -2 scattered, dispersed, going in various directions, taking to various ways; (बलानि) जगाहिरे$नेकमुखानि मार्गान् Bk.2.54. -मूर्तिः 'having many forms', N. of Viṣṇu who assumed various forms to deliver the earth from calamities. -युद्धविजयिन्, -विजयिन् a. victorious in many battles; Pt.3.9,11. -रूप a. 1 of various forms, multiform. -2 of various kinds or sorts. -3 fickle, changeable, of a varying nature; वेश्याङ्गनेव नृपनीतिरनेकरूपा Pt.1.425. (-पः) epithet of the Supreme Being. -लोचनः N. of Śiva; also of Indra, and of the Supreme Being, he being said to be सहस्राक्षः सहस्रपात् &c. -वचनम् the plural number; dual also. -वर्ण a. involving more than one (unknown) quantity (the unknown quantities x. y. z. &c. being represented in Sanskrit by colours नील, काल &c.); ˚समीकरणम् simultaneous equation; ˚गुणनम्, ˚व्यवकलनम्, ˚हारः multiplication, subtraction or division of unknown quantities. -विध a. various, different. -शफ a. cloven-hoofed. -शब्द a. synonymous. -साधारण a. common to many, the common property of many persons Dk.83.
antar अन्तर् ind. [अम्-अरन्-तुडागमश्च Uṇ.5.6, अमेस्तुट् च] 1 (Used as a prefix to verbs and regarded as a preposition or गति) (a) In the middle, between; in, into, inside; ˚हन्, ˚धा, ˚गम्, ˚भू, ˚इ, ˚ली &c. (b) Under. -2 (Used adverbially) (a) Between, betwixt, amongst, within; in the middle or interior, inside (opp. वहिः); अदह्यतान्तः R.2.32 burnt within himself, at heart; अन्तरेव विहरन् दिवानिशम् R.19.6 in the palace, in the harem; so ˚भिन्नं भ्रमति हृदयम् Māl. 5.2; अन्तर्विभेद Dk.13; यदन्तस्तन्न जिह्वायाम् Pt.4.88; अन्तर्यश्च मृग्यते V.1.1 internally, in the mind. (b) By way of seizing or holding; अन्तर्हत्वा गतः (हतं परिगृह्य). -3 (As a separable preposition) (a) In, into, between, in the middle, inside, within, (with loc.); निवसन्नन्तर्दारुणि लङ्घ्यो वह्निः Pt.1.31; अन्तरादित्ये Ch. Up., अन्तर्वेश्मनि Ms.7 223; Y.3.31; अप्स्वन्तरमृतमप्सु Rv.1. 23.19. अप्सु मे सोमो$ब्रवीदन्तर् विश्वानि भेषजा ibid. (b) Between (with acc.) Ved. अन्तर्मही बृहती रोदसीमे Rv. 7.87.2; अन्तर्देवान् मर्त्यांश्च 8.2.4; हिरण्मय्योर्ह कुश्योरन्तर- वहित आस Śat. Br. (c) In, into, inside, in the interior, in the midst (with gen.); प्रतिबलजलधेरन्तरौर्वायमाणे Ve. 3.7; अन्तःकञ्चुकिकञ्चुकस्य Ratn.2.3; बहिरन्तश्च भूतानाम् Bg.13.15; त्वमग्ने सर्वभूतानामन्तश्चरसि साक्षिवत् Y.2.14; लघुवृत्तितया भिदां गतं बहिरन्तश्च नृपस्य मण्डलम् Ki.2.53; अन्तरीपं यदन्तर्वारिणस्तटम् Ak.; oft. in comp. at the end; कूपान्तः पतितः Pt.5; सभान्तः साक्षिणः प्राप्तान् Ms.8.79; दन्तान्तरधि- ष्ठितम् Ms.5.141 between the teeth; उत्पित्सवो$न्तर्नदभर्तुः Śi.3.77; also in compound with a following word; अहं सदा शरीरान्तर्वासिनी ते सरस्वती Ks.4.11. -4 It is frequently used as the first member of compounds in the sense of 'internally', 'inside', 'within', 'in the interior', 'having in the interior', 'filled with', 'having concealed within', or in the sense of 'inward', 'internal', 'secret', 'hidden' &c., forming Adverbial, Bahuvrīhi or Tatpuruṣa compounds; कुन्दमन्तस्तुषारम् (Bah. comp.) Ś.5.19 filled with dew; ˚स्तोयम् (Bah. comp.) Me.66; अन्तर्गिरि (Adv. comp.) Ki.1.34; ज्वलयति तनूमन्तर्दाहः (Tat. comp.) U.3.31; so ˚कोपः, ˚कोणः, ˚आकूतम् &c. -5 It is also supposed to be a particle of assent (स्वीकारार्थक). (Note. In comp. the र् of अन्तर् is changed to a visarga before hard consonants, as अन्तः- करणम्, अन्तःस्थ &c.). [cf. L. inter; Zend antare; Goth. undar; Pers. andar; Gr. entos;]. -Comp. -अंसः the breast (= अंतरा-अंस q. v.). -अग्निः inward fire, the fire which stimulates digestion; दीप्तान्तरग्निपरिशुद्धकोष्ठः Susr. -अंङ्ग a. 1 inward, internal, comprehended, included (with abl.); त्रयमन्तरङ्ग पूर्वेभ्यः Pat Sūtra. -2 proximate, related to, essential to or referring to the essential part of the अङ्ग or base of a word (opp. बहिरङ्ग); धातूपसर्गयोः कार्यमन्तरङ्गम् P.VIII.3.74 Sk. -3 dear, most beloved (अत्यन्तप्रिय); स्वपिति सुखमिदा- नीमन्तरङ्गः कुरङ्गः Ś.4.v.l. (-अङ्गम्) 1 the inmost limb or organ, the heart, mind; सन्तुष्टान्तरङ्गः Dk.11; ˚वृत्ति 21; the interior. -2 an intimate friend, near or confidential person (forming, as it were, part of oneself); मदन्तरङ्गभूताम् Dk.81,93,11; राजान्तरङ्गभावेन 135; अन्तरङ्गेषु राज्यभारं समर्प्य*** 159. -3 an essential or indispensable part, as श्रवण, मनन & निदिध्यासन in realizing Brahman. -4 What is intimately connected or related; अन्तरङ्गबहिरङ्ग- योरन्तरङ्ग बलीयः ŚB. on MS.12.2.29. -अवयव an inner part; P.V.4.62. -आकाशः the ether or Brahman that resides in the heart of man (a term often occurring in the Upaniṣads). -आकूतम् secret or hidden intention. -आगमः an additional augment between two letters, -आगारम् the interior of a house; स्त्रीनक्तमन्तरा- गारबहिःशत्रुकृतांस्तथा Y.2.31. -आत्मन् m. (त्मा) 1 the inmost spirit or soul, the soul or mind; also the internal feelings, the heart, अङ्गुष्ठमात्रपुरुषोन्तरात्मा Śvet.; नास्य प्रत्यक- रोद्वीर्यं विक्लवेनान्तरात्मना Rām.6.13.28. गतिमस्यान्तरात्मनः Ms.6.73; जीवसंज्ञोन्तरात्मान्यः सहजः सर्वदेहिनाम् 12.13; मद्- गतेनान्तरात्मना Bg.6.47 with the heart fixed on me; जातो ममायं विशदः प्रकामं ...... अन्तरात्मा Ś.4.22, U.3.38, प्रायः सर्वो भवति करुणावृत्तिरार्द्रान्तरात्मा Me.95. -2 (In phil.) the inherent supreme spirit or soul (residing in the interior of man); अन्तरात्मासि देहिनाम् Ku.6.21. -आपणः a market in the heart (inside) of a town. -आय, -आल; See s. v. -आराम a. rejoicing in oneself, finding pleasure in his soul or heart; यो$न्तःसुखोन्तरारामस्तथान्तर्जर्यो- तिरेव सः Bg.5.24. -इन्द्रियम् an internal organ or sense. -उष्यम् Ved. a secret abode. -करणम् the internal organ; the heart, soul; the seat of thought and feeling, thinking faculty, mind, conscience; प्रमाणं ˚प्रवृत्तयः Ś.1.22; सबाह्य ˚णः अन्तरात्मा V.4 the soul in all its senses external and internal, the inner and outer man; दयार्द्रभावमाख्यातमन्तःकरणैर्विशङ्कैः R.2.11. According to the Vedānta अन्तःकरण is of four kinds : मनो बुद्धिरहङ्कार- श्चित्तं करणमान्तरम् । संशयो निश्चयो गर्वः स्मरणं विषया इमे ॥ अन्तःकरणं त्रिविधम् Sāṅkhya 33, i. e. बुद्धयहङ्कारमनांसि; सान्तःकरणा बुद्धिः 35, i. e. अहङ्कारमनःसहिता. -कल्पः a certain number of years (with Buddhists). -कुटिल a. inwardly crooked (fig. also); fraudulent. (-लः) a conch-shell. -कृ(क्रि)मिः a disease of worms in the body. -कोटरपुष्पी = अण्ड- कोटरपुष्पी. -कोपः 1 internal disturbance; H.3. -2 inward wrath, secret anger. -कोशम् the interior of a storeroom. -गङ्गा the secret or hidden Ganges (supposed to communicate uuderground with a secret stream in Mysore). -गडु a. [अन्तर्मध्ये गडुरिव] useless, unprofitable, unnecessary, unavailing; किमनेनान्तर्गडुना Sar. S. (ग्रीवाप्रदेश- जातस्य गलमांसपिण्डस्य गडोर्यथा निरर्थकत्वं तद्वत्). -गम् -गत &c. See under अंतर्गम्. -गर्भ a. 1 bearing young, pregnant. -2 having a गर्भ or inside; so ˚गर्भिन्. -गिरम् -रि ind. in mountains. अध्यास्तेन्तर्गिरं यस्मात् करतन्नावैति कारणम् Bk.5.87. -गुडवलयः the sphincter muscle. -गूढ a. concealed inside, being inward; ˚घनव्यथः U.3.1; R.19.57; ˚विषः with poison concealed in the heart. -गृहम्, -गेहम्, -भवनम् [अन्तःस्थं गृहम् &c.] 1 the inner apartment of a house, the interior of a house. -2 N. of a holy place in Benares; पञ्चक्रोश्यां कृतं पापमन्तर्गेहे विनश्यति. -घणः -णम् [अन्तर्हन्यते क्रोडीभवत्यस्मिन्, निपातः] the open space before the house between the entrance-door and the house (= porch or court); तस्मिन्नन्तर्घणे पश्यन् प्रघाणे सौधसद्मनः Bk.7.62 द्वारमतिक्रम्य यः सावकाशप्रदेशः सो$न्तर्घणः). (-नः -णः) N. of a country of Bāhīka (or Bālhīka) (P.III.3.78 बाहीकग्रामविशेषस्य संज्ञेयम् Sk.). -घातः striking in the middle Kāsi. on P.III.3.78. -चर a. pervading the body. internally situated, internal, inward अन्तश्चराणां मरुतां निरोधात् Ku.3.48; U.7. -ज a. born or bred in the interior (as a worm &c.). -जठरम् the stomach. (ind.) in the stomach. -जम्भः the inner part of the jaws (खादनस्थानं जम्भः, दन्तपङ्क्त्यो- रन्तरालम्). -जात a. inborn, innate. -जानु ind. between the knees. -जानुशयः One sleeping with hands between the knees; अन्तर्जानुशयो यस्तु भुञ्जते सक्तभाजनः Mb.3.2.75. -ज्ञानम् inward or secret knowledge. -ज्योतिस् a. enlightened inwardly, with an enlightened soul. यो$न्तःसुखो$न्तरारामस्तथान्तर्ज्योतिरेव यः Bg.5.24. (-स् n.) the inward light, light of Brahman. -ज्वलनम् inflammation. (-नः) inward heat or fire; mental anxiety. -ताप a. burning inwardly (-पः) internal fever or heat Ś.3.13. -दधनम् [अन्तर्दध्यते आधीयते मादकतानेन] distillation of spirituous liquor, or a substance used to produce fermentation. -दशा a term in astrology, the time when a particular planet exercises its influence over man's destiny (ज्योतिषोक्तः महादशान्तर्गतो ग्रहाणां स्वाधिपत्यकालभेदः). -दशाहम् an interval of 1 days; ˚हात् before 1 days. Ms.8.222; ˚हे 5.79. -दहनम् -दाहः 1 inward heat; ज्वलयति तनूमन्तर्दाहः U.3.31; ˚हेन दहनः सन्तापयति राघवम् Rām. -2 inflammation. -दुःख a. sad or afflicted at heart; -दुष्ट a. internally bad, wicked or base at heart. -दृष्टिः f. examining one's own soul, insight into oneself. -देशः an intermediate region of the compass. -द्वारम् private or secret door within the house (प्रकोष्ठद्वारम्). -धा-धि, -हित &c. See. s. v. -नगरम् the palace of a king (being inside the town); cf. ˚पुरम्; दशाननान्तर्नगरं ददर्श Rām. -निवेशनम् inner part of the house; यथा चारोपितो वृक्षो जातश्चान्तर्निवेशने Rām.6.128.6. -निहित a. being concealed within; अङ्गैरन्तर्निहितवचनैः सूचितः सम्यगर्थः M.2.8. -निष्ठ a. engaged in internal meditation. -पटः, -टम् a screen of cloth held between two persons who are to be united (as a bride and bridegroom, or pupil and preceptor) until the acctual time of union arrives. -पथ a. Ved. being on the way. -पदम् ind. in the interior of an inflected word. -पदवी = सुषुम्णामध्यगतः पन्थाः -पिरधानम् the innermost garment. -पर्शव्य a. being between the ribs (as flesh). -पवित्रः the Soma when in the straining vessel. -पशुः [अन्तर्गाममध्ये पशवो यत्र] the time when the cattle are in the village or stables (from sunset to sunrise); अन्तःपशौ पशुकामस्य सायं प्रातः Kāty; (सायं पशुषु ग्राममध्ये आगतेषु प्रातश्च ग्रामादनिःसृतेषु com.). -पातः, पात्यः 1 insertion of a letter (in Gram.). -2 a post fixed in the middle of the sacrificial ground (used in ritual works); अन्तःपूर्वेण यूपं परीत्यान्तःपात्यदेशे स्थापयति Kāty. -पातित, -पातिन् a. 1 inserted. -2 included or comprised in; falling within; दण्डकारण्य˚ ति आश्रमपदम् K.2. -पात्रम् Ved. interior of a vessel. -पालः one who watches over the inner apartments of a palace. -पुरम् [अन्तः अभ्यन्तरं पुरं गृहम्, or पुरस्यान्तःस्थितम्] 1 inner apartment of a palace (set apart for women); female or women's apartments, seraglio, harem (so called from their being situated in the heart of the town, for purposes of safety); व्यायम्याप्लुत्य मध्याह्ने भोक्तुमन्तःपुरं विशेत् Ms.7.216,221,224; कन्यान्तःपुरे कश्चित्प्रविशति Pt.1. -2 inmates of the female apartments, a queen or queens, the ladies taken collectively; अन्तःपुराणि सर्वाणि रुदमानानि सत्वरम् Rām.6.111.111. ˚विरहपर्युत्सुकस्य राजर्षेः Ś.3; K.58; ततो राजा सान्तःपुरः स्वगृह- मानीयाभ्यर्चितः Pt.1; कस्यचिद्राज्ञो$न्तःपुरं जलक्रीडां कुरुते ibid. ˚प्रचारः gossip of the harem Ms.7.153; ˚समागतः Ś.4; also in pl.; कदाचिदस्मत्प्रार्थनामन्तःपुरेभ्यः कथयेत् Ś.2.; न ददाति वाचमुचितामन्तःपुरेभ्यो यदा Ś.6.5. ˚जन women of the palace; inmates of the female apartments; ˚चर, -अध्यक्षः-रक्षकः, -वर्ती guardian or superintendent of the harem, chamberlain; वृद्धः कुलोद्रतः शक्तः पितृपैतामहः शुचिः । राज्ञामन्तःपुरा- ध्यक्षो विनीतश्च तथेष्यते ॥ (of these five sorts are mentioned :- वामनक, जघन्य, कुब्ज, मण्डलक and सामिन् see Bṛi. S.) ˚सहायः one belonging to the harem. -पुरिकः [अन्तःपुरे नियुक्तः, ठक्] a chamberlain = ˚चर. (-कः, -का) a woman in the harem; अस्मत्प्रार्थनामन्तःपुरिके(का) भ्यो निवेदय Chaṇḍ. K. -पुष्पम् [कर्म.] the menstrual matter of women, before it regularly begins to flow every month; वर्षद्वादशकादूर्ध्वं यदि पुष्पं बहिर्न हि । अन्तःपुष्पं भवत्येव पनसोदुम्बरादिवत् Kāśyapa; ˚ष्पम् is therefore the age between 12 and the menstruation period. -पूय a. ulcerous. -पेयम् Ved. drinking up. -प्रकृतिः f. 1 the internal nature or constitution of man. -2 the ministry or body of ministers of a king. -3 heart or soul. ˚प्रकोपः internal dissensions or disaffection; अणुरप्युपहन्ति विग्रहः प्रभुमन्तःप्रकृतिप्रकोपजः Ki.2.51. -प्रको- पनम् sowing internal dissensions, causing internal revolts; अन्तःप्रकोपनं कार्यमभियोक्तुः स्थिरात्मनः H.3.93. -प्रज्ञ a. knowing oneself, with an enlightened soul. -प्रतिष्ठानम् residence in the interior. -बाष्प a. 1 with suppressed tears; अन्तर्बाष्पश्चिरमनुचरो राजराजस्य दध्यौ Me.3. -2 with tears gushing up inside, bedimmed with tears; कोपात्˚ ष्पे स्मरयति मां लोचने तस्याः V.4.15. (-ष्पः) suppressed tears, inward tears; निगृह्य ˚ष्पम् Bh.3.6; Māl.5. -भावः, भावना see under अन्तर्भू separately. -भिन्न a. split or broken inside, perforated, bored (said of a pearl) Pt.4 (also torn by dissensions). -भूमिः f. interior of the earth. -भेदः discord, internal dissensions; ˚जर्जरं राजकुलम् Mk.4 torn by internal dissensions; अन्तर्भेदाकुलं गेहं न चिराद्विनशिष्यति 'a house divided against itself cannot stand long.' -भौम a. subterranean, underground. -मदावस्थ a. having the rutting state concealed within; आसीदनाविष्कृतदानराजि- रन्तर्मदावस्थ इव द्विपेन्द्रः R.2.7. -मनस् a. 1 sad, disconsolate, dejected, distracted. -2 one who has concentrated and turned his mind inward, lost in abstract meditation. -मुख a. (-खी f.) 1 going into the mouth, pointing or turned inward; प्रचण्डपरिपिण्डितः स्तिमितवृत्तिरन्तर्मुखः Mv. 5.26. -2 having an inward entrance of opening (बाह्यवस्तुपरिहारेण परमात्मविषयकतया प्रवेशयुक्तं चित्तादि). -3 an epithet of the soul called प्राज्ञ, when it is enjoying the sweet bliss of sleep (आनन्दभुक् चेतोमुखः प्राज्ञः इति श्रुतेः). -4 Spiritual minded, looking inwardly into the soul; 'अन्तर्मुखाः सततमात्मविदो महान्तः' Viś. Guṇā.139. (-खम्) a sort of surgical scissors (having an opening inside), one of the 2 instruments mentioned by Suśruta in chapter 8 of Sūtrasthāna. -मातृका [अन्तःस्थाः ष़ट्चक्रस्थाः मातृकाः अकारादिवर्णाः] a name given in the Tantras for the letters of the alphabet assigned to the six lotuses (पद्म) of the body; ˚न्यासः a term used in Tantra literature for the mental assignment of the several letters of the alphabet to the different parts of the body. -मुद्र a. sealed inside; N. of a form of devotion. -मृत a. still-born. -यागः mental sacrifice or worship, a mode of worship referred to in the Tantras. -यामः 1 suppression of the breath and voice. -2 ˚पात्रम्, a sacrificial vessel (ग्रहरूपं सामापराख्यं यज्ञियपात्रम्); according to others, a Soma libation made during the suppression of breath and voice; सुहवा सूर्यायान्तर्याममनु- मन्त्रयेत् Ait. Br. -यामिन् m. 1 regulating the soul or internal feelings, soul; Providence, Supreme Spirit as guiding and regulating mankind. Brahman; (according to the Bṛi. Ār. Up. अन्तर्यामिन 'the internal check' is the Supreme Being and not the individual soul; who standing in the earth is other than the earth, whom the earth knows not, whose body the earth is, who internally restrains and governs the earth; the same is thy soul (and mine, the internal check अन्तर्यामिन्, &c. &c.); अन्तराविश्य भूतानि यो बिभर्त्यात्मकेतुभिः । अन्तर्या- मीश्वरः साक्षाद्भवेत् &c. -2 wind; ˚ब्राह्मणम् N. of a Brāhmaṇa included in the Bṛi. Ār. Up. -योगः deep meditation, abstraction -लम्ब a. acute-angular. (-बः) an acute-angled triangle (opp. बहिर्लम्ब) (the perpendicular from the vertex or लम्ब falling within अन्तर् the triangle). -लीन a. 1 latent, hidden, concealed inside; ˚नस्य दुःखाग्नेः U.3.9; ˚भुजङ्गमम् Pt.1. -2 inherent. -लोम a. (P.V.4.117) covered with hair on the inside; (-मम्) [अन्तर्गतमाज्छाद्यं लोम अच्] the hair to be covered. -वंशः = ˚पुरम् q. v. -वंशिकः, -वासिकः [अन्तर्वंशे वासे नियुक्तः ठक्] a superintendent of the women's apartment.; Pt.3, K.93. Ak.2.8.8. -वण (वन) a. situated in a forest; ˚णो देशः P.VI.2.179 Sk. (-णम्) ind. within a forest. P.VIII.4.5. -वत् a. being in the interior; having something in the interior. -वती (वत्नी) Ved. [अन्तरस्त्यस्यां गर्भः] a pregnant woman; अन्तर्वत्नी प्रजावती R.15.13. -वमिः [अन्तः स्थित एव उद्गारशब्दं कारयति, वम्-इन्] indigestion, flatulence; belching. -वर्तिन्, -वासिन् a. being or dwelling inside, included or comprised in -वसुः N. of a Soma sacrifice (for राज्यकाम and पशुकाम). -वस्त्रम्, -वासस् n. an undergarment; गृहीत्वा तत्र तस्यान्तर्वस्त्राण्याभरणानि च । चेलखण्डं तमेकं च दत्वान्तर्वाससः कृते ॥. Ks.4.52. -वा a. [अन्तः अन्तरङ्गभावं अन्तःकरणं वा वाति गच्छति स्निग्धत्वेन, वा-विच् Tv.] forming part of oneself such as children, cattle &c. ˚वत् a. (अस्त्यर्थे मतुप् मस्य वः) having progeny, cattle &c; अन्तर्वावत्क्षयं दधे Rv.1.4.7; abounding with precious things inside. -adv. inwardly. -वाणि a. [अन्तःस्थिता शास्त्रवाक्यात्मिका वाणी यस्य] skilled or versed in scriptures, very learned (शास्त्रविद्). -विगाहः, -हनम् entering within, penetration. -विद्वस् a. Ved. (विदुषी f.) knowing correctly or exactly (knowing the paths between heaven and earth) Rv.1.72.7. -वेगः inward uneasiness or anxiety, inward fever. -वेदि a. pertaining to the inside of the sacrificial ground. -adv. within this ground. (-दिः -दी f.) [अन्तर्गता वेदिर्यत्र देशे] the tract of land (the Doab) between the rivers Gaṅgā and Yamunā, regarded as a sacred region and the principal seat of Āryan Brāhmaṇas; cf. एते भगवत्यौ भूमिदेवानां मूलमायतनमन्तर्वेदिपूर्वेण कलिन्दकन्यामन्दाकिन्यौ संगच्छेते A.R.7; it is supposed to have extended from Prayāga to Haradvāra and is also known by the names of शशस्थली and ब्रह्मावर्त. -m. (pl.) inhabitants of this land. -वेश्मन् n. the inner apartments, interior of a house. -वेश्मिकः n. a chamberlain. -वैशिकः Officer in charge of the harem. समुद्रमुपकरणमन्तर्वैशिकहस्तादादाय परिचरेयुः Kau. A.1.21. -शरः internal arrow or disease. -शरीरम् internal and spiritual part of man; the interior of the body. -शल्य a. having in the interior an arrow, pin or any such extraneous matter; rankling inside. -शीला N. of a river rising from the Vindhya mountain. -श्लेषः, -श्लेषणम् Ved. internal support (scaffolding &c.) एतानि ह वै वेदानामन्तः- श्लेषणानि यदेता व्याहृतयः Ait. Br. -संज्ञ a. inwardly conscious (said of trees &c.); ˚ज्ञा भवन्त्येते सुखदुःखसमन्विताः Ms.1.49. -सत्त्व a. having inward strength &c. (˚त्त्वा) 1 a pregnant woman. -2 the marking nut. -सन्तापः internal pain, sorrow, regret. -सरल a. upright at heart, or having Sarala trees inside; K.51. -सलिल a. with water (flowing) underground; नदीमिवान्तःसलिलां सरस्वतीम् R.3.9. -सार a. having inward strength and vigour, full of strong inside; powerful, strong, heavy or ponderous; ˚रैर्मन्त्रिभिर्घार्यते राज्यं सुस्तम्भैरिव मन्दिरम् Pt.1. 126; साराणि इन्धनानि Dk.132; ˚रं घन तुलयितुं नानिलः शक्ष्यति त्वाम् Me.2. (-रः) internal treasure or store, inner store or contents; वमन्त्युच्चैरन्तःसारम् H.2.13 internal matter or essence (and pus). -सुख a. whose delight is in self, inwardly happy यो$न्तःसुखो$न्तरारामः Bg. 5.24 -सेनम् ind. into the midst of armies. -स्थ a. (also written अन्तःस्थ) being between or in the midst. (-स्थः, -स्था) a term applied to the semivowels, य्, र्, ल्, व् as standing between vowels and consonants and being formed by a slight contact of the vocal organs (ईषत्स्पृष्टं अन्तस्थानाम्); or they are so called because they stand between स्पर्श (क-म) letters and ऊष्मन् (श, ष, स, ह). -स्था 1 a deity of the vital organs. -2 N. of one of the Ṛigveda hymns. ˚मुद्गरः the malleus of the ear. -स्वेदः [अन्तः स्वेदो मदजलस्यन्दनं यस्य] an elephant (in rut). -हणनम् striking in the middle. -हननम् N. of a country बाहीक P.VIII.4.24 Sk. -हस्तम् ind. in the hand, within reach of the hand. -हस्तीन a. being in the hand or within reach of the hand. -हासः laughing inwardly (in the sleeves), a secret or suppressed laugh; सान्तर्हासं कथितम् Me.113 with a suppressed laugh, with a gentle smile. -हृदयम् the interior of the heart.
antara अन्तर a. [अन्तं राति ददाति, रा-क] 1 Being in the inside, interior, inward, internal (opp. बाह्य); योन्तरो यमयति Śat. Br.; ˚र आत्मा Tait. Up.; कश्चनान्तरो धर्मः S. D. अन्तरापणवीथ्यश्च नानापण्योपशोभिताः अनुगच्छन्तु Rām.7.64.3. -2 Near, proximate (आसन्न); कृष्वा युजश्चिदन्तरम् Rv.1. 1.9. -3 Related, intimate, dear, closely connected (आत्मीय) (opp. पर); तदेतत्प्रेयः पुत्रात् ...... प्रेयो$न्यस्मात्सर्व- स्मादन्तरतरं यदयमात्मा Śat. Br.; अयमत्यन्तरो मम Bharata. -4 Similar (also अन्तरतम) (of sounds and words); स्थाने$न्तरतमः P.I.1.5; हकारस्य घकारोन्तरतमः Śabdak.; सर्वस्य पदस्य स्थाने शब्दतो$र्थतश्चान्तरतमे द्वे शब्दस्वरूपे भवतः P. VIII.1.1. Com. -5 (a) Different from, other than (with abl.); यो$प्सु तिष्ठन्नद्भ्यो$न्तरः Bṛi. Ār. Up.; आत्मा स्वभावो$न्तरो$न्यो यस्य स आत्मान्तरः अन्यस्वभावः व्यवसायिनो$न्तरम् P.VI.2.166 Sk. ततो$न्तराणि सत्त्वानि स्वादते स महाबलः Rām.7. 62.5. (b) The other; उदधेरन्तरं पारम् Rām. -6 Exterior, outer, situated outside, or to be worn outside (अन्तरं बहिर्योगोपसंव्यानयोः P.I.1.36) (In this sense it is declined optionally like सर्व in nom. pl. and abl. and loc. sing.) अन्तरे-रा वा गृहाः बाह्या इत्यर्थः (चण्डालादिगृहाः); अन्तरे-रा वा शाटकाः परिधानीया इत्यर्थः Sk.; so अन्तरायां पुरि, अन्तरायै नगर्यै, नमो$न्तरस्मै अमेधसाम् Vop. -रम् 1 (a) The interior, inside; ततान्तरं सान्तरवारिशीकरैः Ki.4.29,5.5; जालान्तरगते भानौ Ms.8.132; विमानान्तरलम्बिनीनाम् R.13.33; Mk.8.5, Ku. 7.62; अपि वनान्तरं श्रयति V.4.24; लीयन्ते मुकुलान्तरेषु Ratn. 1.26, Ki.3.58; अन्तरात् from inside, from out of; प्राकारपरिखान्तरान्निर्ययुः Rām.; अन्तरे in, into; वन˚, कानन˚, प्रविश्यान्तरे &c. (b) Hence, the interior of any thing, contents; purport, tenor; अत्रान्तरं ब्रह्मविदो विदित्वा Śvet. Up. (c) A hole, an opening; तस्य बाणान्तरेभ्यस्तु बहु सुस्राव शोणितम्. -2 Soul, heart; mind; सततमसुतरं वर्णयन्त्यन्तरम् Ki.5.18 the inmost or secret nature (lit. middle space or region); लब्धप्रतिष्ठान्तरैः भृत्यैः Mu.3.13 having entered the heart; सदृशं पुरुषान्तरविदो महेन्द्रस्य V.3. -3 The Supreme Soul. -4 Interval, intermediate time or space, distance; रम्यान्तरः Ś.4.11; किंचिदन्तरमगमम् Dk.6; अल्प- कुचान्तरा V.4.49; क्रोशान्तरेण पथि स्थिताः H.4 at the distance of; बृहद् भुजान्तरम् R.3.54; अन्तरे oft. translated by between, betwixt; गीतान्तरेषु Ku.3.38 in the intervals of singing; मरणजीवितयोरन्तरे वर्ते betwixt life and death; अस्त्रयोगान्तरेषु Rām.; तन्मुहूर्तकं बाष्पसलिलान्तरेषु प्रेक्षे तावदार्यपुत्रम् U.3 in the intervals of weeping; बाष्पविश्रामो$प्यन्तरे कर्तव्य एव U.4 at intervals; स्मर्तव्योस्मि कथान्तरेषु भवता Mk.7.7 in the course of conversation; कालान्तरावर्तिशुभाशुभानि H.1 v. l. See कालान्तरम्; सरस्वतीदृषद्वत्योर्यदन्तरम् Ms.2.17,22; द्यावापृथिव्यो- रिदमन्तरं हि व्याप्तं त्वयैकेन Bg.11.2; न मृणालसूत्रं रचितं स्तनान्तरे Ś.6.18 between the breasts; Bg.5.27; अस्य खलु ते बाणपथवर्तिनः कृष्णसारस्यान्तरे तपस्विन उपस्थिताः Ś.1; तदन्तरे सा विरराज धेनुः R.2.2;12.29. (b) Intervention (व्यवधान) oft. in the sense of 'through'; मेघान्तरालक्ष्यमि- वेन्दुबिम्बम् R.13.38 through the clouds; वस्त्रं अन्तरं व्यवधायकं यस्य स वस्त्रान्तरः P.VI.2.166 Sk.; महानद्यन्तरं यत्र तद्देशान्त- रमुच्यते; जालान्तरप्रेषितदृष्टिः R.7.9 peeping through a window; विटपान्तरेण अवलोकयामि Ś.1; क्षणमपि विलम्बमन्तरीकर्तु- मक्षमा K.36 to allow to come between or intervene; कियच्चिरं वा मैघान्तरेण पूर्णिमाचन्द्रस्य दर्शनम् U.3. -5 Room, place, space in general; मृणालसूत्रान्तरमप्यलभ्यम् Ku.1.4; न ह्यविद्धं तयोर्गात्रे बभूवाङ्गुलमन्तरम् Rām.; मूषिकैः कृते$न्तरे Y.1. 147; गुणाः कृतान्तराः K.4 finding or making room for themselves; न यस्य कस्यचिदन्तरं दातव्यम् K.266; देहि दर्शना- न्तरम् 84. room; पौरुषं श्रय शोकस्य नान्तरं दातुमर्हसि Rām. do not give way to sorrow; तस्यान्तरं मार्गते Mk.7.2 waits till it finds room; अन्तरं अन्तरम् Mk.2 make way, make way. -6 Access, entrance, admission, footing; लेभेन्तरं चेतसि नोपदेशः R.6.66 found no admission into (was not impressed on) the mind; 17.75; लब्धान्तरा सावरणे$पि गेहे 16.7. -7 Period (of time), term; मासान्तरे देयम् Ak.; सप्तैते मनवः । स्वे स्वेन्तरे सर्वमिदमुत्पाद्यापुश्चराचरम् Ms.1.63, see मन्वन्तरम्; इति तौ विरहान्तरक्षमौ R.8.56 the term or period of separation; क्षणान्तरे -रात् within the period of a moment. -8 Opportunity, occasion, time; देवी चित्रलेखामव- लोकयन्ती तिष्ठति । तस्मिन्नन्तरे भर्तोपस्थितः M.1. अत्रान्तरे प्रणम्याग्रे समुपविष्टः; Pt.1 on that occasion, at that time; अस्मिन्नन्तरे Dk.164; केन पुनरुपायेन मरणनिर्वाणस्यान्तरं संभावयिष्ये Māl.6; कृतकृत्यता लब्धान्तरा भेत्स्यति Mu.2.22 getting an opportunity; 9; यावत्त्वामिन्द्रगुरवे निवेदयितुं अन्तरान्वेषी भवामि Ś.7. find a fit or opportune time; शक्तेनापि सता जनेन विदुषा कालान्तरप्रेक्षिणा वस्तव्यम् Pt.3.12; waiting for a suitable opportunity or time; सारणस्यान्तरं दृष्ट्वा शुको रावणमब्रवीत् Rām. -9 Difference (between two things), (with gen. or in comp.) शरीरस्य गुणानां च दूरमत्यन्तमन्तरम् H.1.46; उभयोः पश्यतान्तरम् H.1.64, नारीपुरुषतोयानामन्तरं महदन्तरम् 2.39; तव मम च समुद्रपल्वलयोरिवान्तरम् M.1; Bg.13.34; यदन्तरं सर्षपशैलराजयोर्यदन्तरं वायसवैनतेययोः Rām.; द्रुमसानुमतां किमन्तरम् R.8.9;18.15; rarely with instr.; त्वया समुद्रेण च महदन्तरम् H.2; स्वामिनि गुणान्तरज्ञे Pt.1.11; difference; सैव विशिनष्टि पुनः प्रधानपुरषान्तरं सूक्ष्मम् Sāṅ. K. -1 (Math.) Difference, remainder also subtraction, cf. योगोन्तरेणोनयुतो$र्धितस्तौ राशी स्मृतौ संक्रमणाख्यमेतत् ॥ Līlā. -11 (a) Different, another, other, changed, altered (manner, kind, way &c.); (Note:- that in this sense अन्तर always forms the latter part of a compound and its gender remains unaffected i. e. neuter, whatever be the gender of the noun forming the first part; कन्यान्तरम् (अन्या कन्या), राजान्तरम् (अन्यो राजा), गृहान्तरम् (अन्यद् गृहम्); in most cases it may be rendered by the English word 'another'.); इदमवस्थान्तरमारोपिता Ś.3 changed condition; K.154; Mu.5; शुभाशुभफलं सद्यो नृपाद्देवाद्भवान्तरे Pt.1.121; जननान्तरसौहृदानि &Sacute.5.2 friendships of another (former) existence; नैवं वारान्तरं विधास्यते H.3 I shall not do so again; आमोदान् हरिदन्तराणि नेतुम् Bv.1.15, so दिगन्तराणि; पक्षान्तरे in the other case; देश˚, राज˚, क्रिया˚ &c. (b) Various, different, manifold (used in pl.); लोको नियम्यत इवात्मदशान्तरेषु Ś.4.2; मन्निमित्तान्यवस्थान्तराण्यवर्णयत् Dk.118 various or different states; 16; sometimes used pleonastically with अन्यत् &c.; अन्यत्स्थानान्तरं गत्वा Pt.1. -12 Distance (in space); व्यामो बाह्वोः सकरयोस्ततयोस्ति- र्यगन्तरम् Ak.; प्रयातस्य कथंचिद् दूरमन्तरम् Ks.5.8. -13 Absence; तासामन्तरमासाद्य राक्षरीनां वराङ्गना Rām.; तस्यान्तरं च विदित्वा ibid. -14 Intermediate member, remove, step, gradation (of a generation &c.); एकान्तरम् Ms.1.13; द्वयेकान्तरासु जातानाम् 7; एकान्तरमामन्त्रितम् P.VIII.1.55; तत्स्रष्टुरेकान्तरम् Ś.7.27 separated by one remove, See एकान्तर also. -15 Peculiarity, peculiar or characteristic possession or property; a (peculiar) sort, variety, or kind; व्रीह्यन्तरेप्यणुः Trik.; मीनो राश्यन्तरे, वेणुर्नृपान्तरे ibid.; प्रासङ्गो युगान्तरम् cf. also प्रधानपुरुषान्तरं सूक्ष्मम् Sāṅ. K.37. &c. -16 Weakness, weak or vulnerable point; a failing, defect, or defective point; प्रहरेदन्तरे रिपुम्, Śabdak. सुजयः खलु तादृगन्तरे Ki.2.52; असहद्भिर्माममिमित्रैर्नित्यमन्तरदर्शिभिः Rām; परस्यान्तरदर्शिना ibid.; कीटकेनेवान्तरं मार्गयमाणेन प्राप्तं मया महदन्तरम् Mk.9; अथास्य द्वादशे वर्षे ददर्श कलिरन्तरम् Nala.7.2.; हनूमतो वेत्ति न राक्षसो$न्तरं न मारुतिस्तस्य च राक्षसो$न्तरम् Rām. -17 Surety, guarantee, security; तेन तव विरूपकरणे सुकृतमन्तरे धृतम् Pt.4 he has pledged his honour that he will not harm you; आत्मान- मन्तरे$र्पितवान् K.247; अन्तरे च तयोर्यः स्यात् Y.2.239; भुवः संज्ञान्तरयोः P.III.2.179; धनिकाधमर्णयोरन्तरे यस्तिष्ठति विश्वासार्थं स प्रतिभूः Sk. -18 Regard, reference, account; न चैतदिष्टं माता मे यदवोचन्मदन्तरम् Rām. with reference to me; त्वदन्तरेण ऋणमेतत्. -19 Excellence, as in गुणान्तरं व्रजति शिल्पमाधातुः M.1.6 (this meaning may be deduced from 11). -2 A garment (परिधान). -21 Purpose, object, (तादर्थ्य) तौ वृषाविव नर्दन्तौ बलिनौ वासितान्तरे Mb.1.12.41; (Malli. on R.16.82). -22 Concealment, hiding; पर्व- तान्तरितो रविः (this sense properly belongs to अन्तर्-इ q. v.). -23 Representative, substitution. क्षात्रमाचरतो मार्गमपि बन्धोस्त्वदन्तरे Mb.12.1.3. -24 Destitution, being without (विना) which belongs to अन्तरेण. (अन्तरमवकाशाव- धिपरिधानान्तर्धिभेदतादर्थ्ये । छिद्रात्मीर्यावेनाबहिरवसरमध्येन्तरात्मनि च Ak.) [cf. L. alter] -25 Space (अवकाश); प्रेक्षतामृषि- सङ्घानां बभूव न तदान्तरम् Rām.7.14.19. -26 Separation (वियोग); भार्यापत्योरन्तरम् Mb.5.35.43. -27 A move or skilful play in wrestling; अन्योन्यस्थान्तरप्रेप्सू प्रचक्राते$न्तरं प्रति Mb.9.57.11. -28 A moulding of the pedestal and the base; षडंशं चान्तरे कर्णे उत्तरांशं तदूर्ध्वके । Māna.13.121; cf. स्थानात्मीयान्यतादर्थ्यरन्ध्रान्तर्धिषु चान्तरम् । परिधाने$वधौ मध्ये$- न्तरात्मनि नपुंसके । Nm. -Comp. -अपत्या a pregnant woman. -चक्रम् a technical term in augury Bṛi. S. chap.86. -ज्ञ a. knowing the interior, prudent, wise, foreseeing; नान्तरज्ञाः श्रियो जातु प्रियैरासां न भूयते Ki.11.24 not knowing the difference. -तत् a. spreading havoc. -द a. cutting the interior or heart. -दिशा, अन्तरा दिक् intermediate region or quarter of the compass. -दृश् a. realizing the Supreme Soul (परमात्मानुसंधायिन्). -पु(पू)रुषः the internal man, soul (the deity that resides in man and witnesses all his deeds); तांस्तु देवाः प्रपश्यन्ति स्वस्यैवान्तरपूरुषः; Ms.8.85. -पूजा = अन्तर-पूजा. -प्रभवः [अन्तराभ्यां भिन्नवर्णमातापितृभ्यां प्रभवति] one of a mixed origin or caste. (अम्बष्ठ, क्षत्तृ, करण, इ.); अन्तरप्रभवाणां च धर्मान्नो वक्तुमर्हसि Ms.1.2. -प्रश्नः an inner question, one contained in and arising out of what has been previously mentioned. -शायिन् -स्थ, -स्थायिन् -स्थित a. 1 inward, internal, inherent; ˚स्थैर्गुणैः शुभ्रैर्लक्ष्यते नैव केन चित् Pt. 1.221. -2 interposed, intervening, separate. -3 seated in the heart, an epithet of जीव.
annam अन्नम् [अद्-क्त; अनित्यनेन, अन्-नन्; according to Yāska from अद्, अद्यते अत्ति च भूतानि; or from आ-नम्, आ आभि मुख्येन ह्येतन्नतं प्रह्वीभूतं भवति भोजनाय भूतानाम्] 1 Food (in general); अद्यते$त्ति च भूतानि तस्मादन्नं तदुच्यते Tait. Up.; मदो$सृङ्मांसमज्जास्थि वदन्त्यन्नं मनीषिणः Ms.3.8.182; अहमन्नं भवान् भोक्ता H.1.51. I am your prey &c.; चराणामन्नमचराः Ms.5.29. -2 Food as representing the lowest form in which the Supreme Soul is manifested, being the coarsest and last of the 5 vestures (कोश) in which the soul is clothed and passes from body to body in the long process of metempsychosis - "the nutrimentitious vesture or visible body in the world of sense" (स्थूल- शरीर called अन्नमयकोश). -3 Boiled rice; अन्नेन व्यञ्जनम् P. II.1.34. -4 Corn (bread corn); ता (आपः) अन्नम- सृजन्त तस्माद्यत्र क्व च वर्षति तदेव भूयिष्ठमन्नं भवति Ch. Up. 6.2.4.; आदित्याज्जायते वृष्टिर्वृष्टेरन्नं ततः प्रजाः Ms.3.76; कृत˚ 9.219;1.86,12.65. -5 Water. -6 Earth (पृथिव्या अन्नहेतुत्वादन्नशब्दवाच्यता). -7 N. of Viṣṇu. -न्नः The sun (स हि अन्नहेतुवृष्टिहेतुः). -Comp. -अकालः = अनाकाल q. v. -अत्तृ, -आदिन्, -आहारिन् eating food. -अद a. eating food. -2 having a good appetite (दीप्ताग्नि). (-दः) N. of Viṣṇu. -अद्यम् proper food, food in general; कुर्यादहरहः श्राद्धमन्नाद्येनोदकेन वा Ms.3.82,4.112, 11.144. अन्नाद्येन प्रजापतिः (तृप्तः) Mb.3.2.68. -आच्छा- दनम्, -वस्त्रम् food and clothing, food and raiment, the bare necessaries of life. -आयुः (अन्नायु) consisting of, living by, food; desirous of food (अन्नबन्धनः, अन्नजीवनः). -काम a. desirous of food; स इद्भोजो यो गृहवे ददात्यन्नकामाय Rv.1.117.3. -कालः hour of dinner; meal-time. -किट्टः = ˚मल q. v. -कूटः a large heap of boiled rice. -कोष्ठकः 1 a cupboard; granary. -2 Viṣṇu. -3 the sun. -गतिः f. the passage of food, gullet (cf. बहिः- स्रोतस्). -गन्धिः dysentery, diarrhoea. -ज, जात a. produced from food as the primitive substance. -जम् rice-gruel of three days. -जा f. a hickup. -जलम् food and water, bare subsistence. -तेजस् a. having the vigour caused by food. -द, -दातृ, -दायिन्, -प्रद a. 1 giving food. वारिदस्तृप्तिमाप्नोति सुखमक्षय्यमन्नदः Ms.4.229. -2 epithet of Śiva. -दा N. of Durgā or Annapūrṇā. -दासः [अन्नेन पालितो दासः शाक. त.] a servant who works for food only, one who becomes a servant or slave by getting food only. -देवता the deity supposed to preside over articles of food. -दोषः 1 sin arising from eating prohibited food; Ms.5.4. -2 a defect in the food eaten; derangement of food or the humours of the body; आलस्यादन्नदोषाच्च मृत्युर्विप्राञ् जिघांसति Ms.5.4. -द्वेषः dislike of food, loss of appetite. -पतिः lord or possessor of food, epithet of Savitṛ, Agni, and Śiva. अन्नपते$न्नस्य नो देहि Tait. Saṁ.11.83;34.58. -पाकः cooking of food; digestion of food; (by the fire in the stomach). -पू a. purifying food, epithet of the Sun. -पूर्ण a. filled with, possessed of, food. (-र्णा) a form of Durgā (the goddess of plenty); ˚ईश्वरी N. of Durgā or a form of Bhairavī. -पेयम् = वाज- पेयम् q. v. -प्रलय a. being dissolved into food after death. -प्राशः, प्राशनम् the ceremony of giving a new-born child food to eat for the first time, one of the 16 Saṁskāras performed between the 5th and 8th month (usually in the sixth, Ms.2.34) with preliminary oblations to fire (Mar.उष्टावण); षष्ठे$न्नप्राशन मासि Ms.2.34; Y.1.12. -ब्रह्मन्, -आत्मन् m. Brahman as represented by food. -भक्त a. [अन्नार्थं भक्तः दासः] = अन्नदास q. v. -भुज् a. eating food, epithet of Śiva. -मय a. see below. -मलम् 1 excrement, faeces; P.VI.1.148 Sk. -2 spirituous liquor; सुरा वै मलमन्नानाम् Ms.11.93. -रक्षा precautions as to eating food. -रसः essence of food, chyle; food and drink, nutriment; नानाविधानन्नरसान् वन्यमूलफलाश्रयान् । तेभ्यो ददौ Rām. -वत् a. possessed of food; अन्नवान्त्सन् रफितायोपज- ग्मुषे Rv.1.117.2. -वस्त्रम् = ˚आच्छादनम् q. v. -विकारः. 1 transformation of food, assimilation. -2 disorder of the stomach caused by indigestion. -3 seminal discharge (of man); semen itself; cf. अन्नाद्रेतः संभवति. -विद् a. acquiring food; कार्षीवणा अन्नविदो न विद्यया Av.6.116.1. -व्यवहारः the law or custom relating to food; i. e. the custom of eating together or not with other persons. -शेषः leavings of food, offal. -संस्कारः consecration of food. -होमः a sacrifice (with 1 materials) connected with the Aśvamedha sacrifice.
anya अन्य a. [अन् अध्न्यादि˚ य; अन्यः, न्यस्मै, ˚स्मात्; n. अन्यत् &c.] 1 Another, different, other (भिन्न); another, other (generally); स एव त्वन्यः क्षणेन भवतीति विचित्रमेतत् Bh. 2.4; अन्यदेव भागधेयमेते निर्वपन्ति Ś.2; सर्वमन्यत् everything else; किमुतान्यहिंस्राः R.2.62; changed, altered; संप्रत्यन्ये वयम् Bh.3.66 quite different persons; oft. in comp. अन्यसङ्गात्, अनन्यसाधारण &c. -2 Other than, different from, else than (with abl. or as last member of comp.); नास्ति जीवितादन्यदभिमततरमिह सर्वजन्तूनाम् K.35; को$स्ति धन्यो मदन्यः Bv.4.37; उत्थितं ददृशे$न्यञ्च कबन्धेभ्यो न किंचन R.12.49; किमन्यदस्याः परिषदः श्रुतिप्रसादनतः Ś.1; oft. used in addition to ऋते or विना; ऋते समुद्रादन्यः को विभर्ति वडवानलम् Pt.5.35; किं नु खलु मे प्रियादर्श- नादृते शरणमन्यत् Ś.3. -3 Another person, one different from self (opp. स्व, आत्मीय); वासश्च धृतमन्यैर्न धारयेत् Ms.4.66. -4 Strange, unusual, extraordinary; अन्य एव स प्रकारः K.168; अन्या जगद्धितमयी मनसः प्रवृत्तिः Bv. 1.69; धन्या मृदन्यैव सा S. D. -5 Ordinary, any one; निरातङ्कः कन्यामन्यो$पि याचते Mv.1.31; cf. इतर. -6 Additional, new, more; अन्यान् दशसुवर्णान्प्रयच्छ Mk.2 another ten (coins); अन्यदन्यन्नलिनदलशयनम् K.157 new and new (changing every now and then); अन्यस्मिन् दिवसे another day; one of a number (with gen.); अन्यच्च moreover, besides, and again (used to connect sentences together); एक- अन्य the one-the other; एकः सख्यास्तव सह मया वामपादाभिलाषी । काङ्क्षन्त्यन्यो वदनमदिरां दौहृदच्छद्मनास्याः Me.8; see under एक also; अन्य-अन्य one another; अन्यः करोति अन्यो भुङ्क्ते one does, another suffers; अन्यन्मुखे अन्यन्निर्वहणे Mu.5; अन्यदुग्तं जातमन्यत् Ms.9.4,99; 8.24; कर्णे लगति चान्यस्य प्राणैरन्यो वियुज्यते Pt.1.35; अन्यदुच्छृङ्खलं सत्त्वमन्यच्छास्त्र- नियन्त्रितं Śi.2.62; अन्य-अन्य-अन्य &c. one, another, third, fourth &c., जल्पन्ति सार्धमन्येन पश्यन्त्यन्यं सविभ्रमाः । हृद्गतं चिन्त- यन्त्यन्यं प्रियः को नाम योषिताम् Pt.1.135; मनस्यन्यद्ववचस्यन्यत् कार्यमन्यद् दुरात्मनाम् H.1.97.; (in pl.) केचित्-अन्ये some- others; एके-अन्ये-तथान्ये (बीजमेके प्रशंसन्ति क्षेत्रमन्ये मनीषिणः । बीजक्षेत्रे तथैवान्ये तत्रेयं तु व्यवस्थितिः ॥) Ms.1.7;4.9;12.123. [cf. L. alius; Gr. allos for aljos, Zend anya]. -Comp. -अर्थ a. having a different meaning, sense, or purpose. -असाधारण a. not common to others, peculiar. -आश्र- यण a. going or passing over to another. -उदर्य a. born from another; नहि ग्रभायारणः सुशेवो$न्योदर्यो मनसा मन्तवा उ Rv. 7.4.8. (-र्यः) a step-mother's son, a half brother. (-र्या a half sister. -ऊढा a. married to another; another's wife. -कारुका a worm bred in excrement (शकृत्कीटः). -क्षेत्रम् 1 another field. -2 another or foreign territory. अन्यक्षेत्रे कृतं पापं पुण्यक्षेत्रे विनश्यति । पुण्यक्षेत्रे कृतं पापं वज्रलेपो भविष्यति ॥ -3 another's wife. -ग, -गामिन् a. 1 going to another. -2 adulterous, unchaste; वणिजां तु कुलस्त्रीव स्थिरा लक्ष्मीरन- न्यगा Ks.21.56;19.27. -गोत्र a. of a different family or lineage. -चित्त a. having the mind fixed on something or some one else; see ˚मनस्. -ज, -जात a. of a different origin. -जन्मन् a. another life or existence, regeneration, metempsychosis. -दुर्वह a. difficult to be borne by others. -देवत, -त्य, -दैवत्य a. addressed or referring to another deity (as a Vedic Mantra). -धर्मन् a. having another or different property. (-र्मः) different property or characteristic. -धी a. whose mind is turned away from God. -नाभि a. belonging to another family. -पदार्थः 1 another substance. -2 the sense of another word; ˚प्रधानो बहुव्रीहिः the Bahuvrīhi compound essentially depends on the sense of another word. -पर a. 1 devoted to another or something else. -2 expressing or referring to something else. -पुष्टा, -भृता 'reared by another', epithet of the cuckoo, which is supposed to be reared by the crow (called अन्यभृत्); अप्यन्यपुष्टा प्रतिकूलशब्दा Ku.1.45; कलमन्यभृतासु भाषितम् R.8.59. -पूर्वा [अन्यः पतिः पूर्वो यस्याः] 1 a womon already promised or betrothed to another. -2 a remarried widow (पुनर्भू) see अनन्यपूर्व. -बीज, -बीजसमुद्भव, -समुत्पन्न an adopted son (born from other parents), one who may be adopted as a son for want of legitimate issue. -भृत् m. a crow (rearing another, it being supposed to sit on the eggs of the cuckoo and to rear its young ones), cf. Ś5.22. -मनस्, -मनस्क, -मानस a. 1 having the mind fixed on something else; inattentive. -2 fickle, versatile, unsteady; अन्यमनसः स्त्रियः H.1.111 absentminded; possessed by a demon. -मातृजः a half-brother (born of another mother) असंसृष्ट्यापि बा$$दद्यात्संसृष्टो नान्यमातृजः Y.2.139. -रङ्गः the second court or theatre or a compound; Māna. 21.144. -राजन्, -राष्ट्रीय a. subject to another king or kingdom (Ved.). -रूप a. having another form, changed, altered; पद्मिनीं वान्यरूपाम् Me.85. (-पम्) another or changed form; ˚पेण in another form. -लिङ्ग, -ङ्गक a. following the gender of another word (i. e. the substantive), an adjective; ऊषवानूषरो द्वावप्यन्यलिङ्गौ Ak. -वादिन् a. 1 giving false evidence. -2 a defendant in general. -वापः the cuckoo leaving the eggs in the nests of other birds. -विवर्धित a. = पुष्ट a cuckoo. -व्रत a. following other (than Vedic) observances, devoted to other gods, infidel. -शाखः, -खकः a Bārhmaṇa who has gone over to another school (of religion &c.); an apostate. -संक्रान्त a. fixed on or transferred to another (woman); ˚हृदयः आर्यपुत्रः M.3,4. -संगमः intercourse with another; illicit intercourse. -साधारण a. common to many others. -स्त्री another's wife, a woman not one's own. [In Rhetoric she is considered as one of three chief female characters in a poetical composition, the other two being स्वीया and साधारणी स्त्री. अन्या may be either a damsel or another's wife. The 'damsel' is one not yet married, who is bashful and arrived at the age of puberty. As "another's wife" she is fond of festivals and similar occasions of amusement, who is a disgrace to her family and utterly destitute of modesty, see S. D. 18-11]. ˚गः an adulterer. यस्य स्तेनः पुरे नास्ति नान्यस्त्रीगो न दुष्टवाक्... स राजा शक्रलोकभाक्; Ms.8.386. [Note: Some compounds under अन्य will be found under अनन्य.]
anyatra अन्यत्र adv. [अन्य-त्रल्] (oft. = अन्यस्मिन् with a subst. or adj. force) 1 Elsewhere, in another place (with abl.); अपत्याधिकारादन्यत्र लौकिकमपत्यमात्रं गोत्रम् P.IV.2.39 Com.; sometimes with विना; विना मलयमन्यत्र चन्दनं न प्ररोहति Pt.1.41; (with verbs of motion) to another place. -2 On another occasion, at another time than; oft. (in comp.); मधुपर्के च यज्ञे च पितुर्दैवतकर्मणि । अत्रैव पशवो हिंस्यान्नान्यत्रेत्यब्रवीन्मनुः Ms.5.41. -3 Except, without, other than; यथा फलानां जातानां नान्यत्र पतनाद्भयम् । एवं नरस्य जातस्य नान्यत्र मरणाद्भयम् ॥ Rām.2.15.17; Mv.6.8; R. 14.32; Bg.3.9; Y.1.215; अन्यत्र नैमिषेयसत्रात् V.5, Ms.4.164; oft. with the force of the nom. case; देवा अन्यत्रैवाश्विभ्यां सत्त्रं निषेदुः Kaus. Br. (अन्यत्र = अन्ये). -4 Otherwise, in another way, in the other case, in the other sense; सुराज्ञि देशे राजन्वान् स्यात्ततो$न्यत्र राजवान् Ak.; राजन्वती भूः, राजवान् अन्यत्र; चर्मण्वती नदी चर्मवती अन्यत्र P.VIII. 2.12,14 Sk. -Comp. -मनस्, -चित्त a. whose mind is directed to somthing else, inattentive. Śat. Br.14.
anyonya अन्योन्य a. [अन्य-कर्मव्यतिहारे द्वित्वं, पूर्वपदे सुश्च] One another, each other, mutual (treated like a pronoun). In many cases the use of this word corresponds to the use of the word 'each other' or 'one another' in English; अन्योन्यं ताडयतः Mk.9 they strike each other (अन्यः अन्यं ताडयति). Thus अन्यः may be regarded as the subject and अन्यम् as the object of the verb, as in English. The second अन्य may, therefore, in many cases stand in the instr., gen., or loc. cases; अन्योन्यैराहताः सन्तः सस्वनुर्भीमनिःस्वनाः Rām.; अन्योन्यस्य व्यतिलुनन्ति P.I. 3.16 Sk. But there are several instances, especially when अन्योन्य enters into compound, in which the first अन्य loses all its nominative force and becomes a sort of oblique case, or an irregular compound of अन्य and अन्य, see P.VIII.1.12 Sk.; अन्योन्यस्याव्यभीचारः Ms. 9.11; oft. in comp. and translated by 'mutual', 'reciprocal', 'mutually'; ˚शोभाजननात् Ku.1.42; so ˚कलह, ˚दर्शन, &c. -न्यम् ind. Mutually. -न्यम् (In Rhet.) A figure of speech, the 'Reciprocal', in which two things do the same act to each other; अन्योन्यमुभयो- रेकक्रियायाः करणं मिथः । त्वया सा शोभते तन्वी तया त्वमपि शोभसे ॥ रजन्या शोभते चन्द्रश्चन्द्रेणापि निशीथिनी । S. D.724. -Comp. -अध्यासः reciprocal attribution of identity (अन्योन्य- तादात्म्यारोपः); जलव्योम्ना घटाकाशो यथा सर्वस्तिरोहितः । तथा जीवे च कूटस्थः सो$न्योन्याध्यास उच्यते ॥ -अपहृत a. taken from one another, taken secretly. -अभावः mutual non-existence or negation; one of the two main kinds of अभाव; it is reciprocal negation of identity, essence, or respective peculiarity, and is equivalent to difference (भेद); तादात्म्यसंबन्धावच्छिन्नप्रतियोगिको$न्योन्याभावः, as घटः पटो न भवति; it exists between two notions which have no property in common. -आश्रय a. mutually dependent. (-यः) mutual or reciprocal dependence, support, or connection; reciprocal relation of cause and effect (a term in Nyāya). -उक्तिः f. conversation. -कार्यम् Sexual intercourse (मैथुन); अन्योन्यकार्याणि यथा तथैव न पापमात्रेण कृतं हिनस्ति Mb.12.141.7. -पक्षनयनम् transposition of numbers from one side to another. -भेदः mutual dissension or enmity; so ˚कलह. -मिथुनम् mutual union. -विभागः mutual partition of an inheritance made by the sharers (without the presence of any other party). -वृत्तिः f. mutual effect of one thing upon another. -व्यतिकरः, -संश्रयः reciprocal action or influence; mutual relation of cause and effect.
anvādiś अन्वादिश् 6 P. To name or mention again; to mention or refer to in a subsequent place, employ again.
anvādeśaḥ अन्वादेशः 1 Subsequent or repeated mention, referring to what has been previously mentioned; er-employment of the same word in a subsequent part of a sentence, or of the same thing to perform a subsequent operation; आदेशः कथनं अन्वादेशः अनुकथनम् Kāśi. on P.II.4.32. (इदम् and एतद् are said to assume the forms एने, एनौ, एनान् &c. in the sense of अन्वादेशः; किंचित्कार्यं विधातुमुपात्तस्य कार्यान्तरं विधातुं पुनरुपादानं अन्वादेशः; e. g. अनेन व्याकरणमधीतं एनं छन्दो$ध्यापय; अनयोः पवित्रं कुलं एनयोः प्रभूतं स्वम् Sk.). -2 An additional statement, a supplement; शूद्रश्च न देय इत्यन्वादेशः ŚB. on MS.6.7.7.
apañcīkṛtam अपञ्चीकृतम् A simple elementary substance not made of the five (पञ्च) gross elements; the five subtle elements; पञ्चप्राणमनोबुद्धिदशेन्द्रियसमन्वितम् । अपञ्चीकृतभूतोत्थं सूक्ष्माङ्गं भोगसाधनम् ॥ Vedānta. P.
apara अपर a. (treated as a pronoun in some senses) 1 Having nothing higher or superior, unrivalled. matchless; without rival or second (नास्ति परो यस्मात्); स्त्रीरत्नसृष्टिर- परा प्रतिभाति सा मे Ś.2.1; cf. अनुत्तम, अनुत्तर. -2 [न पृणाति संतोषयति पृ अच्] (a) Another, other (used as adj. or subst.). वासांसि जीर्णानि यथा विहाय नवानि गृह्णाति नरो$पराणि Bg.2.22. (b) More, additional; कृतदारो$परान् दारान् Ms.11.5. (c) Second, another Pt.4.37; स्वं केशवो$पर इवाक्रमितुं प्रवृत्तः Mk.5.2 like another (rival) Keśava. (d) Different; other; अन्ये कृतयुगे धर्मास्त्रेतायां द्वापरे$परे Ms. 1.85; Ks.26.235; Pt.4.6 (with gen.). (e) Ordinary, of the middle sort (मध्यम); परितप्तो$प्यपरः सुसंवृतिः Śi. 16.23. -3 Belonging to another, not one's own (opp. स्व); यदि स्वाश्चापराश्चैव विन्देरन् योषितो द्विजाः Ms.9.85 of another caste. -4 Hinder, posterior, latter, later, (in time space) (opp. पूर्व); the last; पूर्वां सन्ध्यां जपंस्तिष्ठेत्स्वकाले चापरां चिरम् Ms.4.93; रात्रेरपरः कालः Nir.; oft. used as first member of a genitive Tatpuruṣa comp. meaning 'the hind part,' 'latter part or half'; ˚पक्षः the latter half of a month; ˚हेमन्तः latter half of a winter; ˚कायः hind part of the body &c.; ˚वर्षा, ˚शरद् latter part of the rains, autumn &c. -5 Following, the next. -6 Western; पयसि प्रतित्सुरपराम्बुनिधेः Śi.9.1. पूर्वापरौ तोयनिधी वगाह्य Ku. 1.1; Mu.4.21 -7 Inferior, lower (निकृष्टः); अपरेयमि- तस्त्वन्यां प्रकृतिं विद्धि मे पराम् Bg.7.5. -8 (In Nyāya) Non-extensive, not covering too much, one of the two kinds of सामान्य, see Bhāṣā P.8. (परं = अधिकवृत्ति higher अपरम् = न्यूनवृत्ति lower or अधिकदेशवृत्तित्वं परं, अल्पदेशवृत्तित्वं अपरम् Muktā.) -9 Distant; opposite. When अपर is used in the singular as a correlative to एक the one, former, it means the other, the latter; एको ययौ चैत्ररथप्रदेशान् सौराज्य- रम्यानपरो विदर्भान् R.5.6; when used in pl. it means 'others', 'and others', and the words generally used as its correlatives are एके, केचित्-काश्चित् &c., अपरे, अन्ये; केचिद् रक्तपटीकृताश्च जटिलाः कापालिकाश्चापरे Pt.4.34; एके समूहुर्बलरेणुसंहतिं शिरोभिराज्ञामपरे महीभृतः Śi.12.45 some-others; शाखिनः केचिदध्यष्ठुर्न्यमाङ्क्षुरपरे$म्बुधौ । अन्ये त्वलङ्घिषुः शैलान् गुहास्त्वन्ये न्यलेषत ॥ केचिदासिषत स्तब्धा भयात्केचिदघूर्णिषुः । उदतारिषुरम्भोधिं वानराः सेतुनापरे Bk. 15.31.33. -रः 1 the hind foot of an elephant; बद्धापराणि परितो निगडान्यलावीत् Śi.5.48 (Malli. चरमपादाग्राणि). -2 An enemy (न पृणाति सन्तोषयति). -रा 1 Western direction, the west अपरां च दिशं प्राप्तो वालिना समभिद्रुतः Rām.4.46.18. -2 The hind part of an elephant. -3 Sacred learning, learning the four Vedas with the 6 Aṅgas. -4 The womb; the outer skin of the embryo. -5 Suppressed menstruation in pregnancy. -री Ved. The future, future times; उतापरीभ्यो मघवा विजिग्ये Rv.1.32.13. -रम् 1 The future, any thing to be done in future (कार्य); तदेतद्ब्रह्मापूर्वमपरमनन्तम् Bṛi. Ār. Up. (नास्ति अपरं कार्यं यस्य). -2 The hind quarter of an elephant. -रम् adv. Again, moreover, in future, for the future; अपरं च moreover; अपरेण behind, west of, to the west of (with gen. or acc.). [cf. Goth. afar; Germ. aber, as in aberglauben]. -Comp. -अग्नि (अग्नी dual) 1 the southern and western fires (दक्षिण and गार्हपत्य). -2 the last fire i. e. used at the funeral ceremony (˚ग्निः). -अङ्गम् one of the 8 divisions of गुणीभूतव्यङ्ग्य (the second kind of काव्य) mentioned in K. P.5. In this the व्यङ्ग्य or suggested sense is subordinate to something else; अगूढमपरस्याङ्गम्; अपरस्य रसादेर्वाच्यस्य वा (वाक्यार्थीभूतस्य) अङ्गं रसादि अनुरणनरूपं वा; e. g. अयं स रसनोत्कर्षी पीनस्तनविमर्दनः । नाभ्यूरुजघनस्पर्शी नीवीविस्रंसनः करः ॥ where शृङ्गार is subordinate to करुण. -अन्त a. living at the western borders. (-न्तः) 1 the western border or extremity, the extreme end or term. the western shore. -2 (pl.) the country or inhabitants of the western borders near the Sahya mountain; अपरान्तजयोद्यतैः (अनीकैः) R.4.53 Western people. दशार्णाश्चापरान्ताश्च द्विपानां मध्यमा मताः Kau.A.1.2. -3 the kings of this country. -4 death, Pātañjala Yogadarśana 3.22. ˚ज्ञानम् anticipation of one's end. -5 the hind foot of an elephant; मृदुचलदपरान्तोदीरितान्दूनिनादम् Śi.11.7;18.32. -6 Islander, inhabitant of an island (द्वीपवासिन्) कोट्यापरान्ताः सामुद्रा रत्नान्युपहरन्तु ते Rām.2.82.8. -अन्तकः 1. = ˚अन्तः pl. -2 N. of a song; अपरान्तकमुल्लोप्यं मद्रकं प्रकरीं तथा । औवेणकं सरोबिन्दुमुत्तरं गीतकानि च ॥ Y3.113; ˚अन्तिका N. of a metre consisting of 64 mātrās. -अपराः, -रे, -राणि another and another, several, various. -अपरम् ind. Further and further (उत्तरोत्तरम्); अहं हि वचनं त्वत्तः शुश्रूषुरपरापरम् Mb.5.136.14. -अर्धम् the latter or second half. -अह्न [fr.अहन् changed to अह्न P.II. 4.29, V.4.88.] the latter part of the day, the afternoon, closing or last watch of the day; Ms.3.278; अपराह्णशीतलतरेण शनैरनिलेन Śi.9.4; ˚तन, ˚ह्णेतन belonging to this time; ˚कृतं P.II.1.45. -इतरा the east. -कान्य- कुब्ज a. situated in or belonging to the western part of Kānyakubja. -कालः later period. -गात्रम् a minor limb (hand, foot etc.); कोपप्रसादापरगात्रहस्तः (सुप्तः क्षितौ) रावणगन्धहस्ती) Rām.6.19.1. -गोदानम् (also गोडनि or गोडानि) N. of a country to the west of Mahāmeru (according to Buddhistic ideas). -ज a. born later or at the end of the world. (-जः) the destroying fire. -जनः an inhaditant of the west, the western people. -दक्षिणम् ind. in the south-west (belonging to the तिष्ठद्गु class). -पक्षः 1 the second or dark half of the month. -2 the other or opposite side; a defendant (in law). -पञ्चालाः the western Pañchālas. -पर a. one and the other, several, various; अपरपराः सार्थाः गच्छन्ति P.VI.1.144. Sk. several caravans go; (अपरे च परे च सकृदेव गच्छन्ति). -पाणिनीयाः the pupils of Pāṇini living in the west. -प्रणेय a. easily led or influenced by others, docile, tractable. -भावः 1 being another or different, difference. -2 succession, continuation. -रात्रः [अपरं रात्रेः] the latter or closing part of night, the last watch of night (P.V.4.87); उत्थायापररात्रान्ते प्रयताः सुसमाहिताः Bhāg.8.4.24. ˚कृतम् P.II.1.45. -लोकः the other world, the next world. Paradise. -वक्त्रा, -क्त्रम् N. of a metre. -वैराग्यम् a kind of Vairāgya mentioned by Patañjali (दुष्टानुश्राविकविषयवितृष्णस्य वशीकारसंज्ञं वैराग्यम्). -सक्थम् the hind thigh. -स्वस्तिकम् the western point in the horizon. -हैमन a. belonging to the latter helf of winter (P.VII.3.11).
apalyūlanam अपल्यूलनम् Not cleansing or washing; यदिदं स्नानवस्त्रं विहितमपल्यूलनं कृतं भवति Śat. Br. (क्षारद्रव्यसंयोगादिना$धौतम्); not cleansed or washed by cleaning substances (as by a washerman).
apavah अपवह् 1 P. 1 To carry off or away, bear off or away; अपोवाह च वासो$स्या मारुतः Mb. (प्रद्युम्नं) अपोवाह रणा- त्सूतः Bhāg.1.76.27. -2 To drive away, disperse, dispel, remove, take away; अमी जनस्थानमपोढविघ्नं मत्वा R. 13.22 freed from obstacles; अथानपोढार्गलमप्यगारम् (प्रविष्टाम्) 16.6 the bolts of which were not removed or unchained; तदुच्छिष्टमपोह्य Dk.133. -3 To give up, relinquish, leave, abandon, cast off; शमिततापमपोढमहीरजः Śi.6.33; संभ्रमो$भवदपोढकर्मणाम् (ऋत्विजाम्) R.11.25; तद्भक्त्यपोढपितृराज्य- महाभिषेके (मूर्धनि) 13.7 thrown away; Dk.67; दिव्येन शून्यं वलयेन बाहुमपोढनेपथ्यविधिर्ददर्श R.16.73 before he had commenced his toilet. -4 To deduct, subtract. -Caus. 1 To carry off, remove, carry or draw to a distance, take away; मलयकेतुरपवाहितः Mu.1,3; कलत्रम् 2; इमां मया सार्धमपवाह्य M.5; अपवाह्य च्छलाद् वीरौ किमर्थं मामिहा$हरः Bk. 8.86. -2 To chase or drive away, expel; हृतसर्वस्वतया अपवाहितः Dk.47,59. -3 To reduce to powder, pulverize. -4 To cause to carry the yoke; गामिव नासिकां विद्धूवाप- वाहयति Mk.8.
apavāhaḥ अपवाहः हनम् 1 Taking or carrying away, removal; Dk.41; स्वराष्ट्रं वासयेद्राजा परदेशापवाहनात् H.3. v. l. bearing away men from other countries; See अभिष्यन्द. -2 Deduction, subtraction (as of fractions). -3 N. of a metre.
apahṛ अपहृ 1 P. 1 (a) To take off, bear or snatch away, carry off; पश्चात्पुत्रैरपहृतभरः V.3.1 relieved of the burden; तन्त्रादचिरापहृतः पटः brought; तन्त्रादचिरापहृते P.V.2.7 Sk. (b) To avert, turn away; वदनमपहरन्तीम् (गौरीम्) Ku.7.95 averting or turning away her face. (c) To rob, plunder, steal. -2 To sever, separate, cut off; R.15.52. v. l. -3 To overpower, overcome, subdue; attract, ravish, captivate; affect, influence (in a good or bad sense); अपह्रिये खलु परिश्रमजनितया निद्रया U.1 overpowered; उत्सवा- पहृतचेतोभिः Ratn.1; यथा नापह्रियसे सुखेन K.19 seduced, led away, 277; न...प्रियतमा यतमानमपाहरत् R.9.7 did not subdue i. e. did not divert his mind. -4 To remove, take away, destroy, annihilate, deprive (one) of; कीर्तिं˚ R.11.74; प्रिया मे दत्ता वाक् पुनर्मे$पहृता Dk.52. -5 To take back, resume; देयं प्रतिश्रुतं चैव दत्त्वा नापहरेत्पुनः Y.2.176. -6 To subtract, deduct. -Caus. To cause (others) to take away; परैस्त्वदन्यः क इवापहारयेन्मनोरमाम् Ki.1.31.
apyadīkṣitaḥ अप्यदीक्षितः N. of a celebrated Draviḍa writer, author of works on Alaṅkāra and other subjects and a contemporary of Pandit Jagannātha who lived in the 17th century (written also as अप्पयादीक्षित).
aprakṛta अप्रकृत a. 1 Not principal or chief, incidental, occasional. -2 Not relevant to the subject under discussion, not to the point, irrelevant; see प्रकृत, प्रस्तुत; अप्रकृतं अनुसन्धा 'to beat about the bush', not to come to the point. -तम् (In Rhet.) उपमान i. e. the standard of comparison (opp. प्रकृत or उपमेय). -तः An insane person (cf. Dānasāgara.)
apratiśāsana अप्रतिशासन a. Having no rival ruler, subject to one rule; कृतवानप्रतिशासनं जगत् R.8.27.
apradhāna अप्रधान a. Subordinate, secondary, inferior; आवां तावदप्रधानौ H.2. -नम् (˚ता, ˚त्वम्) 1 Subordinate or secondary state, inferiority. -2 A secondary or subordinate act. (The word अप्रधान usually occurs in the neuter gender either by itself, or as an attribute to a noun, or as last member of comp.)
aprastāvika अप्रस्ताविक a. (-की f.) Not belonging to the subjectmatter, irrelevant (= अप्रास्ताविक q . v.); Māl.
aprastuta अप्रस्तुत a. 1 Unsuitable to the time or subject, not to the point, irrelevant. -2 Absurd, nonsensical; रे गोरम्भ किमप्रस्तुतं लपसि Pt.1. -3 Accidental or extraneous. -4 Not ready. -Comp. -प्रशंसा a figure of speech which, by describing the अप्रस्तुत (what is not the subject-matter) conveys a reference to the प्रस्तुत or subject-matter; अप्रस्तुतप्रशंसा सा या सैव प्रस्तुताश्रया K. P. 1. It is of 5 kinds:- कार्ये निमित्ते सामान्ये विशेषे प्रस्तुते सति । तदन्यस्य वचस्तुल्ये तुल्यस्येति च पञ्चधा ॥ i. e. when the subject-matter is viewed (a) as an effect, information of which is conveyed by stating the cause; (b) when viewed as a cause by stating the effect; (c) when viewed as a general assertion by stating a particular instance; (d) when viewed as a particular instance by stating a general assertion; and (e) when viewed as similar by stating what is similar to it, See K. P. 1 and S. D.76 for examples.
aprākaraṇika अप्राकरणिक a. (-की f.) Not belonging to the subject-matter; अप्राकरणिकस्याभिधानेन प्राकरणिकस्याक्षेपो$ प्रस्तुतप्रशंसा K. P.1.
aprāgऱ्ya अप्राग्ऱ्य a. Secondary, subordinate, inferior.
aprāpta अप्राप्त a. 1 Not obtained or got; अप्राप्तयोस्तु या प्राप्तिः सैव संयोग ईरितः । Bhāshā P. -2 Not arrived or come, unaccomplished; अप्राप्तव्यवहारम् Y.2.243. -3 Not authorised or following, as a rule. -4 Not come to or reached; राघवो रथमप्राप्तां तामाशां च सुरद्विषाम् (चिच्छेद) R.12.96. -5 Not of a marriageable age; Ms.9.88. -Comp. -काल 1 inopportune, ill-timed, unseasonable; ˚लं वचनं बृहस्पतिरपि व्रुवन् । लभते बुद्धयवज्ञानमपमानं च पुष्कलम् Pt.1.63. -2 under age. (-लम्) an irregular discussion (of any subject). -प्रापक a. 1 conveying (the sense of) what is not otherwise specified, such as the use of the Potential mood in स्वर्गकामो यजेत. -2 not yet tamed (as a young calf) -यौवन a. not arrived at puberty or who has not reached his youth; शिशुम- प्राप्तयौवनम् R.15.42. -ब्यवहार, -वयस् a. (in law) under age, not old enough to engage in public business on his own responsibility, a minor (a boy before he reaches his 16th year); अप्राप्तव्यवहारो$सौ यावत् षोडशवार्षिकः Dakṣa.
abindhanaḥ अबिन्धनः [आपः एव इन्धनं यस्य] The submarine fire (that feeds on the waters of the ocean); अबिन्धनं वह्निमसौ बिभर्ति R.13.4.
abdhiḥ अब्धिः [आपः धीयन्ते अत्र, धा-कि] 1 The ocean, receptacle of water; (fig. also) दुःख˚, कार्य˚, ज्ञान˚ &c.; store or reservoir of anything. -2 A pond, lake. -3 (In Math.) A symbolical expression for the number 7; sometimes for 4. -Comp. -अग्निः the submarine fire. -कफः, -फेन: 1 froth, foam. -2 the cuttle-fish bone, being regarded as the froth of the ocean. -ज a. born in the ocean. (-जः) 1 the moon. -2 The conch. -जम् Salt. (-जौ) (dual) N. of the Aśvins. (-जा) 1 spirituous liquor (produced from the ocean). -2 the Goddess Lakṣmī. -झषः a sea-fish. -डिण्डिरः froth, foam. -द्वीपा 1 the earth. 2 a portion of land surrounded by the ocean. -नगरी N. of Dwārakā, the capital of Kṛiṣṇa. -नवनीतकः 1 the moon (the butter of the ocean). -मण्डूकी the pearloyster. -शयनः N. of Viṣṇu (so called from his resting in the ocean at the destruction and renovation of the world). -सारः a gem.
abhigam अभिगम् 1 P. 1 To go to, go near to, approach (with acc.); एनमभिजग्मुर्भहर्षयः R.15.59; Ki.1.21; मनुमेकाग्रमासीनमभिगम्य महर्षयः Ms.1.1;11.1. -2 To follow; go after; अनुरागाद्वने रामं दिष्ट्य त्वमभिगच्छसि Rām. -3 To find; meet with (casually or by chance). -4 To cohabit; have sexual intercourse (with man or woman); अभिगन्तास्मि भगिनीं मातरं वा तवेति ह Y.2.25; अभ्यगच्छः पतिं यत्त्वं भजमानम् Mb. -5 To take to, undertake, betake oneself to. -6 To get, to share in; be subject to; निद्रामभिगतः Rām. -7 To conceive, apprehend, understand, comprehend. -Caus. 1 To cause to go to or approach; take, convey; send; Dk.12. -2 To cause to apprehend; explain, teach.
abhidhānam अभिधानम् 1 Telling, mentioning, speaking, naming, denotation; एतावतामर्थानामिदमभिधानम् Nir.; गोशब्दस्य वाही- कार्थाभिधानम् S. D. -2 (In gram.) Asserting or predicating something of another, as the subject of an assertion, (which then can be put in the nom. case only); predication, assertion; See P.II.3.2 Sk. -3 A name, appellation, title, designation; अभिधानं तु पश्चात्तस्याहमश्रौषम् K.32; तवाभिधानाद् व्यथते नताननः Ki.1.24; (at the end of comp.) called, named; ऋणाभिधानाद् बन्धनात् R.3.2. -4 An expression, word. -5 Speech, discourse महत्तमा- नामभिधानयोगः Bhāg.1.18.18. -6 A dictionary, vocabulary (of words), lexicon (in these last 4 senses said to be also m.) -7 A song, षट्पादतन्त्रीमधुराभिधानम् Rām.4.28,36. -Comp. -चिन्तामणिः N. of a celebrated vocabulary of synonyms by Hemachandra. -माला a dictionary. -रत्नमाला N. of a vocabulary of words by Halāyudha. -विप्रतिपत्तिः Incongruence of the word and the sense intended to be conveyed thereby; केयमभिधान- विप्रतिपत्तिर्नाम । यदन्यथाभिधानमन्यथाभिधेयम् । ŚB. on MS. 9.3.13.
abhidheya अभिधेय pot. p. To be named, mentioned, expressed &c.; वागेव मे नाभिधेयविषयमवतरति त्रपया K.151 words refuse, through shame, to express what I have to say. -2 Nameable, as a category or predicament (in logic); अभिधेयाः पदार्थाः, अभिधेयत्वं पदार्थसामान्यलक्षणम्. -यम् 1 Signification, meaning, sense, import; P.I.1.34 Sk.; स्तुवन्ति गुर्वीमभिधेयसंपदम् Ki.14.5. -2 A substance; -3 The subject-matter; इहाभिधेयं सप्रयोजनम् K. P.1; इति प्रयोजनाभिधेयसंबन्धाः Mugdha. -4 The primary or literal sense of a word (= अभिधा); अभिधेयाविनाभूत- प्रतीतिर्लक्षणोच्यते K. P.2.
abhidhṛṣṇu अभिधृष्णु a. Ved. Overpowering, subduing.
abhitad अभितद् 4 A. 1 To go to, draw near, approach (with acc.); रावणावरजा तत्र राघवं मदनातुरा । अभिपेदे निदाघार्ता व्यालीव मलयद्रुमम् ॥ R.12.32; 19.11; Dk.166; K.265; to enter (into) Śi.3.25 sometimes with loc. also. -2 To look upon, consider, regard; to take or know to be; क्षणम- भ्यपद्यत जनैर्न मृषा गगनं गणाधिपतिमूर्तिरिति Śi.9.27. -3 To help, assist; मया$भिपन्नं तं चापि न सर्पो धर्षयिष्यति Mb.1.5.2. -4 To seize, catch hold of; overpower, attack, subdue, take possession of, overcome, afflict; सर्वतश्चाभिपन्नैषा धार्तराष्ट्री महाचमूः । चण्डवाताभिपन्नानामुदधीनामिव स्वनः Mb.; See अभिपन्न also. -5 (a) To take, assume; स्वानि स्वान्यभिपद्यन्ते यथा कर्माणि देहिनः Ms.1.3 (b) To accept, receive; निरास्वाद्य- तमं शून्यं (राज्यं) भरतो नाभिपत्स्यते Rām. -6 To apply or devote oneself to, undertake, fall to, observe; स चिन्ता- मम्यपद्यत Rām. -7 To honour.
abhibhū अभिभू 1. P. 1 To overcome, subdue, conquer, vanquish (of persons or things); prevail over, predominate, defeat; (hence) excel, surpass; अभिभवति मनः कदम्बवायौ Ki.1.23; अभिभूय विभूतिमार्तवीम् R. 8.36;4.56;6.29,16.1; K.52,53; Mu.3.2; Ms. 7.5; धर्मे नष्टे कुलं कृत्स्नमधर्मो$भिभवत्युत Bg.1.4 predominates over, overpowers; so शोकाभिभूत, विपद्˚, काम˚ &c. -2 To attack, seize or fall upon, assail; विपदो$भिभवन्त्य- विक्रमम् Ki.2.14; अभ्यभावि भरताग्रजस्तया R.11.16,84; Bṛi. S.33.3; ममापि सत्त्वैरभिभूयन्ते गृहाः Ś.6 infested; परित्रायध्वं मामनेन मधुकरेणाभिभूयमानाम् Ś.1. attacked, troubled; अभ्यभून्निलयं भ्रातुः Bk.6.117. -3 To humiliate, mortify, insult, disrespect; अण्डभङ्गाभिभूता Pt.1. -4 To go up to, turn to or towards (Ved.); अभी षु णः सखीनामविता जरितॄणाम् । शतं भवास्यूतिभिः Rv.4.31.3. -5 To be victorious or prosperous; पुष्यात् क्षेमे अभि योगे भवात्युभे Rv.5.37.5. -Caus. To overpower, surpass, defeat &c.
abhibhavaḥ अभिभवः 1 Defeat, subjugation, subjection, overpowering; इतरेतरानभिभवेन मृगास्तमुपासते गुरुमिवान्तसदः Ki.6.34 (cf. K.45 and the Bible "The wolf shall also dwell with the lamb" &c.); 8.28; स्पर्शानुकूला इव सूर्यकान्तास्तद- न्यतेजोभिभवाद्वमन्ति Ś.2.7 when assailed, opposed, overpowered by another energy; अभिभवः कुत एव सपत्नजः R. -2 Being overpowered जराभिभवविच्छायम् K. 346; being attacked or affected, stupefied (by fever &c.); न रोगशान्तिर्न चाभिभवः Suśr. -3 Contempt, disrespect; निरभिभवसाराः परकथाः Bh.2.64. -4 Humiliation, mortification (of pride); अलभ्यशोकाभिभवेयमाकृतिः Ku.5. 43; K.195. -5 Predominance, prevalence, rise, spread; अधर्माभिभवात्कृष्ण प्रदुष्यन्ति कुलस्त्रियः Bg.1.41; Ki.2.37.
abhibhavanam अभिभवनम् Overpowering, overcoming, being subjected to or overpowered by; जरया चाभिभवनम् Ms.6.62.
abhibhūti अभिभूति a. That which defeats, conquers &c. -तिः 1 Predominance, prevalence, excessive or superior power; जूतिं कृष्टिप्रो अभिभूतिमाशोः Rv.4.38.9. -2 Conquering, defeat, subjugation; अभिभूतिभयादसूनतः सुखमुज्झन्ति न धाम मानिनः Ki.2.2. -3 Disrespect, disgrace, humiliation. -Comp. -ओजस् a. of superior or predominant power. n. superior power.
abhiṣavaḥ अभिषवः [अभि-सु-अप्] 1 Extracting or pressing out the Soma juice. चक्रुस्ते विधिवद्राजंस्तथैवाभिषवं द्विजाः Mb.14. 88.21. -2 Distillation or extraction (of liquors &c.). -3 Religious bathing, ablution preparatory to religious rites. -4 Bathing or ablution (in general); जपोपवासा- भिषवैर्मुनीनाम् Ki.3.28. -5 Drinking the Soma juice. -6 A sacrifice in general. -7 Ferment, yeast; any substance producing fermentation. -8 A finger used in extracting Soma juice (Nir.). -9 Coronation; रामाभिषवसंयुक्ताश्चक्रुरेव कथा मिथः Rām.2.6.16. -वम् Sour gruel.
abhiṣyand अभिष्यन्द् 1 A. (स् changed to ष् by P.VIII.3.72) 1 To ooze, flow, trickle; अभिस्य-ष्य-न्दते दुग्धम् Sk.; सतत- मभिष्यन्दमानमेघमेदुरितनीलिमा (गिरिः) U. 1 raining or pouring down water. -2 (fig.) To be melted (with pity, love &c.), to overflow with; यदि त्वामीदृशं रामभद्रः पश्येत् तदास्य हृदयं स्नेहेनाभिष्यन्देत U.5. अभिष्य abhiṣya (स्य sya) न्दः ndḥ अभिष्य (स्य) न्दः 1 Oozing, flowing, trickling. -2 Weakness of, or running at, the eyes. -3 Great increase, or enlargement, surplus, excess, superfluous portion; -Comp. -वमनम्; स्वर्गाभिष्यन्दवमनं कृत्वेवोपनिवेशितम् (ओषधिप्रस्थम्) Ku.6.37 by drawing off the surplus population i. e. by emigration (अभिष्यन्दः अतिरेकः अति- रिक्तजन इति यावत् तस्य वमनं निःसारणं कृत्वा स्थितमिव); cf. also R.15.29 Hemachandra's remarks thereon. also स्वदेशा- भिष्यन्दवमनम् Kau. A.2.1. अभिष्य abhiṣya (स्य sya) न्दिन् ndin अभिष्य (स्य) न्दिन् a. 1 Oozing, flowing, trickling, -2 Laxative, opening the bowels. -3 Causing defluxions or watery effusion. -Comp. -रमणम् a suburb, smaller city appended to and regarded as part of a larger one; cf. शाखानगरम्.
abhyañj अभ्यञ्ज् 7 P. 1 To smear, anoint as with oily substances. -2 To decorate, adorn (Ved). -3 To defile.
abhyaṅgaḥ अभ्यङ्गः 1 Smearing the body with unctuous or oily substances, smearing with oil; अभ्यङ्गने पथ्यमलंचकार Ku.7.7; स्तन्यदानाभ्यङ्गपोषणादिभिः पुपोष Pt.5; Ms.2.178. -2 Smearing in general, inunction. -3 An unguent, salve, liniment. -4 cream of milk; (Nigh.).
abhyañjanam अभ्यञ्जनम् Smearing the body with oily substances, inunction; भोजनाभ्यञ्जनाद्दानाद्यदन्यत्कुरुते तिलैः Ms.1.91. -2 Smearing or anointing in general. -3 Applying collyrium to the eyelashes; Ms.2.211. (here the 1 & 2 meaning can be applicable). -4 An oily substance; oil unguent. -5 An ornament, decoration (Ved.). -6 Cream of milk; (Nigh.).
abhyāsaḥ अभ्यासः 1 Repetition in general; व्याख्याता व्याख्याता इति पदाभ्यासो$ध्यायपरिसमाप्तिं द्योतयति S. B.; T.4.28 नाभ्यासक्रममीक्षते Pt.1.151; Ms.12.74; Y.3.322. cf. also अन्यायश्च कृते$भ्यासः । MS.1.3.26 -2 Repeated practice or exercise, contiuned practice or use; अविरतश्रमाभ्यासात् K.3, Pt.1.133; अभ्यासेन तु कौन्तेय वैराग्येण च गृह्यते Bg.6.35,44 by constant practice (to remain pure and unmodified); 12.12; योग˚ Y.3.51 practice of concentration; hence sometimes used for 'concentration of mind upon one subject'; ˚निगृहीतेन मनसा R.1.23; so शर˚, अस्त्र˚ &c. -3 Habit, custom, practice; मिथ्योपपदात् कृञो$भ्यासे P.I. 3.71; तद् यथाभ्यासं अभिधीयताम् U.1 therefore address me as is your wont; अमङ्गलाभ्यासरतिम् Ku.5.65; Y.3.68. -4 Discipline in arms, exercise, military discipline. -5 Reciting, study, repeated reading or learning by heart; काव्यज्ञशिक्षयाभ्यासः K. P.1; K.146,2; Ms.5. 4; वेद˚ is of 5 kinds:- वेदस्वीकरणं पूर्वं विचारो$भ्यसनं जपः । तद्दानं चैव शिष्येभ्यो वेदाभ्यासो हि पञ्चधा ॥ Dakṣa. -6 vicinity, proximity, neighbourhood (for अभ्याश); चूतयष्टिरि- वाभ्यासे (शे) मधौ परभृतोन्मुखी Ku.6.2; (अभ्यासे-शे मधौ must mean here speaking to 'Madhu who was near her' scil. by having manifested himself before her, which fully preserves the simile of Pārvatī, herself silent, speaking to her lover who was near her through her friend); अर्पितेयं तवाभ्यासे सीता पुण्यव्रता वधूः U.7.17 given in your charge; Śi.3.4; अभ्यासा-शा-दागतः P.II. 1.38 Sk. (ragarded as an Aluk Compound). -7 (In gram.) Reduplication. -8 The first syllable of a reduplicated base, reduplicative syllable; पूर्वो$भ्यासः P.VI. 1.4; अत्र ये द्वे विहिते तयोः पूर्वो$भ्याससंज्ञः स्यात् Sk. -9 (In Math.) Multiplication. -1 (In poetry) Repetition of the last verses or lines (as of a chorus); chorus, burden of a song. -Comp. -गत a. approached, gone near. -परिवर्तिन् a. wandering about or near. -योगः abstraction of mind resulting from continuous deep meditation; अभ्यासयोगेन ततो मामिच्छाप्तुं धनञ्जय Bg. 12.9. -लोपः dropping of the reduplicative syllable. -व्यवायः interval caused by the reduplicative syllable; ˚ये$पि though separated by this syllable.
abhyupapad अभ्युपपद् 4 A. 1 To deliver (from distress), protect; to console, comfort, take compassion or pity on, pity, favour; स सुहृद्यो विपन्नार्थं दीनमभ्युपपद्यते Rām.6.63. 27; रतिमभ्युपपत्तुमातुरां मधुरात्मानमदर्शयत्पुरः Ku.4.25; (कदा) तपः कृशामभ्युपपत्स्यते सखीं वृषेव सीतां तदवग्रहक्षताम् 5.61; U.2; 3.7; Māl.4. -2 To ask for help, seek protection, submit; अभ्युपपन्नवत्सलः Mk.7. -3 To furnish with.
abhyupe अभ्युपे 2. P. [˚उप-इ] 1 To go near, approach, arrive, enter; व्यतीतकालस्त्वहमभ्युपेतः R.5.14,16.22; त्रिरह्नो$ भ्युपयन्नपः Ms.11.259 entering the water i. e. bathing; Y.3.3. -2 To go to or enter a particular state, attain to; सत्यं न तद्यच्छलमभ्युपैति H.3.54 so ब्राह्मणतां, वैश्यतां, सखित्वम् &c. -3 To agree, (to do something), accept, promise, undertake; मन्दायन्ते न खलु सुहृदामभ्युपेतार्थकृत्याः Me.4. अस्यै दास्यमभ्युपेतं मया Dk.44,55,89,138,159. -4 To admit, grant, own, acknowledge, Śi.11.67; श्रुत्यैव च तर्कस्याभ्युपेतत्वात् Ś. B.; Dk.45. -5 To approve, agree with, assent to. -6 To obey, submit to, be faithful to; विरोध्य मोहात्पुनरभ्युपेयुषाम् Ki.18.42.
amardita अमर्दित a. Unthreshed, untrodden, unsubdued.
amitraḥ अमित्रः [न मित्रम्; by Uṇ.4.173 fr. अम् to go against; अमेर्द्विषति चित्; अमित्रः शत्रुः] Not a friend, an enemy, adversary, a foe, rival, opponent; स्याताममित्रौ मित्रे च सहजप्राकृतावपि Śi.2.36; तस्य मित्राण्यमित्रास्ते 11; Dk. 19,171; M.1; प्रकृत्यमित्रा हि सतामसाधवः Ki.14.21; Ms.7. 83;12.79;2.239. -त्रा An enemy; ˚युध् Ved. subduing one's enemies. -Comp. -खाद् a. Devouring one's enemies, epithet of Indra. -घात, -घातिन्, -घ्न, -हन् Killing enemies. -जित् a. Conquering one's enemies; अमित्रजिन्मित्रजिदोजसा यत् N.1.13; N. of a son of Suvarṇa. -दम्भन a. Ved. hurting one's enemies. बृहस्पते भीमममित्रदम्भनम् Rv.2.23.3. -स (सा) ह a. enduring or overpowering one's enemies, epithet of Indra; शास इत्था महाँ अस्यमित्रसाहो अस्तृतः Av.1.2.4. -सेना a hostile army; अमित्रसेनामभिजञ्जभानो Av.5.2.6.
amṛta अमृत a. 1 Not dead; अमृते जारजः कुण्डः Ak. -2 Immortal; अपाम सोममृता अभूम Rv.8.48.3; U.1.1. ब्रह्मणो हि प्रतिष्ठाहममृतस्याव्ययस्य च Bg.14.27. -3 Imperishable, Indestructible, eternal. -4 Causing immortality. -5 Beautiful, agreeable, desired. पाञ्चजन्याभिषिक्तश्च राजा$- मृतमुखो$भवत् Mb.12.4.17. -तः 1 A god, an immortal, deity. आरुरोह यथा देवः सोमो$मृतमयं रथम् Mb.12.37.44. -2 N. of Dhanvantari, physician of the gods; also N. of Indra, of the sun, of Prajāpati, of the soul, Viṣṇu and Śiva. -3 N. of a plant (वनमुद्ग, Mar. मटकी) -4 N. of the root of a plant (वाराहीकन्द, Mar. डुकरकंद). -ता 1 Spirituous liquor. -2 N. of various plants; e. g. आमलकी, हरीतकी, गुडूची, मागधी, तुलसी, इन्द्रवारुणी, ज्योतिष्मती, गोरक्षदुग्धा, अतिविषा, रक्तत्रिवृत्, दूर्वा, स्थूलमांसहरीतकी. -3 N. of one of the Nāḍīs in the body; नाडीनामुदयक्रमेण जगतः पञ्चामृताकर्षणात् Māl.5.2. -5 One of the rays of the sun; सौरीभिरिव नाडीभिरमृताख्याभिरम्मयः R.1.58. -तम् 1 (a) Immortality, imperishable state; न मृत्युरासीदमृतं न तर्हि Rv.1.129.2; Ms.22.85. (b) Final beatitude, absolution; तपसा किल्विषं हन्ति विद्ययामृतमश्रुते Ms.12.14; स श्रिये चामृताय चAk. -2 The collective body of immortals. -3 (a) The world of immortality, Paradise, Heaven; the power of eternity, immortal light, eternity. -4 Nectar of immortality, ambrosia, beverage of the gods (opp. विष) supposed to be churned out of the ocean; देवासुरैरमृतमम्बुनिधिर्ममन्थे Ki.5.3; विषादप्यमृतं ग्राह्यम् Ms.2.239; विषमप्यमृतं क्वचिद्भवेदमृतं वा विषमीश्वरेच्छया R.8.46; oft. used in combination with words like वाच्, वचनम्, वाणी &c; कुमारजन्मामृतसंमिताक्षरम् R.3.16; आप्यायितो$सौ वचनामृतेन Mb.; अमृतं शिशिरे वह्निरमृतं क्षीरभोजनम् Pt.1.128 the height of pleasure or gratification. -5 The Soma juice. -6 Antidote against poison. -7 The residue or leavings of a sacrifice (यज्ञशेष); विघसाशी भवेन्नित्यं नित्यं वा$मृतभोजनः Ms.3.285. -8 Unsolicited alms, alms got without solicitation; मृतं स्याद्याचितं भैक्षम- मृतं स्यादयाचितम् Ms.4.4-5. -9 Water; मथितामृतफेनाभमरजो- वस्त्रमुत्तमम् Rām.5.18.24. अमृताध्मातजीमूत U.6.21; अमृता- दुन्मथ्यमानात् K.136; cf. also the formulas अमृतोपस्तरणमसि स्वाहा and अमृतापिधानमसि स्वाहा; Mahānār. Up.7 and 1; repeated by Brāhmaṇas at the time of sipping water before the commencement and at the end of meals. -1 A drug. -11 Clarified butter; अमृतं नाम यत् सन्तो मन्त्रजिह्वेषु जुह्वति Śi.2.17. -12 Milk; अमृतं च सुधा चैव सुधा चैवामृतं तथा Mb.13.67.12. -13 Food in general. -14 Boiled rice. -15 Anything sweet, anything lovely or charming; a sweetmeat. यथामृतघटं दंशा मकरा इव चार्णवम् Rām.7.7.3. -16 Property. -17 Gold. -18 Quicksilver. -19 Poison. -2 The poison called वत्सनाभ. -21 The Supreme Spirit (ब्रह्मन्). -22 N. of sacred place. -23 N. of particular conjunctions of Nakṣatras (lunar asterisms) with week days (वारनक्षत्रयोग) or of lunar days with week days (तिथि- वारयोग). -24 The number four. -25 splendour, light. [cf. Gr. ambrotos, ambrosia; L. immortalis]. cf. अमृतं वारि सुरयोर्निर्वाणे चातिसुन्दरे । अयाचिते यज्ञशेषे पुंसि धन्वन्तरे$पि च । पीयूषे च धृते दीप्तावाचार्ये विबुधे$पि च । हरीतक्यामाम- लक्यां गलूच्यामपि तत्स्त्रियाम् । Nm. -Comp. -अंशुः, -करः, -दीधितिः, -द्युतिः, -रश्मिः &c. epithets of the moon; अमृतदीधितिरेष विदर्भजे N.4.14; अमृतांशूद्भव born from the moon; from whom was born the moon, N. of Viṣṇu. -अंशुकः An interior variety of gems having white rays, Kau. A.2.11. -अक्षर a. immortal and imperishable; क्षरं प्रधानममृताक्षरं हरः Śvet. Up. -अग्रभूः N. of the horse of Indra (उच्चैःश्रवस्); अमृताग्रभुवः पुरेव पुच्छम् Śi. 2.43. -अन्धस्, -अशनः, -आशिन् m. 'one whose food is nectar'; a god, an immortal. -अपिधानम् Water sipped after eating nectar-like food so as to overlay it like a cover. -असु a. whose soul is immortal; अमृतासुर्वर्धमानः सुजन्मा Av.5.1.1. -आशः 1 N. of Viṣṇu. -2 a god; इदं कार्यममृताशाः शृणोमि Mb.12.299.7. -आसङ्गः a sort of collyrium. -आहरणः N. of Garuḍa who once stole Amṛita. -इष्टका a kind of sacrificial brick shaped like the golden head of men, beasts &c. (पशुशीर्षाणि). -ईशः, ईश्वरः N. of Śiva. -उत्पन्ना a fly. (-न्नम्), -उद्भवम् 1 A kind of collyrium (खर्परीतुत्थम्). -2 Potassium permanganate -उपस्तरणम् Water sipped as a substratum for the nectar-like food. (-वः) N. of the Bilva tree. -ओदनः Name of a son of Siṁhahanu, and uncle of Śākyamuni. -करः, -किरणः 'nectar-rayed', the moon. -कुण्डम् a vessel containing nectar. -क्षारम् sal ammoniac. (Mar. नवसागर). -गतिः N. of a metre consisting of 4 syllables. -गर्भ a. filled with water or nectar; ambrosial. (-र्भः) 1 the individual soul. -2 the Supreme Soul. -3 child of immortality (said of sleep); देवानाममृतगर्भो$सि स्वप्न Av.6.46.1. -चितिः f. an arrangement or accumulation of sacrificial bricks conferring immortality. -ज a. produced by or from nectar. (-जः) a sort of plant, Yellow Myrobalan (Mar. हिरडा). -जटा N. of a plant (जटामासी). -तरङ्गिणी moonlight. -तिलका N. of a metre of 4 lines, also called त्वरितगति. -द्रव a. shedding nectar. (-वः) flow of nectar. -धार a. shedding nectar. (-रा) 1 N. of a metre. -2 flow of nectar. -नन्दनः A pavilion with 58 pillars (Matsya P.27.8.). -नादोपनिषद् f. 'The sound of immortality', Name of an Upaniṣad. -पः 1 a drinker of nectar' a god or deity. -2 N. of Viṣṇu. -3 one who drinks wine; ध्रुवममृतपनामवाञ्छयासावधरममुं मधुपस्तवा- जिहीते Śi.7.42. (where अ˚ has sense 1 also). -पक्षः 1 having golden or immortal wings, a sort of hawk. -2 the immortal or golden wings of sacrificial fire. -3 fire itself. -फलः N. of two trees पटोल and पारावत. (-ला) 1 a bunch of grapes, vine plant, a grape (द्राक्षा) -2 = आमलकी. (-लम्) a sort of fruit (रुचिफल) found in the country of the Mudgalas according to Bhāva P. -बन्धुः Ved. 1 a god or deity in general. -2 a horse or the moon. -3 A friend or keeper of immortality; तां देवा अन्वजायन्त भद्रा अमृतबन्धवः Rv.1.72.5. -बिन्दू- पनिषद् f. 'drop of nectar', :N. of an Upaniṣad of the Atharvaveda. -भल्लातकी a sort of medicinal preparation of ghee mentioned by Chakradatta. -भवनम् N. of a monastery (built by Amṛitaprabha); Raj. T. -भुज् m. an immortal, a god, deity; one who tastes the sacrificial residues. -भू a. free from birth and death. -मति = ˚गति q. v. -मन्थनम् 1 churning (of the ocean) for nectar. -2 N. of the chapters 17 to 19 of Mb.1. -मालिनी N. of Durgā. -मूर्तिः The moon; आप्याययत्यसौ लोकं वदनामृतमूर्तिना Bhāg.4.16.9. -योगः see under अमृत. -रसः 1 nectar, ambrosia; काव्यामृतरसास्वादः H.1; विविधकाव्यामृतरसान् पिवामः Bh.3.4. -2 the Supreme Spirit. (-सा) 1 dark-coloured grapes. -2 a sort of cake (Mar. अनर्सा). -लता, -लतिका a nectar-giving creeping plant (गुडूची). -वाक a. producing nectar like sweet words. -संयावम् a sort of dish mentioned in Bhāva P. -सार a. ambrosial; ˚राणि प्रज्ञानानि U.7. (-रः) 1 clarified butter. -2 a sort of अयःपाक. ˚जः raw sugar, molasses (गुड). -सूः, -सूतिः 1 the moon (distilling nectar). -2 mother of the gods. -सोदरः 1 'brother of nectar', the horse called उच्चैःश्रवस्. -2 a horse in general. -स्रवः flow of nectar. (-वा) N. of a plant and tree (रुदन्ती-रुद्रवन्ती; Mar. रानहरभरा). -स्त्रुत् a. shedding or distilling nectar; स्वरेण तस्याममृतस्रुतेव Ku.1.45.
ayatin अयतिन् a. Of unsubdued desires or passions, incontinent.
ayācita अयाचित a. Unasked, unsolicited (as alms, food &c.); अमृतं स्यादयाचितम् Ms.4.5;11.212. -तः N. of the sage Upavarṣa. -तम् Unsolicited alms. -Comp. -उपनत, -उपस्थित a. got unasked or without solicitation; अयाचितोपस्थितमम्बु केवलम् Ku.5.22. -वृत्तिः, -व्रतम् subsisting on alms got without begging or solicitation.
ayāta अयात a. Not gone. अयातमस्य ददृशे न यातम् Av.1.8.8. -Comp. -पूर्व a. following, succeeding, subsequent to. -याम a. not old or weakened, not stale, fresh, not worn out by use; अयातयामं सर्वेभ्यो भागेभ्यो भागमुत्तमम् Mb.3.114.11. ˚मं च यौवनम् Dk.123 fresh, blooming; ˚मं वयः 158; छन्दांस्ययातयामानि Bhāg.1.8.42. (where Śrīdhara says अ˚ = विगतदोषाणि free from faults, faultless, pure. (-मम्) N. of certain texts of the Yajurveda revealed to Yājñavalkya. ˚यामता freshness, unimpaired nature, strength, or vigour, purity.) -Comp. -यामन् a. Ved. not weak, fresh.
ayodhya अयोध्य a. Not to be warred against, unassailable; irresistible; अद्यायोध्या महावाहो अयोध्या प्रतिभाति नः Rām. -ध्या The capital of solar kings, born of the line of Raghu, (the modern Oudh) situated on the river Śarayu. अलमुपहितशोभां तूर्णमायादयोध्याम् । Bk. [It is said to have extended 48 miles in length and 12 miles in breadth. It was also called Sāketa, and one of its suburbs was Nandi-grāma, where Bharata lived governing the kingdom during the absence of Rāma. The town plays an important part in the story of the Rāmāyaṇa; the second book (अयोध्याकाण्ड) dealing mostly with events that took place in that city during the youthful days of Rāma.]
aradhra अरध्र a. 1 Not lazy, not to be subdued, invincible; अरध्रस्य रध्रतुरो बभूव Rv.6.18.4. -2 Prosperous (समृद्ध).
ari अरि a. [ऋ-इन्] Moving, going, reaching; obtaining, aspiring, devoted to, zealous (Ved.). -रिः 1 An enemy, foe (cf. Uṇ.4.138); (used in the Veda like an adjective in the sense of 'ungenerous', 'malicious', 'not worshipping or devoted', 'hostile'); विजितारिपुरःसरः R.1.59,61; 4.4. -2 An enemy of mankind (said of the six feelings which disturb man's mind); कामः क्रोध- स्तथा लोभो मदमोहौ च मत्सरः; कृतारिषड्वर्गजयेन Ki.1.9. -3 A species of खदिर or Mimosa (विट्खदिर; Mar. शेण्या खैर). -4 N. of the number six (from the six enemies). -5 N. of a condition in astronomy. -6 Any part of a carriage. -7 A wheel, also a disk, अन्यो$न्यहस्तकलितैः कति मूर्तिभेदाः, शम्भोर्हरेरिव गदारिसरोजशङ्खैः Līlā. -8 A lord, master. -9 The wind. -1 A pious or religious man. -Comp. -कर्षण a. tamer or subduer of enemies. -कुलम् 1 a host of enemies. -2 an enemy, -केलिः Sport of a foe, sexual enjoyment cf. अरिकेलिः शत्रुलीला स्त्रीरत्योश्चापि कीर्तितः Nm. -गूर्त a. Ved. ready for the destruction of enemies; praised by devoted men or worshippers. -घ्नः destroyer of enemies. -चिन्तनम्, -चिन्ता schemes directed against enemies; administration of foreign affairs. -त्र a. protecting from enemies. -धायस् a. possessed by lords only (i. e. very precious) -नन्दन a. "an enemy's joy", affording triumph to an enemy. -निपातः invasion made by enemies. -भद्रः the foremost or most powerful enemy; पप्रच्छ भद्रं विजितारिभद्रः R.14.31. -मर्दः 'curshing enemies, N. of a plant (काममर्द; Mar. कासविंदा). -मर्दन a. crushing or trampling foes, destroying enemies. -मेदः N. of a tree (विट्खदिर; Mar. शेण्या खरै); N. of a country; Bṛi. S. 14.2. -मेदकः N. of an insect bred in excrement. -स्थानकम् consternation, defeat. -सूदनः, -हन्, -हिंसकः destroyer of enemies; पूजार्हावरिसूदन Bg.2.4. हरिहयो$रिह- योगविचक्षणः R.9.18.
arka अर्क a. [अर्च्-घञ्-कुत्वम् Uṇ.3.4.]. Fit to be worshipped (अर्चनीय). -र्कः 1 A ray of light, a flash of lightning (Ved.). -2 The sun; आविष्कृतारुणपुरःसर एकतो$र्कः Ś.4.2. -3 Fire. य एवमेतदर्कस्यार्कत्वं वेद Bṛi. Up. 1.2.1. -4 A crystal; पुष्पार्ककेतकाभाश्च Rām.2.94.6. -5 Copper. -6 Sunday. -7 Membrum virile. एवा ते शेपः सहसायमर्को$ङ्गेनाङ्गं संसमकं कृणोतु Av.6.72.1. -8 N. of the sun-plant, Calatropis Gigantea (Mar. रुई), a small tree with medicinal sap and rind; अर्कस्योपरि शिथिलं च्युतमिव नवमल्लिकाकुसुमम् Ś.2.9; यमाश्रित्य न विश्रामं क्षुधार्ता यान्ति सेवकाः । सो$र्कवन्नृपतिस्त्याज्यः सदापुष्पफलो$पि सन् Pt.1.51. अर्के चेन्मधु विन्देत ŚB. on MS. -9 N. of Indra. -1 A sort of religious ceremony. -11 Praise, hymn; praising, extolling, song of praise. -12 A singer (Ved. in these two senses). -13 A learned man. -14 An elder brother. -15 Food (अर्कम् also). -16 N. of Viṣṇu. -17 A kind of decoction. -18 The seventh day of a month. -19 The उत्तरा- फल्गुनी asterism. -2 The number 12. -21 The sunstone (सूर्यकान्त); मसारगल्वर्कमयैर्विभङ्गैर्विभूषितं हेमनिबद्धचक्रम् Mb.12.46.33. cf. अर्को$र्कपर्णे स्फटिके ताम्रे सूर्ये दिवस्पतौ । ज्येष्ठभ्रातरि शुक्ले$र्कपादपे च पुमान् भवेत् ॥ Nm. -Comp. -अंशः, -कला a digit or 12th part of the sun's disc. -अश्मन् m. -उपलः 1 the sun-stone, heliotrope, girasol. -2 a sort of crystal or ruby. -आह्वः the swallow wort. -इन्दुसंगमः the time of conjunction of the sun and moon (दर्श or अमावास्या). -कान्तः A class of eleven storeyed buildings; Māna.29.25-34. -कान्ता 1 N. of a plant commonly called हुड्हुडिया. -2 sun's wife. -3 sun's shadow. -कुण्डतीर्थम् N. of a Tīrtha; Skanda P. -क्षेत्रम् 1 the field of the sun; the sign Leo, presided over by the sun. -2 N. of a holy place in Orissa. -ग्रहः The eclipse of the sun; Bṛi. S. -ग्रीवः N. of the Sāman. -चन्दनः a kind of red sandal (रक्तचन्दन). -चिकित्सा Arka's work on medical science. -जः epithet of Karṇa, Yama, Sugrīva. (-जौ) the two Aśvins regarded as the physicians of Heaven. -तनयः 'a son of the sun', an epithet of Karṇa, Yama, Manu Vaivasvata, Manu Sāvarṇi and Saturn; see अरुणात्मज. (-या) N. of the rivers Yamunā and Tāpti. -त्विष् f. light of the sun. -दिनम्, -वासरः Sunday. -दुग्धम् milky sap or exudation of Arka. -नन्दनः, -पुत्रः, -सुतः, -सूनुः N. of Saturn, Karṇa or Yama. -नयन a. one whose eyes are difficult to be gazed at. (-नः) an epithet of Virat Puruṣa. -नामन् m. the red arka tree. -पत्रः, -पर्णः N. of the plant अर्क. (-त्रा) a kind of birthwort (सुनन्दा, अर्कमूला) with wedge-shaped leaves. (-त्रम्, -र्णम्) the leaf of the अर्क plant. -पादपः N. of a plant (निम्ब); another tree (आकन्द). -पुष्पम् a flower of arka -पुष्पाद्यम् N. of a Sāman. (-ष्पी), -पुष्पिका N. of a plant (कुटुम्बिनी) -पुष्पोत्तरम् N. of a Sāman. -प्रकाश a. Bright like the sun; Mb. -प्रिया N. of a plant (जव). -बन्धुः, -बान्धवः 1 N. of Buddha Śākyamuni, meaning सूर्यवंश्यः, cf. शुद्धोदनो नाम नृपो$र्कबन्धुः Bu. Ch.9.9. -2 a lotus (the sun-lotus). -भम् 1 an asterism influenced by the sun. -2 the sign Leo. -3 उत्तराफल्गुनीनक्षत्र. -भक्ता = ˚कान्ता q. v. -मण्डलम् disc of the sun. -मूलः, -ला = ˚पत्रा; विलिखति वसुधामर्कमूलस्य हेतोः Bh.2.1. -रेतोजः Revanta, the son of Sūrya. -लपणम् Saltpetre. -वर्षः a solar year. -वल्लभः 1 N. of a plant (बन्धूक; Mar. दुपारी). -2 a lotus. -विवाहः marriage with the arka plant (enjoined to be performed before a man marries a third wife, who thus becomes his fourth); चतुर्थादिविवाहार्थं तृतीयो$र्कं समुद्वहेत् Kāśyapa. -वेधः N. of a tree (तालीशपत्र). -व्रतः, -तम् 1 a vow performed on माघशुक्लसप्तमी. -2 the law or manner of the sun; when a king exacts taxes from his subjects only to add to their material comforts and happiness, just as the sun draws up water during 8 months of the year, only to give it back increased a thousandfold, he is said to follow अर्कव्रत, अष्टौ मासान् यथादित्यस्तोयं हरति रश्मिभिः । तथा हरेत्करं राष्ट्रान्नित्यमर्कव्रतं हि तत् ॥ Ms.9.35; cf. R.1.18 (the point of comparison may also be the imperceptible way in which the sun absorbs water, see Pt.1.221). -शोकः Ved. brilliancy of rays. -सातिः f. 1 finding of rays. -2 poetical inspiration; finding out hymns; रपत् कविरिन्द्रार्कसातौ Rv.1. 174.7. -सोदरः 'brother of the sun', an epithet of Airāvata. -हिता = ˚कान्ता q. v.
arciṣmat अर्चिष्मत् a. [अस्त्यर्थे मतुप्] Flaming, brilliant, bright; अर्चिष्मतीः सन्ध्यामङ्गलदीपिकाः V.3.2. m. 1 Fire, the god of fire; जज्ञे तेजो महार्चिष्मान् पञ्चवर्णः प्रभावतः Mb.3.22. 3. -2 The sun. अर्चिष्मानर्चितो$त्यर्थं ब्रह्मचर्यव्रते स्थितः Rām.5. 35.12. -3 A sort of subordinate deity. -4 N. of Viṣṇu. -ती 1 N. of the town or world of Agni. -2 One of the 1 earths according to Buddhists.
arthaḥ अर्थः [In some of its senses from अर्थ्; in others from ऋ-थन् Uṇ.2.4; अर्थते ह्यसौ अर्थिभिः Nir.] 1 Object, purpose, end and aim; wish, desire; ज्ञातार्थो ज्ञातसंबन्धः श्रोतुं श्रोता प्रवर्तते, सिद्ध˚, ˚परिपन्थी Mu.5; ˚वशात् 5.8; स्मर्तव्यो$स्मि सत्यर्थे Dk.117 if it be necessary; Y.2.46; M.4.6; oft. used in this sense as the last member of compounds and translated by 'for', 'intended for', 'for the sake of', 'on account of', 'on behalf of', and used like an adj. to qualify nouns; अर्थेन तु नित्य- समासो विशेष्यनिघ्रता च Vārt.; सन्तानार्थाय विधये R.1.34; तां देवतापित्रतिथिक्रियार्थाम् (धेनुम्) 2.16; द्विजार्था यवागूः Sk.; यज्ञार्थात्कर्मणो$न्यत्र Bg.3.9. It mostly occurs in this sense as अर्थम्, अर्थे or अर्थाय and has an adverbial force; (a) किमर्थम् for what purpose, why; यदर्थम् for whom or which; वेलोपलक्षणार्थम् Ś.4; तद्दर्शनादभूच्छम्भोर्भूयान्दारार्थ- मादरः Ku.6.13; (b) परार्थे प्राज्ञ उत्सृजेत् H.1.41; गवार्थे ब्राह्मणार्थे च Pt.1.42; मदर्थे त्यक्तजीविताः Bg.1.9; (c) सुखार्थाय Pt.4.18; प्रत्याख्याता मया तत्र नलस्यार्थाय देवताः Nala.13.19; ऋतुपर्णस्य चार्थाय 23.9. -2 Cause, motive, reason, ground, means; अलुप्तश्च मुनेः क्रियार्थः R. 2.55 means or cause; अतो$र्थात् Ms.2.213. -3 Meaning, sense, signification, import; अर्थ is of 3 kinds:-- वाच्य or expressed, लक्ष्य or indicated (secondary), and व्यङ्ग्य or suggested; तददोषौ शब्दार्थौ K. P.1; अर्थो वाच्यश्च लक्ष्यश्च व्यङ्ग्यश्चेति त्रिधा मतः S. D.2; वागर्थाविव R.1.1; अवेक्ष्य धातोर्गमनार्थमर्थवित् 3.21. -4 A thing, object, substance; लक्ष्मणो$र्थं ततः श्रुत्वा Rām.7.46.18; अर्थो हि कन्या परकीय एव Ś.4.22; that which can be perceived by the senses, an object of sense; इन्द्रिय˚ H.1.146; Ku.7.71; R.2.51; न निर्बद्धा उपसर्गा अर्थान्निराहुः Nir.; इन्द्रियेभ्यः परा ह्यर्था अर्थेभ्यश्च परं मनः Kaṭh. (the objects of sense are five : रूप, रस, गन्ध, स्पर्श and शब्द); शब्दः स्पर्शो रसो गन्धो रूपं चेत्यर्थजातयः Bhāg.11.22.16. -5 (a) An affair, business, matter, work; प्राक् प्रतिपन्नो$यमर्थो$- ङ्गराजाय Ve.3; अर्थो$यमर्थान्तरभाव्य एव Ku.3.18; अर्थो$र्था- नुबन्धी Dk.67; सङ्गीतार्थः Me.66 business of singing i. e. musical concert (apparatus of singing); सन्देशार्थाः Me. 5 matters of message, i. e. messages; (b) Interest, object; स्वार्थसाधनतत्परः Ms.4.196; द्वयमेवार्थसाधनम् R.1. 19;2.21; दुरापे$र्थे 1.72; सर्वार्थचिन्तकः Ms.7.121; माल- विकायां न मे कश्चिदर्थः M.3 I have no interest in M. (c) Subject-matter, contents (as of letters &c.); त्वामव- गतार्थं करिष्यति Mu.1 will acquaint you with the matter; उत्तरो$यं लेखार्थः ibid.; तेन हि अस्य गृहीतार्था भवामि V.2 if so I should know its contents; ननु परिगृहीतार्थो$- स्मि कृतो भवता V.5; तया भवतो$विनयमन्तरेण परिगृहीतार्था कृता देवी M.4 made acquainted with; त्वया गृहीतार्थया अत्रभवती कथं न वारिता 3; अगृहीतार्थे आवाम् Ś.6; इति पौरान् गृहीतार्थान् कृत्वा ibid. -6 Wealth, riches, property, money (said to be of 3 kinds : शुक्ल honestly got; शबल got by more or less doubtful means, and कृष्ण dishonestly got;) त्यागाय संभृतार्थानाम् R.1.7; धिगर्थाः कष्टसंश्रयाः Pt.1.163; अर्थानामर्जने दुःखम् ibid.; सस्यार्थास्तस्य मित्राणि1.3; तेषामर्थे नियुञ्जीत शूरान् दक्षान् कुलोद्गतान् Ms.7.62. -7 Attainment of riches or worldly prosperity, regarded as one of the four ends of human existence, the other three being धर्म, काम and मोक्ष; with अर्थ and काम, धर्म forms the well-known triad; cf. Ku.5.38; अप्यर्थकामौ तस्यास्तां धर्म एव मनीषिणः R.1.25. -8 (a) Use, advantage, profit, good; तथा हि सर्वे तस्यासन् परार्थैकफला गुणाः R.1.29 for the good of others; अर्थान- र्थावुभौ बुद्ध्वा Ms.8.24 good and evil; क्षेत्रिणामर्थः 9.52; यावानर्थ उदपाने सर्वतः सांप्लुतोदके Bg.2.46; also व्यर्थ, निरर्थक q. v. (b) Use, want, need, concern, with instr.; को$र्थः पुत्रेण जातेन Pt.1 what is the use of a son being born; कश्च तेनार्थः Dk.59; को$र्थस्तिरश्चां गुणैः Pt.2.33 what do brutes care for merits; Bh.2.48; योग्येनार्थः कस्य न स्याज्ज- नेन Ś.18.66; नैव तस्य कृतेनार्थो नाकृतेनेह कश्चन Bg.3.18; यदि प्राणैरिहार्थो वो निवर्तध्वम् Rām. को नु मे जीवितेनार्थः Nala.12. 65. -9 Asking, begging; request, suit, petition. -1 Action, plaint (in law); अर्थ विरागाः पश्यन्ति Rām.2.1. 58; असाक्षिकेषु त्वर्थेषु Ms.8.19. -11 The actual state, fact of the matter; as in यथार्थ, अर्थतः, ˚तत्वविद्, यदर्थेन विनामुष्य पुंस आत्मविपर्ययः Bhāg.3.7.1. -12 Manner, kind, sort. -13 Prevention, warding off; मशकार्थो धूमः; prohibition, abolition (this meaning may also be derived from 1 above). -14 Price (perhaps an incorrect form for अर्घ). -15 Fruit, result (फलम्). तस्य नानुभवेदर्थं यस्य हेतोः स रोपितः Rām.6.128.7; Mb.12.175.5. -16 N. of a son of धर्म. -17 The second place from the लग्न (in astr.). -18 N. of Viṣṇu. -19 The category called अपूर्व (in पूर्वमीमांसा); अर्थ इति अपूर्वं ब्रूमः । ŚB. on MS.7.1.2. -2 Force (of a statement or an expression); अर्थाच्च सामर्थ्याच्च क्रमो विधीयते । ŚB. on MS.5.1.2. [अर्थात् = by implication]. -21 The need, purpose, sense; व्यवधानादर्थो बलीयान् । ŚB. on MS.6.4.23. -22 Capacity, power; अर्थाद्वा कल्पनैकदेशत्वात् । Ms.1.4.3 (where Śabara paraphrases अर्थात् by सामर्थ्यात् and states the rule: आख्यातानामर्थं ब्रुवतां शक्तिः सहकारिणी ।), cf. अर्थो$भिधेयरैवस्तुप्रयोजननिवृत्तिषु । मोक्षकारणयोश्च...... Nm. -Comp. -अतिदेशः Extension (of gender, number &e.) to the objects (as against words), i. e. to treat a single object as though it were many, a female as though it were male. (तन्त्रवार्त्तिक; -अधिकारः charge of money, office of treasurer ˚रे न नियोक्तव्यौ H.2. -अधिकारिन् m. a treasurer, one charged with financial duties, finance minister. -अनुपपत्तिः f. The difficulty of accounting for or explaining satisfactorily a particular meaning; incongruity of a particular meaning (तन्त्रवार्त्तिक -अनुयायिन् a. Following the rules (शास्त्र); तत्त्रिकालहितं वाक्यं धर्म्यमर्थानुयायि च Rām.5.51.21. -अन्वेषणम् inquiry after a matter. -अन्तरम् 1 another or different meaning. -2 another cause or motive; अर्थो$यम- र्थान्तरभाव्य एव Ku.3.18. -3 A new matter or circumstance, new affair. -4 opposite or antithetical meaning, difference of meaning. ˚न्यासः a figure of speech in which a general proposition is adduced to support a particular instance, or a particular instance, to support a general proposition; it is an inference from particular to general and vice versa; उक्तिरर्थान्तरन्यासः स्यात् सामान्यविशेषयोः । (1) हनूमानब्धिमतरद् दुष्करं किं महात्मनाम् ॥ (2) गुणवद्वस्तुसंसर्गाद्याति नीचो$पि गौरवम् । पुष्पमालानुषङ्गेण सूत्रं शिरसि धार्यते Kuval.; cf. also K. P.1 and S. D.79. (Instances of this figure abound in Sanskrit literature, especially in the works of Kālidāsa, Māgha and Bhāravi). -अन्वित a. 1 rich, wealthy. -2 significant. -अभिधान a. 1 That whose name is connected with the purpose to be served by it; अर्थाभिधानं प्रयोजनसम्बद्धमभिधानं यस्य, यथा पुरोडाश- कपालमिति पुरोडाशार्थं कपालं पुरोडाशकपालम् । ŚB. on MS.4.1. 26. -2 Expression or denotation of the desired meaning (वार्त्तिक -अर्थिन् a. one who longs for or strives to get wealth or gain any object. अर्थार्थी जीवलोको$यम् । आर्तो जिज्ञासुरर्थार्थी Bg.7.16. -अलंकरः a figure of speech determined by and dependent on the sense, and not on sound (opp. शब्दालंकार). अलंकारशेखर of केशवमिश्र mentions (verse 29) fourteen types of अर्थालंकारs as follows:- उपमारूपकोत्प्रेक्षाः समासोक्तिरपह्नुतिः । समाहितं स्वभावश्च विरोधः सारदीपकौ ॥ सहोक्तिरन्यदेशत्वं विशेषोक्तिर्विभावना । एवं स्युरर्थालकारा- श्चतुर्दश न चापरे ॥ -आगमः 1 acquisition of wealth, income; ˚गमाय स्यात् Pt.1. cf. also अर्थागमो नित्यमरोगिता च H. -2 collection of property. -3 conveying of sense; S. D.737. -आपत्तिः f. [अर्थस्य अनुक्तार्थस्य आपत्तिः सिद्धिः] 1 an inference from circumstances, presumption, implication, one of the five sources of knowledge or modes of proof, according to the Mīmāṁsakas. It is 'deduction of a matter from that which could not else be'; it is 'assumption of a thing, not itself perceived but necessarily implied by another which is seen, heard, or proved'; it is an inference used to account for an apparent inconsistency; as in the familiar instance पीनो देवदत्तो दिवा न भुङ्क्ते the apparent inconsistency between 'fatness' and 'not eating by day' is accounted for by the inference of his 'eating by night'. पीनत्वविशि- ष्टस्य देवदत्तस्य रात्रिभोजित्वरूपार्थस्य शब्दानुक्तस्यापि आपत्तिः. It is defined by Śabara as दृष्टः श्रुतो वार्थो$न्यथा नोपपद्यते इत्यर्थ- कल्पना । यथा जीवति देवदत्ते गृहाभावदर्शनेन बहिर्भावस्यादृष्टस्य कल्पना ॥ Ms.1.1.5. It may be seen from the words दृष्टः and श्रुतः in the above definition, that Śabara has suggested two varieties of अर्थापत्ति viz. दृष्टार्थापत्ति and श्रुता- र्थापत्ति. The illustration given by him, however, is of दृष्टार्थापत्ति only. The former i. e. दृष्टार्थापत्ति consists in the presumption of some अदृष्ट अर्थ to account for some दृष्ट अर्थ (or अर्थs) which otherwise becomes inexplicable. The latter, on the other hand, consists in the presumption of some अर्थ through अश्रुत शब्द to account for some श्रुत अर्थ (i. e. some statement). This peculiarity of श्रुतार्थापत्ति is clearly stated in the following couplet; यत्र त्वपरिपूर्णस्य वाक्यस्यान्वयसिद्धये । शब्दो$ध्याह्रियते तत्र श्रुतार्थापत्ति- रिष्यते ॥ Mānameyodaya p.129 (ed. by K. Raja, Adyar, 1933). Strictly speaking it is no separate mode of proof; it is only a case of अनुमान and can be proved by a व्यतिरेकव्याप्ति; cf. Tarka. K.17 and S. D.46. -2 a figure of speech (according to some rhetoricians) in which a relevant assertion suggests an inference not actually connected with the the subject in hand, or vice versa; it corresponds to what is popularly called कैमुतिकन्याय or दण्डापूपन्याय; e. g. हारो$यं हरिणाक्षीणां लुण्ठति स्तनमण्डले । मुक्तानामप्यवस्थेयं के वयं स्मरकिङ्कराः Amaru.1; अभितप्तमयो$पि मार्दवं भजते कैव कथा शरीरिषु R.8.43.; S. D. thus defines the figure:- दण्डापूपिकन्यायार्थागमो$र्थापत्तिरिष्यते. -उत्पत्तिः f. acquisition of wealth; so ˚उपार्जनम्. -उपक्षेपकः an introductory scene (in dramas); अर्थोपक्षेपकाः पञ्च S. D.38. They are विष्कम्भ, चूलिका, अङ्कास्य, अङ्कावतार, प्रवेशक. -उपमा a simile dependent on sense and not on sound; see under उपमा. -उपार्जनम् Acquiring wealth. -उष्मन् m. the glow or warmth of wealth; अर्थोष्मणा विरहितः पुरुषः स एव Bh.2.4. -ओघः, -राशिः treasure, hoard of money. -कर (-री f.), -कृत a. 1 bringing in wealth, enriching; अर्थकरी च विद्या H. Pr.3. -2 useful, advantageous. -कर्मन् n. 1 a principal action (opp. गुणकर्मन्). -2 (as opposed to प्रतिपत्तिकर्मन्), A fruitful act (as opposed to mere disposal or प्रतिपत्ति); अर्थकर्म वा कर्तृ- संयोगात् स्रग्वत् । MS.4.2.17. -काम a. desirous of wealth. (-˚मौ dual), wealth and (sensual) desire or pleasure; अप्यर्थकामौ तस्यास्तां धर्म एव मनीषिणः R.1.25. ह्रत्वार्थकामास्तु गुरूनिहैव Bg.2.5. -कार्ष्यम् Poverty. निर्बन्धसंजातरुषार्थकार्घ्यमचिन्तयित्वा गुरुणाहमुक्तः R.5.21. -काशिन् a. Only apparently of utility (not really). -किल्बिषिन् a. dishonest in money-matters. -कृच्छ्रम् 1 a difficult matter. -2 pecuniary difficulty; व्यसनं वार्थकृच्छ्रे वा Rām.4.7.9; Mb.3.2.19; cf. also Kau. A.1.15 न मुह्येदर्थकृच्छ्रेषु Nīti. -कृत्यम् doing or execution of a business; अभ्युपेतार्थकृत्याः Me.4. -कोविद a. Expert in a matter, experienced. उवाच रामो धर्मात्मा पुनरप्यर्थकोविदः Rām.6.4.8. -क्रमः due order or sequence of purpose. -क्रिया (a) An implied act, an act which is to be performed as a matter of course (as opposed to शब्दोक्तक्रिया); असति शब्दोक्ते अर्थक्रिया भवति ŚB. on MS.12.1.12. (b) A purposeful action. (see अर्थकर्मन्). -गत a. 1 based on the sense (as a दोष). -2 devoid of sense. -गतिः understanding the sense. -गुणाः cf. भाविकत्वं सुशब्दत्वं पर्यायोक्तिः सुधर्मिता । चत्वारो$र्थगुणाः प्रोक्ताः परे त्वत्रैव संगताः ॥ अलंकारशेखर 21. -गृहम् A treasury. Hariv. -गौरवम् depth of meaning; भारवेरर्थगौरवम् Udb., Ki.2.27. -घ्न a. (घ्नी f.) extravagant, wasteful, prodigal; सुरापी व्याधिता धूर्ता वन्ध्यार्थघ्न्य- प्रियंवदा Y.1.73; व्याधिता वाधिवेत्तव्या हिंस्रार्थघ्नी च सर्वदा Ms.9.8. -चित्रम् 'variety in sense', a pun, Kāvya-prakāśa. -चिन्तक a. 1 thinking of profit. -2 having charge of affairs; सर्वार्थचिन्तकः Ms.7.121. -चिन्ता, -चिन्तनम् charge or administration of (royal) affairs; मन्त्री स्यादर्थचिन्तायाम् S. D. -जात a. 1 full of meaning. -2 wealthy (जातधन). (-तम्) 1 a collection of things. -2 large amount of wealth, considerable property; Dk.63, Ś.6; ददाति च नित्यमर्थजातम् Mk.2.7. -3 all matters; कवय इव महीपाश्चिन्तयन्त्यर्थजातम् Śi.11.6. -4 its own meaning; वहन्द्वयीं यद्यफले$र्थजाते Ki.3.48. -ज्ञ a. knowing the sense or purpose; अर्थज्ञ इत्सकलं भद्रमश्नुते Nir. -तत्त्वम् 1 the real truth, the fact of the matter; यो$र्थतत्त्वमविज्ञाय क्रोधस्यैव वशं गतः H.4.94. -2 the real nature or cause of anything. -द a. 1 yielding wealth; Dk.41. -2 advantageous, productive of good, useful. -3 liberal, munificent Ms.2.19. -4 favourable, compliant. (-दः) N. of Kubera. -दर्शकः 'one who sees law-suits'; a judge. -दर्शनम् perception of objects; कुरुते दीप इवार्थदर्शनम् Ki.2.33; Dk.155. -दूषणम् 1 extravagance, waste; H.3.18; Ms.7.48. -2 unjust seizure of property or withholding what is due. -3 finding fault with the meaning. -4 spoiling of another's property. -दृश् f. Consideration of truth; क्षेमं त्रिलोकगुरुरर्थदृशं च यच्छन् Bhāg.1.86.21. -दृष्टिः Seeing profit; Bhāg. -दोषः a literary fault or blemish with regard to the sense, one of the four doṣas or blemishes of literary composition, the other three being परदोष, पदांशदोष, वाक्यदोष; for definitions &c. see K. P.7. अलंकारशेखर of केशवमिश्र who mentions eight types of doṣas as follows: अष्टार्थदोषाः विरस, -ग्राम्य, -व्याहत, -खिन्नताः । -हीना, -धिका, सदृक्साम्यं देशादीनां विरोधि च ॥ 17 -द्वयविधानम् Injunction of two ideas or senses; विधाने चार्थद्वयविधानं दोषः ŚB. on MS.1.8.7. -नित्य a. = अर्थ- प्रधान Nir. -निबन्धन a. dependent on wealth. -निश्चयः determination, decision. -प्रतिः 1 'the lord of riches', a a king; किंचिद् विहस्यार्थपतिं बभाषे R.2.46;1.59;9.3;18.1; Pt.1.74. -2 an epithet of Kubera. -पदम् N. of the Vārt. on Pāṇini; ससूत्रवृत्त्यर्थपदं महार्थं ससंग्रहं सिद्ध्यति वै कपीन्द्रः Rām.7.36.45. -पर, -लुब्ध a. 1 intent on gaining wealth, greedy of wealth, covetous. -2 niggardly, parsimonious; हिंस्रा दयालुरपि चार्थपरा वदान्या Bh.2.47; Pt.1.425. -प्रकृतिः f. the leading source or occasion of the grand object in a drama; (the number of these 'sources' is five :-- बीजं बिन्दुः पताका च प्रकरी कार्यमेव च । अर्थप्रकृतयः पञ्च ज्ञात्वा योज्या यथाविधि S. D.317.) -प्रयोगः 1 usury. -2 administration of the affairs (of a state) -प्राप्त a. derived or understood from the sense included as a matter of course, implied; परिसमाप्तिः शब्दार्थः । परिसमाप्त्यामर्थप्राप्तत्वादारम्भस्य । ŚB. on MS.6.2.13. -˚त्वम् Inplication. -बन्धः 1 arrangement of words, composition, text; stanza, verse; संचिन्त्य गीतक्षममर्थबन्धम् Ś.7.5; ललितार्थबन्धम् V.2.14 put or expressed in elegant words. -2. connection (of the soul) with the objects of sense. -बुद्धि a. selfish. -बोधः indication of the (real) import. -भाज् a. entitled to a share in the division of property. -भावनम् Deliberation over a subject (Pātañjala Yogadarśana 1.28). -भृत् a. receiving high wages (as a servant). -भेदः distinction or difference of meaning; अर्थभेदेन शब्दभेदः. -मात्रम्, -त्रा 1 property, wealth; Pt.2. -2 the whole sense or object. -युक्त a. significant, full of यस्यार्थयुक्तं meaning; गिरिराजशब्दं कुर्वन्ति Ku.1.13. -लक्षण a. As determined by the purpose or need (as opposed to शब्दलक्षण); लोके कर्मार्थलक्षणम् Ms.11.1.26. -लाभः acquisition of wealth. -लोभः avarice. -वशः power in the form of discrimination and knowledge. अर्थवशात् सप्तरूपविनिवृत्ताम् Sāvk.65. -वादः 1 declaration of any purpose. -2 affirmation, declaratory assertion, an explanatory remark, exegesis; speech or assertion having a certain object; a sentence. (It usually recommends a विधि or precept by stating the good arising from its proper observance, and the evils arising from its omission, and also by adducing historical instances in its support; स्तुतिर्निन्दा परकृतिः पुराकल्प इत्यर्थवादः Gaut. Sūt.; said by Laugākṣi to be of 3 kinds :- गुणवादो विरोधे स्यादनु वादो$वधारिते । भूतार्थवादस्तद्धानादर्थ- वादस्त्रिधा मतः; the last kind includes many varieties.) -3 one of the six means of finding out the tātparya (real aim and object) of any work. -4 praise, eulogy; अर्थवाद एषः । दोषं तु मे कंचित्कथय U.1. -विकरणम् = अर्थ- विक्रिया change of meaning. -विकल्पः 1 deviation from truth, perversion of fact. -2 prevarication; also ˚वैकल्प्यम् -विज्ञानम् comprehending the sense, one of the six exercises of the understanding (धीगुण). -विद् a. sensible, wise, sagacious. भुङ्क्ते तदपि तच्चान्यो मधुहेवार्थविन्मधु Bhāg.11.18.15. विवक्षतामर्थविदस्तत्क्षणप्रतिसंहृताम् Śi. -विद्या knowledge of practical life; Mb.7. -विपत्तिः Failing of an aim; समीक्ष्यतां चार्थविपत्तिमार्गताम् Rām.2.19.4. -विभावक a. money-giver; विप्रेभ्यो$र्थविभावकः Mb.3.33. 84. -विप्रकर्षः difficulty in the comprehension of the sense. -विशेषणम् a reprehensive repetition of something uttered by another; S. D.49. -वृद्धिः f. accumulation of wealth. -व्ययः expenditure; ˚ज्ञ a. conversant with money-matters. -शब्दौ Word and sense. -शालिन् a. Wealthy. -शास्त्रम् 1 the science of wealth (political economy). -2 science of polity, political science, politics; अर्थशास्त्रविशारदं सुधन्वानमुपाध्यायम् Rām.2.1.14. Dk.12; इह खलु अर्थशास्त्रकारास्त्रिविधां सिद्धिमुपवर्णयन्ति Mu.3; ˚व्यवहारिन् one dealing with politics, a politician; Mu.5. -3 science giving precepts on general conduct, the science of practical life; Pt.1. -शौचम् purity or honesty in money-matters; सर्वेषां चैव शौचानामर्थशौचं परं स्मृतं Ms. 5.16. -श्री Great wealth. -संस्थानम् 1 accumulation of wealth. -2 treasury. -संग्रहः, -संचयः accumulation or acquisition of wealth, treasure, property. कोशेनाश्रयणी- यत्वमिति तस्यार्थसंग्रहः R.17.6. कुदेशमासाद्य कुतो$र्थसंचयः H. -संग्रहः a book on Mīmāṁsā by Laugākṣi Bhāskara. -सतत्त्वम् truth; किं पुनरत्रार्थसतत्त्वम् । देवा ज्ञातुमर्हन्ति MBh. or P.VIII.3.72. -समाजः aggregate of causes. -समाहारः 1 treasure. -2 acquisition of wealth. -संपद् f. accomplishment of a desired object; उपेत्य संघर्ष- मिवार्थसंपदः Ki.1.15. -संपादनम् Carrying out of an affair; Ms.7.168. -संबन्धः connection of the sense with the word or sentence. -संबन्धिन् a. Concerned or interested in an affair; Ms.8.64. -साधक a. 1 accomplishing any object. -2 bringing any matter to a conclusion. -सारः considerable wealth; Pt.2.42. -सिद्ध a. understood from the very context (though not expressed in words), inferable from the connection of words. -सिद्धिः f. fulfilment of a desired object, success. द्वारमिवार्थसिद्धेः R.2.21. -हानिः Loss of wealth -हारिन् a. stealing money Ks. -हर a. inheriting wealth. -हीन a. 1 deprived of wealth, poor. -2 unmeaning, nonsensical. -3 failing.
arvāc अर्वाच् a. [अवरे काले देशे वा अञ्चति पृषो˚ अर्वादेशः] 1 Coming hitherward (opp. पराञ्च). -2 Turned towards, coming to meet anyone. -3 Being on this side (as the bank of a river); (opp. पर). -4 Being below or behind (in time or place). -5 Following, subsequent. -क् ind. 1 Hitherward, on this side. -2 From a certain point. -3 Before (in time or place); यत्सृष्टेरर्वाक् सलिलमयं ब्रह्माण्डमभूत् K.125; अर्वाक् संवत्सरात्स्वामी हरेत परतो नृपः Y.2.173;113;1.254; Ms.8.3;5.59. -4 On the lower side, behind, downwards (opp. ऊर्ध्वम्. -5 Afterwards, subsequently. -6 (With loc.) Within, near; एते चार्वागुपवनभुवि छिन्नदर्भाङ्कुरायाम् Ś.1.15. -Comp. -कालः posterior time. -कालिक a. belonging to proximate time, modern; ˚ता modernness, posterity of time; तान्यर्वाक्कालिकतया निष्फलान्यनृतानि च Ms.12.96. -कूलम् the near bank of a river. -तन a. Being on this side of, not reaching up to, posterior; प्रकृतिपुरुषयोरर्वाक्त- नाभिर्नामरूपाकृतिभी रूपनिरूपणम् Bhāg.5.3.4. -बिल a. Ved. having the hole or mouth hitherward; अर्वाग्बिलश्चमस ऊध्वर्बुध्नः Bṛi. Up.2.2.3. -वसु a. offering riches. Vāj.15.19. (-सुः) 1 rain. -2 a cloud. -सामन् n. Ved. epithet of three days during which the Soma sacrifice is performed. -स्रोतस् m. N. of a creation of beings in which the current of nutriment tends downwards, or where the men are addicted to sensual enjoyments.
ātman आत्मन् m. [अत्-मनिण् Uṇ 4.152 said to be from अन् to breathe also] 'आत्मा यत्नो धृतिर्बुद्धिः स्वभावो ब्रह्मवर्ष्म च' इत्यमरः 1 The soul, the individual soul, the breath, the principle of life and sensation; किमात्मना यो न जितेन्द्रियो भवेत् H.1; आत्मानं रथिनं विद्धि शरीरं रथमेव तु Kaṭh.3.3. (In आत्मा नदी संयमपुण्यतीर्था H.4.87 आत्मन् is compared to a river). -2 Self, oneself; in this sense mostly used reflexively for all three persons and in the singular number, masculine gender, whatever be the gender or number of the noun to which it refers; अनया चिन्तयात्मापि मे न प्रतिभाति Ratn.1; आश्रमदर्श- नेन आत्मानं पुनीमहे Ś.1; गुप्तं ददृशुरात्मानं सर्वाः स्वप्नेषु वामनैः R.1.6,4.35,14.57; Ku.6.2; देवी... प्राप्तप्रसवमात्मानं गङ्गादेव्यां विमुञ्चति U.7.2; गोपायन्ति कुलस्त्रिय आत्मानमात्मना Mb.; K.17; sometimes used in pl. also; आत्मनः स्तुवन्ति Śi.17.19; Māl.8. -3 Supreme deity and soul of the universe, Supreme Soul, Brahman; तस्माद्वा एतस्मादात्मन आकाशः संभूतः T. Up.2.1.1; Ms.1.15,12.24. -4 Essence, nature; काव्यस्यात्मा ध्वनिः S. D., see आत्मक below. -5 Character, peculiarity; आत्मा यक्ष्मस्य नश्यति Rv.1. 97.11. -6 The natural temperament or disposition; Bhāg.11.22.2. -7 The person or whole body (considered as one and opposed to the separate members of it); स्थितः सर्वोन्नतेनोर्वीं क्रान्त्वा मेरुरिवात्मना R.1.14; योस्या- त्मनः कारयिता Ms.12.12; Ki.9.66. -8 Mind, intellect; मन्दात्मन्, नष्टात्मन्, महात्मन् &c. अथ रामः प्रसन्नात्मा श्रुत्वा वायु- सुतस्य ह Rām.6.18.1. -9 The understanding; cf. आत्म- संपन्न, आत्मवत् &c. -1 Thinking faculty, the faculty of thought and reason. -11 Spirit, vitality, courage; त्यक्त्वा$$त्मानमथाब्रवीत् Mb.12.18.6. -12 Form, image; आत्मानमाधाय Ku.3.24 assuming his own form; 2.61; संरोपिते$प्यात्मनि Ś.6.24 myself being implanted in her. -13 A son; 'आत्मा वै पुत्रनामासि' इति श्रुतेः । तस्यात्मा शितिकण्ठस्य Śi.2.61. -14 Care, efforts, pain. -15 The sun. -16 Fire. -17 Wind, air. -18 Mental quality; बाहुश्रुत्यं तपस्त्यागः श्रद्धा यज्ञक्रिया क्षमा । भावशुद्धिर्दया सत्यं संयमश्चात्मसंपदः ॥ Mb.12.167.5. आत्मन् is used as the last member of comp. in the sense of 'made or consisting of'; see आत्मक. The form त्मन् is also found to be used; कृतार्थं मन्यते त्मानं Mb. [cf. Gr. atmos, aitmen] -Comp. -अधीन a. 1 dependent on oneself, independent. -2 sentient, existing. (-नः) 1 a son. -2 a wife's brother. -3 the jester or विदूषक (in dramatic literature). -अनुरूप a. worthy of oneself; तस्यामात्मानुरूपायामात्मजन्मसमुत्सुकः Ku. 1.18; R.1.33. -अनुगमनम् peronal attendance; शश्वदा- त्मानुगमनेन गाम् R.1.88. -अपहारः concealing oneself; कथं वा आत्मापहारं करोमि Ś.1. -अपहारकः one who pretends to belong to a higher class than his own, an impostor, a pretender; यो$न्यथा सन्तमात्मानमन्यथा सत्सु भाषते । स पापकृत्तमो लोके स्तेन आत्मापहारकः ॥ Ms.4.255. -आदिष्ट a. self-counselled. (-ष्टः) a treaty dictated by the party wishing it himself; स्वसैन्येन तु संघानमात्मादिष्ट उदाहृतः H.4.121. -आनन्द a. Rejoicing in the soul or Supreme Spirit; आत्ममिथुनः आत्मानन्दः Ch. Up.7.25.2. -आराम a. 1 striving to get knowledge; (as an ascetic or योगिन्), seeking spiritual knowledge; आत्मारामा विहितरतयो निर्विकल्पे समाधौ Ve.1.23. -2 selfpleased, delighted in self; आत्मारामः फलाशी. see आत्मानन्द Bh.3.93; cf. Bg.5.24. -आशिन् m. a fish supposed to feed on its young, or on the weakest of its species; cf. मत्स्या इव जना नित्यं भक्षयन्ति परस्परम् Rām. -आश्रय a. 1 dependent on oneself or on his own mind. -2 About or relating to oneself; कौलीनमात्माश्रयमाचचक्षे R.14.36. (-यः) 1 self dependence. -2 innate idea, abstract knowledge independent of the thing to be known. -ईश्वर a. Self-possessed, master of self; आत्मेश्वराणां न हि जातु विघ्नाः समाधिभेदप्रभवो भवन्ति Ku.3.4. -उदयः self-exaltation or elevation; आत्मोदयः परज्यानिर्द्वयं नीतिरितीयति Śi.2.3 -उद्भव a. born or produced from oneself. (-वः) 1 a son; आत्मोद्भवे वर्णचतुष्टयस्य R.18.12. -2 Cupid. -3 sorrow, pain. (-वा) 1 daughter. -2 intellect. -3 N. of a plant (माषपर्णी; Mar. रानउडीद). -उपजीविन् m. 1 one who lives by his own labour; Ms.7.138. -2 a day-labourer. -3 one who lives by his wife (Kull. on Ms.8.362). -4 an actor, public performer. -उपनिषद् f. N. of an उपनिषद् which treats of the Supreme Spirit. -उपम a. like oneself. (-मः) a son. -औपम्यम् Likeness to self. आत्मौपम्येन सर्वत्र Bg.6.32. -कर्मन् One's own duty; आत्मौपकर्मक्षमं देहं क्षात्रो धर्म इवाश्रितः R. -काम a. 1 loving oneself, possessed of self-conceit, proud; आत्मकामा सदा चण्डी Rām.2.7.1. -2 loving Brahman or the Supreme Spirit only; भगवन् वयमात्मकामाः Maitr. Up.7.1. -कार्यम् one's own business, private affair. -कृत a. 1 self-executed, done by oneself; पौरा ह्यात्मकृताद्दुःखाद्विप्रमोच्या नृपात्मजैः Rām.2.46.23. -2 done against one's own self; Vāj.8.13. -गत a. produced in one's mind; ˚तो मनोरथः Ś.1. (-तम्) ind. aside (to oneself) being considered to be spoken privately (opp. प्रकाशम् aloud); frequently used as a stage-direction in dramas; it is the same as स्वगतम् which is thus defined; अश्राव्यं खलु यद्वस्तु तदिह स्वगतं मतम् S. D.6. -गतिः f. 1 course of the soul's existence. -2 one's own course; Bhāg.5.17.3. ˚गत्या by one's own act. -गुप्ता The plant Mucuna Pruritus Hook (Mar. कुयली). -गुप्तिः f. a cave, the hiding place of an animal, lair. -ग्राहिन् a. selfish, greedy. -घातः 1 suicide. -2 heresy. -घातकः, -घातिन् 1 a suicide, a self-destroyer; K.174; व्यापादयेद् वृथात्मानं स्वयं यो$गन्युदका- दिभिः । अवैधेनैव मार्गेण आत्मघाती स उच्यते ॥ -2 a heretic. -घोषः 1 a cock (calling out to himself). -2 a crow. -3 One who flatters himself. cf. आत्मघोषो वायसे स्यादात्म- स्तुतिपरे$पि च Nm. -जः, -जन्मन् m. -जातः, -प्रभवः, -संभवः, -समुद्भवः 1 a son; यः स वासवनिर्जेता रावणस्यात्म- संभवः Rām.6.86.33; हतान्निहन्मेह नरर्षभेण वयं सुरेशात्मसमु- द्भवेन Mb.7.118.2; तमात्मजन्मानमजं चकार R.5.36; तस्यामात्मानुरूपायामात्मजन्मसमुत्सुकः R.1.33; Māl.1; Ku.6.28. -2 Cupid; ममायमात्मप्रभवो भूयस्त्वमुपयास्यति Rām.4.1.34. -3 a descendant; मृगयां विरन्काश्चिद्विजने जनकात्मजः Mb.12.39.1. -जा 1 a daughter; वन्द्यं युगं चरणयोर्जनकात्मजायाः R.13.78; cf. नगात्मजा &c. -2 the reasoning faculty, understanding. -जयः 1 one's own victory. -2 victory over oneself, self-denial or abnegation. -ज्योतिस् n. The light of the soul or Supreme Spirit (चैतन्य); कौस्तुभव्यपदेशेन स्वात्मज्योतिर्बिभर्त्यजः Bhāg. 12.11.1. -ज्ञः, -विद् m. a sage, one who knows himself; तस्मादात्मज्ञं ह्यर्चयेद्भूतिकामः Muṇḍ.3.1.1. -ज्ञानम् 1 self-knowledge. -2 spiritual knowledge, knowledge of the soul or the Supreme Spirit; सर्वेषामपि चैतेषामात्मज्ञानं परं स्मृतम् Ms.12.85,92. -3 true wisdom. -तत्त्वम् 1 the true nature of the soul or the supreme spirit; यदात्म- तत्त्वेन तु ब्रह्मतत्त्वं प्रपश्येत Śvet.2.15. -2 the highest thing. ˚ज्ञः a sage versed in the Vedānta doctrines. -तृप्त a. Self-satisfied; आत्मतृप्तश्च मानवः Bg.3.17. -तुष्टि a. self-satisfied. (-ष्टिः f.) self-satisfaction. -त्यागः 1 self-sacrifice. -2 suicide. -त्यागिन् m. a. 1 suicide; आत्मत्यागिन्यो नाशौचोदकभाजनाः Y.3.6. -2 a heretic, an unbeliever. -त्राणम् 1 self-preservation. -2 a body-guard; Rām.5. -दर्शः a mirror; प्रसादमात्मीयमिवात्म- दर्शः R.7.68. -दर्शनम् 1 seeing oneself. -2 spiritual knowledge, true wisdom; सर्वभूतात्मदर्शनम् Y.3.157; cf. Ms.12.91. see आत्मयाजिन. -दा a. Ved. granting one's existence or life; य आत्मदा बलदा यस्य विश्व Rv.1.121.2. -दानम् self-sacrifice, resigning oneself. -दूषि a. Ved. corrupting the soul; self-destroying; Av.16.1.3. -देवता a tutelary deity. -द्रोहिन् a. 1 self-tormenting, fretful. -2 suicide. -नित्य a. being constantly in the heart, greatly endeared to oneself. -निन्दा self-reproach. -निवेदनम् offering oneself (as a living sacrifice to the deity). -निष्ठ a. one who constantly seeks for spiritual knowledge. -पराजित a. one who has lost himself (Ved.) Av.5.18.2. -पुराणम् N. of a work elucidating the Upaniṣads (consisting of 18 chapters). -प्रत्ययिक a. knowing from one's experience; आत्मप्रत्ययिकं शास्त्रमिदम् Mb.12.246.13. -प्रबोधः 1 cognition of the soul; self-consciousness. -2 title of an उपनिषद्. -प्रभ a. self-illuminated. -प्रवादः 1 conversation about the Supreme Spirit. -2 N. of the seventh of the fourteen Pūrvas of the Jainas. -प्रशंसा self-praise. -बन्धुः, -बान्धवः 1 one's own kinsman; आत्ममातुः स्वसुः पुत्रा आत्मपितुः स्वसुः सुताः । आत्ममातुलपुत्राश्च विज्ञेया ह्यात्मबान्धवाः Śabdak. i. e. mother's sister's son, father's sister's son, and mother's brother's son. -2 the soul, the self. -बोधः 1 spiritual knowledge. -2 knowledge of self. -3 N. of a work of Śaṅkarāchārya. -भावः 1 existence of the soul; संयोग एषां न तु आत्मभावात् Śvet.1.2. -2 the self proper, peculiar nature. -3 the body. -भू a. self-born, self-existent. (-भूः) वचस्यवसिते तस्मिन् ससर्ज गिरमात्मभूः Ku.2.53,3.16,5.81. -योनिः 1 N. of Brahmā; -2 N. of Viṣṇu. -3 N. of Śiva; Ś.7.35. -4 Cupid, god of love. -5 a son. (-भूः f.) 1 a daughter. -2 talent, understanding. -भूत a. 1 self-produced; peculiar, belonging to. -2 attached, devoted, faithful; तत्रात्मभूतैः कालज्ञैरहार्यैः परिचारकैः Ms.7.217 (Kull. = आत्मतुल्य). (-तः) 1 a son. -2 Cupid. (-ता) 1 a daughter. -2 talent. -भूयम् 1 peculiarity, own nature. -2 Brahman. -मात्रा a portion of the Supreme Spirit. -मानिन् a. self-respecting, respectable. -2 arrogant, proud; विवेकशून्यः प्रभुरात्ममानी, महाननर्थः सुहृदां बतायम् Bk.12.83. -मूर्तिः 1 a brother; भ्राता स्वमूर्तिरात्मनः -2 soul, Supreme Spirit. -मूल a. self-luminous, shining (God); स आत्ममूलो$वतु मां परात्परः Bhāg.8.3.4. -मूलि n. the universe. -मूली N. of a plant (दूरालभा; Mar. धमासा). -याजिन् 1 sacrificing for oneself or himself. m. a learned man who studies his own nature and that of the soul (of others) to secure eternal felicity, one who looks upon all beings as self; सर्व- भूतेषु चात्मानं सर्वभूतानि चात्मनि । समं पश्यन्नात्मयाजी स्वाराज्यम- धिगच्छति ॥ Ms.12.91. -योनिः = ˚भू m. a. v. ददर्श चक्रीकृतचारुचापं प्रहर्तुमभ्युद्यतमात्मयोनिम् Ku.3.7. -रक्षा 1 N. of a plant (इन्द्रवारुणीवृक्ष). -2 self protection. -लाभः birth, production, origin; यैरात्मलाभस्त्वया लब्धः Mu.3.1, 5.23; Ki.3.32,17.19,18.34; K.239. -लोमन् 1 the hair of the body. -2 the beard. -वञ्चक a. self-deceiver. -वञ्चना self-delusion; self-deception. -वधः, -वध्या, -हत्या suicide. -वर्ग्य a. of one's party or class; उद्बाहुना जुहुविरे मुहुरात्मवर्ग्याः Śi.5.15. -वश a. depending on one's own will; यद्यत्परवशं कर्म तत्तद्यत्नेन वर्जयेत् । यद्यदात्मवशं तु स्यात्तत्तत्सेवेत यत्नतः ॥ Ms.4.159, सर्वमात्मवशं सुखम् 16. (-शः) 1 self-control, self-government. -2 one's control, subjection; ˚शं नी, ˚वशीकृ to reduce to subjection, win over. -वश्य a. having control over self, self-possessed, self-restrained; आत्मवश्यैर्विधेयात्मा Bg.2.64. -विक्रयः sale of oneself or one's own liberty; Ms.11.59. -विद् m. 1 a wise man, sage; as in तरति शोकमात्मवित्; सो$हं भगवो मन्त्रविदेवास्मि नात्मविच्छ्रुतह्येव Ch. Up.7.1.3. -2 knowing one's own self (family &c.); य इहात्मविदो विपक्षमध्ये Śi.2.116. -3 N. of Śiva. -विद्या knowledge of the soul, spiritual knowledge; आन्वीक्षिकीं चात्मविद्याम् Ms.7.43. -विवृद्धिः, -वृद्धिः f. self-exaltation. -वीर a. 1 mighty, powerful, strong. -2 appropriate, suitable, good for oneself (as diet &c.). -3 existent, sentient. (-रः) 1 a son. -2 wife's brother. -3 a jester (in dramas); आत्मवीरः प्राणवति श्यालके च विदूषके. -वृत्तम्, -वृत्तान्तः account of one's own self, autobiography. -वृत्ति a. dwelling in Atman or soul. (-त्तिः f.) 1 state of the heart; किमेभिराशोपहतात्मवृत्तिभिः Ku.5.76. -2 action as regards oneself, one's own state or circumstance; विस्माययन् विस्मितमात्मवृत्तौ R.2.33. -3 practising one's own duties or occupation. -शक्तिः f. one's own power or ability, inherent power or effort; दैवं निहत्य कुरु पौरुषमात्मशक्त्या Pt.1.361 to the best of one's power. -2 illusion. -शल्या N. of a plant (शतावरी). -शुद्धिः f. self-purification; Ms.11.164; योगिनः कर्म कुर्वन्ति संगं त्यक्त्वा$त्मशुद्धये Bg.5.11. -श्लाघा, -स्तुतिः f. self-praise, boasting, bragging. -संयमः self-restraint; आत्मसंयमयो- गाग्नौ जुह्वति ज्ञानदीपिते Bg.4.27. -संस्थ a. Based upon or connected with the person; आत्मसंस्थं मनःकृत्वा Bg.6.25. -सतत्त्वम् See आत्मतत्त्वम्; आत्मसतत्त्वं विगणयतः Bhāg.5.13.24. -सद् a. Ved. dwelling in oneself; आत्मसदौ स्तं मा मा हिंसिष्टम् Av.5.9.8. -संतुष्ट a. self-sufficient. -सनि a. Ved. granting the breath of life. -सम a. worthy of oneself, equal to oneself; कार्ये गुरुण्यात्मसमं नियोक्ष्ये Ku.3.13. -संदेहः 1 internal or personal doubt. -2 risk of life, personal risk. -संभवः, -समुद्भवः 1 a son; चकार नाम्ना रघुमात्मसंभवम् R.3.21,11.57,17.8. -2 Cupid, god of love. -3 epithet of Brahmā, Viṣṇu, or Śiva. -4 the Supreme Being (परमात्मन्). (-वा) 1 a daughter. -2 understanding, intellect. -संपन्न a. 1 self-possessed; Pt.1.49. -2 talented, intelligent; तमात्मसंपन्नमनिन्दितात्मा कृत्वा युवानं युवराजमेव R.18.18. -संभावना self-conceit; K. -सिद्धिः f. self-aggrandizement, attainment of object or purpose; आगच्छदात्मसिद्ध्यर्थं गोकर्णस्याश्रमं शुभम् Rām.7.9.47. -सुख a. self-delighted. (-खम्) the highest bliss. -स्थ a. At one's own disposal (स्वाधीन); तावदेव मया सार्धमात्मस्थं कुरु शासनम् Rām.2.21.8. -हन् a. 1 one who kills his own soul (neglects its welfare &c.); ये के चात्महनो जनाः Śvet.3. -2 a suicide, self-destroyer. -3 a heretic, unbeliever. -4 a priest in a temple, a servant or attendant upon an idol. -हननम्, -हत्या suicide. -हित a. beneficial to oneself. (-तम्) one's own good or welfare.
ātmakīya आत्मकीय आत्मीय a. Belonging to oneself, one's own; सर्वः कान्तमात्मीयं पश्यति Ś.2; स्वामिनमात्मीयं करिष्यामि H.2. win over; अहमात्मीयो न भविष्यामि Mk.8 I shall lose my life; आत्मीयं कुर्वन्ति subject K.135,167; अय- मात्मीयः क्रियताम् 12; let him be taken under your protection; प्रसादमात्मीयमिवात्मदर्शः R.7.68; Ku.2.19; kindred, related, of kin, न कश्चिच्चण्डकोपानामात्मीयो नाम भूभुजाम् Bh.2.57.
ātmasāt आत्मसात् ind. In one's own possession, one's own; mostly in combination with कृ or भू; ˚कृ to appropriate to oneself, take for oneself; दुरितैरपि कर्तुमात्मसात् R.8.2 to bring under subjection or power; so ˚भू come under one's subjection.
ātmīkṛ आत्मीकृ 8 U. To conquer, subdue; K.117,119.
ādi आदि a. 1 First, primary, primitive; निदानं त्वादिकारणम् Ak. -2 Chief, first, principal, pre-eminent; oft. at the end of comp. in this sense; see below. -3 First in time existing before. -दीः 1 Beginning, commencement (opp. अन्त); अप एव ससर्जादौ तासु बीजमवासृजत् Ms.1.8; Bg.3.41; अनादि &c.; जगदादिरनादिस्त्वम् Ku.2.9; oft. at the end of comp. and translated by 'beginning with', 'et cætera', 'and others', 'and so on' (of the same nature or kind), 'such like'; इन्द्रादयो देवाः the gods Indra and others (इन्द्रः आदिर्येषां ते); एवमादि this and the like; भ्वादयो धातवः भू and others, or words beginning with भू, are called roots; oft. used by Pāṇini to denote classes or groups of grammatical words; अदादि, दिवादि, स्वादि &c. -2 First part of portion. -3 A firstling, first-fruits. -4 Prime cause. -5 Nearness. -6 One of the seven parts of Sāma; अथ सप्तविधस्य वाचि सप्तविधं सामोपासीत यत्किंच वाचो हुमिति स हिंकारो यत्प्रेति स प्रस्तावो यदेति स आदिः Ch. Up.2.8.1. -Comp. -अन्त a. 1 having beginning and end. -2 first and last. (-तम्) beginning and end. -˚यमकम् N. of a figure in poetry. cf. Bk.1.21. ˚वत् having beginning and end, finite. ˚अन्तर्वर्तिन् a. having a beginning, end and middle; being all-in-all. -उदात्त a. having the acute accent on the first syllable. -उपान्तम् ind. from first to last. -करः, -कर्तृ, -कृत् m. the creator, an epithet of Brahmā or Viṣnu; गरीयसे ब्रह्मणो$प्यादिकर्त्रे Bg.11.37; विशेषणे द्वे य इहादिकर्तुर्वदेदधीती स हि कैयटीयः Śab. Kau. -कर्मन् n. the beginning of an action. -कविः 'the first poet', an epithet of Brahmā and of Vālmīki; the former is so called because he first produced and promulgated the Vedas; (तेने ब्रह्म हृदा य आदिकवये मुह्यन्ति यत्सूरयः Bhāg.1.1.1.) and the latter, because he was the first to show to others 'the path of poets'; when he beheld one of a pair of Krauñcha birds being killed by a fowler, he cursed the wretch, and his grief unconsciously took the form of a verse (श्लोकत्वमापद्यत यस्य शोकः); he was subsequently told by Brahmā to compose the life of Rāma, and he thus gave to the world the first poem in Sanskrit, the Rāmāyaṇa; cf. U.2. Viṣkambhaka. -काण्डम् the first book of the Rāmāyaṇa. -कारणम् the first or primary cause (of the universe), which, according to the Vedāntins, is Brahman; while, according to the Naiyāyikas and particalarly the Vaiśeṣikas, atoms are the first or material cause of the universe, and not God. -2 analysis. -3 algebra. -काव्यम् the first poem; i. e. the Rāmāyaṇa; see आदिकवि. -केशवः N. of Viṣṇu. -जिनः N. of Ṛiṣabha, the first तीर्थंकर. -तालः a sort of musical time or ताल; एक एव लघुर्यत्र आदितालः स कथ्यते. -दीपकम् N. of a figure in rhetoric (the verb standing at the beginning of the sentence). cf. Bk.1.23. -देवः 1 the first or Supreme God; पुरुषं शाश्वतं दिव्यं आदिदेव- मजं विभुम् Bg.1.12,11.38. -2 Nārāyaṇa or Viṣṇu. -3 Śiva. -4 Brahmā; Mb.12.188.2. -5 the sun. -दैत्यः an epithet of Hiraṇyakaśipu. -नाथः N. of Ādibuddha. -पर्वन् n. 'the first section or chapter', N. of the first book of the Mahābhārata. -पुराणम् the first Purāṇa, N. of the Brahma-Purāṇa. N. of a Jaina religious book. -पु (पू) रुषः 1 the first or primeval being, the lord of the creation. -2 Viṣṇu, Kṛiṣṇa, or Nārāyaṇa; ते च प्रापुरुदन्वन्तं बुबुधे चादिपूरुषः R.1.6; तमर्घ्यमर्घ्यादिकयादिपूरुषः Śi.1.14. -बलम् generative power; first vigour. -बुद्ध a. perceived in the beginning. (-द्धः) the primitive Buddha. -भव, -भूत a. produced at first. (-वः, -तः) 1 'the first-born', primeval being, an epithet of Brahmā; इत्युक्त्वादिभवो देवः Bhāg.7.3.22. -2 also N. of Viṣṇu; रसातलादादि. भवेन पुंसा R.13.8. -3 an elder brother. (-तम्) minute five elements (पञ्चमहाभूतानि); नष्टे लोके द्विपरार्धावसाने महा- भूतेष्वादिभूतं गतेषु Bhāg.1.3.25. -मूलम् first foundation, primeval cause. -योगाचार्यः 'the first teacher of devotion', an epithet of Śiva. -रसः the first of he 8 Rasas, i. e. शृङ्गार or love. -राजः the first king पृथु; an epithet of Manu. -रूपम् Symptom (of disease). -वंशः primeval race, primitive family. -वराहः 'the first boar', an epithet of Visṇu, alluding to his third or boar-incarnation. -विद्वस् m. the first learned man; कपिल. -विपुला f. N. of an Āryā metre. -वृक्षः N. of a plant (Mar. आपटा). -शक्तिः f. 1 the power of माया or illusion. -2 an epithet of Durgā. -शरीरम् 1. the primitive body. -2 ignorance. -3 the subtle body. -सर्गः the first creation.
ādeśaḥ आदेशः 1 An order, command; भ्रातुरादेशमादाय Rām.; आदेशं देशकालज्ञः प्रतिजग्राह R.1.92; राजद्विष्टादेशकृतः Y.2.34 doing acts forbidden by the king. -2 Advice, instruction, precept, rule; आदित्यो ब्रह्मेत्यादेशः Ch. Up.3.19.1; Ken.4.4.; Bṛi. Up.2.3.6. -3 Account, information, relation, pointing out, indication. -4 A prediction, prophecy; विप्रश्निकादेशवचनानि K.64; see सिद्धादेश also. -5 (Gram.) A substitute; धातोः स्थान इवादेशं सुग्रीवं संन्यवेशयत् R.12.58. -6 (In astrology) Event, result, consequence of the conjunction of stars. -7 Determination to perform (a ritual &c. संकल्प), vow; उद्धृतं मे स्वयं तोयं व्रतादेशं करिष्यति Rām.2.22.28. -Comp. -कृत् See ग्रामणी; आदेशकृत् वृत्तिहन्ता द्विजानां प्रेषकश्च यः Mb.5.37.13. -कारिन् a. obedient.
ādhmānam आध्मानम् [आ-ध्मा-ल्युट्] 1 Blowing inflation; (fig.) growth, increase; अयं विन्ध्यो येनाहृतविहृतिराध्मानमजहात् Mv.7.14. -2 Boasting, vaunting. -3 A bellows. -4 Intumescence, swelling of the belly, body &c., dropsy. -नी 1 A kind of fragrant substance. -2 A blow-pipe.
ādhīta आधीत p. p. Ved. Reflected or meditated upon. -तम् The object or subject of one's thought; that which is intended or hoped for.
ānata आनत p. p. 1 Respectfully saluted or bowed to. -2 (Actively used) Bent down, bending, stooping, inclined; कुसुमानताः (तरवः) Ki.5.25; Rs.6.3 (v. l.); पादानतः Ku.3.8; so प्रश्रय˚, फलभार˚. -3 Making a low bow, saluting respectfully; (प्रतिजग्राह) आदेशं देशकालज्ञः शिष्यः शासितुरानतः R.1.92,4.69. -4 Humble, obedient, submissive, pacified, conciliated.
ānī आनी 1 P. 1 To bring, fetch; भुवनं मत्पार्श्वमानीयते Ś.7.8.; तेषामुदकमानीय Ms.3.21. -2 To bring on, produce, cause; आनिनाय भुवः कम्पम् R.15.24. -3 To lead towards or near, convey. -4 To mix in. -5 To reduce or lead to any condition; वशं आनी to reduce to subjection. -6 To lead off, divert. -Caus. To cause to bring (with instr. of person who brings); मौलैरानाययामासु- र्भरतं स्तम्भिताश्रुभिः R.12.12,15.74.
ānumānika आनुमानिक a. (-की f.) [अनुमानादागतः ठक्] 1 Relating to a conclusion. -2 Derived from an inference, subject to inference, inferential. -3 Inferred. -कम् The Pradhāna of the Sāñkhyas; आनुमानिकमप्येकेषामिति चेन्न Br. Sūt.1.4.1; ˚त्वम् the state of being inferable.
āpomātrā आपोमात्रा The subtle elementary principle of water; आपश्चापोमात्रा च Praśna. Up.4.8.
ābhāsu आभासु (स्व) र a. Splendid, bright, shining. -रः 1 A collective name of 64 demigods. -2 N. of an attendant Gaṇa. -3 N. of a particular set of 12 subjects; आत्मा ज्ञाता दमो दान्तः शान्तिर्ज्ञानं शमस्तपः । कामः क्रोधो मदो मोहो द्वादशाभास्वरा इमे ॥ (तारानाथ तर्कवाचस्पतिकोश.) आभिचरणिक ābhicaraṇika आभिचार ābhicāra आभिचारिक ābhicārika आभिचरणिक आभिचार आभिचारिक a. (-की f.) [अभिचरण-चर-ठञ्] 1 Magical. -2 Imprecatory, maledictory; तमाभिचारदहनमायान्तं द्वारकौकसः Bhāg.1.66.35. -कम् A spell or incantation, magic.
āyattiḥ आयत्तिः f. [आ-यत्-क्तिन्] 1 Dependence, subjection. -2 Affection. -3 Strength, power, might. -4 Boundary, limit. -5 An expedient, remedy. -6 Majesty, dignity. -7 A day. -8 Steadiness of conduct, continuance in the right path. -9 Length. -1 Future time (These two senses should perhaps be referred to आयति q. v.).
ārāt आरात् ind. [आ-रा-बा˚ आति Tv.; abl. of आर q. v.] 1 Near, in the vicinity of; (with abl. or by itself); तमर्च्यमारादभिवर्तमानम् R.2.1;5.3. -2 Far from; with acc. also in both these senses; Śi.3.31,8.29, कथंचिदारा- दपथेन निन्यिरे 12.28; to a distant place, distant. -3 Far, from a distance; मेघमालेव यश्यायमारादिव विभाव्यते U.2.24. -4 Directly, immediately. -Comp. -उपकारक (fem. उपकारिका), (An अङ्ग) that subserves the purpose of the principal act only indirectly; द्विविधान्यङ्गानि आरादु- पकारकाणि सामवायिकानि च । आरादुपकारकेभ्यः सामवायिकानि गरी- यांसि । ŚB. on MS.1.4.38; Also ŚB. on MS.1.1.23. -उपकारिणी See आरादुपकारक. आरादुपकारिणी तु सा । ŚB. on MS.8.1.32.
ārya आर्य a. [ऋ-ण्यत्] 1 Āryan, an inhabitant of आर्यावर्त, N. of the race migrated into India in Vedic times. -2 Worthy of an Ārya. -3 Worthy, venerable, respectable, honourable, noble, high; यदार्यमस्यामभिलाषि मे मनः Ś.1.22; R.2.33; so आर्यवेषः respectable dress; oft. used in theatrical language as an honorific adjective and a respectful mode of address; आर्यचाणक्यः, आर्या अरुन्धती &c.; आर्य revered or honoured Sir; आर्ये revered or honoured lady. The following rules are laid down for the use of आर्य in addressing persons:-(1) वाच्यौ नटीसूत्रधारावार्यनाम्ना परस्परम् । (2) वयस्येत्युत्तमैर्वाच्यो मध्यैरार्येति चाग्रजः । (3) (वक्तव्यो) अमात्य आर्येति चेतरैः । (4) स्वेच्छया नामभिर्विप्रैर्विप्र आर्येति चेतरैः । S. D.431. -4 Noble, fine, excellent. -र्यः 1 N. of the Hindu and Iranian people, as distinguished from अनार्य, दस्यु and दास; विजानीह्यार्यान्ये च दस्यवः Rv.1.51.8. -2 A man who is faithful to the religion and laws of his country; कर्तव्यमाचरन् कार्यमकर्तव्यमनाचरन् । तिष्ठति प्रकृताचारे स वा आर्य इति स्मृतः ॥ -3 N. of the first three castes (as opp. to शूद्र). -4 respectable or honourable man, esteemed person; वृत्तेन हि भवत्यार्यो न धनेन न विद्यया Mb.; परमार्यः परमां कृपां बभार Bu. Ch.5.6. -5 A man of noble birth. -6 A man of noble character. -7 A master, owner. -8 A preceptor; वैमानि- कार्यसमभूमा Viś. Guṇā.124; Mu.3.33. -9 A friend. -1 A Vaiśya. -11 A father-in-law (as in आर्यपुत्र). -12 A Buddha. -13 (With the Buddhists) A man who has thought on the four chief principles of Buddhism and lives according to them. -14 A son of Manu Sāvarṇa. -र्या 1 N. of Pārvatī. -2 A mother-in-law. -3 A respectable woman; यत्रार्या रुदती भीता पाण़्डवानिदमब्रवीत् Mb.3.12.87. -4 N. of a metre; राजानमुद्दिश्य आर्यामिमां पपाठ K. ˚गीतिः f. A variety of the Āry&amacr metre, see Appendix. -5That which comes from truth; आराद् याता तत्त्वेभ्य इति आर्या. -र्यम् 1 Virtue, sacredness; नहि दुष्टा- त्मनामार्यमावसत्यालये चिरम् Rām.3.5.12. -2 Discrimination (विवेक); कोपमार्येण यो हन्ति स वीरः पुरुषोत्तमः Rām.4.31.6. -Comp. -अष्टशतम् title of a work of Ārya Bhaṭṭa consisting of eight hundred verses. -आगमः The approaching an Ārya woman sexually; अन्त्यस्यार्यागमे वधः Y.2.294. -आवर्तः [आर्यां आवर्तन्ते अत्र] 'abode of the noble or excellent (Āryas)'; particularly N. of the tract extending from the eastern to the western ocean, and bounded on the north and south by the Himālaya and Vindhya respectively; cf. Ms..2.22; आ समुद्रात्तु वै पूर्वादा समुद्राच्च पश्चिमात् । तयोरेवान्तरं गिर्योः (हिमवद्विन्ध्ययोः) आर्यावर्तं विदुर्बुधाः ॥; also 1.34. -गृह्य a. [आर्यस्य गृह्यः पक्षः] 1 to be respected by the noble. -2 a friend of the noble, readily accessible to honourable men; तमार्यगृह्यं निगृहीतधेनुः R.2.33. -3 respectable, right, decorous. -जुष्ट a. liked by or agreeable to noble ones. -देशः a country inhabited by the Āryas. -पुत्रः 1 son of an honourable man. -2 the son of a spiritual preceptor. -3 honorific designation of the son of the elder brother; of a husband by his wife; or of a prince by his general &c. -4 the son of the father-in-law, i. e. a husband (occurring in every drama; mostly in the vocative case in the last two senses). -प्राय a. 1 inhabited by the Āryas. -2 a bounding with respectable people; Ms.7.69. -बलः N. of a Bodhisattva. -भट्टः N. of a renowned astronomer, the inventor of Algebra among the Hindus; he flourished before the 5th century of the Christian era. Hence his work is called आर्यभटीय. -भावः honourable character or behaviour. -मतिः One having a noble intellect; संक्षिप्तमार्यमतिना Sāṅ. K.71. -मार्गः the path or course of the respectable, a respectable way. -मिश्र a. respectable, worthy, distinguished. (-श्रः) a gentleman, a man of consequence; (pl.) 1 worthy or respectable men, an assembly of honourable men; आर्य- मिश्रान् विज्ञापयामि V.1. -2 your reverence or honour (a respectful address); नन्वार्यमिश्रैः प्रथममेव आज्ञप्तम् Ś.1; आर्य- मिश्राः प्रमाणम् M.1. -युवन् m. an Āryan youth. -रूप a. having only the form of an Āryan, a hypocrite, impostor; आर्यरूपमिवानार्यं कर्मभिः स्वैर्विभावयेत् Ms.1.57. -लिङ्गिन् m. an impostor; Ms.9.26. -वाक् a. speaking the Aryan language; म्लेच्छवाचश्चार्यवाचः सर्वे ते दस्यवः स्मृताः Ms.1.45. -वृत्त a. virtuous, good, pious; Ms.9. 253; R.14.55. (-त्तम्) the conduct of an Āryan or nobleman; Ms.4.175. -वेश a. well-clothed, having a respectable dress, fine. -व्रत a. observing the laws and ordinances of the Āryans or noblemen. (-तम्) the duty of an Aryan. -शील a. Having an honest character. -श्वेतः a noble or honourable man. -संघः the whole body of the Āryans, especially Buddhists; it is also the name of a renowned philosopher (founder of the school of Yogāchāras). -सत्यम् a noble or sublime truth; (there are four such truths forming the chief principles of Buddhism. In Pāli they are called चत्तारि अरियसच्चानि. They are, (1) life is suffering, (2) Desire of life is the cause of suffering, (3) Extinction of that desire is the cessation of suffering, (4) The eightfold path leads to that extinction). -सिद्धान्तः N. of a work of आर्यभट्ट. -स्त्री An Āryan woman, or a woman of the first three castes. -हलम् ind. forcibly. -हृद्य a. liked by the noble.
ālasya आलस्य a. Idle, slothful, apathetic. -स्यम् [अलसस्य भावः, ष्यञ्] 1 Idleness, sloth, want of energy; प्रमादालस्य- निद्राभिः Bg.14.8. शक्तस्य चाप्यनुत्साहः कर्मस्वालस्यमुच्यते Suśr.; आलस्यं हि मनुष्याणां शरीरस्थो महारिपुः Bh.2.86. आलस्य 'want of energy' is regarded as one of the 33 subordinate feelings (व्यभिचारि भाव; for example:- न तथा भूषयत्यङ्गं न तथा भाषते सखीम् । जृम्भते मुहुरासीना बाला गर्भभरालसा S. D.183.
āvedanīya आवेदनीय वेद्य pot. p. 1 To be declared or reported. -2 To be made the subject of a plaint.
āvṛj आवृज् 1 Ā. 1 To bestow, give (Ved.). -2 To turn to or towards. -3 To choose; तमेव दयितं भूय आवृङ्क्ते पति- माम्बिका Bhāg.4.7.59. -Caus. 1 To bend, bend down; incline; गौरवेणावर्जितः Pt.4.; आवर्ज्य शाखाः सदयं च यासाम् R.16.19;13.17,24; Mv.5.63; K 14,58; Ku.2.26, 3.54;7.54; Me.48. -2 To subdue, win or gain over, attract, please; आवर्जितानि मनांसि Nāg.1; मरीचिमाव- र्जितवतीव श्लाघसे Dk.45,58,133,155; Mv.2; K.368; पवनावर्जितरुग्णपुष्करस्य Bu. Ch.5.62; आवर्जितानि च मया सकलसामाजिकमनांसीति मे निश्चयः Nāg. Act 1, between verses 2 and 3. -3 To bring, collect; चतुर्दिगावर्जितसंभृताम् R.6.76. -4 To pour out, offer, give; अपि त्वदावर्जितवारिसंभृतम् Ku.5.34; R.15.8; तनयावर्जितपिण्डकाङ्क्षिणः 8.26;1.62, 67; Mu.4; K.241. -5 To draw or force out; Nāg.4 and 5; आवर्जितं मया चञ्च्वा हृदयात्तव शोणितम् Nāg.5. -6 To empty, pour out the contents of (as a jar &c.); कलश- मावर्जयति Ś.1; V.5; Ku.7.1; K.82,31.
āvartaḥ आवर्तः 1 Turning round, winding, revolving; प्रदक्षिणावर्तशिखः Rām.6.73.23. -2 A whirlpool, an eddy, whirl; नृपं तमावर्तमनोज्ञनाभिः R.6.52; दर्शितावर्तनाभेः Me.28; Dk.2; आवर्तः संशयानाम् Pt.1.191. -3 Deliberation, revolving (in the mind), anxiety. -4 A lock of hair curling backwards, especially on a horse (considered lucky); आवर्ता यस्य जायन्ते धन्यः स तुरगोत्तमः (शालिहोत्र of भोज). -5 The two depressions of the forehead above the eye-brows. -6 A crowded place (where many men live closely together). -7 A kind of jewel. -8 N. of a form of cloud personified; आवर्तो निर्जलो मेघः. -9 Melting (of metals). -1 Doubt; भ्रमं संमोहमावर्तम- भ्यासाद्विनिवर्तयेत् Mb.12.274.7. -11 Worldly existence (संसार). -र्तम् A mineral substance, pyrites (माक्षिकधातु).
āvegaḥ आवेगः 1 Uneasiness, anxiety, excitement, agitation, flurry; अलमावेगेन Ś.3.7; Amaru.22; शोक˚, दुःख˚, साध्वस˚ &c. किमस्थानमिदमावेगस्य Nāg.5. -2 Hurry, haste; Ś.4. -3 Agitation, regarded as one of the 33 subordinate feelings. -गी N. of a tree (वृद्धदारकवृक्ष; Mar. म्हैसवेल).
āśās आशास् 2 Ā. 1 To bless, pronounce or give a blessing; ऋक्छन्दसा आशास्ते Ś.4; किमन्यदाशास्महे केवलं वीरप्रसवा भूयाः U.1. -2 To desire, wish, hope, expect; यस्य भवान् मङ्गलमाशास्ते Ve.6; Ms.3.8; सर्वमस्मिन्वयमाशास्महे Ś.7; आशासत ततः शान्तिम् Bk.17.1. -3 To order, command, relate (P. also in this sense). -4 To praise. -5 To subdue; आ नो जीवान् वरुण तासु शाधि Rv.2.28.9.
āśrayaḥ आश्रयः [आश्रि-अच्] 1 A resting-place, seat, substratum; सौहृदादपृथगाश्रयामिमाम् U.1.45. so आश्रयासिद्ध q. v. below. -2 That on which anything depends or rests or with which it is closely connected. -3 Recipient, receptacle, a person or thing in which any quality is present or retained &c.; तमाश्रयं दुष्प्रसहस्य तेजसः R.3.58. -4 (a) A place of refuge, asylum; shelter; भर्ता वै ह्याश्रयः स्त्रीणाम् Vet.; तदहमाश्रयोन्मूलनेनैव त्वामकामां करोमि Mu.2. (b) A dwelling, house. -5 Having recourse or resort to, resort; oft. in comp. साभूद्रामाश्रया भूयः R.12.35; नानाश्रया प्रकृतिः &c. -6 Following, practising; यो$वमन्येत ते मूले हेतुशास्त्राश्रयाद् द्विजः Ms.2.11. -7 Choosing, taking, attaching oneself to. -8 Dependence on; oft. in comp.; मम सर्वे विषयास्त्वदाश्रयाः R.8.69. -9 Patron, supporter; विनाश्रयं न तिष्ठन्ति पण्डिता वनिता लताः Udb. -1 A prop, support; वृक्षेषु विद्धमिषुभिर्जघनाश्रयेषु R.9.6. -11 Help, assistance, protection. -12 A quiver; बाणमाश्रयमुखात् समुद्धरन् R.11.26. -13 Authority, sanction, warrant. -14 Connection, relation, association. राघवाश्रयसत्कथाः Rām. 6.9.93. -15 Union, attachment. -16 A plea, an excuse. -17 Contiguity, vicinity. -18 Seeking shelter or protection with another (= संश्रय), one of the six guṇas, q. v. -19 An appropriate act, or one consistent with character. -2 Source, origin. -21 (In gram.) The subject, or that to which the predicate is attached. -22 (With Buddhists) The five organs of sense with Manas or mind. -Comp. -असिद्धः, -द्धिः f. a kind of fallacy, one of the three sub-divisions of असिद्ध; (that whose substratum is false or fictitious); e. g. गगनारविन्दं सुरभि अरविन्दत्वात्सरोजारविन्दवत्, -आशः, -भुज् a. consuming everything with which it comes in contact. (-आशः, -क) 1 fire; दुर्वृत्तः क्रियते धूर्तैः श्रीमानात्म- विवृद्धये । किं नाम खलसंसर्गः कुरुते नाश्रयाशवत् ॥ Udb. -2 a. forfeiter of asylum. -3 the constellation कृत्तिका. -भूत a. one who is the refuge or support (of another person). -लिङ्गम् an adjective (a word which must agree in gender with the word which it qualifies or refers to).
ās आस् I. 2 Ā. (आस्ते, आसांचक्रे, आसिष्ट; आसितुम्, आसित) 1 To sit, lie, rest; Bg.2.45; एतदासनमास्यताम् V.5; आस्यता- मिति चोक्तः सन्नासीताभिमुखं गुरोः Ms.2.193. -2 To live, dwell; तावद्वर्षाण्यासते देवलोके Mb.; यत्रास्मै रोचते तत्रायमास्ताम् K.196; कुरूनास्ते Sk.; यत्रामृतास आसते Rv.9.15.2; Bk.4.6,8.79. -3 To sit quietly, take no hostile measures, remain idle; आसीनं त्वामुत्थापयति द्वयम् Śi.2.57. -4 To be, exist. -5 To be contained in; जगन्ति यस्यां सविकाशमासत Śi.1.23. -6 To abide, remain, continue or be in any state, be doing anything, last; oft. used with present participles to denote a continuous or uninterrupted action; विदारयन्प्रगर्जंश्चास्ते Pt.1 kept on, continued, tearing up and bellowing; used in this sense also with an adj., subst., indeclinable, past part., an adverb (तूष्णीम् &c.), or with the instr. of a noun; सुखेनास्ते &c. -7 To lead to, result in (with dat.); आस्तां मानसतुष्टये सुकृतिनां नीतिर्नवोढेव वः H.1.185 -8 To cease, have an end. -9 To solemnize, celebrate. -1 To let go, lay or put aside; आस्तां तावत् let it aside, let it go, to say nothing of, not to mention; K.18. -11 To be indifferent; ननु आस्ते इत्युपवेशने भवति । नावश्यमुपवेशने एव, औदासीन्ये$पि दृश्यते । ŚB. on MS.3.6.24. -Caus. To cause to sit, seat, fix; आसयत्सलिले पृथ्वीम् Sk. Desid. आसिसिषते To wish to sit &c. -II.4. P. [आस्यति, आसितुम्] 1 To enclose; border. -2 To admit (as water) into.
āsan आसन् n. Mouth; (a word optionally substituted for आस्य in all cases after acc. dual).
āspadam आस्पदम् [आ-पद्-घ सुट् च] 1 A place, site, seat, room; तस्यास्पदं श्रीर्युवराजसंज्ञितम् R.3.36; ध्यानास्पदं भूतपतेर्विवेश Ku.3.43,5.1,48,69; कथं तादृशानां गिरि वैतथ्यमास्पदं कुर्यात् K.174; राजन्यास्पदमलभत Dk.16 obtained a hold on the king. -2 (Fig.) An abode, subject, receptacle; निधनता सर्वापदामास्पदम् Mk.1.14; करिण्यः कारुण्यास्पदम् Bv.1.2. आस्पदं त्वमसि सर्वसंपदाम् Ki.13.39; so दोष˚, उपहास˚ &c. -3 Rank, position, station; काव्यार्थभावनेनायमपि सभ्यपदास्प- दम् D. -4 Dignity, authority, office; लब्धास्पदो$स्मीति विवादभीरोः M.1.17. -5 Business, affair. -6 Prop, support. -7 The tenth place from the लग्न (in Astrol.) q. v.
iḍ इड् f. (also written इल् in Veda). [इल्-क्विप् वा लस्य डः] 1 An offering or oblation, libation offered to be gods. -2 Prayer, flow of speech. -3 The earth. -4 Food. -5 The rainy season. -6 The third of the five prayājas (इडो यजति). -7 People or subjects. (pl.) The object of devotion. -Comp. -देवता a deity of libation. इड (-ल) स्पतिः N. of Vishṇu or of Pūṣan; आराध- यन्मन्त्रमिममभ्यस्यन्त इडस्पतिम् Bhāg.6.5.27.
iti इति ind. 1 this particle is most generally used to report the very words spoken or supposed to be spoken by some one, as represented by quotation marks in English. The speech reported may be (1) a single word used merely to express what the form of the word is, when it is used as it is (शब्दस्वरूपद्योतक); कूजन्तं रामरामेति मधुरं मधुराक्षरम् Rāmarakṣā. अत एव गवित्याह Bhartṛi.; (2) or a substantive, which must be put in the nominative case when its meaning is to be indicated (प्रतिपदिकार्थद्योतक); चयस्त्विषामित्यवधारितं पुरा ... क्रमादमुं नारद इत्यबोधि सः Śi.1.3.; अवैमि चैनामनघेति R.14.4; दिलीप इति राजेन्दुः R.1.12; sometimes with acc. कैवर्तमिति यं प्राहुः Ms.1.34.; Bg.6.2; (3) or a whole sentence when इति is merely used at the end of that sentence; (वाक्यार्थद्योतक); ज्ञास्यसि कियद् भुजो मे रक्षति भौंर्वीकिणाङ्क इति Ś.1.13; तयोर्मुनिकुमारयोरन्यतरः कथयति अक्षमालामुपयचितुमागतो- स्मीति K.151. -2 Besides this general sense इति has the following senses:-(a) Cause, as expressed by 'because', 'since', 'on the ground that', in English; वैदेशिको$स्मीति पृच्छामि U.; पुराणमित्येव न साधु सर्वम् M.1.2, oft. with किम् q. v. (b) Purpose or motive, as expressed by 'that', 'in order that' शरीरस्य विनाशो मा भूदिति मयेदमु- त्क्षिप्य समानीतम् K.32; R.1.37. (c) Thus, to mark the conclusion (opp. अथ); इति प्रथमो$ङ्कः thus or here ends the first Act. (d) It is often used to include under one head a number of separate objects grouped together; पृथिव्यापस्तेजो वायुराकाशं कालो दिगात्मा मन इति द्रव्याणि T. S. (e) So, thus, in this manner; इत्युक्तवन्तं परिरभ्य दोर्भ्याम् Ki.11.8. (f) Of this nature or description; गौरश्वः पुरुषो हस्तीति जातिः. (g) As follows, to the following effect; रामाभिधानो हरिरित्युवाच R.13.1. (h) As for, in the capacity of, as regards, showing capacity or relation; पितेति स पूज्यः, अध्यापक इति निन्द्यः, शीघ्रमिति सुकरं, निभृतमिति चिन्तनीयं भवेत् Ś.3. (i) It is often used with the name of an author to form an Avyayibhāva comp. इतिपाणिनि thus according to Pāṇini. (j) Illustration (usually with आदि); इन्दुरिन्दुरिव श्रीमानित्यादौ तदनन्वयः Chandr.; गौः शुश्चलो डित्थ इत्यादौ K. P.2. (k) A quotation or an opinion accepted; इति पाणिनिः, इत्यापिशलिः, इत्यमरः, विश्वः &c. (l) It is often used by commentators after quoting a rule in the sense of 'according to such a rule'; शकि लिङ् च (P.III.3.172) इति शक्यार्थे लिङ् Malli. Other senses mentioned are:- (m) Manifestation. (n) Order. (o) Arrangement. (p) Identity. (q) Proximity. (r) Visibility. (s) Excess or superiority. (t) Requiring. (इति स्वरूपे सान्निध्ये विवक्षानियमे मते । हेतौ प्रकार- प्रत्यक्षप्रकाशेप्यवधारणे, एकमर्थे समाप्तौ च ॥ Hem.). -Comp. -अर्थः sum and substance, meaning in short (often) used by commentators). -अर्थम् ind. for this purpose, hence. -आदि a. having such a thing or things at the beginning, so forth, et cætera (&c.). इत्यादिप्रचुराः पुरातन- कथाः सर्वेभ्य एवं श्रुताः Udb. -उक्तम् information, report. -कथ a. 1 not fit to be believed, untrustworthy. -2 wicked, lost. (-था) a meaningless or nonsensical talk. -कर्तव्य, -करणीय, -कार्य, -कृत्य a. proper or necessary to be done according to certain rules. (-कर्तव्यम्, -णीयम्) duty, obligation; श्रूयतामितिकर्तव्यं सर्वानेव ब्रवीमि वः Rām.2.68.5. एवं सर्वं विधायेदमितिकर्तव्यमात्मनः Ms.7.14 2. संसिद्धावितिकरणीयसंनिबद्धैरालापैः Ki.7.17. ˚ता, -कार्यता, -कृत्यता any proper or necessary duty, obligation; स मुहूर्तमिव घ्यात्वा विनिश्चित्येतिकृत्यताम् Mb.3.36.4. इति- कर्तव्यतामूढः wholly at a loss what to do, embarrassed, perplexed. -पाणिनि ind. Thus according to Pāṇini's very words. -मात्र a. of such extent or quality. -वृत्तम् 1 occurrence, event. -2 a tale, story.
irammada इरम्मद a. [cf. P.III.2.37] Delighting in drinking, an epithet of Agni; इरम्मदं बृहदुक्थं यजत्रम् Vāj.11.76. -दः 1 A flash of lightning, the fire attending the fall of a thunderbolt; इरम्मदमिव मेघमाला$सूत K.7. -2 The submarine fire.
iṣṭa इष्ट p. p. [इष् इच्छायां कर्मणि क्त] 1 Wished, desired, longed for, wished for; उपपन्नो गुणैरिष्टैः Nala.1.1. -2 Beloved, agreeable, liked, favourite, dear; ˚आत्मजः Mu.2.8 fond of sons. -3 Worshipped, reverenced. -4 Respected. -5 Approved, regarded as good. -6 Desirable; see इष्टापूर्त. -6 Valid. -7 Sacrificed, worshipped with sacrifices. -8 Supposed (कल्पित); oft. used in Līlavatī. -ष्टः 1 A lover, husband, beloved person; इष्टप्रवासजनितानि Ś.4.3. -2 A friend; इष्टानामिष्ट- कर्मकृत Pt.1.57;2.172. -3 N. of a tree (एरंड). -4 N. of Viṣṇu. -5 A sacrifice. -ष्टा N. of a tree (शमी). -ष्टम् 1 Wish, desire. -2 A holy ceremony or संस्कार. एतदिष्टं प्रवृत्ताख्यम् Bhāg.7.15.49. -3 A sacrifice; Bṛi. Up.4.1.2; see इष्टापूर्त. ind. Voluntarily. -Comp. -अर्थः desired object. ˚उद्युक्त a. zealously engaged in gaining one's desired object. -आपत्तिः f. occurrence of what is desired; a statement by a debater which is favourable to his opponent also; इष्टापत्तौ दोषान्तरमाह Jag. -कर्मन् n. (In Arith.) rule of supposition, operation with an assumed number. -कापथः the root of a fragrant grass (वीरणमूल; Mar. वाळा). -कामदुह् a. granting the desired objects, an epithet of the cow of plenty; एष वो$स्त्विष्टकामधुक् Bg.3.1. -गन्ध a. fragrant. (-धः) any fragrant substance. (-धम्) sand. -जनः a beloved person (whether man or woman); U.3. -देवः, -देवता a favourite god, one's tutelary deity. -भागिन् a. One who has attained his object; अपूजयन्राघवमिष्टभागिनम् Rām.6.67.175. -यामन् a. going according to one's desire. वायुर्न यो नियुत्वाँ इष्टयामा Rv.9. 88.3. -व्रत a. 1 performing desired vows. -2 obeying one's wish. -3 (food &c.) for the fulfilment of a vow. -4 that by which good works succeed. इष इष्टव्रता अकः Rv.3.59.9.
īśvara ईश्वर a. (-रा, -री f.) [ईश्-वरच् P.III.2.175] 1 Powerful, able, capable of (with inf.); वसतिं प्रिय कामिनां प्रिया- स्त्वदृते प्रापयितुं क ईश्वरः Ku.4.11; R.15.7. -2 Rich, wealthy Pt.2.67. -रः 1 A lord, master; ईश्वरं लोको$र्थतः सेवते Mu.1.14; so कपीश्वरः, कोशलेश्वरः, हृदयेश्वरः &c. -2 A king, prince, ruler; राज्यमस्तमितेश्वरम् R.12.11; Ms.4.153, 9.278. -3 A rich or great man; तृणेन कार्यं भवतीश्वराणाम् Pt.1.71; R.3.46; Bh.3.59; मा प्रयच्छेश्वरे धनम् H.1.14; cf. "To carry coals to Newcastle." -4 A husband; नेश्वरे परुषता सखि साध्वी Ki.9.39. -5 The Supreme God (परमेश्वर); ईश एवाहमत्यर्थं न च मामीशते परे । ददामि च सदैश्वर्य- मीश्वरस्तेन कीर्तितः ॥ Skanda P.; cf. also ईश्वरस्तु पर्जन्यवद् द्रष्टव्यः Brahmasūtra-Śāṅkarabhāṣya. -6 N. of Śiva; यस्मिन्नीश्वर इत्यनन्यविषयः शब्दो यथार्थाक्षरः V.1.1. -7 The god of love, cupid. -8 The Supreme Soul; the soul. -9 The eleventh year (संवत्सर) of the Śālivāhana era. -रा, -री N. of Durgā; of Lakṣmī; or of one of the śaktis; ईश्वरीं सर्वभूतानां त्वामिहोपह्वये श्रियम् (श्रीसूक्तम्); -री 1 N. of several plants and trees; लिङ्गिनीलता, वन्ध्या- कर्कटी, क्षुद्रजटा and नाकुलीवृक्ष. -2 A rich woman. -Comp. -अधीन a. subject to a lord or king, dependent on a a lord or god. -कान्तम् 1 A class of buildings. -2 A ground plan in which the whole area is divided into 961 equal squares (एकषष्टिसमाधिक्यं पदं नवशतायुतम् । एव- मीश्वरकान्तं स्यात् ...... Mānasāra 7.46-48. -कृष्णः N. of the author of Sāṅkhya Kārikā. -निषेधः denial of the existence of god, atheism. -निष्ठ a. trusting in god. -पूजक a. pious, devout. -पूजा worship of god. -प्रसादः divine favour. -भावः royal or imperial state; दानमीश्वर- भावाय Bg.18.43. -विभूतिः f. the several forms of the Supreme god; for a full enumeration see Bg.1.19-42. -सद्मन् n. a temple. -सभम् a royal court or assembly. सभा राजामनुष्यपूर्वा P.II.4.23. -सेवा worship of god.
utkala उत्कल a. Excessive, piteous; K.36. -लः 1 N. of a country, the modern Orissa, or the inhabitants of that country (pl.); जगन्नाथप्रान्तदेश उत्कलः परिकीर्तितः; see ओड्र; उत्कलादर्शितपथः R.4.38. -2 A fowler, bird-catcher. -3 A porter (carrying a load with him). -4 A subdivision of Brāhmaṇas.
uttara उत्तर a. [उद्-तरप्] 1 Being or produced in the north, northern (declined like a pronoun). -2 Upper, higher P.I.1.34 (opp. अधर); उत्तरे-अधरे दन्ताः Śat. Br.; अवनतोत्तरकायम् R.9.6; P.II.2.1. -3 (a) Later-latter, following, subsequent (opp. पूर्व); पूर्वमेघः, उत्तरमेघः, ˚मीमांसा; उत्तरार्धः &c. ˚रामचरितम् later adventures of Rāma U.1.2; पूर्वः उत्तरः former-latter H.1.9; एतानि मान्यस्थानानि गरीयो यद्यदुत्तरम् Ms.2.136. (b) Future; concluding; ˚कालः subsequent time; ˚फलम्; ˚वचनम् a reply. -4 Left (opp. दक्षिण). -5 Superior, chief, excellent; dominant, power- ful. आनयेङ्गुदिपिण्याकं चीरमाहर चोत्तरम् Rām.2.13.2; वाद्यमानेषु तूर्येषु मल्लतारोत्तरेषु च Bhāg.1.42.36. -6 Exceeding, transgressing, beyond; तर्कोत्तराम् Mv.2.6. -7 More, more than (generally as the last member of a comp. with numerals); षडुत्तरा विंशतिः 26; अष्टोत्तरं शतं 18; दशनागबलाः केचित् केचिद्दशगुणोत्तराः Rām.5.43.22. -8 Accompanied or attended with, full of, consisting chiefly of, followed by (at the end of comp.); राज्ञां तु चरितार्थता दुःखोत्तरैव Ś.5; चषकोत्तरा R.7.49; अस्रोत्तर- मीक्षिताम् Ku.5.61; उत्सवोत्तरो मङ्गलविधिः Dk.39,166; K.311; H.1.15; प्रवाल ˚पुष्पशय्ये R.6.5 over spread with; धर्मोत्तरम् 13.7 rich in; 18.7; कम्प ˚ 13.28;17.12; 19.23. -9 To be crossed over. -रः 1 Future time, futurity. -2 N. of Viṣṇu. -3 N. of Śiva. -रा 1 The north; अस्त्युत्तरस्यां दिशि देवतात्मा Ku.1.1. -2 A lunar mansion. -3 N. of the daughter of Virāṭa and wife of Abhimanyu. -4 N. of a plant (Mar. पिंपरी). -रम् 1 An answer, reply; प्रचक्रमे च प्रतिवक्तुमुत्तरम् R.3.47; उत्तरादुत्तरं वाक्यं वदतां संप्रजायते Pt.1.6; a reply is suggested to a reply वचस्तस्य सपदि क्रिया केवलमुत्तरम् Śi. -2 (In law) Defence, a rejoinder. -3 The last part or following member of a compound. -4 (In Mīm.) The fourth member of an अधिकरण q. v. the answer. -5 The upper surface or cover. -6 Conclusion. -7 Remainder, rest, what followed or took place next; शान्तमथवा किमिहोत्तरेण U.3.26. -8 Superiority, excellence. -9 Result, the chief or prevalent result or characteristic. -1 Excess, over and above; see above (उत्तर a. 8). -11 Remainder, difference (in arith.). -12 A rectangular moulding (Mānasāra 13.67.) -13 The next step, further action; उत्तरं चिन्तयामास वानरो मरुतात्मजः Rām.5.13.59. -14 A cover (आच्छादन); सूस्करं सोत्तरबन्धुरेषम् Mb.6.6.9. -रम् ind. 1 Above. -2 Afterwards, after; तत उत्तरम्, इत उत्तरम् &c. शापं तं ते$भिविज्ञाय कृतवन्तः किमुत्तरम् Mb.1.36.1. -Comp. -अगारम् An upper room, garet. -अधर a. higher and lower (fig. also). (-रौ du.) the upper and under lip, the two lips; पुनर्विवक्षुःस्फुरितोत्तराधरः Ku.5.83 (स्फुरण- भूयिष्ठो$धरो यस्य Malli.). -अधिकारः, -रिता, -त्वम् right to property, heirship, inheritance. -अधिकारिन् m. an heir or claimant (subsequent to the death of the original owner). -अपरा north-west. -अभिमुख a. Turned towards the north. -अयनम् (˚यणं. न being changed to ण) 1 the progress of the sun to the north (of the equator); अग्निर्ज्योतिरहः शुक्लः षण्मासा उत्तरायणम् Bg.8.24. cf. भानोर्मकरसंक्रान्तेः षण्मासा उत्तरायणम् । कर्कादेस्तु तथैव स्यात् षण्मासा दक्षिणायनम् ॥ -2 the period or time of the summer solstice. -अरणिः, -णी f. the upper अरणि (which by cutting becomes the प्रमन्थ or churner); दारुपात्राणि सर्वाणि अरणिं चोत्तरारणिम् (दत्त्वा) Rām.6.111.116. -अर्थ a. for the sake of what follows. -अर्धम् 1 the upper part of the body. -2 the northern part. -3 the latter half (opp. पूर्वार्ध). -4 the further end. -अर्ध्य a. being on the northern side. -अहः the following day. -आभासः a false reply, an indirect, evasive, or prevaricating reply. ˚ता, -त्वम् the semblance of a reply without reality. -आशा the northern direction. ˚अधिपतिः, -पतिः the regent of the northern direction, an epithet of Kubera. -आषाढा 1 the 21st lunar mansion consisting of three stars. -2 N. of bread-fruit or Jak tree (Mar. फणस). -आसङ्गः 1 an upper garment; कृतोत्तरासङ्गम् K.43; Śi.2.19; Ku.5.16. -2 contact with the north. -इतर a. other than उत्तर i. e. southern. (-रा) the southern direction. -उत्तर a. [उत्तरस्मादुत्तरः] 1 more and more, higher and higher, further and further. -2 successive, ever increasing; ˚स्नेहेन दृष्टः Pt. 1; Y.2.136. (-रम्) 1 a reply to an answer, reply on reply; अलमुत्तरोत्तरेण Mu.3. -2 conversation, a rejoinder. -3 excess, exceeding quantity or degree. -4 succession, gradation, sequence. -5 descending. (-रम्) ind. higher and higher, in constant continuation, more and more. उत्तरोत्तरमुत्कर्षः K. P.1; उत्तरोत्तरं वर्धते H.1. -उत्तरिन् a. 1 ever-increasing. -2 one following the other. -ओष्ठः the upper lip (उत्तरो-रौ-ष्ठः). Vārt. on P.VI.1.94. ओत्वोष्ठयोस्समासे वा -काण्डम् the seventh book of the Rāmāyaṇa. -कायः the upper part of the body; तं वाहनादवनतोत्तरकायमीषत् R.9.6. -कालः 1 future time. -2 time calculated from one full moon to another. -कुरु (m. pl.) one of the nine divisions of the world, the country of the northern Kurus (said to be a country of eternal beatitude). -कोसलाः (m. pl.) the northern Kosalas; पितुरनन्तरमुत्तरकोसलान् R.9.1. -कोशला the city of Ayodhyā; यदुपतेः क्व गता मथुरा पुरी रघुपतेः क्व गतोत्तरकोशला ॥ Udb. -क्रिया funeral rites, obsequies. -खण्डम् the last section of book. -खण्डनम् refutation. -गीता N. of a section of the sixth book of the Mahābhārata. -ग्रन्थः supplement to a work. -च्छदः a bed-covering, covering (in general); शय्योत्तरच्छदविमर्द- कृशाङ्गरागम् R.5.65,17.21; नागचर्मोत्तरच्छदः Mb. -ज a. born subsequently or afterwards; चतुर्दश प्रथमजः पुनात्युत्तरजश्च षट् Y.1.59. -ज्या the versed sine of an arc (Wilson); the second half of the chord halved by the versed sine (B. and R.). -ज्योतिषाः (m. pl.) the northern Jyotiṣas. -ततिः f. Ectype (lit. subequent proceedings) उत्तरस्यां ततौ तत्प्रकृतित्वात् MS.1.4.25. शबर explains उत्तरस्यां ततौ as विकृतौ), -तन्त्रम् N. of a supplementary section in the medical work of Suśruta. -तापनीयम् N. of the second part of the नृसिंहतापनीयो- पनिषद्. -दायक a. replying, disobedient, pert, impertinent; दुष्टा भार्या शठं मित्रं भृत्याश्चोत्तरदायकाः H.2.11. -दिश् f. the north. ˚ईशः, -पालः 1 Kubera, the regent of the north. -2 the planet बुध. ˚बलिन् 1 the planet Venus. -2 the moon. -देशः the country towards the north. -धेय a. to be done subsequently. -नारायणः the second part of the नारायणसूक्त or पुरुषसूक्त (Rv.1.9.). -पक्षः 1 the northern wing or side. -2 the dark half of a lunar month. -3 the second part of an argument, i. e. a reply, the reason pro. (opp. पूर्वपक्ष); प्रापयन् पवनव्याधेर्गिरमुत्तरपक्षताम् Śi.2.15. -4 a demonstrated truth or conclusion. -5 the minor proposition in a syllogism. -6 (in Mīm.) the fifth member of an Adhikaraṇa, q. v. -पटः 1 an upper garment. -2 a bed-covering (उत्तरच्छदः). -पथः the northern way, way leading to the north; the northern country; P.V.1 77. उत्तरपथेनाहृतं च. -पथिक a. travelling in the northern country. -पदम् 1 the last member of a compound. -2 a word that can be compounded with another. -पदिक, -पदकीय a. relating to, studying, or knowing the last word or term. -पर्वतकम् A variety of hides. Kāu. A.2.11. -पश्चार्धः the northwestern half. -पश्चिम a. northwestern. (-मः) the north-western country. (-मा) [उत्तरस्याः पश्चिमायाश्च दिशोन्तरालम्] the north-west; आलोकयन्नुत्तरपश्चिमेन Mb.12.335.8. -पादः the second division of a legal plaint, that part which relates to the reply or defence; पूर्वपक्षः स्मृतः पादो द्वितीयश्चोत्तरः स्मृतः । क्रियापादस्तृतीयः स्याच्चतुर्थो निर्णयः स्मृतः ॥ -पुरस्तात् ind. north-eastward (with gen.). -पुराणम् N. of a Jaina work. -पुरुषः = उत्तमपुरुषः q. v. -पूर्व a. north-eastern. (-र्वा) the north-east. -प्रच्छदः a cover lid, quilt. -प्रत्युत्तरम् 1 a dispute, debate, a rejoinder, retort. -2 the pleadings in a law-suit. -फ (फा) ल्गुनी the twelfth lunar mansion consisting of two stars (having the figure of a bed). -भागः The second part. -भाद्रपद्, -दा 1 the 26 th lunar mansion consisting of two stars (figured by a couch). -2 N. of a plant (Mar. कडुनिंब). -मन्द्रा a loud but slow manner of singing. ˚मन्द्राद्या a. particular मूर्च्छना in music. -मात्रम् a mere reply. -मीमांसा the later Mīmāmsā, the Vedānta Philosophy, an inquiry into the nature of Brahman or Jñāna Kāṇḍa (distinguished from मीमांसा proper which is usually called पूर्वमीमांसा). -युगम् A particular measure (= 13 Aṅgulas). -रहित a. without a reply. -रामचरितम् -त्रम् N. of a celebrated drama by Bhavabhūti, which describes the later life of Rāma. -रूपम् The second of two combined vowels or consonants. -लक्षणम् the indication of an actual reply. -लोमन् a. having the hair turned upwards. -वयसम्, -स् n. old age, the declining period of life. -वरितः a kind of small syringe. -वल्ली f. N. of the second section of the काठकोपनिषद् when divided into two अध्यायs. -वस्त्रम्, -वासस् n. an upper garment, mantle, cloak; जग्राह तामुत्तरवस्त्रदेशे Mb.3.268. 24. -वादिन् m. 1 a defendant, respondent; (Opp. पूर्ववादिन्.) साक्षिषूभयतः सत्मु साक्षिणः पूर्ववादिनः । पूर्वपक्षे$धरीभूते भवन्त्युत्तरवादिनः ॥ Y.2.17. -2 one whose claims are of later date than another's. -विद् -वेदन or वेदिन् An elephant sensitive to slight stimuli (Mātaṅga L.1.29; 9.39). -वीथिः f. The northern orbit; Bṛi. S. -वेदिः 1 the northern altar made for the sacred fire. -2 N. of a Tīrtha near the कुरुक्षेत्र. -सक्थम् the left thigh. -संझित a. denoted or named in reply (as a witness). (-तः) hearsay-witness. -साक्षिन् m. 1 a witness for the defence. -2 a witness deposing to facts from the reports of others. -साधक a. 1 finishing what remains or follows, assisting at a ceremony. -2 who or what proves a reply. (-कः) an assistant, helper -हनुः Ved. the upper jaw-bone.
uttaredyuḥ उत्तरेद्युः ind. P.V.3.22. On a subsequent day, on the day following, to-morrow.
utthāpanam उत्थापनम् 1 Causing to rise, come up, or get up. -2 Raising, elevating. -3 Causing to leave (a house). -4 Exciting, instigating. -5 Awakening, rousing (fig. also). -6 Vomiting. -7 Finishing, completing. -8 Bringing about. -9 Bringing forth. -1 (In Math.) Finding the quantity sought, an answer to the question, substitution of a value (Colebr.). -नी The concluding verse (ऋच्).
utthāpya उत्थाप्य pot. p. 1 To be raised or lifted. -2 To be excited or animated. -3 To be mixed. -4 (In math.) To be brought out by substitution; Big.45.
udānaḥ उदानः [अन्-घञ्] 1 Breathing upwards. -2 Breathing, breath in general. -3 One of the five vital airs or life-winds which rises up the throat and enters into the head); the other four being प्राण, अपान, समान and व्यान; स्पन्दयत्यधरं वक्त्रं गात्रनेत्रप्रकोपनः । उद्वेजयति मर्माणि उदानो नाम मारुतः ॥ -4 (With Buddhists) An expression of praise or joy. -5 The navel. -6 An eye-lash. -7 A kind of snake. 2. उदन् n. [उन्द्-कनिन् P.VI.1.63] Water (usually occurring in compounds either at the beginning or at the end, and as an optional substitute for उदक after the acc. dual. It has no forms for the first five inflections. In comp. it drops its न्); e. g. उदधि, अच्छोद, क्षीरोद &c. -Comp. -आशयः A lake, tank; शरदुदाशये साधुजातसत्सरसिजोदरश्रीमुषा दृशा Bhāg.1.31.2. -ओदनः water-meal. -कीर्णः-र्यः N. of a tree (महाकरंज) the bark of which is rubbed and thrown in water to stun the fishes). -कुम्भः a water-jar; Ms.2.182,3.68. तपःकृशः शान्त्युदकुम्भहस्तः Bk. -ग्राभः Holding water, a cloud (Ved.) उदग्राभस्य नमयन् वधस्नैः Rv.9.97.15. -कोष्ठः A water-jar. -ज a. aquatic, watery, produced in or by water. -जम् A lotus; एतद्धृषीकचषकैरसकृत्पिबामः शर्वादयो$ङजमध्वमृतासवंध्ऱ्यु ते Bhāg.1.14.33. -धानः [उदकं धीयते अत्र] 1 a water-jar. -2 a cloud. -धिः [उदकानि धीयन्ते$त्र धा-कि उदादेशः] 1 the receptacle of waters, ocean; उदधेरिव निम्नगाशतेष्वभवन्नास्य विमानना क्वचित् R.8.8. -2 a cloud. -3 a lake, any large reservoir of water. -4 a water-jar. -5 a symbolical expression for the number 4 or 7. ˚कन्या, तनया, सुता Lakṣmī, the daughter of the ocean (produced from the ocean among the 14 jewels). ˚क्रमः, -क्राः m. a voyager, mariner. ˚मलः 1 cuttle-fish-bone. -2 the foam of the ocean. ˚मेखला or ˚वस्त्रा the earth (girdled by the ocean, sea-girt). ˚राजः the king of waters, i. e. the chief ocean. ˚संभवम् sea-salt. ˚सुता N. of Lakṣmī; and of Dvārakā, the capital of Kṛiṣṇa (said to have been reclaimed from the ocean). -नेमि a. Rimmed by the ocean. -प a. crossing the water (as a boat). -पात्रम्, -त्री a water-jug, vessel; Ms.3.96. -पानः, -नम् a small pool or pond near a well, or the well itself; K.5. यावानर्थ उदपाने सर्वतः संप्लुतोदके Bg.2.46. ˚मण्डूकः (lit.) a frog in a well; (fig.) one who has had no experience of the world at large, a man of limited ideas who knows only his own neighbourhood; cf. कूपमण्डूक. -पीतिः f. A place for drinking water. -पेषम् a paste, anything ground with water. (-पम्) ind. P.III.4.38 and P.VI.3.28. by grinding in water. -प्रुत् a. Ved. causing water to flow; swimming or splashing in water (?). -प्लवः Waterflood (जलप्रलय); Bhāg 12.4.13. (v. l. for उपप्लव). -प्लुत a. swimming in water. उदप्लुतमिव दार्वहीनाम् Av.1.4.3. -बिन्दुः a drop of water; (प्रपेदिरे) चिरेण नाभि प्रथमोद- बिन्दवः Ku.5.24. -भारः 1 a water-carrier, i. e. a cloud. -2 Water current (पूर); यमस्वसुश्चित्र इवोदभारः (रराज) Śi.3.11. -मन्थः barley-water; a particular mixture; Mb.13.64.26. -मानः, -नम् a fiftieth part of an आढक q. v. -मेघः 1 a watery cloud. -2 a shower of rain; तुग्रो ह भुज्युमश्विनोदमेघे Rv.1.116.3. -मेहिन् a. Having watery urine or diabetes. -लाव- णिक a. salted, prepared with brine, briny. -वज्रः 1 a thunder shower; water-spout. -2 thunderbolt in the form of water; भिन्दानो हृदयमसाहि नोदवज्रः Śi.8.39. -वाप one who offers waters to the manes. -वासः standing or residence in water; सहस्यरात्रीरुदवासतत्परा Ku.5.26. (-सम्) a house on the borders of a stream or pond. -वासिन् a. standing in water; K.23. -वाह a. bringing water; दिवा चित् तमः कृण्वन्ति पर्जन्येनोदवाहेन Rv.1.38.9. (-हः) a cloud. -वाहनम् 1 a water-vessel. -2 A cloud. -वावधः a yoke for carrying water. -शरावः a jar filled with water; उदशराव आत्मानवेक्ष्य. -शुद्धः a water-jar. -श्वित् n. [उदकन जलेन श्वयति] butter-milk containing fifty per cent water; (i. e. 2 parts of butter-milk and 1 part of water); श्रेयस्तैलं हि पिण्याकाद् घृतं श्रेय उदश्वितः Mb.12.167.35. -स्थानम् 1 a place full of water. -4 residence in water. -स्थाली a kettle, vessel for holding water. -हरणः a vessel for drawing water. -हार a. fetching or carrying water. (-रः) a cloud (watercarrier).
udātta उदात्त a. [उद्-आदा-क्त] 1 High, elevated, lofty, exalted, noble; इतश्चोदात्तदन्तानां कुञ्जराणां तरस्विनाम् Rām.2.99.11. उदात्तकुलजातीय उदात्ताभिजनः सदा Mb.13. 145.31. ˚अन्वयैः K.92; Ratn.4; sublime; Ve.1. -2 Noble, dignified; अत्युदात्तसुजनश्चन्द्रकेतुः U.6. -3 Generous, bountiful, donor. -4 Famous, illustrious, great; Śi.2.82; ललितोदात्तमहिमा Bv.1.79. -5 Dear, beloved. -6 Highly or acutely accented (as a Svara), see below. -त्तः 1 The acute accent, a high or sharp tone; उच्चैरुदात्तः P.I.2.29; ताल्वादिषु सभागेषु स्थानेषूर्ध्वभागे निष्पन्नो$नुदात्तः Sk.; see under अनुदात्त also; निहन्त्यरीनेकपदे य उंदात्तः स्वरानिव Śi.2.95. -2 Gift, donation. -3 A kind of musical instrument, a large drum. -4 A variety of the hero; see धीरोदात्त. -त्तम् (In Rhet.) A figure of speech which describes supermundane prosperity, or an action of one that is great represented collaterally to the subject in hand; लोकातिशयसंपत्तिवर्णनोदात्तमुच्यते । यद्वापि प्रस्तुतस्याङ्गं महतां चरितं भवेत् ॥ S. D.752; cf. also K. P.1; उदात्तं वस्तुनः संपन्महता चोपलक्षणम्. -Comp. -राघवः N. of drama. -श्रुति a. pronounced with the acute accent.
udāra उदार a. 1 Generous, liberal, munificent. -2 (a) Noble, exalted, dignified; स तथेति विनेतुरुदारमतेः R.8.91, 5.12; वाचः 65; उदाराः सर्व एवैते Bg.7.18. (b) High, lofty, great, best, illustrious, distinguished; ˚कीर्तेः Ki.1.18; ˚तपसः Bh.3.51. -3 Honest, sincere, upright. -4 good, nice, fine; कृतः कटोभीष्म उदारः शोभनः Mbh.2.3.1; उदारः कल्पः Ś.5. -5 Proper, right. -6 Eloquent. -7 Kind, soft, agreeable; ˚वाचः कन्यकाः R.14.77. -8 Rich, plentiful; उदारा श्रीः स्थिता ह्यस्याम् Rām.4.22.16. उदारमभ्यवहारविधिम् Dk.49; Mu.3.8. -9 Large, extensive, grand, splendid; साकेतोपवनमुदारमध्यु- वास R.13.79; उदारनेपथ्यभृताम् 6.6 richly dressed. -1 Beautiful, charming, lovely; Ku.7.14; Śi.5.21; see उदारदर्शन below; R.16.26,51. -11 Unperplexed. -12 Exciting, driving forth (Ved.). श्रीणामुदारो धरुणो रयीणाम् Rv.1.45.5. -रम् ind. 1 Loudly; प्रगीयते सिद्ध- गणैश्च योषितामुदारमन्ते कलभाविकस्वरैः Śi.4.33. -2 By means of arguments; इति तानुदारमनुनीय Ki.12.4. -रः Ved. 1 A rising fog or vapour. -2 A sort of grain with long stalks. -3 A figure in Rhetoric which attributes greatness to inanimate objects. -Comp. -आत्मन्, -चेतस्, -चरित, -मनस्, -सत्त्व a. noble-minded magnanimous; उदारचरितानां तु वसुधैव कुटुम्बकम् H.1.68. -धी a. 1 of sublime genius, highly intelligent; धियः समग्रैः स गुणैरुदारधीः R.3.3. -2 noble-minded. (m.) N. of Viṣṇu. (f.) good abilities. -दर्शन a. good-looking (having large-eyes); तथा हि ते शीलमुदारदर्शने Ku.5.36. -रमणीय a. grand and lovely, transcendental; S.7. -वीर्य a. of great power. -वृत्तार्थपद a. of excellent words and meaning and metre; उदारवृत्तार्थपदैर्मनोरमैस्तदास्य रामस्य चकार कीर्तिमान् Rām.1.2.42. -सत्त्वाभिजन a. Of noble character and descent; उदारसत्त्वाभिजनो हनूमान् Rām.4.47.14.
udayanam उदयनम् 1 Rising, ascending, going up; सूर्यस्योदयना- दधि Rv.1.48.7. -2 Result, consequence. -3 End, conclusion. -नः 1 N. of Agastya. -2 N. of the king Vatsa; प्राप्यावन्तीनुदयनकथाकोविदग्रामवृद्धान् Me.3. [A celebrated Prince of the lunar race, who is usually styled Vatsarāja. He reigned at Kauśambī. Vāsavadattā, Princess of Ujjayinī, saw him in a dream and fell in love with him. He was decoyed to that city and there kept in prison by Chaṇḍamahāsena, the king. But on being released by the minister, he carried off Vāsava-dattā from her father and a rival suitor. Udayana is the hero of the play called Ratnāvalī and his life has been made the subject of several other minor compositions. See Vatsa also]. -Comp. -आचार्यः N. of a philosopher and author of several works.
udgharṣaṇam उद्घर्षणम् 1 Rubbing, rubbing up; यस्योद्घर्षणलोष्टकैरपि सदा पृष्ठे न जातः किणः Mk.2.11. -2 Rubbing the skin with hard substances. -3 A cudgel.
uddānam उद्दानम् [दो बन्धने ल्युट्] 1 Binding, confinement; उद्दाने क्रियमाणे तु मत्स्यानां तत्र रज्जुभिः Mb.12.137.14. -2 Taming, subduing. -3 The middle, the waist. -4 A fire-place. -5 The submarine fire. -6 Entrance of the sun into a zodiacal sign. (संक्रान्त).
uddeśaḥ उद्देशः 1 Pointing to or at, directing; सूर्योद्देशेन तिला दातव्याः Pt.2 in the name of. -2 Mention, specification; सार्धप्रहरद्वयोद्देशे Pt.5; स्वरसंस्कारोद्देशः Nir. -3 Illustration, explanation, exemplification. -4 Ascertainment, determination, inquiry, investigation, search. -5 A brief statement or account; एष तूद्देशतः प्रोक्तो विभूतेर्विस्तरो मया Bg.1.4; Mb.8.69.54. -6 Assignment, allotment. -7 Stipulation, bargain. -8 Object, motive; कृतोद्देशः स बीभत्सुः Mb.3.158.3. -9 A spot, region, place; अहो प्रवातसुभगोयमुद्देशः Ś.3; M.3; वन˚ a part of the forest. -1 Upper region, high position. -11 (In phil.) The enunciation of a thing by its name (which is to be further discussed and explained), the other two processes being लक्षण and परीक्षा. -Comp. -पदम् The term (or terms) which form the subject; नात्रैषा वचनव्यक्तिः ये यजमाना इत्युद्देशपदम्, ऋत्विजः इति विधेयपदम् । ŚB. on MS.6.6.2.
uddeśya उद्देश्य pot. p. 1 To be illustrated or explained. -2 To be intended or aimed at. -3 That to which one refers or which one has in view. -श्यम्1 The object in view, an incentive. -2 The subject of an assertion (opp. विधेय); see the word अनुवाद्य also.
uddhavaḥ उद्धवः 1 A sacrificial fire. -2 A festival, holiday. -3 N. of a Yādava, uncle and friend of Kṛiṣṇa. [When Kṛiṣṇa was taken by Akrūra to Maṭhurā, Uddhava was implored by the citizens of Gokula to go and fetch him. He was very much attached to Kṛiṣṇa. On seeing the destruction of the Yādavas to be inevitable, he went to Kṛiṣṇa and asked him what to do; whereupon he was told to go to Badarikāśrama to practise penance and to secure heaven. He is the subject of two short poems, उद्धवदूत and उद्धवसंदेश.
uddhṛ उद्धृ I. 1. 1 P. 1 To draw out, raise up. -2 To save, deliver; भगवति तव स्पृष्टानद्भिश्चिरादुददीघरत् U.1.23. II. [उद्-हृ] 1 To draw or take out, extract, extricate; शरं... उद्धर्तुमैच्छत् R.2.3;3.64; to deliver from, relieve of, save, rescue, protect (with abl.); मां तावदुद्धर शुचो दयिता- प्रवृत्त्या V.4.31; Pt.1.358; Bg.6.5. -2 To uproot, extirpate, eradicate; tear or pull out; नमयामास नृपाननु- द्धरन् R.8.9,4.66; त्रिदिवमुद्धृतदानवकण्टकम् Ś.7.3; Mv.3.13; Māl.9.22; उद्धरणीये चक्षुषी Dk.12. -3 To pluck up (flowers &c.); K.21,144. -4 To raise, lift up, elevate, extend (as hands); पातयितुमेव शक्तिर्नान्नपिट- मुद्धर्तुम् Pt.1.363; Ms.4.62; V.4.34. -5 To take up, absorb (water); उद्धरिष्यन्रसानिव R.4.66; उद्धृत्य मेघैस्तत एव तोयम् Śi.3.75. -6 To sustain, bear up; राज्य- धुरमुद्धर्तुम् Pt.1. -7 To separate, abstract. -8 To remove, put away. -9 To deduct, subtract. विट्पण्यमुद्धृतोद्धारं विक्रेयं वित्तवर्धनम् Ms.1.85. -1 To select, pick out; एवं समुद्धतोद्धारे समानंशान्प्रकल्पयेत् Ms.9.116. -11 To present, offer; Y.1.159. -12 To prove; आगमस्तु कृतो येन सो$भियुक्तस्तमुद्धरेत् Y.2.28. -13 To divide (as with partners). -14 To publish, make known. -15 To undo, destroy; एष त्वां सजनामात्यमुद्धरामि स्थिरो भव Mb.5.189.23. -Caus. To cause to extract or draw out; शल्यं निखात- मुदहारयतामुरस्तः R.9.78.
udvāpaḥ उद्वापः 1 Ejection, throwing out. -2 Shaving. -3 (In logic) Non-existence of a subsequent consequent on the absence of an antecedent (Wilson). -4 Rooting up. -5 Raising, elevating.
udūḍha उदूढ p. p. 1 Married. -2 Coarse, gross. -3 Acquired, obtained; हृदयमरिवधोदयादुदूढद्रढिम दधातु पुनः पुरंदरस्य Śi. 1.74. -4 Tall, protuberant, high; उदूढवक्षःस्थगितैकदिङ्मुखः Ki.14.31. -5 Heavy, fat. -6 Material, substantial. -7 Excessive.
unnatatvam उन्नतत्वम् Height, sublimity, majesty; तदेव नैसर्गिक- मुन्नतत्वम् R.5.37.
unnatimat उन्नतिमत् a. 1 Elevated, projecting, plump (as breasts); सा पीनोन्नतिमत्पयोधरयुगं धत्ते Amaru 34; Śi.9.72. -2 High, sublime.
unmāda उन्माद a. 1 Mad, insane. -2 Extravagant. -दः 1 Madness, insanity; अहो उन्मादः U.3; Māl.9. -2 Intense passion, intoxication or extravagance of love; Māl.3,2.11; वीररभसोन्मादः Mv.2.22 rapturous joy. -3 Lunacy, mania (considered as a disease of the mind); मदयन्त्युद्धता दोषा यस्मादुन्मार्गमाश्रिताः । मानसो$यमतो व्याधिरुन्माद इति कीर्तितः ॥ Suśr. -4 (In Rhet.) Madness considered as one of the 33 subordinate feelings; चित्त- संमोह उन्मादः कामशोकभयादिभिः S. D.3; or according to R. G. विप्रलम्भमहापत्तिपरमानन्दादिजन्मा$न्यस्मिन्नन्यावभास उन्मादः. -5 Bloom; उन्मादं वीक्ष्य पद्मानाम् S. D.2. -6 A kind of पिशाच; Bhāg.2.1.39.
unmardanam उन्मर्दनम् A rubbing down of the sacrificer with sweet-smelling substances before sprinkling him with fat. cf. सर्वसुरभ्युन्मर्दनं भवति Śat. Br. and Sāyaṇa says उन्मर्दनं उद्वर्तनं भवति । (For details read Dr. Gode's paper on, 'Massage in Ancient and Medieval India', Annals of Bhandarkar Oriental Research Institute XXXVI, parts I-II, pp. 85.113).
upa उप ind. 1 As a prefix to verbs and nouns it expresses towards, near to, by the side of, with, under, down (opp. अप). According to G. M. the following are its senses :--उप सामीप्यसामर्थ्यव्याप्त्याचार्यकृतिमृतिदोषदानक्रियावीप्सा- रम्भाध्ययनबुजनेषु :--(1) nearness, contiguity उपविशति, उपगच्छति goes near; (2) power, ability उपकरोति; (3) pervasion उपकीर्ण; (4) advice, instructing as by a teachar उपदिशति, उपदेश; (5) death, extinction, उपरत; (6) defect, fault उपघात; (7) giving उपनयति, उपहरति; (8) action, effort उप त्वानेष्ये; (9) beginning, commencement उपक्रमते, उपक्रम; (1) study उपाध्यायः; (11) reverence, worship उपस्थानम्, उपचरति पितरं पुत्रः. It is also said to have the senses of disease, ornament, command, reproof, killing, wish, resemblance &c. -2 As unconnected with verbs and prefixed to nouns, it expresses direction towards, nearness, resemblance, relationship, contiguity in space, number, time, degree &c., but generally involving the idea of subordination or inferiority; उपकनिष्ठिका the finger next to the little finger; उपपुराणम् a secondary Purāṇa; उपगुरुः an assistant master; उपाध्यक्षः a vice-president. It usually, however, forms Avyayī. comp. in these senses; उपगङ्गम् = गङ्गायाः समीपे; उपकूलम्, ˚वनम् &c.; these are again compounded with other words; उपकूपजलाशयः; उपकण्ठ- निवासिनी. Prefixed to proper nouns it means a 'younger brother'; उपेन्द्रः. -3 With numerals it forms संख्याबहुव्रीहि and means 'nearly', 'almost'; उपत्रिंशाः nearly thirty; उपविंशाः about twenty &c. -4 As a separable preposition (a) with acc. when it means inferiority उपोधिकेच (P.I. 4.87) उपहरिं सुराः Sk. the gods are under i. e. are inferior to Hari; शक्रादय उपाच्युतम् Vop. (b) With loc. it expresses (1) over, above, superior to; उपनिष्के कार्षापणम्, उपपरार्धे हरेर्गुणाः; (2) addition; (3) near to, towards, in the direction of, under; (4) at, on, upon; (5) upto, in, above; e. g. उप सानुषु on or above the peaks; वयो न वसतीरुप; or sometimes (c) with the instr.; with, at the same time with, according to. -5 As a separable adverb it is rarely used in the senses of further, moreover. उपसन्ने$धिके हीने सादृश्यप्रतियत्नयोः ॥ तद्योगव्याप्तिपूजासु शक्तावारम्भदानयोः ॥ दक्षिणाचार्यकरणदोषाख्यानात्ययेषु च । [cf. Gr. hupo; L. sub; Goth. up; Germ. ob.].
upakīcakaḥ उपकीचकः 1 A relation or follower of Kīchaka. -2 The army of Virāṭa under Kīchaka. -3 A subbranch of a Bamboo tree; cf. the paronomastic quotation विराटनगरे राजन् कीचकादुपकीचकम् (where विराट can be separated as विः + आट, meaning a bird wandered).
upakṛ उपकृ 8 U. (a) उपकरोति-कुरुते. 1 To place or bring near, furnish or provide with, do or render; किं ते भूयः प्रियमुपकरोतु पाकशासनः V.5; Ms.2.149,245;5.32. -2 To assist, serve, befriend, oblige, favour, benefit, help; प्राणैरप्युपकुर्वते Pt.1.83; Bk.8.18; (oft. with gen. of person); सा लक्ष्मीरुपकुरुते यया परेषाम् Ki.7.28,8.13; आत्मनश्चोपकर्तुम् Me.13; Śi.2.74; K.174; न हि दीपौ परस्परस्योपकुरुतः Ś. B.; sometimes with loc. also; Me.8.394. -3 To foster, take care of. -4 To render homage, serve, wait or attend upon (with acc.), हरिमुपकुरुते Sk. -5 To begin, set about anything (with dat.). -6 To subdue, overcome. (b) उपस्करोति, -स्कुरुते. 1 To add, supply (वाक्याध्याहारे); उपस्कृतं ब्रूते P. VI.1.139. Sk. -2 To provide or furnish with; सिता- तपत्रव्यजनैरुपस्कृतः Bhāg. -3 To attend or wait on, serve. -4 To adorn, decorate, elaborate, refine, polish, prepare, perfect; राजतं चानुपस्कृतम् Ms.5.112; उपस्कृता कन्या Sk.; शास्त्रोपस्कृतशव्दसुन्दरगिरः Bh.2.15. -5 (a) To care for, take care of (with acc. of person); P.I.3.32, VI.1.139. (b) To make efforts (with gen. of thing); एधोदकस्योपस्कुरुते, मा कस्यचिदुपस्कृथाः Bk.8.19,119. -6 To furnish badly, deform; मांसं यच्चानुपस्कृतम् Ms.3.257. -7 To corrupt, defile, censure; एषो$नुपस्कृतः प्रोक्तो योध- धमः सनातनः 7.98. -8 To bring or call together; उपस्कृता ब्राह्मणाः (= समुदिताः Sk.).
upakaraṇam उपकरणम् 1 Doing service or favour, helping, assisting. -2 Material, implement, instrument, means; यथैवोपकरणवतां जीवितं तथैव ते जीवितं स्यात् Bṛi. Up.2.4.2.; स्वेषूपकरणेषु U.5; ˚द्रव्यम् Mk.3; उपकरणीभावमायाति U.3.3 serve as helping instruments, or assistants; परोप- कारोपकरणं शरीरम् K.27; so स्नान˚ bathing materials; Pt.1; व्यायाम˚ athletic materials; आत्मा परोपकरणीकृतः H.2.24; K.8,12,198,24; Y.2.276, Ms.9.27. -3 An engine, machine, apparatus, paraphernalia (in general). -4 Means of subsistence, anything supporting life. -5 A means or expedient; कर्म˚, वेद˚, यज्ञ˚ &c. -6 Fabricating, composing, elaborating. -7 The insignia of royalty. -8 The attendants of a king. -Comp. -अर्थ a. Suitable, requisite.
upakārin उपकारिन् a. Helping, serving, beneficial &c.; subservient, benefactor.
upakalpita उपकल्पित p. p. 1 Prepared, made &c. -2 Secondary, substituted.
upakhilam उपखिलम् Supplement to a supplement, subsupplement.
upagaṇa उपगण a. Forming a small or subordinate class. -णः 1 A small or subordinate class. -2 A small number less than a troop.
upagranthaḥ उपग्रन्थः A subsidiary writing or a class of such writings.
upagrah उपग्रह् 9 U. 1 To hold under, seize or collect from below; as रसम्. -2 To seize, take, take possession of; तवैव पादावुपगृह्य Rām.; उपगृह्यास्पदं चैव Ms.7.184. -3 To meet with, obtain; स मृत्युमुपगृह्णाति गर्भमश्वतरी यथा Chāṇ. 19. -4 To subdue, vanquish. -5 To provide. -6 To conciliate, take as one's ally, favour, support; तदुपगृहीतेन म्लेच्छराजबलेन Mu.1. -7 To conceive with one's mind, grasp mentally; धियोपगृह्णन्स्मितशोभितेन Bhāg.3.22.21. -8 To decide, determine. -9 To accept, approve.
upajīka उपजीक a. Living upon, subsisting by. -कः Ved. A water-deity; उपजीका उद्भरन्ति समुद्रादधि भेषजम् Av.2.3.4.
upajīv उपजीव् 1 P. 1 To live upon, subsist by, derive livelihood from, be supported by; उपजीव्यमानपादच्छायः K.5; कां वृत्तिमार्य उपजीवति Mk.2; संवाहकस्य वृत्तिम् ibid.; शेषास्तमुपजीवेयुर्यथैव पितरं तथा Ms.9.15; Y.2.31. -2 To live under, be dependent on, serve; अम्भसामुपचयाय उपजीवति स्म Śi.9.32. -3 To make use of, derive materials (for writing from); तदेतद्भारतं नाम कविभिस्तूप- जीव्यते Mb. -4 To practise; ते (ब्राह्मणाः) सम्यगुपजीवेयुः षट्- कर्माणि यथाक्रमम् Ms.1.74. -Caus. To use, to make the most of; Ks.
upajīvaka उपजीवक विन् a. 1 Living upon, subsisting by (instr. or in comp.); जातिमात्रोपजीविनाम् Ms.12.114, 8.2, नानापण्योपजीविनाम् 9.257; द्यूतोपजीव्यस्मि Mk.2. -2 Living under, depending upon, subject to, a dependant, servant (m.); भीमकान्तैर्नृपगुणैः स बभूवोपजीविनाम् R.1.16; अस्मद्˚ K.61. -कम् Means of subsistence, profession. उपजीवनम् upajīvanam जीविका jīvikā उपजीवनम् जीविका 1 Living. -2 Subsistence, livelihood; निन्दितार्थोपजीवनम् Y.3.236; क्षत्रियस्यैतदेवाहुर्धर्मं कृष्णो- पजीवनम् Mb. -3 A means of living, such as property; किंचिद्दत्त्वोपजीवनम् Ms.9.27.
upajīvya उपजीव्य pot. p. 1 Affording a livelihood; उपजीव्यद्रुमाः Y.2.227. -2 Giving patronage, patronizing (as a king &c.). -3 (fig.) Supplying materials for writing, that from which one derives his materials; सर्वेषां कवि- मुख्यानामुपजीव्यो भविष्यति Mb. -व्यः 1 A patron. -2 A source or authority (from which one derives his materials); इत्यलमुपजीव्यानां मान्यानां व्याख्यानेषु कटाक्षनिक्षेपेण S. D.2. -व्यम् A means of subsistence, अन्तपालाश्च यास्यन्ति सदारो यत्र राघवः । सहोपजीव्यं राष्ट्रं च पुरं च सपरिच्छदम् Rām.2.37.26.
upanakṣatram उपनक्षत्रम् A subordinate constellation, secondary star (their number is said to be 729); सप्तविंशतिः सप्तविंश- तिर्होपनक्षत्राण्येकैकं नक्षत्रमुपतिष्ठन्ते Śat. Br.
upanagaram उपनगरम् A suburb.
upanata उपनत p. p. 1 (a) Come near, brought, arrived, approached, brought near to; Ś.5.19; R.12.12; (b) Got, obtained; अचिरोपनतां स मेदिनीम् R.8.7,5.52. चिन्तितोपनताम् K.129; V.3.22; V.2. -2 Presenting itself, fallen to the lot of, befallen, occurred; कस्यात्यन्तं सुखमुपनतं दुःखमेकान्ततो वा Me.111; यदेवोपनतं दुःखात्सुखं तद्रस- वत्तरम् V.3.21; अनुपनतमनोरथस्य 22;4.3; so सुहृदुपनतः Me.12; Māl.1; K.33,132,348; सुख˚ that readily or without efforts presented itself Ś.3; अकामोपनतम् R.1.39 unconsciously committed. -3 Formed, brought about, effected. -4 Presented to, offered, given; पर- लोकोपनतं जलाञ्जलिम् R.8.68. -5 Bent down, humbled, subjected, surrendered; दण्डोपनतचरितम् R.17.81;8.81; दण्डोपनतं शत्रुम् Mb. -6 Dependent on (for protection). -7 Approximate, near (in time or space.)
upaniveśaḥ उपनिवेशः A suburb; Hariv.
upanī उपनी 1 P. 1 To bring near, fetch; उपनयति मुनिकुमार- केभ्यः फलानि K.45,62; विधिनैवोपनीतस्त्वम् Mk.7.6; अन्नम् Ms.3.225; M.2.5; Y.3.122; तेन ह्युपनय शरम् V.5; R.1.52; Ku.7.72. -2 (a) To offer, present to; हरये स्वदेहमुपानयत् R.2.59; Bk.6.7; Ku.3.65; आर्य- स्यासनमुपनय Mk.9; M.3. (b) To hand over, give over; अन्तःपुरपरिचारिकामध्यमुपनीता K.11; Māl.1; Ś.1; U.2; अचिरोपनीता वः शिष्या M.1 recently made over (for instruction). -3 To bring to, subject, expose or put to; आत्मा क्लेशस्य पदमुपनीतः Ś.1; R.13.39; K.173. -4 To bring about, cause, produce, accomplish; उपनयन्नर्थान् Pt.3.18; उपनयन्नङ्गैरनङ्गोत्सवम् Gīt.1; K.171. -5 To bring information, communicate. -6 To bring into any state, lead or reduce to; अयो$भेद्यमुपायेन द्रवतामुपनीयते Kām.11.47. -7 To take into one's possession, lead away, lead; K.169. -8 To bring near to oneself; i. e. invest with the sacred thread (Ātm. P.I.3.36); उप त्वा नेष्ये Ch. Up.4.4.5. क्षात्रेण कल्पेनोपनीय U.2; माणवक- मुपनयते Sk.; R.3.29; Bk.1.15; Ms.2.49,69,14. -9 To hire, employ as hired servants; कर्मकरानुपनयते Sk. -Caus. To cause (a master) to receive (a pupil), cause to invest with the sacred thread. तांश्चारयित्वा त्रीन्कृच्छ्रान् यथाविध्युपनाययेत् Ms.11.191.
upapādanam उपपादनम् 1 Effecting, accomplishing, doing. सामान्यतः किं विषयोपपादनैः. -2 Giving, delivering, presenting. -3 Proving, demonstration, establishing by arguments; अपि त्वां न लभेत् कर्ण राज्यलम्भोपपादनम् Mb.5. 142.2. -4 Examination, ascertainment, exposition (of a subject).
upapādaḥ उपपादः The upper or dwarf pillar subordinate to a larger column.
upasaṃkhyānam उपसंख्यानम् 1 Addition. -2 Supplementary addition, further or additional enumeration (a term technically applied to the Vārtikas. of Kātyāyana which are intended to supply omissions in Pāṇini's Sūtras and generally to supplement them); e. g. जुगुप्साविरामप्रमादार्था- नामुपसंख्यानम्; cf. इष्टि. -3 (In gram.) A substitute in form or sense.
upabhedaḥ उपभेदः subdivision.
upamantrin उपमन्त्रिन् a. Inviting, persuading; अश्वो वोळ्हा सुखं रथं हसनामुपमन्त्रिणः Rv.9.112.4. m. 1 A messenger; स्मररुज उपमन्त्रिन्भव्यतामन्यवार्ता Bhāg.1.47.19. -2 A subordinate counsellor; Bhāg.1.71.29.
upamānam उपमानम् 1 Comparison, resemblance; जातास्तदूर्वो- रुपमानबाह्याः Ku.1.36. -2 The standard of comparison, that with which anything is compared; one of the four requisites of an उपमा; उपमानममूद्विलासिनां Ku.4.5; उपमानस्यापि सखे प्रत्युपमानं वपुस्तस्याः V.2.3; Śi.2.49. -3 (In Nyāya Phil.) Analogy, recognition of likeness, considered as one of the four kinds of pramāṇas or means of arriving at correct knowledge. It is defined as प्रसिद्धसाधर्म्यात् साध्यसाधनम्; or उपमितिकरण- मुपमानं तच्च सादृश्यज्ञानात्मकम् Tarka. K. तन्न विश्वसनीयं वो राक्षसानां रणाजिरे । एतेनैवोपमानेन नित्यं जिह्मा हि राक्षसाः ॥ Rām.6. 5.54. -4 A particle of comparison. -Comp. -उपमेयभावः relation between the subject of comparison and the standard of comparison. -चिन्तामणिः m. N. of a philosophical work.
upameya उपमेय pot. p. Fit to be likened or compared, comparable with; (with instr. or in comp.); भूयिष्ठ- मासीदुपमेयकान्तिः गुहेन R.6.4;18.34,37; अन्तःपुरं चैककुलो- पमेयम् Ku.7.2; Ch. P.29 v. l. -यम् The subject of comparison, that which is compared उपमानोपमेयत्वं यदेकस्यैव वस्तुनः Chandr.5.7,9. -Comp. -उपमा a figure of speech in which the उपमान and उपमेय are compared to each other with a view to imply that the like of them does not exist; reciprocal comparison; विपर्यास उपमेयोपमानयोः K. P.1; e. g. कमलेव मतिर्मतिरिव कमला तनुरिव विभा विभेव तनुः । &c.
upayukta उपयुक्त p. p. 1 Attached &c. -2 Suited, appropriate, fit, right, proper. -3 Worthy, serviceable, useful. -4 Eaten, consumed. -क्तः A subordinate officer; Kau. A.2.5; Bhāg.9.2.14; उपयुक्तोदकां भग्नां प्रपां निप- तितामिव Rām.2.114.15.
uparasaḥ उपरसः 1 A secondary mineral, (red chalk, bitumen, माक्षिक, शिलाजित &c). -2 A secondary passion or feeling. -3 A subordinate flavour.
uparudh उपरुध् 7 U. 1 To obstruct, hinder, interrupt, stop; मा मोपरोत्सीरिति मा सृजैनम् Kaṭh. Up.1.21. उत्पक्ष्मणोर्नयनयोरुपरुद्धवृत्तिम् Ś.4.15. Ve.3.8; उपरुध्यते तपो$नुष्ठानम् Ś4; V.5; पण्यमुपरुन्धताम् Y.2.25; to detain; अन्याय्यमुपरोद्धुम् V.5; -2 (a) To disturb, trouble; पौरास्तपोवनमुपरुन्धन्ति Ś.1. (b) To press, trouble with a request; अभ्युत्सहे संप्रति नोपरोद्धुम् R.5.22. -3 To overcome, subdue; भेजे भिन्नकटैर्नागैरन्यानुपरुरोध यैः R.4.83. -4 To besiege (an enemy, town &c.); उपरुध्यारिमासीत Ms.7.195; Kām.13.67; उपरुद्धं कुसुमपुरम् Mu.2. -5 To lock up, pen, confine; व्रजोपरोधं गाः स्थापयति Sk. -6 To conceal, hide; नेत्रक्रमेणोपरुरोध सूर्यम् R.7.39. -7 To cast off, repudiate, reject; ज्येष्ठपुत्रमुपारुधत् Rām.
uparodhaḥ उपरोधः 1 Obstruction, impediment, obstacle; शरत्प्र- मृष्टाम्बुधरोपरोधः R.6.44; Śi.2.74; सकौतुक˚ विनयम् U.4. -2 Disturbance, trouble, molestation; तपोवननिवासिनामु- परोधो मा भूत Ś.1.5.6; अनुग्रहः खल्वेष नोपरोधः V.3; उपरोधःसह्यताम् ibid.; detention; किं राजर्षेरुपरोधेन Ś.3. -3 Opposition, refusal, check, restraint. -4 Covering, surrounding, blocking up. -5 Binding, tying, seizing. -6 Protection, favour. बलवता विगृह्योपरोधहेतवः Measures conducive to peace; Kau. A.7. -7 sublation, dropping; आनर्थक्याद्धि प्राकृतस्योपरोधः स्यात् । MS.8.4.15. -Comp. -कारिन् a. impeding, obstructing.
upavedaḥ उपवेदः 'Inferior knowledge', a class of writings subordinate to the Vedas. There are four such Upavedas, one being attached to each of the four Vedas :-thus आयुर्वेद or Medicine to ऋग्वेद; (according to some authorities such as Suśruta it is a part of the Atharvaveda); धनुर्वेद or military science to यजुर्वेद; गान्धर्ववेद or Music to सामवेद, and स्थापत्य-शास्त्र-वेद or Architecture to अथर्ववेद.
upaśalyam उपशल्यम् An open place in the vicinity of a town or village, suburb; अथोपशल्ये रिपुमग्नशल्यः R.16.37,15. 6; Śi.5.8; K.5. -ल्यः A spear, nail (to a door); Mb.3.15.6.
upapuram उपपुरम् A suburb. -री The environs of a city; इमामुपपुरीं भीरु किं चिकीर्षसि शंस मे Bhāg.4.25.26.
upapaurika उपपौरिक a. (-की f.) Belonging to a suburb, suburban.
upasādh उपसाध् Caus. P. 1 To subdue. -2 To prepare, dress, cook; कलशं प्रोक्षणीयं च यथावदुपसाधयेत् Bhāg.11.27.2.
upasarjanam उपसर्जनम् 1 Pouring on. -2 A misfortune, calamity (as an eclipse), portent; ज्योतिषां चोपसर्जने (अनध्यायान्) Ms.4.15. -3 Leaving. -4 Eclipsing. -5 Any person or thing subordinate to another, a substitute. -6 (In gram.) A word which either by composition or derivation loses its original independent character, while it also determines the sense of another word (opp. प्रधान); e. g. in पाणिनीयः a pupil of पाणिनि, पाणिनि becomes उपसर्जन; or in राजपुरुषः, राजन् is उपसर्जन, having lost its independent character; P.I.2.43,48,57; II.2.3; IV.1.14,54; VI.3.82; आचार्योपसर्जनश्चान्तेवासी. -7 A kind of war-manoeuvre; तथा प्राग्भवनं चापसरणं तूपसर्जनम् Śuka.4.115.
upastaraṇam उपस्तरणम् 1 Spreading out, scattering. -2 A covering, garment; तद् वै ब्रह्मज्य ते देवा उपस्तरणमब्रुवन् Av.5. 19.12. -3 A bed. -4 Anything spread out (as a covering), a substratum (said of the water which is sipped before taking food) अमृतोपस्तरणमसि स्वाहा. Scattering grass (around sacred fire).
upāṅgaḥ उपाङ्गः A mark of sandal on the forehead. -गम् 1 A subdivision, a sub-head. Mb.1.1.38 -2 Any minor limb or member (of anything); वर्गाः ... साङ्गो- पाङ्गौरिहोदिताः Ak. -3 A supplement of a supplement. -4 A supplementary work (of inferior value). -5 A secondary portion of science; a class of writings sup-] plementary to the Vedāngas; (these are four :-पुराण- न्यायमीमांसाधर्मशास्त्राणि). -6 N. of the class of sacred writings of the Jainas. -Comp. -गीतम् A kind of song; Raj. T. -ललिता A deity, whose व्रत is observed on the fifth of bright half of Āświna month.
upādhiḥ उपाधिः 1 Fraud, deceit, trick. -2 Deception, disguise (in Vedānta). -3 Discriminative or distinguishing property, attribute, peculiarity; तदुपाधावेव संकेतः K. P.2. It is of four kinds :-जाति, गुण, क्रिया, संज्ञा. -4 A title, nick-name; (भट्टाचार्य, महामहोपाध्याय, पण्डित &c.); बी. ए. इत्युपाधिधारिणः (modern use). -5 Limitation, condition (as of time, space &c.); न ह्युपाधेरुपाधिर्भवति विशेषणस्य वा विशेषणम् Mbh.I.3.2 अनुपाधिरमणीयो देशः Prob. a country altogether (or naturally) beautiful; (oft. occurring in Vedānta Phil.); देहाद्युपाधिरचितो भेदः Ś. B.; न खलु बहिरुपाधीन्प्रीतयः संश्रयन्ते U.6.12; Māl.1.24. -6 A trace, mark; भौमा उपाधयः Mv.7.22. -7 A purpose, occasion, object. -8 (In logic) A special cause for a general effect; साध्यव्यापकत्वे सति साधनाव्यापक उपाधिः; as आर्द्रेन्धनम् (wet fuel) is the उपाधि of the hetu वह्निमत्त्व in the inference पर्वतो धूमवान् वह्नेः. -9 Reflection on duty or a virtuous reflection. -1 A man who is careful to support his family. -11 An incidental purpose, an additional adjunct (which does not modify the original idea to which it is added). काष्ठाहरणे शाकाहरण- मुपाधिः क्रियते इति । किमिदमुपाधिः क्रियत इति । काष्ठाहरणाधिकार- समीपे द्वितीयं कर्मोपाधीयते । सति काष्ठाहरणे इदमपरं कर्तव्यमिति । ŚB. on MS.4.3.2; also ŚB. on MS.12.4.13. -Comp. -कर a. That which comes only incidentally adding another adjunct or उपाधि. उपाधिकरः एषः । यथा काष्ठान्याहर्तुं प्रस्थित उच्यते भवता शाकमप्याहर्तव्यमिति । ŚB. on MS.4.3.2. -12 A substitute, substitution; उपाधिर्न मया कार्यो वनवासे जुगुप्सितः Rām.2.111.29.
upādhyāyaḥ उपाध्यायः [उपेत्याधीयते अस्मात्, उप-अधि-इ-घञ्] 1 A teacher or preceptor in general. -2 Particularly, a spiritual teacher, religious preceptor; य उदात्ते कर्तव्ये$ नुदात्तं करोति खण्डिकोपाध्यायस्तमै चपेटां ददाति Mbh.I.1.1. (by Y.1.35 a sub-teacher who instructs for wages only in a part of the Veda and is inferior to an आचार्य; एकदेशमुपाध्यायः); cf. Ms.2.141; एकदेशं तु वेदस्य वेदाङ्गान्यपि वा पुनः । यो$ध्यापयति वृत्त्यर्थमुपाध्यायः स उच्यते ॥ see अध्यापक, and under आचार्य also. -या A female preceptor. -यी 1 A female preceptor. उपेत्य अधीयते तस्या उपाध्यायी, उपाध्याया and Vārt. या तु स्वयमेवाध्यापिका तत्र वा ङीष् वाच्यः on P.IV.1.49 Sk. -2 The wife of a preceptor. -Comp. -सर्वस्वम् N. of a grammar frequently referred to by the commentary on the Uṇādi Sūtras.
upās उपास् 2 Ā. 1 To sit near to (with acc.), sit at the side of (as a mark of submission and respect); wait upon, serve, worship; ओमित्येतदक्षरमुद्गीथमुपासीत Ch. Up.1.1.1 &c. मां ध्यायन्त उपासते Bg.12.6; 9.14,15. उद्यानपालसामान्यमृतवस्तमुपासते Ku.2.36; अम्बा- मुपास्व सदयाम् Aśvad.13; Śi.16.47; Ms.3.189. -2 To use, occupy, abide in, reside; ऐन्द्रं स्थानमुपासीना ब्रह्मभूता हि ते सदा Rām.1.35.1. Ms.5.93. -3 To pass (as time); उपास्य रात्रिशेषं तु Rām. -4 To approach, go to or towards; उपासाञ्चक्रिरे द्रष्टुं देवगन्धर्वकिन्नराः Bk.5. 17; परलोकमुपास्महे 7.89. -5 To invest or blockade (as an enemy's town). -6 To be intent upon, be engaged in, take part in, (perform as a sacred rite); उपास्य पश्चिमां सन्ध्याम् K.176,179; तेप्युपासन्तु मे मखम् Mb.; Ms.2. 222,3.14,7.223, 11.42. -7 To undergo, suffer; अलं ते पाण्डुपुत्राणां भक्त्या क्लेशमुपासितुम् Mb.; Ms.11.184. -8 To remain or continue in any state or action; oft. with a pres. p.; अनन्येनैव योगेन मां ध्यायन्त उपासते Bg.12.6. -9 To expect, wait for; दिष्टमुपासीनः Mb. -1 To attach oneself to, practise; उपासते द्विजाः सत्यम् Y.3.192. -11 To resort to, employ, apply, use; लक्षणोपास्यते यस्य कृते S. D.2; बस्तिरुपास्यमानः Suśr. -12 To respect, recognize, acknowledge. -13 To practise archery.
ubj उब्ज् 6 P. (उब्जति, उब्जाञ्चकार, औब्जीत्, उब्जित) 1 To press down, subdue, keep under or check. इन्द्रासोमा तपतं रक्ष उब्जतम् Av.8.4.1. -2 To make straight.
ubhaye उभये (य) द्युस् ind. 1 On both days. -2 On two subsequent days. उभयोरह्वोरुभयेद्युः Mbh. on P.V.3.22.
ulūkhalakam उलूखलकम् 1 A mortar; Rv.1.28.5. -2 Bdellium, a gummy substance or the plant which yields it. (Mar. गुग्गुळ).
ū ऊः [अवतीति, अव-क्विप् ऊठ्] 1 N. of Śiva. -2 The moon. -3 A protector; cf. ऊः परेतो$ण्डजस्त्वष्टा विवस्वानग्निसारथिः । वह्निर्निशाकरः पूर्णो दरिद्री सरमा- धिपः ॥ Ek. -ind. 1 A particle used to introduce a subject. -2 An interjection of (a) calling; (b) of compassion; (c) protection.
ūnita ऊनित p. p. Lessened by subtraction, less, fewer &c.
ūrdhva ऊर्ध्व a. Erect, upright, above; ˚केश &c.; rising or tending upwards. -2 Raised, elevated, erected; हस्तः, ˚पादः &c. -3 High, superior, upper. -4 Not sitting (opp. आसीन). -5 Torn (as hair). -6 Thrown up. -र्ध्वम् Elevation, height. -र्ध्वम् -ind. 1 Upwards, aloft, above. अधश्चोर्ध्वं च प्रसृतम् Muṇḍ. Up.2.2.11; अधश्चोर्ध्वं प्रसृतास्तस्य शाखाः Bg.15.1. -2 In the sequel (= उपरिष्टात्). -3 In a high tone, aloud. -4 Afterwards, subsequent to (with abl.); शरीरभेदादूर्ध्वमुत्क्रम्य पुनः Ait. Up.4.6. ते त्र्यहादूर्ध्वमाख्याय Ku.6.93; ऊर्ध्वं संवत्सरात् Ms.9.77; Y.1.53; R.14.66; Bk.18.36; पितुरूर्ध्वम् Ms.9.14 after the father's death; अत ऊर्ध्वम् hence forward, hereafter. -Comp. -अङ्गुलि a. with uplifted finger. -अयन a. going upwards. (-नम्) motion above. -आवर्तः rearing of a horse. -आसितः the plant Momordica Charantia (कारवेल्ल; Mar. कारलें) -ईहः motion or tendency upwards. -कच, -केश a. 1 having the hair erect. -2 one whose hair is torn. -कचः 1 The descending node. -2 N. of Ketu. -केशी N. of a goddess; ऊर्ध्वकेशी विरूपाक्षी मांसशोणितभोजने Sandhyā. -कण्ठ a. with the neck upraised. (-ण्ठी) N. of a plant (महाशतावरी). -कर्ण a. with the ears pricked up or erect; निभृतोर्ध्वकर्णाः Ś.1.8. -कर्मन् n. -क्रिया 1 motion upwards. -2 action for attaining a high place. -m. N. of Viṣṇu. -कायः, -यम् the upper part of the body. -कृशन a. having the sharp qualities stirred up (Soma) effervescing (?); अयं बिभर्त्यूर्ध्वकृशनं मदम् Rv.1.144.2. -ग, -गामिन् a. 1 going upwards, ascended, rising; भुवा सहोष्माणममुञ्चदूर्ध्वगम् Ku.5.23. -2 being on high. -3 virtuous, pious. (-गः) 1 a kind of disease. -2 N. of of Viṣṇu; ˚पुरम् the city of Hariśchandra. -गत a. gone up, risen, ascended. -गति a. going upwards. (-तिः f.) -गमः, -गमनम् 1 ascent, elevation. -2 going to heaven. -3 going above (as life). -4 Fire. -चरण, -पाद a. having the feet upwards. (-णः) 1 A kind of ascetic or devotee. -2 a fabulous animal called Śarabha. (-पादम्) A kind of dance; Dk.2.8. -चित् a. Ved. collecting, piling or heaping up. -जानु, -ज्ञ, -ज्ञु a. [ऊर्ध्वमुच्चं जानु यस्य] 1 raising the knees, sitting on the hams; क्षणमयमनुभूय स्वप्नमूर्ध्वज्ञुरेव Śi.11.11. -2 long-shanked. -तालः A kind of time (ताल in music). -तिलकिन् a. having a sectarian mark on the forehead. -दंष्ट्र (ष्ट्रा) केश N. of Śiva (whose teeth and hair are erect). -दृश् m. A Crab. -दृष्टि, -नेत्र a. 1 looking upwards. -2 (fig.) aspiring, ambitious. (-ष्टिः f.) concentrating the sight on the spot between the eyebrows (in Yoga Phil.) -द्वारम् The gate opening into heaven. -देवः a superior deity, i. e. Viṣṇu. -देहः a funeral ceremony; ˚निमित्तार्थमहं दातुं जला- ञ्जलिम् Rām. -नभस् a. being above in the clouds. -पथः the upper region, the ether. -पातनम् causing to ascend, sublimation (as of mercury), -पात्रम् a sacrificial vessel; सौवर्णराजताब्जानामूर्ध्वपात्रग्रहाश्मनाम् Y.1.182. -पुण्ड्रः, -ण्ड्रकः a perpendicular sign of sandal on the forehead of a Brāhmaṇa. -पूरम् ind. full to the brim, full to overflowing; ˚रं पूर्यते Sk. -पृश्नि a. Ved. spotted above. (-श्निः) a sacrificial beast. -प्रमाणम् Height altitude. -बर्हिस् a. Ved. being above the sacrificial grass. -m. a kind of manes called सोमप. -बाहुः a devotee who constantly holds his arms above his head till they are fixed in that position. ऊर्ध्वबाहुर्विरौम्येष न च कश्चित् शृणोति माम् Mb. -बुध्न a. Ved. upsidedown, topsy-turvy; अर्वाग्विलश्चमस ऊर्ध्वबुध्नः Bṛi. Up. 2.2.3. -भागः 1 the upper part. -2 any part of a word coming after another part. -भाज् a. 1 being upwards. -2 enjoying the upper part. (-m.) the submarine fire. -मन्थिन् a. living in perpetual chastity, a Brahmachārin; वाताशना य ऋषयः श्रमणा ऊर्ध्व- मन्थिनः Bhāg.11.6.48. -मानम् an instrument for measuring altitudes; ऊर्ध्वमानं किलोन्मानं परिमाणं तु सर्वतः Mbh. on P.V.1.19. -मायु a. sending forth a loud noise. -मारुतम् pressure of the wind (of the body) upwards. -मुख a. having the mouth or opening upwards; cast or directed upwards; प्रबोधयत्यूर्ध्वमुखैर्मुयूखैः Ku.1.16; R.3.57. (-खम्) the upper part of the mouth. -मूल a. having the roots upwards. ऊर्ध्वमूलमधः शाखमश्वत्थं प्राहुरव्यम् । छन्दांसि यस्य पर्णानि यस्तं वेद स वेदवित् ॥ Bg.15.1.9. -मौहूर्तिक a. happening after a short time. -रेत, -रेतस् a. [ऊर्ध्वमूर्ध्वगं नाधः पतत् रेतो यस्य] one who lives in perpetual celibacy or abstains from sexual intercourse; यतीनामूर्ध्वरेतसाम् Mb.3.233.44. (-m.) 1 N. of Śiva. -2 Bhīṣma. -लिङ्गः, -लिङ्गिन् N. of Śiva. (Having the membrum virile above, i. e. chaste) -लोकः the upper world, heaven. -वक्त्रः (pl.) N. of a class of deities. -वर्त्मन् m. the atmosphere. -वातः, -वायुः the wind in the upper part of the body (उदान). -वालम् Yak-tail (चमरीपुच्छ); परिधायोर्ध्ववालं तु Mb.12.165.72. -वृत a. put on above, put over the head or shoulder (as the sacred thread of a Brāhmaṇa); कार्पासमुपवीतं स्याद्विप्रस्योर्ध्ववृतं त्रिवृत् Ms.2.44. -शायिन् a. sleeping with the face upwards (as a child). (-m.) N. of Śiva. -शोधनम् vomiting. -शोधनः Soap-nut tree and fruit, Sapindus Emarginatus (Mar. रिठा). -शोषम् ind. so as to dry (anything) above; यद्वोर्ध्वशोषं तृणवद् विशुल्कः Bk.3.14. -श्वासः expiration; a kind of asthma. -सानु a. rising higher and higher; surpassing; कनिक्रदत् पतयदूर्ध्वसानुः Rv.1.152.5. (-m., -n.) the top of a mountain. -स्थ a. being above, superior. -स्थितिः f. 1 the rearing of a horse. -2 a horse's back. -3 elevation, superiority. -स्रोतस् m. 1 an ascetic who abstains from sexual intercourse; cf. ऊर्ध्वरेतस्. -2 N. of a creation of beings whose stream of life or current of nutriment tends upwards. -3 a plant. ऊर्ध्व ūrdhva (र्द्ध rddha) कः kḥ ऊर्ध्व (र्द्ध) कः A kind of drum (Mar. तबला).
ūha ऊह a. Observed, perceived. -हः [ऊह्-घञ्] 1 A change, modification. ऊहदर्शनं न विवक्षितार्थानामेव भवति । ŚB. on MS.1.2.52. ऊह forms the subject-matter of जैमिनि's मीमांसासूत्र, अध्याय IX. It is said to bo of three varieties; cf. त्रिविधश्च ऊहः मन्त्रसामसंस्कारविषयः ŚB. on MS; 9.1.1. -2 A guess, conjecture; Mb.5.33.28. -3 Examination and determination. -4 Understanding. -5 Reasoning, arguing. -6 Supplying an ellipsis. -7 Attributing, ascribing. -8 Collection. -Comp. -अपोहः full discussion, consideration of the pros and cons; इमे मनुष्या दृश्यन्ते ऊहापोहविशारदाः Mb.13.145.43; ऊहापोहमिमं सरोजनयना यावद्विधत्तेतराम् Bv.2.74; see अपोह. -गानम् N. of the third Gāna or hymn-book of the Samaveda. -च्छला f. N. of a chapter of the Sāmaveda Chchhalā.
ṛc ऋच् f. [ऋच्यते स्तूयते$नया, ऋच् करणे क्विप्] 1 A hymn (in general). -2 A single verse, stanza, or text; a verse of the Ṛigveda (opp. यजुस् and सामन्); त्रेधा विहिता वागृचो यजूंषि सामानि Śat. Br. -3 The collective body of the Ṛigveda (pl.), ऋचः सामानि जज्ञिरे Rv.1.9.9. ऋक्साम यजुरेव च Bg.9.17. -4 Splendour (for रुच्). -5 Praise. -6 worship. -Comp. -अयनम् [ऋचामयनम्] N. of a book; ऋक्पारायण, ˚आदि N. of a collection of words in Pāṇini. -आवानम् the time for reciting the Vedas. -गाथा N. of a certain song consisting of riklike stanzas; ऋग्गाथा पाणिका दक्षविहिता ब्रह्मगीतिका Y.3.114. -तन्त्रम्, -व्याकरणम् N. of the Pariśiṣtas of the Sāma Veda. -ब्राह्मणम् The Aitareya Brāhmaṇa. -भाज् a. partaking of a Ṛik. (as a deity who is addressed with it). -विधानम् the performance of certain rites, by reciting verses of the Ṛigveda. -वेदः the oldest of the four Vedas, and the most ancient sacred book of the Hindus. [The Ṛigveda is said to have been produced from fire; cf. M.1.23. This Veda is divided, according to one arrangement, into 8 Aṣṭakas, each of which is divided into as many Adhyāyas; according to another arrangement into 1 Maṇḍalas, which are again subdivided into 1 Anuvākas, and comprises 1 sūktas. The total number of verses or Ṛiks is above 1]. -संहिता the arranged collection of the hymns of Ṛigveda. -साम (˚मे dual) the verses Ṛik and Sāman. ˚शृङ्गः N. of Viṣṇu.
ṛṇa ऋण a. [ऋ-क्त] 1 Going. -2 Guilty. -णम् 1 Debt; (as to the three kinds of debt, see अनृण; cf. जायमानो ह वै ब्राह्मणस्त्रिभिर्ऋणवान् जायते, यज्ञेन देवेभ्यः ब्रह्मचर्येण ऋषिभ्यः प्रजया पितृभ्यः इति । स वै तर्हि अनृणो भवति यदा यज्वा, ब्रह्मचारी, प्रजावानिति । ŚB. on MS.6.2.31. ऋणानि त्रिण्यपाकृत्य मनो मोक्षे निवेशयेत् Ms.6.35. देवानां च पितॄणां च ऋषीणां च तथा नरः । ऋणवाञ् जायते यस्मात्तन्मोक्षे प्रयतेत् (त ?) सदा ॥ देवानामनृणो जन्तुर्यज्ञैर्भवति मानवः । अल्पवित्तश्च पूजाभिरुपवासव्रतैस्तथा ॥ श्राद्धेन प्रजया चैव पितॄणामनृणो भवेत् । ऋषीणां ब्रह्मचर्येण श्रुतेन तपसा तथा ॥ (विष्णुधर्मोत्तरम्); ऋणं कृ to incur debt; ऋणं दा to pay off or discharge debt; अन्त्यं ऋणं (पितॄणम्) the last debt to be paid to the manes, i. e. creation of a son. -2 An obligation in general. cf. ऋणसंस्तवो हि अवश्यकर्तव्यानां भवति । ŚB on MS.6.2.31. -3 (In alg.) The negative sign or quantity, minus (opp. धन). -4 A fort, strong-hold. -5 Water. -6 Land. -Comp. -अन्तकः the planet Mars. -अपनयनम् -अपनोदनम्, -अपाकरणम्, -दानम्, -मुक्तिः, -मोक्षः, -शोधनम् paying off debt, discharge or liquidation of debt. -आदानम् 'recovery of debt' Kau. A.3; receipt of money lent &c. (one of the 18 titles or subjects of litigation). -उद्ग्रहणम् recovering a debt in any way from the creditor (by friendly or legal proceedings). -ऋणम् (ऋणार्णम्) debt for a debt, debt incurred to liquidate another debt. ऋणस्य अपनयनाय यदन्यदृणं क्रियते तत् ऋणार्णम् Sk.73; Vārt. on P.VI.1.89. -कर्तृ a. one who gets into debt; Mb.13.23.21. -काति a. one to whom praise is due as a debt; or one who receives praise as a debt to be repaid in benefits (Sāy.) -ग्रस्त a. indebted, involved in debt. -ग्रहः 1 borrowing (money). -2 a borrower. -ग्राहिन् a. borrowing. -m. a debtor, borrower. -चित् a. acknowledging (praise) as a debt to be paid for. N. of ब्रह्मणस्पति; Rv.2.27. 17. -च्छेदः Payment of a debt. -(णम्)चयः N. of a king; Rv.5.3.12,14. -दातृ, -दायिन् a. one who pays a debt. -दासः [ऋणात् मोचनेन कृतो दासः] one who is bought as a slave by paying off his debts; ऋणमोचनेन दास्य- त्वमभ्युपगतः ऋणदासः Mitā. -निर्णयपत्रकम्, -पत्रम् A note of acknowledgement of debt; Sūkra.1.33. -निर्मोक्षः Discharge or acquittance of debt (to ancestors &c.); न चोपलेभे पूर्वेषामृणनिर्मोक्षसाधनम् R.1.2. -प्रदातृ moneylender. -मत्कुणः, -मार्गणः security, bail. -मुक्तः released from debt. -मुक्तिः &c. see ऋणापनयनम्. -लेख्यम् 'debtbond' a bond acknowledging a debt (in law; Mar. कर्जरोखा).
e ए 2 P. (आ + इ) 1 To come, approach &c.; आमायन्तु ब्रह्मचारिणः Tait. Up.1.4.2. -2 To reach, attain, come into (a state or position) स सर्वसमतामेत्य Ms.12.125. -3 To submit; fall to one's share; तस्मात्त्वां पृथग्बलय आयन्ति Ch. Up.5.14.1. (आययन्ति ?) (See इ).
lṝ लॄ f. A mother, a divine female. -m. Śiva. -f. = लृ. cf. लॄर्महात्मा सुरो बालो भूपः स्तोमः कथानकः (वक्ता) । मूर्खो शिश्नो गुदः कक्षा केशः पापरतो नरः ॥ Enm. एकान्वयो मम Ś.7; मनस्येकं वचस्येकं कर्मण्येकं महात्मनाम् H.1.197. -4 Firm, unchanged; एको ग्रहस्तु Pt.1.26. -5 Single of its kind, unique, singular. -6 Chief, supreme, prominent, sole; ब्राह्मण्यास्तद्धरेत्पुत्र एकांशं वै पितुर्धनात् Mb.13.47.11. ˚पार्थिव, ˚धनुर्धरः, ˚ऐश्वर्य M.1.1 sole sovereignty; एको रागिषु राजते Bh.3.121. -7 Peerless, matchless. -8 One of two or many; Me.3. एकः सख्यास्तव सह मया वामपादाभिलाषी Me.8. -9 Oft. used like the English indefinite article 'a', or 'an'; ज्योतिरेकम् Ś.5.3. -1 True. -11 Little. Oft. used in the middle of comp. in the sense of 'only', with an adjectival or adverbial force; दोषैकदृक् looking only to faults; त्वदेकेषु Ku.3.15 your arrow only; so भोगैकबद्धस्पृहः. एकः-अन्यः, or अपरः the onethe other; अजामेकां लोहित ... नमामः । अजो ह्येको ... अजोन्यः Śvet. Up.4.5; it is used in the plural in the sense of some, its correlative being अन्ये or अपरे (others); एके समूहुर्बलरेणुसंहतिं शिरोभिराज्ञामपरे महीभृतः ॥ Śi.12.45; see अन्य, अपर also. -कः N. of Viṣṇu. the ऴSupreme Being or Prajāpati; एक इति च प्रजापतेरभिधानमिति । ŚB. on MS. 1.3.13. (-कम्) 1 The mind; एकं विनिन्ये स जुगोप सप्त सप्तैव तत्याज ररक्ष पञ्च Bu. Ch.2.41. -2 unity, a unit; Hch. -का N. of Durgā. [cf. Persian yak; L. aequus]. -Comp. -अंशः a separate part, part in general. विष्टभ्याह- मिदं कृत्स्नमेकांशेन स्थितो जगत् Bg.1.42. एकांशश्च प्रधानतः Ms. 9.15. -अक्ष a. 1 having only one axle. द्विचक्रमेकाक्षम् (रथम्) Bhāg.4.26.1. -2 having one eye. -3 having an excellent eye. (-क्षः) 1 a crow. -2 N. of Śiva. -अक्षर a. monosyllabic. ओमित्येकाक्षरं ब्रह्म Bg.8.13. (-रम्) 1 a monosyllable. -2 the sacred syllable; ओम्; एकाक्षरं परं ब्रह्म Ms.2.83. -3 The sole imperishable thing; एका- क्षरमभिसंभूय Av.5.28.8. -4 N. of an Upaniṣad. ˚कोशः a vocabulary of monosyllabic words by Puruṣottama-deva. ˚रीभावः the production of only one syllable, contraction. -अग्नि a. Keeping only one fire; Āpastamba Dharma Sūtra 2.21.21. (-कः) One and the same fire. -अग्र a. 1 fixed on one object or point only. -2 closely attentive, concentrated, intent; तद्गीतश्रवणैकाग्रा R.15.66; K.49; कच्चिदेतच्छ्रुतं पार्थ त्वयैकाग्रेण चेतसा Bg.18.72; मनुमे- काग्रमासीनम् Ms.1.1. -3 unperplexed. -4 known, celebrated. -5 single-pointed. (-ग्रः) (in Math.) the whole of the long side of a figure which is subdivided. ˚चित्त, ˚मनस् a. with a concentrated mind, with undivided attention. ˚चित्तम्, ˚चित्तता intentness of purpose, concentration of mind; तत्रैकाग्रं मनःकृत्वा Bg.6.12;18.72. °reeदृष्टि a. fixing one's eye on one spot. -अग्ऱ्य = ˚अग्र. (-ग्ऱ्यम्) concentration. -अङ्गः 1 a body-guard. -2 the planet Mercury or Mars. -3 N. of Viṣṇu. ˚वधः Mutilation of a limb; Kau. A.4. -4 Having a unique or beautiful shape. (-अङ्गम्) 1 a single member or part. -2 sandal wood. -3 the head. (-ङ्गौ) a married couple. (-ङ्गी) Incomplete; ˚रूपक incomplete, simile. -अञ्जलिः A handful. -अङ्गिका preparation made with sandal-wood. -अण्डः a kind of horse. -अधिपतिः a sole monarch or sovereign. -अनंशा the only (day) receiving no part of the moon, an epithet of Kuhū or day of new moon (born together with Kṛiṣṇa and worshipped with Kṛiṣ&na and Bala-deva and identified with Durgā). -अनुदिष्ट a. 1 left as a funeral feast or one who has recently partaken in it. (-ष्टम्) a funeral ceremony performed for only one ancestor (recently dead); see एकोद्दिष्ट; यावदेकानुदिष्टस्य गन्धो लेपश्च तिष्ठति Ms.4.111. -अन्त a. 1 solitary, retired. -2 aside, apart. -3 directed towards one point or object only. -4 excessive, great; ˚शैत्यात्- कदलीविशेषाः Ku.1.36. -5 worshipping only one; devoted to only one (एकनिष्ठ); एकान्तजनप्रियः Bhāg.8.24.31. -6 absolute, invariable, perpetual; स्वायत्तमेकान्तगुणम् Bh.2.7; कस्यैकान्तं सुखमुपगतम् Me.111. (-तः) 1 a lonely or retired place, solitude; तासामेकान्तविन्यस्ते शयानां शयने द्युमे Rām.5.1.5. व्योम˚ विहारिणः Pt.2.2; H.1.49. -2 exclusiveness. -3 an invariable rule or course of conduct or action; तस्मादेकान्तमासाद्य Pt.3.7. -4 exclusive aim or boundary. (-तम्) an exclusive recourse, a settled rule or principle; तेजः क्षमा वा नैकान्तं काल- ज्ञस्य महीपतेः Śi.2.83. (-तम्, -तेन, -ततः, -ते) ind. 1 solely, exclusively, invariably, always, absolutely, युद्धे नैकान्तेन भवेज्जयः Mb.5.64.27. -2 exceeding, quite, wholly, very much; वयमप्येकान्ततो निःस्पृहाः Bh.3.24; दुःखमेकान्ततो वा Me.111; oft. in comp.; ˚विध्वंसिन् sure or destined to perish; R.2.57; ˚भीरु Mu. 3.5 always timid; so एकान्तकरुण very weak &c. -3 alone, apart, privately. ˚भूत being alone or solitary; विलोक्यैकान्तभूतानि भूतान्यादौ प्रजापतिः Bhāg.6.18.3. ˚मति a. devoted to one object only. ˚विहारिन् a. a solitary wanderer. ˚सुषमा 'containing exclusively good years', a division of time with Jainas. ˚स्थित a. staying or remaining apart. -अन्तर a. next but one, separated by one remove; द्वन्द्वं दक्षमरीचिसंभवमिदं तत्स्रष्टुरेकान्तरम् Ś.7.27; V.1. (-रः) a kind of fever. -अन्तिक a. final, conclusive. -अन्तित्वम् devotion to one object. -अन्तिन् a. devoted to one object only; अहो अत्यद्भुतं ह्येतद् दुर्लभैकान्ति- नामपि Bhāg.7.1.15. -m. a worshipper of Viṣṇu. -अन्नम् one and the same food. (-न्नः), -˚आदिन् 1 a mess-mate. -2 One who lives on the alms from only one house; नैकान्नादी भवेद् व्रती Ms.2.188. -अपचयः, अपायः Diminution by one. -अब्दा a heifer one year old. -अयन a. 1 passable for only one (as a foot-path) Mb.3. -2 fixing one's thoughts on one object, closely attentive, intent; see एकाग्र. (-नम्) 1 a lonely or retired place; एकायनगतः पथि Mb.1.176.5; Rām. 3.67.23. -2 a meeting-place, rendezvous. सर्वासामपां समुद्र एकायनम् Bṛi. Up.2.4.11. -3 union of thoughts. -4 monotheism. -5 the sole object; सा स्नेहस्य एकायनीभूता M.2.14; एकायनीभूय Mv.4 with one accord, unanimously. -6 One and the same way, similarity; एकमेवायनगताः प्लवमाना गिरेर्गिरम् Rām.4.2.9. -7 Worldly wisdom (नीतिशास्त्र); नाम वै एकायनम् Ch. Up.7.1.2. ˚गत = एकायन q. v. तरुणः सुकृतैर्युक्त एकायनगतश्च ह Mb.7.12.22. ˚स्थः With only one resource open, driven to extremity; शूरश्चैकायनस्थश्च किमन्यत्प्रतिपद्यते Pratijñā.1.7. -अर्णवः general flood, universal deluge; अयं ह्युत्सहते क्रुद्धः कर्तुमे- कार्णवं जगत् Rām.5.49.2. -अर्थ a. 1 having one and the same meaning, having the same object in view; राजन्यकान्युपायज्ञैरेकार्थानि चरैस्तव Śi.2.114. -2 (Rhet.) Tautological (as a sentence); Kāvyālaṅkāravṛitti. 2.1.11. (-र्थः) 1 the same thing, object, or intention. -2 the same meaning. -3 N. of a glossary (of synonymous words); cf. एकार्थनाममाला. -अवम a. inferior or less by one. -अवयव a. made up of the same components. -अशीत or ˚तितम a. eighty-first. -अशीतिः f. eighty-one. -अष्टका 1 the first or chief Aṣṭakā after the full moon; एकाष्टके सुप्रजसः सुवीरा Av.3.1.5. -2 the eighth day of the dark fortnight in the month of Māgha (on which a श्राद्ध is to be performed). -अष्ठीका (ला) The root of the trumpet-flower (Mar. पहाडमूळ). -अष्ठील a. having one kernel. (-लः) N. of a plant (बकवृक्ष); A white variety of Gigantic swallowwort (Mar. रुईमांदार). -अहन् (ह) 1 the period of one day. -2 a sacrifice lasting for one day. ˚गमः, ˚अध्वा a day's journey. -आतपत्र a. characterized by only one umbrella (showing universal sovereignty); एकातपत्रं जगतः प्रभुत्वम् R.2.47. ˚त्रां भुवम् 18.4; K.26; Śi.12. 33; V.3.19. -आत्मन् a. depending solely on one-self, solitary. -आदेशः cf. Sk. on P.VI.1.11. one substitute for two or more letters (got by either dropping one vowel, or by the blending of both); as the आ in एकायन. -आयु a. 1 providing the most excellent food. -2 the first living being. एकायुरग्रे विश आविवाससि Rv.1.31.5. -आवलिः, -ली f. 1 a single string of pearls, beads &c.; सूत्रमेकावली शुद्धा Kau. A.2.11. एका- वली कण्ठविभूषणं वः Vikr.1.3; लताविटपे एकावली लग्ना V.1. -2 (in Rhetoric) Necklace-a series of statements in which there is a regular transition from a predicate to a subject, or from a subject to a predicate; स्थाप्यते$पोह्यते वापि यथापूर्वं परस्परम् । विशेषणतया यत्र वस्तु सैकावली द्विधा ॥ K. P.1; cf. Chandr.5.13-4; नेत्रे कर्णान्तविश्रान्ते कर्णो दोःस्तम्भदोलितौ &c. and Bk.2.19. -आहार्य a. having the same food; making no difference between allowed and forbidden food; एकहार्यं युगं सर्वम् Mb.3.19.41. -उक्तिः f. a single expression or word. -उत्तर a. greater or increasing by one. -उदकः (a relative) connected by the offering of funeral libations of water to the same deceased ancestor; जन्मन्येकोदकानां तु त्रिरात्राच्छुद्धिरिष्यते Ms.5.71. -उदरः, -रा uterine, (brother or sister). -उदात्त a. having one Udātta accent. -उद्दिष्टम् a Śrāddha or funeral rite performed for one definite individual deceased, not including other ancestors; see एकानुदिष्ट. -ऊन a. less by one, minus one. -ऋच् a. consisting of one verse (ऋच्). (-चम्) A Sūkta of one verse only; Av.19.23.2. -एक a. one by one, one taken singly, a single one; एकैकमप्यनर्थाय किमु यत्र चतुष्टयम् H. Pr.11; R.17.43. (-कम्), -एकैकशः, ind. one by one, singly, severally एकैकमत्र दिवसे दिवसे Ś.6.11; ˚कं निर्दिशन् Ś.7 pointing to each severally. -श्यम् (एककश्यम्) Single state, severally एकैकश्येनानुपूर्वं भूत्वा भूत्वेह जायते Bhāg.7.15.51. -˚श्येन (instrumental used as an adv.) individually, singly, one by one. ते यदि एकैकश्येनापि कुर्वन्ति तथापि सत्रक्रियामभिसमीक्ष्य बहव एव कुर्वन्तीति बहुवचनं भविष्यति । ŚB on MS.1.6.45. -ओघः 1 a continuous current. -2 A single flight (of arrows); एकौघेन स्वर्णपुङ्खैर्द्विषन्तः (आकिरन्ति स्म) Śi. 18.55. -कपाल a. consisting of or contained in one cup. -कर a. (-री f.) 1 doing only one thing. -2 (-रा) one-handed. -3 one-rayed. -कार्य a. 1 acting in concert with, co-operating, having made common cause with; co-worker; अस्माभिः सहैककार्याणाम् Mu.2; R.1.4. -2 answering the same end. -3 having the same occupation. (-र्यम्) sole or same business. -कालः 1 one time. -2 the same time, (-लम्, -ले) ind. at one time, at one and the same time; एककालं चरेद्भैक्षम् Ms.6.55. ˚भोजनम् eating but one meal in any given time. -कालिकम् Once a day; तेभ्यो लब्धेन भैक्ष्येण वर्तयन्नेककालिकम् Ms.11.123. -कालीन a. 1 happening once only; -2 Contemporary, coeval. -कुण्डलः (लिन्) N. of Kubera; of Balabhadra and Śeṣa; गर्गस्रोतो महातीर्थमाजगामैककुण्डली Mb.9.37.14. cf. एककुण्डल आख्यातो बलरामे धनाधिपे Medini. -कुष्ठम् a kind of leprosy; कृष्णारुणं येन भवे- च्छरीरं तदेककुष्ठं प्रवदन्त्यसाध्यम् Suśr. -क्षीरम् the milk of one (nurse &c.). -गम्यः the supreme spirit. -गुरु, गुरुक a. having the same preceptor. (-रुः, -रुकः) a spiritual brother (pupil of the same preceptor). -ग्राम a. living in the same village. (-मः) the same village. -ग्रामीण a. Inhabiting the same village; नैकग्रामीणमतिथिम् Ms.3.13. -चक्र a. 1 having only one wheel. (said of the sun's chariot); सप्त युञ्जन्ति रथमेक- चक्रम् Rv.1.164.2. -2 governed by one king only. (-क्रः) the chariot of the sun. ˚वर्तिन् m. sole master of the whole universe, universal monarch. (-क्रा) N. of the town Kīchakas. -चत्वारिंशत् f. forty-one. -चर a. 1 wandering or living alone, alone; अयमेकचरो$ भिवर्तते माम् Ki.13.3;3.53. Kau. A.1.18. स्वच्छन्दमेकचरं Mudrā. -2 having one attendant. -3 living unassisted. -4 going together or at the same time. -5 gregarious. -6 (Said of certain animals); न भक्षयेदेकचरान् Ms.5.17; Bhāg.5.8.18. (-रः) 1 a rhinoceros. -2 An ascetic (यति); नाराजके जनपदे चरत्येकचरो वशी Rām.2.67.23. -चरण a. having only one foot. -चारिन् a. 1 living alone, solitary. -2 going alone or with one follower only. -3 An attendant of Buddha. (-णी) a loyal wife. -चित्त a. thinking of one thing only, absorbed in one object. (-त्तम्) 1 fixedness of thought upon one object. -2 unanimity एकचित्तीभूय H.1 unanimously; ˚ता fixedness of mind, agreement, unanimity. -चिन्तनम् thinking of only one object. -चिन्मय a. Consisting of intelligence; Rāmt. Up. -चेतस्, -मनस् a. unanimous; see ˚चित्त. -चोदन a. Resting upon one rule. (-नम्) referring to in the singular number. -च्छत्र a. Ruled by one king solely. -च्छायाश्रित a. Involved in similarity (of debt) with one debtor (said of a surety); Y.2.56. -ज a. 1 born alone or single. -2 growing alone (a tree); महानप्येकजो वृक्षो बलवान्सुप्रतिष्ठितः Pt.3.54. -3 alone of its kind. -4 uniform, unchanging. -जः, -जा a brother or sister of the same parents. -जटा N. of a goddess उग्रतारा. -जन्मन् m. 1 a king. -2 a Śūdra; see ˚जाति below. -जात a. born of the same parents; Ms.9.148. -जाति a. 1 once born. -2 belonging to the same family or caste. (-तिः) a Śūdra (opp. द्विजन्मन्); ब्राह्मणः क्षत्रियो वैश्यस्त्रयो वर्णा द्विजातयः । चतुर्थ एकजातिस्तु शूद्रो नास्ति तु पञ्चमः ॥ Ms.1.4;8.27. -जातीय a. of the same kind, species or family. ˚अनुसमयः performance of one detail with reference to all things or persons, then doing the second, then the third and so on (see पदार्थानुसमय) Ms.5.2.1-2. -जीववादः (in phil.) the assertion of a living soul only. -ज्या the chord of an arc; sine of 3˚. -ज्योतिस् m. N. of Śiva. -तान a. concentrated or fixed on one object only, closely attentive; ब्रह्मैकतानमनसो हि वसिष्ठमिश्राः Mv.3.11. (-नः) 1 attention fixed on one object only; A. Rām.6.2.2. -2 musical harmony, = ˚तालः -ताल a. Having a single palm tree; एकताल एवोत्पातपवनप्रेरितो गिरिः R.15.23. -तालः harmony, accurate adjustment of song, dance, and instrumental music (cf. तौर्यत्रिकम्). -लम् A kind of sculptural measurement. (-ली) an instrument for beating time, any instrument having but one note. -तीर्थिन् a. 1 bathing in the same holy water. -2 belonging to the same religious order; क्रमेणाचार्यसच्छिष्य- धर्मभ्रात्रेकतीर्थिनः Y.2.137. -m. a fellow student, spiritual brother. -तेजन a. Ved. having only one shaft (an arrow). -त्रिंशत् f. thirty-one; ˚त्रिंश 31st. -त्रिकः a kind of sacrifice performed in or lasting for a day. -दंष्ट्रः, -दन्तः "one-tusked", epithets of Gaṇeśa (एकदंष्ट्रः) A kind of fever. -दण्डिन् m. 1 N. of a class of Sannyāsins or beggars (otherwise called हंस). They are divided into four orders :-कुटीचको बहूदको हंसश्चैव तृतीयकः । चतुर्थः परहंसश्च यो यः पश्चात्स उत्तमः ॥ Hārita. -2 N. of a Vedantic school. -दलः, -पत्रः N. of a plant (चन्डालकन्द). -दिश् a. living in the same region or quarter. -दुःखसुख a. sympathising, having the same joys and sorrows. -दृश्, -दृष्टि a. one-eyed. -m. 1 a crow. -2 N. of Śiva. -3 a philosopher. -दृश्य a. the sole object of vision, alone being worthy of being seen. तमेकदृश्यं नयनैः पिबन्त्यो Ku.7.64. -दृष्टिः f. fixed or steady look. -देवः the Supreme god. -देवत, -दे(दै)वत्य a. devoted, directed or offered to one deity. -देश a. occupying the same place. (-शः) 1 one spot or place. -2 a part or portion (of the whole), one side; ˚अवतीर्णा K.22; तस्यैकदेशः U.4; Mv.2; विभावितैकदेशेन देयं यदभियुज्यते V.4.33 'what is claimed should be given by one who is proved to have got a part of it'; (this is sometimes called एकदेशविभावितन्याय) ˚क्षाण a. partly burnt. एकदेशक्षाणमपि क्षाणमेव । ŚB. on MS.6.4.18. -देशिन् a. consisting of parts or portions divided into parts. -m. A disputant knowing only part of the true state of the case. -देह, -देहिन् a. 1 having only one body. -2 elegantly formed. (-हः) 1 the planet Mercury. -2 (du.) Husband and wife. -धनः a kind of jug with which water is taken up at certain religious ceremonies. (-नम्) 1 an excellent gift. -2 honorific offering. -धनिन् a. obtaining an honorific offering, -धर्मन्, -धर्मिन् a. 1 possessing the same properties of the same kind. -2 professing the same religion. -धुर, -धुरावह, -धुरीण a. 1 fit for but one kind of labour. -2 fit for but one yoke (as cattle for special burden; P.IV.4.79). -धुरा a particular load or conveyance. -नक्षत्रम् a lunar mansion consisting of only one star. -नटः the principal actor in a drama, the manager (सूत्रधार) who recites the prologue. -नयनः The planet Venus. -नवतः ninety-first. -नवतिः f. ninety-one. -नाथ a. having one master. (-थः) 1 sole master or lord. -2 N. of an author. -नायकः N. of Śiva. -निश्चय a. come to the same conclusion or resolution, having the same aim. (-यः) general agreement or conclusion, unanimity. -निपातः A particle which is a single word. -निष्ठ a. 1 intently devoted or loyal (to one thing). -2 intently fixed on one object. -नेत्रः 1 N. of Śiva; (one-eyed). -2 (With Śaivas) One of the eight forms of Vidyeśvara. -पक्ष a. 1 of the same side or party, an associate. -2 partial. (-क्षः) one side or party; ˚आश्रयविक्लवत्वात् R.14.34; ˚क्षे in one point of view, in one case. -पक्षीभावः The state of being the one alternative. -पञ्चाशत् f. fifty-one. -पतिक a. having the same husband. -पत्नी 1 a faithful wife (perfectly chaste); तां चावश्यं दिवसगणनातत्परामेकपत्नीम् Me.1. -2 the wife of a man who has no other wives; यो धर्म एकपत्नीनां काङ्क्षन्ती तमनुत्तमम् Ms.5.158. -3 the wife of the same man; a co-wife; सर्वासामेकपत्नीनामेका चेत्पुत्रिणी भवेत् Ms.9. 183. ˚व्रतम् a vow of perfect chastity; कामेकपत्नीव्रतदुःख- शीलाम् Ku.3.7. -पत्रिका the plant Ocimum Gratissimum (गन्धपत्रा; Mar. नागदवणी) -पद्, -पाद् a. 1 one-footed, limping, lame. -2 incomplete. (-पाद्) m. N. of Śiva or Viṣṇu. (-पदी) a foot-path (for a single man to walk on). एकपद्या तया यान्ती नलिकायन्त्रतुल्यया Śiva. B.28.66 -पद a. 1 one-footed. -2 consisting of or named in one word. (-दम्) 1 a single step. -2 single or simple word. -3 the time required to pronounce a single word. -4 present time, same time; (-दः) 1 a man having one foot. -2 a kind of coitus (रतिबन्ध). (-दे) ind. suddenly, all at once, abruptly; निहन्त्यरीनेकपदे य उदात्तः स्वरानिव Śi.2.95; R.8.48; K.45; V.4.3. (-दा) a verse consisting of only one Pāda or quarter stanza. (-दी) 1 a woman having one foot. -2 a Gāyatrī consisting of one Pāda. गायत्र्यस्येकपदी Bṛi. Up.5.14.7. -3 Foot-path (Mar. पाऊलवाट); इयमेकपदी राजन्यतो मे पितुराश्रमः Rām. 2.63.44. -पर a. Ved. an epithet of the dice in which one is decisive or of pre-eminent importance. -परि ind. one over or under, (a term at dice; cf. अक्षपरि). अक्षस्याह- मेकहरस्य हेतोः Rv.1.34.2. -पर्णा 1 N. of a younger sister of Durgā. -2 N. of Durgā. -3 a plant having one leaf only. -पलाशः a. a single Butea Frondosa. -पाटला N. of a younger sister of Durgā; N. of Durgā. -पाणः a single wager. -पात a. happening at once, sudden. -तः The first word of a Mantra (प्रतीक). -पतिन् a. 1 sudden. -2 standing alone or solitary. (-नी) i. e. ऋक् a verse to be taken by itself or independently of the hymn to which it belongs. -पाद a. 1 having only one foot; तत्र शिश्रिये$ज एकपादः Av.13.1.6. -2 using only one foot. (-दः) 1 one or single foot. -2 one and the same Pāda. -3 N. of Viṣṇu and Śiva. -पादिका a kind of posture of birds. -पार्थिवः Sole ruler or king; न केवलं तद्गुरुरेक- पार्थिवः R.3.31. -पिङ्गः, -पिङ्गलः N. of Kubera; having a yellow mark in place of one eye; (his eye was so made on account of a curse uttered by Pārvatī when he cast an evil eye at her;) Dk.2.4. -पिण्ड a. united by the offering of the funeral rice-ball; ˚ता, -त्वम् consanguinity. -पुत्र a. having only one son. -पुरुषः 1 the Supreme Being; वेदान्तेषु यमाहुरेकपुरुषम् V.1.1; -2 the chief person. a. Consisting of only one man. तथैकपुरुषं राष्ट्रम् Bhāg.6.5.7. -पुष्कलः (रः) N. of a musical instrument (Mar. काहल); ततः प्रयाते दाशार्हे प्रावाद्यन्तैकपुष्कराः Mb.5.94.21. -प्रकार a. of the same kind. -प्रख्य a. singularly like. -प्रभुत्वम् sole sovereignty. -प्रयत्नः one effort (of the voice). -प्रस्थः a measure. -प्रहारिक a. killed by one blow. Mk.8. -प्राणयोगः union in one breath. -बुद्धि a. having only one thought. -भक्त a. 1 serving one master only. -2 worshipping one deity. -3 eating together. (-भूक्तम्) N. of a religious ceremony; eating but one meal (a day) Mb.3; Y.3.318. ˚व्रतम् eating but once a day as a religious observance. -भक्ति a. 1 believing in one deity. -2 firmly devoted; तेषां ज्ञानी नित्ययुक्त एकभक्तिर्विशिष्यते Bg.7. 17. -f. eating but one meal a day. -भार्या a faithful or chaste wife. तामेकभार्यां परिवादभीरोः R.14.86 (-र्यः) one having one wife only. -भाव a. of the same or one nature. -2 sincerely devoted. -3 honest, sincerely disposed. (-वः) 1 one feeling, the same or unchanged devotion; दुर्ग्राह्यत्वान्नृपतिमनसां नैकभावाश्रयाणां सेवाधर्मः परमगहनः Pt.1.285;3.65. स्वतेजसा सत्त्वगुणप्रवाहमात्मैकभावेन भजध्वमद्धा Bhāg. -2 oneness, agreement. cf. एको भावः सदा शस्तो यतीनां भवितात्मनाम् -भूत a. 1 being one, undivided -2 concentrated, closely attentive. -भूमः a palace having one floor. -भोजन, -भुक्त a. 1 eating but one meal. -2 eating in common. -मति a. 1 fixed on one object. -2 unanimous, thinking in the same way. -मनस् a. thinking with another, of one thought; ते निर्यान्तु मया सहैकमनसो येषामभीष्टं यशः Mu.2.13. -2 fixing the mind upon one object, closely attentive; गच्छन्तमेकमनसम् Mb.1.42.36. एकमनाः श्रोतुमर्हति देवः M.2. -मात्र a. of one syllable. -मुख a. 1 having the face directed towards one place, direction of object; सहस्रं स एकमुखो ददाति Av.9.4.9. -2 having the same aim. -3 having one chief or head; द्यूतमेकमुखं कार्यम् Y.2.23. -4 having one door or entrance (as a मण्डप). (-खम्) 1 gambling. -2 a kind of fruit (रुद्राक्षफल). -मूर्धन् = ˚मुख q. v. Av.8.9.15. -मूला = अतसी q. v. -यष्टिः, -यष्टिका a single string of pearls. -योनि a. 1 uterine. -2 of the same family or caste; एतद्विधानं विज्ञेयं विभाग- स्यैकयोनिषु Ms.9.148. -रजः the plant भृङ्गराज (Mar. माका). -रथः An eminent warrior; Mb.3. -रश्मि a. Lustrous Mb.4. -रस a. 1 finding pleasure only in one thing, of one flavour; रसान्तराण्येकरसं यथा दिव्यं पयो$श्नुते R.1.17. -2 of one feeling or sentiment only; साहस˚ U.5.21 influenced only by rashness; विक्रम˚ K.7; भावैकरसं मनः Ku.5.82; M.3.1; Bv.2.155; Śi.6.26; V.1.9. -3 of one tenor, stable, equable; Māl.4.7; U.4.15. -4 solely or exclusively devoted (to one); अबलैकरसाः R.9.43,8.65. (-सः) 1 oneness of aim or feeling. -2 the only flavour or pleasure. (-सम्) a drama of one sentiment. -राज्, -राजः m. an absolute king; प्राङ् विशाम्पतिरेकराट् त्वं वि राज Av.3.4.1. a. Shining alone, alone visible; स वा एष तदा द्रष्टा नाप- श्यद् दृश्यमेकराट् Bhāg.3.5.24. -रात्रः a ceremony lasting one night. (-त्रम्) one night; एकरात्रं तु निवसन्नतिथिर्ब्राह्मणः स्मृतः Ms.3.12. -रात्रिक a. lasting or sufficient for one night only. -राशिः 1 a heap, crowd. -2 a sign of the zodiac. ˚भूत a. collected or heaped together. -रिक्थिन् m. a coheir; यद्येकरिक्थिनौ स्यातामौरसक्षेत्रजौ सुतौ Ms.9.162. -रूप a. 1 of one form or kind, like, similar; आसवः प्रतिपदं प्रमदानां नैकरूपरसतामिव भेजे Ki.9.55. -2 uniform, one-coloured; Rv.1.169.2. (-पम्) 1 one form or kind; -2 The knowledge of reality. विमोचयत्येकरूपेण Sāṅ. K.63. ˚ता uniformity, invariableness; क्षणद्युतीनां दधुरेकरूपताम् Ki.8.2. -रूप्य a. formed or arising from one. -लिङ्गः 1 a word having one gender only. -2 N. of Kubera. (-ङ्गम्) a place in which for five krośas there is but one लिङ्ग (Phallus); पञ्चक्रोशान्तरे यत्र न लिङ्गान्तरमीक्ष्यते । तदेकलिङ्गमाख्यातं तत्र सिद्धिरनुत्तमा ॥ Śabdak. -वचनम् the singular number. -वर्ण a. 1 of one colour. -2 identical, same. -3 of one tribe or caste. -4 involving the use of one letter (˚समीकरण). (-र्णः) 1 one form. -2 a Brāhmaṇa. -3 a word of one syllable. -4 a superior caste. (-र्णी) beating time, the instrument (castanet); ˚समीकरणम् an equation involving one unknown quantity. -वर्णिक a. 1 of one colour. -2 of one caste. -वर्षिका a heifer one year old. -वस्त्र, -वसन a. having only one garment, in one dress (without उत्तरीय). (-स्त्रम्) a single garment. -वाक्यम् one or unanimous opinion; एकवाक्यं विवव्रः R.6.85 raised a unanimous cry; ˚ता consistency in meaning, unanimity, reconciling different statements, syntactical unity; प्रकरणाच्च ज्योतिष्टोमेनैकवाक्यता स्यात् । ŚB. on MS.1. 5.37. -वाक्यकृ 8 U. To effect syntactical unity, to construe as one sentence. तस्मात् प्रकृतानां ... देवतानामन्यतमया देवतया प्रकृतत्वादेकवाक्यतां कृत्वा देवतामवगमिष्यामः । ŚB. on MS.1. 8.5. -वाक्यया 2 P. (with instrumental) To form one sentence with, to be syntactically connected with; न वै कृतं कर्म प्राकृतैरङ्गपदार्थैः सहैकवाक्यतां याति । ŚB. on MS.1. 1.2. ˚त्वम् syntactical unity. The state of forming or being one sentence; एकवाक्यत्वाच्च । Ms.1.1.8. -वाचक a. Synonymous. -वादः 1 a kind of drum or tabor (Mar. डफ). -2 the unitarian doctrine, monotheism. -वारम्, -वारे ind. 1 only once. -2 at once, suddenly. -3 at one time. -वासस् a. Clothed in only one garment. -वासा A woman; Nigh. -विंश a. twenty-first; consisting of twentyone. (-शः) the Ekaviṁśa-ṣ&tod;oma; Av.8.9.2. -विंशक a. The twentyfirst; दश पूर्वान्परान् वंश्यानात्मानं चैकविंशकम् । ब्राह्मीपुत्रः सुकृतकृन्मोचयेदेनसः पितॄन् ॥ Ms.3.37. -कम् The number twentyone; Y.3.224. -विंशतिः f. twentyone. -विजयः Complete victory; Kau. A.12. -विध a. of one kind; simple. -विलोचन a. one-eyed; see एकदृष्टि. -विषयिन् m. a rival (having a common object or end in view). -वीरः a pre-eminent warrior or hero; धर्म˚ Mv.5.48. -रा N. of a daughter of Śiva, a deity. -वृक्षः 1 one tree. -2 a district in which but one tree is seen for 4 Krośas. -वृत f. heaven. -वृन्दम 1 a peculiar disease of the throat. -2 one heap or collection. -वृषः Ved. the chief bull; the best or most excellent of a number. -वेणिः, -णी f. a single braid of hair (worn by a woman as a mark of her separation from her husband &c.); गण्डाभोगात्कठिनविषमामेकवेणीं करेण Me.93; ˚धरा Ś.7; धृत˚ Ś.7.21. -वेश्मन् n. a solitary house or room; विप्रदुष्टां स्त्रियं भर्ता निरुन्ध्यादेकवेश्मनि Ms.11.176. -व्यवसायिन् a. following the same profession. -व्याव- हारिकाः N. of a Buddhist school. -शत a. 11 st. (-तम्) 11; अत्रैतदेकशतं नाडीनां Prasna. Up.3.6. -शक a. whole-hoofed. (-फः) an animal whose hoof is not cloven (as a horse, ass &c.); अजाविकं सैकशफं न जातु विषमं भजेत् Ms.9.119. -शरणम् the sole recourse or refuge (especially applied to a deity). -शरीर a. of one body or blood, consanguineous. ˚अन्वयः consanguineous descent. ˚अवयवः a descendant in a right line, blood-kinsman. ˚आरम्भः commencement of consanguinity by the union of father and mother. -शल्यः A kind of fish; Rām.5.11.17. -शाख a. having one branch. (-खः) a Brāhmaṇa of the same branch or school. -शायिन् a. Sleeping alone, chaste; Mb.13. -शाला A single hall or room; (-लम् A house consisting of one hall; Matsya P. -शीर्षन् = ˚मुख q. v. Av.13.4.6. -शुङ्ग a. having one sheath. (-ङ्गा) N. of a medicinal plant. -शुल्कम् One and the same purchase money (given to the parents of a bride); अन्यां चेद्दर्शयित्वा$न्या वोढुः कन्या प्रदीयते । उभे ते एकशुल्केन वहेदित्यब्रवीन्मनुः ॥ Ms.8.24. -शृङ्ग a. having only one horn. (-ङ्गः) 1 a unicorn; rhinoceros. -2 N. of Viṣṇu. -3 a class of Pitṛis. -4 a mountain having one top. -शेपः a tree having one root. -शेषः 'the remainder of one', a species of Dvandva compound in which one of two or more words only is retained; e. g. पितरौ father and mother, parents, (= मातापितरौ); so श्वशुरौः, भ्रातरः &c. -श्रुत a. once heard. ˚धर a. keeping in mind what one has heard once. -श्रुतिः f. 1 monotony. -2 the neutral accentless tone. (-ति) ind. in a monotonous manner. -श्रुष्टि a. Ved. obedient to one command. -षष्ट a. sixty-first. -षष्टिः f. sixty-one. ˚तम a. sixty first. -संस्थ a. dwelling in one place; R.6.29. -सप्तत, ˚तितम् a. seventy-first. -सप्ततिः f. seventy-one. -सभम् a common place of meeting. -सर्ग a. closely attentive. (-र्गः) concentration. -सहस्रम् 11 or one thousand; वृषभैकसहस्रा गा दद्यात्सुचरितव्रतः Ms.11.127. -साक्षिक a. witnessed by one. -सार्थम् ind. together, in one company. -सूत्रम् N. of a small double drum played by a string and ball attached to the body of it (Mar. डमरू). -स्तोमः N. of Soma ceremony. -स्थ a. 1 being or centred in one place; in one man; ज्ञानमेकस्थमाचार्ये ...... शौर्यमेकस्थमाचार्ये Mb.7.188.45. Ku. 1.49; हन्तैकस्थं क्वचिदपि न ते चण्डि सादृश्यमस्ति Me.16. -2 close-standing, standing side by side. -3 collected, combined. -स्थानम् one or the same place; एकस्थाने प्रसूते वाक् Pt.4.5. -2 Standing closely; विपक्षेणापि मरुता यथैकस्थानवीरुधः Pt.3.53. -हंसः the chief or highest Haṁsa (an allegorical designation of the soul). हिरण्मयः पुरुष एकहंसः Bṛi. Up.4.3.11. -हायन a. one year old; त्रस्तैकहायनकुरङ्गविलोलदृष्टिः Māl.4.8; U.3.28. (-नी) a heifer one year old. (-नम्) the period of one year.
eḍu एडु (डू or डो)कः, -कम् 1 A building constructed of rubbish, bones &c., or of hard substances resembling bones. -2 A tomb, a wall round bones. 'भित्तिः स्त्री कुड्यमेडूकं यदन्तर्न्यस्तकीकसम्' इत्यमरः; एडूकान् पूजयिष्यन्ति वर्जयिष्यन्ति देवताः Mb.3.19.65. -3 (With Buddhists) A sanctuary filled with relics.
etad एतद् pron. a. (m. एषः, f. एषा, n. एतद्) 1 This, this here, yonder (referring to what is nearest to the speaker (समीपतरवर्ति चैतदो रूपम्); एते वयममी दाराः कन्येयं कुलजीवितम् K.; the Nom. forms are used like those of इदम् the sense of 'here'; एष पृच्छामि, एष कथयामि Mu.3. here I ask &c.; कदा गमिष्यसि-एष गच्छामि Sk.; एषो$स्मि कामन्दकी संवृत्तः Māl.1; एते नवीकृताः स्मः Ś.5. In this sense एतद् is sometimes used to give emphasis to the personal pronouns; एषो$हं कार्यवशादायोध्यिकस्तदानींतनश्च संवृत्तः U.1. -2 As the subject of a sentence it agrees in gender and number with the predicate without reference to the noun to which it refers; एतद् (शवला) मे धनम्; but may sometimes remain in the neuter; एतदेव गुरुषु वृत्तिः Ms.2.26. -3 It often refers to what precedes, especially when it is joined with इदम् or any other pronoun; एष वै प्रथमः कल्पः Ms.3.147; इति यदुक्तं तदेतच्चिन्त्यम्; एतानीमानि, एते ते &c. -4 It is used in connection with a relative clause, in which case the relative generally follows; प्रच्छन्नवञ्चकास्त्वेते ये स्तेनाटविकादयः Ms.9.257. ind. In this manner, thus, so, here, at this time, now. Note:- एतद् appears as the first member of compounds which are mostly self-explaining; e. g. ˚अतिरिक्त Besides this. ˚अनन्तर immediately after this; ˚अन्त ending thus; ˚अर्थः this matter; ˚अर्थे on this account, therefore; ˚अवधि to this limit, so far; ˚अवस्थ a. of such a state or condition. -Comp. -कालः the present time. -कालीन a. belonging to the present time. -क्षणात् ind. hence-forth. -द्वितीय a. one who does anything for the second time. -पर a. Intent on or absorbed in this. -प्रथम a. one who does anything for the first time. -योनिन् a. having one's origin in that. एतद्योनीनि भूतानि Bg.7.6.
elavālu एलवालु n., एलवालकम् The fragrant bark of कपित्थ (Feronia Elephantum). -2 A granular substance (used as a drug and perfume).
elukam एलुकम् 1 A kind of perfume. -2 A medicinal substance or plant. 1. एव a. Ved. 1 Going, moving. -2 Speedy, quick; एवो गन्ता; ये च एवा मरुतः Uṇ.1.15. -वः 1 A course, way; or a courser, a fleet horse; स्वेभिरेवैश्चरतः Rv.1.62.8; (pl.) mode of proceeding, custom, habit; or according to Sāyaṇa a desire or hymn. -Comp. -या a. granting protection; or going in ways or courses. -यावन् a. going with horses or granting desires, going quickly. -m. N. of Viṣṇu. 2. एव ind. This particle is most frequently used to strengthen and emphasize the idea expressed by a word :-- (1) Just, quite, exactly; एवमेव quite so, just so; (2) same, very, identical; अर्थोष्मणा विरहितः पुरुषः स एव Bh.2.4 that very man; (3) only, alone, merely, (implying exclusion); सा तथ्यमेवाभिहिता भवेन Ku.3.63 only the truth, nothing but the truth; so नाम्नैव, स एव वीरः he alone (and not others); (4) already; गत एव न ते निवर्तते Ku.4.3; (5) scarcely, the moment, as soon as; chiefly with participles; उपस्थि- तेयं कल्याणी नाम्नि कीर्तित एव यत् R.1.87 as soon as the name was uttered; इति चिन्तयन्नेव while just thinking &c; (6) also, likewise; तथैव so also; (7) like, as (showing similarity); श्रीस्त एव मेस्तु G. M. (= तव इव); and (8) generally to emphasize a statement; भवितव्यमेव तेन U.4 it will (surely) take place. It is also said to imply the senses of (9) detraction; (1) diminution (11) command; (12) restraint; or (13) used merely as an expletive. (This particle is used in the Vedas in the senses of so, just so, like, indeed, truly, really) (14) Again; एवशब्दश्च पुनरित्यस्मिन्नर्थे भविष्यति । यथा क्षीरेण भुक्त्त्वा देवदत्तः क्षीरेणैव भुञ्जीतेति । भुञ्जीतैवेति पुनरिति गम्यते । ŚB. on MS.1.8.36.
aikādhikaraṇyam ऐकाधिकरण्यम् 1 Oneness of relation. -2 Existence in the same subject; co-extension (in Logic); साध्येन हेतोरैकाधिकारण्यं व्याप्तिरुच्यते Bhāṣā. P.69.
aihalaukika ऐहलौकिक a. (-की f.) [इहलोक-ठञ् P.IV.3.6 Vārt.] Happening in or belonging to this world, temporal, sublunary (opp. पारलौकिक); ऐहलौकिकपारक्यं कर्म पुम्भि- निषेव्यते Rām.6.64.9.
audāryam औदार्यम् [उदार-ष्यञ्] 1 Generosity, nobility, magnanimity अग्राम्यशब्दाभिधानमौदार्यम् Kau. A.2.1. -2 Greatness, excellence; sublimity, elevation; औदार्येणावगच्छामि निधानं तपसामिदम् Rām.3.12.23. -3 Depth of meaning (अर्थसंपत्ति); स सौष्ठवौदार्यविशेषशालिनीं विनिश्चितार्थामिति वाचमा- ददे Ki.1.3; see Malli. on Ki.11.4; and उदारता also under उदार. औदासीन्यम् audāsīnyam औदास्यम् audāsyam औदासीन्यम् औदास्यम् [उदासीन or उदास-ष्यञ्] 1 Indifference, apathy; पर्याप्तो$सि प्रजाः पातुमौदासीन्येन वर्तितुम् R.1.25; इदानीमौदास्यं यदि भजसि भागीरथि G. L.4. -2 Solitariness, loneliness. -3 Perfect indifference (to worldly affairs), stoicism.
auddālakam औद्दालकम् [उद्दालेन निर्वृत्तं अण् संज्ञायां कन्] A bitter and acrid substance like honey; प्रायो वल्मीकमध्यस्थाः कपिलाः स्वल्पकीटकाः । कुर्वन्ति कपिलं स्वल्पं तत्स्यादौद्दालकं मधु ॥
aurdhvakālika और्ध्वकालिक a. (-की f.) [ऊर्ध्वकाल-ष्ठञ्] Relating to subsequent or later time.
k क् Jivhāmūlīya letter occurring before the guttural क् or ख् and written as ( क्, ख्). प् Upadhmānīya letter occurring before the labial प् or फ् and written also ( प्, फ्); These are called अर्धविसर्ग. of dry medicinal billets चूर्ण. (3) Decoction of medicinal herbs (कषाय). (4) Decoction mixed with medicinal powder (अवलेह). (5) A medicine to be pounded like condiment (कल्क). -पञ्चामृतं गुडूची, गोक्षुर, मुसली, मुण्डी, शतावरी. -प्रतिनिधिः A substitute for a herb which cannot be secured.
kaṃsaḥ कंसः सम् 1 A drinking vessel, cup, can, goblet; उदुम्बरे कंसे चमसे वा सर्वौषधं फलानीति संभृत्य Bṛi. Up.6.3.1. -2 Bell-metal, white copper. किं यत्तद्देवदत्तः कंसपात्र्यां पाणि- नौदनं भुङ्क्ते Mbh. on P.I.3.1. -3 A particular measure known as आढक, q. v. -सः 1 N. of a king of Mathurā, son of Ugrasena and enemy of Kriṣṇa. [He is identified with the Asura Kālanemi, and acted inimically towards Kṛiṣṇa and became his implacable foe. The circumstance which made him so was the following. While, after the marriage of Devakī with Vasudeva, he was driving the happy pair home, a heavenly voice warned Kaṁsa that the eighth child of Devakī would kill him. Thereupon he threw both of them into prison, loaded them with strong fetters, and kept the strictest watch over them. He took from Devakī every child as soon as it was born and slew it, and in this way he disposed of her first six children. But the 7th and 8th, Balarāma and Kṛiṣṇa, were safely conveyed to Nanda's house in spite of his vigilance, and Kṛiṣṇa grew up to be his slayer according to the prophecy. When Kaṁsa heard this, he was very much enraged and sent several demons to kill Kṛiṣṇa, who killed them all with ease. At last he sent Akrūra to bring the boys to Mathurā. A severe duel was fought between Kaṁsa and Kṛiṣṇa, in which the former was slain by the latter.] cf. कंसं जघान कृष्णः which is an answer to the query कं संज- घान कृष्णः । -2 Anything metallic. -3 Fire. -सा N. of a daughter of Ugrasena and sister of Kaṁsa. -Comp. -अरिः, अरातिः, जित्, कृष्, द्विष्, हन् m. 'slayer of Kaṁsa, i. e Kṛiṣṇa; स्वयं सन्धिकारिणा कंसारिणा दूतेन Ve.1; -अस्थि n. Bell mental. -उद्भवा A fragrant earth. -कारः (-री f.) 1 a mixed tribe; कंसकारशङ्खकारौ ब्राह्मणात्सं- बभूवतुः Śabdak. -2 a worker in pewter or whitebrass, a bell-founder, -कृषः Vāsudeva Śrikṛṣṇa; निषेदिवान् कंसकृषः स विष्टरे Śi.1.16. -माक्षिकम् a metallic substance in large grains; a sort of pyrites. -वणिक् m. a brazier or seller of brass vessels. -वधः, -हननम् the slaying of Kaṁsa. कंसवधमाचष्टे कंसं घातयति Mbh. on P.III.1.26. -वधम् N. of a drama by Śeṣakriṣṇa
kakud ककुद् f. 1 A summit, peak. -2 Chief, head; see ककुद below; अग्निर्मूर्धा दिवः ककुत् Rv.8.44.16. -3 The hump on the shoulders of the Indian bull; ककुद्दोषणीं याचते महादेवः Mbh. on VI.1.63. ककुदे वृषस्य कृतबाहुम् Ki.12.2; R.4.22. -4 A horn. -5 An ensign or symbol of royalty (as the छत्र, चामर &c.); 'ककुद्धत्ककुदं श्रेष्ठे वृषाङ्के राजलक्ष्मणि' इति विश्वः; नृपतिककुदं दत्त्वा यूने सितातपवारणम् R.3.7. -6 Any projecting corner; Bhāg.5.25.7. -7 N. of a daughter of Dakṣa and wife of Dharma. According to Pāṇini V.4.146-147 ककुद् is the form to be substituted for ककुद in adj. or Bah. comps.; e. g. त्रिककुद्. -Comp. -स्थः [ककुदि तिष्ठतीति] an epithet of Purañjaya, son of Śaśāda, a king of the solar race, and a descendant of Ikṣvāku; इक्ष्वाकुवंश्यः ककुदं नृपाणां ककुत्स्थ इत्याहितलक्षणो$भूत R.6.71. [Mythology relates that, when in their war with the demons, the gods were often worsted, they, headed by Indra, went to the powerful king Purañjaya, and requested him to be their friend in battle. The latter consented to do so, provided Indra carried him on his shoulders. Indra accordingly assumed the form of a bull, and Purañjaya, seated on its hump, completely vanquished the demons. Purañjaya is, therefore, called Kakutstha 'standing on a hump'].
kaṭu कटु a. (टु or ट्वी f.) 1 Pungent, acrid; (said of a rasa or flavour; the rasas are six; मधुर, कटु, अम्ल, तिक्त, कषाय, and लवण); कट्वम्ललवणात्युष्णतीक्ष्णरूक्षविदाहिनः । आहारा राजसस्येष्टा दुःखशोकाभयप्रदाः ॥ Bg.17.9. -2 Fragrant, exhaling strong odour; सप्तच्छदक्षीरकटुप्रवाहम् R.5.48. -3 Ill-smelling, having a bad smell. -4 (a) Bitter. This sense is found qiven to the words कटु and कटुक in Prākrit and later sanskrit works; cf. अतिकटुः कारवेल्लादिः अतितीक्ष्णो मरिचादिः; अमृततरङ्गिणी on Bg.17.9,-नीलकण्ठ gives the same sense. -5 caustic (words); Y.3.142. (b) Disagreeable, unpleasant; श्रवणकटु नृपाणामेकवाक्यं विवव्रुः R.6.85. -6 Envious. -7 Hot, impetuous. -टुः 1 Pungency, acerbity (one of the six flavours). -2 N. of several plants. -टुः f. A medical plant (कटुरोहिणी). -टु n. 1 An improper action. -2 Blaming, reviling, scandal. -Comp. -अङ्गः 1 the श्योनाक tree (Mar. टेटृ). -2 N. of the king Dilīpa. -उत्कटम् ginger. -उदरी N. of a plant (Mar. वाघांटी). -कन्दः, -दम् 1 ginger, the fresh root or the plant. -2 garlic. -कीटः, -कीटकः a gnat, mosquito. -क्वाणः the टिट्टिभ bird. -ग्रन्थिः, -थि n. dried ginger; so ˚भङ्गः, ˚भद्रम् dried ginger or ginger. -चातुर्जातकम् an aggregate of four pungent substances, as of cardamoms, the bark and leaves of Laurus Cassia and of black pepper. -छदः the तगर tree. -ज a. prepared from acid substances. -तिक्तकः 1 the भूनिंब tree. -2 the शण tree. -तिक्ता = कटुतुम्बी. -तुम्बी a kind of bitter gourd. -तैलः White mustard; अभ्यङ्गः कटु तैलेन निर्वातस्थानबन्धनम् । Śālihotra of Bhoja 26. -त्रयम् a compound substance of ginger, black and long pepper. -दला = कर्कटी plant. -निष्प्लावः grain not inundated. (Mar. कडवा वाल). -पत्रः 1 N. of a medicinal plant (Mar. पित्तपापडा). -2 सितार्जक tree. -पत्रिका N. of a tree कारी. -पाक, -पाकिन् a. producing acid humors in digestion. -फलः a sort of cucumber. (-ला) N. of two plants, पटोल and श्रीवल्ली -बीजा long pepper. -भङ्गः, -भद्रः Dry ginger. -मञ्जरिका the अपामार्ग tree. -मोदम् a certain perfume. -ख a. having a harsh sound. (-वः) 1 a frog. -2 a harsh word or sound. -रोहिणी the कट्की plant. -विपाक a. producing acid humors in digestion -स्नेहः the mustard seed plant.
kaṇḍikā कण्डिका 1 A short section, shortest subdivision; (as in the शुक्लयजुर्वेद). -2 N. of a country.
katama कतम pron. a. [किम्-डतम्] (˚मत् n.) P.II.1.63. Who or which of many; अपि ज्ञायते कतमेन दिग्भागेन गतः स जाल्म इति V.1; अथ कतमं पुनर्ऋतुमधिकृत्य गास्यामि Ś.1; कतमे ते गुणास्तत्र यानुदाहरन्त्यार्यमिश्राः Māl.1; G. L.22; Ki.6.4. (sometimes it is used merely as a strengthened substitute for किम्). When followed by च and preceded by यतम it means 'any whosoever', 'whatsoever'. In negative sentences कतम with चन or अपि means 'not even one', 'none at all'. It also means 'best or excessively goodlooking.'
kad कद् ind. [कद्-क्विप] Ved. A particle of interrogation, 'where'. This particle which is a substitute for the word कु is often used as the first member of a comp. and expresses the senses of badness, littleness, deterioration, uselessness, defectiveness &c. of anything; नियच्छ मन्युं कददाः स्म मानः Bhāg.7.5.28. -Comp. -अक्षरम् 1 bad letter. -2 bad writing. -अग्निः a little fire. -अध्वन् a bad road. -अन्नम् bad food. -अपत्यम् a bad child, bad posterity. -अभ्यासः a bad habit or custom. -अर्थ a. 1 useless, unmeaning. -2 having what purpose or aim ? कदर्था न आ गृहम् Rv.1.22.6. (-र्थः) a useless thing. -अर्थनम्, -ना troubling, tormenting, torture. -अर्थयति Den. P. 1 to despise, slight. -2 to trouble, torment; रे कन्दर्प करं कदर्थयसि किं कोदण्ड- टङ्कारितैः Bh.3.1; N.8.75. -अर्थित a. 1 despised, disdained, slighted; कदर्थितस्यापि हि धैर्यवृत्तेर्न शक्यते धैर्यगुणः प्रमार्ष्टुम् Bh.2.16. -2 tormented, teased; आः कदर्थितो$- हमेभिर्वारंवारं वीरसंवादविघ्नकारिभिः U.5. -3 insignificant, mean. -4 bad, vile. -अर्थीकृ 8. U. to disdain, despise. -अर्थीकृत a. 1 despised, disdained. क्लेशैः कदर्थीकृतवीर्यसारः Ki.3.47. -2 rendered useless and unavailing. -अर्य a. 1 avaricious, miserly. -2 little, insignificant, mean. -3 bad, disagreeable; जनपदे न कदर्यो न मद्यपः Ch. Up. 5.11.5. निःसंशयं मया मन्ये पुरा वीरकदर्यया Rām.2.43.17. (-र्यः) a miser; Bhāg.11.23.6. Ms.4.21,224; Y.1.161. ˚ता, त्वम् 1 avarice. -2 insignificance. -3 badness. ˚भावः avarice, stinginess. -अश्वः a bad horse. -आकार a. deformed, ugly. -आख्यम् A medicinal plant (कुष्ठ). -आचार a. following evil practices, wicked, depraved. (-रः) bad conduct. -इन्द्रियम् a bad organ of sense; कदिन्द्रियाणामनवाप्यवर्त्मने Bhāg.8.3.28. -उष्ट्रः a bad camel. -उष्ण (also कोष्ण) a. 1 tepid, lukewarm; श्वसन् कदुष्णं पुरमाविवेश Bk.3.17. -2 Harsh, sharp (as a word); प्रियोक्तिरप्याह कदुष्णमक्षरम् N.9.38. (-ष्णम्) lukewarmness. -तृणम् 1 a fragrant grass. -2 the plant कुम्भिका. -तोयम् an intoxicating drink, wine. -त्रि m. (pl.) three inferior articles. -रथः a bad chariot or carriage; युधि कद्रथवद्भीमं बभञ्ज ध्वजशालिनम् Bk.5.13. -वद a. 1 speaking ill or inaccurately or indistinctly; येन जातं प्रियापाये कद्वदं हंसकोकिलम् Bk.6.75; वाग्विदां वरमकद्वदो नृपः Śi.14.1. -2 vile, contemptible. कद a. 1 Giving water. -2 Giving happiness. -दः A cloud.
kadambaḥ कदम्बः कदम्बकः [कद् करणे अम्बच् Tv.] 1 A kind of tree (Stephegyne Parviflora Korth] (said to put forth buds at the roaring of thunder-clouds); कतिपयकुसुमोद्गमः कदम्बः U.3.2,42; Māl.3.7; Me.25; R.12.99; मुक्त्वा कदम्ब-कुटजार्जुन-सर्ज-नीपान् Ṛs.3.13. The tree is common throughout India except in Konkan. Its fruit is hard and inedible. -2 A kind of grass. -3 Turmeric. -4 The mustard-seed plant. -5 A particular mineral substance. -6 Dust. -7 Fragrance; cf. कदम्बः पुंसि नीपे स्यात्तिनिशे वरुणद्रुमे । धूल्यां समूहे गन्धे च ... Nm. -म्बी N. of a plant (देवदाली). Ś.6; U.5.18. -म्बम् A multitude. -कम् 1 A multitude, group; छायाबद्धकदम्बकं मृगकुलं रोमन्थमभ्य- स्यतु Ś.2.6. -2 The flower of the Kadamba tree; पृथुकदम्बकदम्बकराजितम् Ki.5.9. -3 A kind of grass (देवताड). -Comp. -अनिलः 1 a fragrant breeze (charged with the odour of Kadamba flowers); ते चोन्मीलितमालतीसुरभयः प्रौढाः कदम्बानिलाः K. P.1. -2 Autumn (वर्षर्तु); इदं कदम्बानिलभर्तुरत्यये Ki.4.24. -कारेकन्यायः see under न्याय. -पुष्पा, -ष्पी a plant the flowers of which resemble those of Kadamba. -ब्रह्ममण्डलम् (in Astro.) The polar circle of the ecliptic. -युद्धम् A kind of amorous play; Vātsyā. -वायुः a fragrant breeze; = ˚अनिल.
kadaraḥ कदरः 1 A saw. -2 An iron goad for driving an elephant. -3 N. of a tree sometimes substituted for Khadira as a sacrificial post. -रः, -रम् A corn, a callosity of the feet caused by external friction. -रम् coagulated milk.
kandaḥ कन्दः दम् 1 A bulbous root. -2 A bulb; किं कन्दाः कन्दरेभ्यः प्रलयमुपगताः Bh.3.69; (fig. also); ज्ञानकन्द. -3 Garlic. -4 A knot, swelling. -5 An affection of the male or female organ. -दः 1 A cloud. -2 Comphor. -Comp. -अशः An ascetic subsisting on roots; कन्दाशैस्त्रि- दशैश्च यत्पदरजो वन्द्यं मुकुन्दादिभिः । Chola Champu ed. by Dr. V. Raghavan (V.1, p.1). -मूलम् a radish. -संज्ञम् prolapsus uteri. -सारम् the garden of Indra.
karkaśa कर्कश a. [कर्क-श] 1 Hard, rough (opp. कोमल or मृदु); सुरद्विपास्फालनकर्कशाङ्गुलौ R.3.55,12.41,13.73; ऐरावतास्फालनकर्कशेन हस्तेन पस्पर्श तदङ्गमिन्द्रः Ku.3.22,1.36; Śi.15.1,16.18,63. -2 Harsh, cruel, merciless (words, conduct &c.); तस्य तद्वचनं श्रुत्वा राक्षसाः कोपकर्कशाः Rām.3.53.6. -3 Violent, strong, excessive; तस्य कर्कशविहारसंभवम् R.9.68. -4 Hardy, strong, muscular, robust. -5 Strict, imperative, peremptory; प्रभुरिव पुनः कार्ये कार्ये भवत्यतिकर्कशः Mv.2.11. -6 Desperate. -7 Illconducted, unchaste, unfaithful (as a woman). -8 Incomprehensible, difficult to comprehend; तर्के वा भृशकर्कशे मम समं लीलायते भारती P. R. -9 Niggardly. -1 Greatly addicted to (अत्यासक्त); नानागन्धर्वमिथुनैः पानसंसर्गकर्कशैः Rām. 4.67.45. -शः 1 A sword. -2 A substance in आयुर्वेद. -3 A black sugarcane; cf. Nm. -Comp. -वेदन a. of harsh sensitivity (Mātaṅga L.8.24.) कर्कशिका karkaśikā कर्कशी karkaśī कर्कशिका कर्कशी Wild jujube.
karman कर्मन् -m. Viśvakarmā; शक्रस्य नु सभा दिव्या भास्वरा कर्मनिर्मिता Mb.2.7.1. -n. [कृ-मनिन् Uṇ.4.144] 1 Action, work, deed. -2 Execution, performance; प्रीतो$स्मि सो$हं यद् भुक्तं वनं तैः कृतकर्मभिः Rām.5.63.3. -3 Business, office, duty; संप्रति विषवैद्यानां कर्म M.4. -4 A religious rite (it may be either नित्य, नैमित्तिक or काम्य). -5 A specific action, moral duty. -6 (a) Performance of religious rites as opposed to speculative religion or knowledge of Brahman (opp. ज्ञान); अपरो दहृने स्वकर्मणां ववृते R.8.2. (b) Labour, work. -7 Product, result. -8 A natural or active property (as support of the earth). -9 Fate, the certain consequence of acts done in a former life; कर्मायत्तं फलं पुंसां बुद्धिः कर्मानुसारिणी Bh.2.89,94. -1 (In gram.) The object of of an action; कर्तुरीप्सिततमं कर्म P.I.4.49. -11 (In Vaiś. Phil.) Motion considered as one of the seven categories of things; (thus defined:-- एकद्रव्यमगुणं संयोगविभागेष्वनपेक्षकारणं कर्म Vaiś. Sūtra. (It is five-fold:-- उत्क्षेपणं ततो$वक्षेपणमाकुञ्चनं तथा । प्रसारणं च गमनं कर्माण्येतानि पञ्च च ॥ Bhāṣā P.6.) -12 Organ of sense. प्रजापतिर्ह कर्माणि ससृजे Bṛi. Up.1.5.21. -13 Organ of action; कर्माणि कर्मभिः कुर्वन् Bhāg.11.3.6. -14 (In Astr.) The tenth lunar mansion. -15 Practice, training; सर्वेषां कर्मणा वीर्यं जवस्तेजश्च वर्धते Kau. A.2.2. -Comp. -अक्षम a. incapable of doing anything. -अङ्गम् part of any act; part of a sacrificial rite (as प्रयाज of the Darśa sacrifice). -अधिकारः the right of performing religious rites. -अनुरूप a. 1 according to action or any particular office. -2 according to actions done in a previous existence. -अनुष्ठानम् practising one's duties. -अनुसारः consequence of, or conformity to, acts. -अन्तः 1 the end of any business or task. -2 a work, business, execution of business. -3 a barn, a store of grain &c. Ms.7.62 (कर्मान्तः इक्षुधान्यादिसंग्रहस्थानम् Kull.) -4 cultivated ground. -5 a worker; कच्चिन्न सर्वे कर्मान्ताः Rām.2.1.52. -अन्तरम् 1 difference or contrariety of action. -2 penance, expiation. -3 suspension of a religious action. -4 another work or action; कर्मान्तर- नियुक्तासु निर्ममन्थ स्वयं दधि Bhāg.1.9.1. -अन्तिक a. final. (-कः) a servant, workman, Rām.1.13.7. -अपनुत्तिः f. removing, sending away of कर्म; जन्मकर्माप- नुत्तये Bhāg.12.2.17. -अर्ह a. fit or suitable to an act or the rite. (-र्हः) a man. -आख्या f. Name received from the act performed; तस्मात् छिन्नगमनो$श्वो$पि छाग इति कर्माख्या भविष्यति । ŚB. on MS.6.8.37. -आजीवः one who maintains himself by some profession (as that of an artisan &c.) -आत्मन् a. endowed with the principles of action, active; कर्मात्मनां च देवानां सो$सृजत्प्राणिनां प्रभुः Ms.1.22. (-m.) the soul. -आयतनम् see कर्मेन्द्रियम्; शव्दः स्पर्शो रसो गन्धो रूपं चेत्यर्थजातयः । गत्युक्त्युत्सर्गशिल्पानि कर्मायतनसिद्धयः Bhāg.11.22.16. -आशयः receptacle or accumulation of (good and evil) acts; निर्हृत्य कर्माशयमाशु याति परां गतिम् Bhāg.1.46.32. -इन्द्रियम् an organ of action, as distinguished from ज्ञानेन्द्रिय; (they are :- वाक्पाणिपादपायूपस्थानि; Ms.2.99; see under इन्द्रिय also) कर्मेन्द्रियाणि संयम्य Bg.3.6,7. -उदारम् any valiant or noble act, magnanimity, prowess. -उद्युक्त a. busy, engaged, active, zealous. -करः 1 a hired labourer (a servant who is not a slave); आ तस्य गोः प्रतिदानात् कर्मकारी आगबीनः कर्मकरः Mbh. on P.V.2.14. कर्मकराः स्थपत्यादयः Pt.1; Śi.14.16. -2 Yama. -कर्तृ m. (in gram.) an agent who is at the same time the object of the action; e. g. पच्यते ओदनः, it is thus defined:- क्रियमाणं तु यत्कर्म स्वयमेव प्रसिध्यति । सुकरैः स्वैर्गुणैः कर्तुः कर्मकर्तेति तद्विदुः ॥ न चान्तरेण कर्मकर्तारं सकर्मका अकर्मका भवन्ति Mbh. on P.I.3.27 -काण्डः, -ण्डम् that department of the Veda which relates to ceremonial acts and sacrificial rites and the merit arising from a due performance thereof. -कारः 1 one who does any business, a mechanic, artisan (technically a worker not hired). -2 any labourer in general (whether hired or not). -3 a black-smith; हरिणाक्षि कटाक्षेण आत्मानमवलोकय । न हि खङ्गो विजानाति कर्मकारं स्वकारणम् ॥ Udb. -4 a bull. -कारिन् m. a labourer, artisan, workman. -कार्मुकः, -कम् a strong bow. -कीलकः a washerman. -कृत्यम् activity, the state of active exertion; यः प्रथमः कर्मकृत्याय जज्ञे Av.4.24.6. -क्षम a. able to perform any work or duty; आत्मकर्मक्षमं देहं क्षात्रो धर्म इवाश्रितः R.1.13. -क्षेत्रम् the land of religious acts, i. e. भरतवर्ष; Bhāg.5.17.11. cf. कर्मभूमि. -गतिः f. the course of fate; अथ कर्मगतिं चित्रां दृष्ट्वा$स्य हसितं मया Ks.59.159. -गृहीत a. caught in the very act (as a thief.). -ग्रन्थिः f. a term in Jaina metaphysics connoting 'weakness in the form of वासनाs produced by अज्ञान'. -घातः leaving off or suspending work. -च(चा)ण्डालः 1 'base in deed', a man of very low acts or deeds; Vasiṣṭha mentions these kinds :-- असूयकः पिशुनश्च कृतघ्नो दीर्घरोषकः । चत्वारः कर्मचाण्डाला जन्मतश्चापि पञ्चमः ॥ -2 one who commits an atrocious deed; अपूर्वकर्मचण्डालमयि मुग्धे विमुच्च माम् U.1.46. -3 N. of Rāhu. -चेष्टा active exertion, action. कर्मचेष्टास्वहः Ms.1.66. -चोदना 1 The motive impelling one to ritual acts. ज्ञानं ज्ञेयं परिज्ञाता त्रिविधा कर्मचोदना Bg.18.18. -2 any positive rule enjoining a religious act. -च्छेदः The loss caused by absence on duty; Kau. A.2.7. -जः a. resulting from an act; सिद्धिर्भवति कर्मजा Bg.4.12. कर्मजा गतयो नॄणामुत्तमाधममध्यमाः Ms.12.3. (-जः) 1 the holy fig-tree. -2 the Kali age. -3 the banian tree. -4 the effect arising from human acts :-- संयोग, विभाग &c. -5 heaven. -6 hell. -ज्ञ a. one acquainted with religious rites. -त्यागः renunciation of worldly duties or ceremonial acts. -दुष्ट a. corrupt in action, wicked, immoral, disrespectable. -देवः a god through religious action; ये शतं गन्धर्वलोक आनन्दाः स एकः कर्मदेवानामानन्दः Bṛi. Up.4.3.33. -दोषः 1 sin, vice; अवेक्षेत गतीर्नॄणां कर्मदोष- समुद्भवाः Ms.6.61,95. -2 an error, defect, or blunder (in doing an act); कर्मदोषैर्न लिप्यते Ms.1,14. -3 evil consequence of human acts. -4 discreditable conduct. -धारयः N. of a compound, a subdivision of Tatpuruṣa, (in which the members of the compound are in apposition) तत्पुरुषः समानाधिकरणः कर्मधारयः P.I. 2.42. तत्पुरुष कर्म धारय येनाहं स्यां बहुव्रीहिः Udb. -ध्वंसः 1 loss of fruit arising from religious acts. -2 disappointment. -नामन् (in gram.) a participal noun. -नामधेयम् N. of an act or sacrifice. These names are not arbitrary or technical such as गुण and वृद्धि but are always significant; सर्वेष्वेव कर्मनामधेयेषु अर्थसमन्वयेनानुवाद- भूतो नामशद्बो वर्तते, न लौकिकार्थतिरस्कारेण परिभाषामात्रेण वृद्धिगुणवत् ŚB. on MS.1.6.41. -नाशा N. of a river between Kaśi and Bihar. -निश्चयः a decision of action; न लेमे कर्मनिश्चयम् Bm.1.648. -निषद्या a manufactory; Kau. A.2.4. -निष्ठ a. devoted to the performance of religious acts; अग्निर्वीरं श्रुत्यं कर्मनिष्ठाम् Rv.1.8.1; Ms.3.134. -न्यासः renunciation of the result of religious acts. -पथः 1 the direction or source of an action. -2 the path of religious rites (opp. ज्ञानमार्ग). -पाकः ripening of actions, reward of actions done in a former life; Pt.1.372. -प्रवचनीयः a term for certain prepositions, particles, or adverbs when they are not connected with verbs and govern a noun in some case; literally-the term means, 'Concerned with the setting forth of an action'. According to Indian grammarians it means 'that which spoke of an action (क्रियां प्रोक्तवन्तः)' e. g. आ in आ मुक्तेः संसारः is a कर्मप्रवचनीय; so अनु in जपमनु प्रावर्षत् &c; कर्म प्रोक्तवन्तः कर्मप्रवचनीया इति Mbh. on P.I.4.83. cf. उपसर्ग, गति and निपात also. -फलम् 1 fruit or reward of actions done in a former life; (pain, pleasure); न मे कर्मफले स्पृहा Bg.4.14;5.12;6.1; ˚फलत्याग Bg.12.11,18.2; ˚फलत्यागिन् Bg.18.11; ˚फलप्रेप्सुः Bg.18.27; ˚फलसंयोग Bg.5.14; ˚फलहेतु Bg.2.47. एवं संचिन्त्य मनसा प्रेत्य कर्मफलोदयम् Ms.11.231. -2 the fruit of Averrhoa Carambola (Mar. कर्मर); also कर्मरङ्ग. -बन्धः, -बन्धनम् confinement to repeated birth, as the consequence of religious acts, good or bad (by which the soul is attached to worldly pleasures &c.); बुद्ध्या युक्तो यथा पार्थ कर्मबन्धं प्रहास्यति Bg.2.39. -भूः, -भूमिः f. 1 the land of religious rites, i. e. भरतवर्ष, this world (a place for man's probation); प्राप्येमां कर्मभूमिम् Bh.2.1; K.174,319. -2 ploughed ground. -मासः the Calendar month of thirty days. -मीमांसा the Mīmāṁsā of ceremonial acts; see मीमांसा. -मूलम् a kind of sacred grass called कुश. -युगम् the fourth (the present) age of the world, i. e. the Kaliyuga. -योगः 1 performance of actions, worldly and religious rites; कर्मयोगेन योगिनाम् Bg.3.3;3.7;5.2;13.24. -2 active exertion, industry; Ms.1.115. -वचनम् (with Buddhists) the ritual. -वज्रः an epithet of a Śūdra. -वशः fate considered as the inevitable result of actions done in a former life. -वाटी a lunar day (तिथि). -विपाक = कर्मपाक. -शाला a work-shop. -शील, -शूर a. assiduous, active, laborious; cf. कर्म- शीलस्तु कर्मठे । Nm. -शौचम् humility. -श्रुतिः f. The word expressive of the act; कर्मश्रुतेः परार्थत्वात् MS.11. 2.6. (read या अत्र कर्मश्रुतिः दर्शपूर्णमासाभ्यामिति सा परार्था तृतीया-योगात् &c. शबर). -सङ्गः attachment to worldly duties and their results. तन्निबध्नाति ... कर्मसङ्गेन Bg.14.7. -सचिवः a minister. -संन्यासिकः, -संन्यासिन् m. 1 a religious person who has withdrawn from every kind of worldly act. -2 an ascetic who performs religious deeds without looking to their reward. -साक्षिन् m. 1 an eyewitness; वह्निर्विवाहं प्रति कर्मसाक्षी Ku.7.83. -2 one who witnesses the good or bad actions of man; आदित्य भो लोककृताकृतज्ञ लोकस्य सत्यानृप- कर्मसाक्षिन् Rām.3.63.16. (There are nine divinities which are said to witness and watch over all human actions; सूर्यः सोमो यमः कालो महाभूतानि पञ्च च । एते शुभाशुभ- स्येह कर्मणो नव साक्षिणः ॥) -सिद्धिः f. accomplishment of any business or desired object; success. स्वकर्मसिद्धिं पुनरा- शशंसे Ku. -स्थानम् a public office, a place of business.
karvūrakaḥ कर्वूरकः Zedoary (A kind of aromatic gingerlike substance used in medicine, perfumery, and dying.) (Mar. कचोरा).
kalabhaḥ कलभः (भी f.) [कल्-अभच् Uṇ.3.122; करणे शुण्डया भाति; भा-क, रस्य लत्वम् Tv.] 1 A young elephant, cub; ननु कलभेन यूथपतेरनुकृतम् M.5; द्विपेन्द्रभावं कलभः श्रयन्निव R.3.32;11.39;18.38. Bhāg.8.2.23. -2 An elephant 3 years old. -3 A young camel; the young of any other animal. -4 A particular fragrant substance used as an unguent, कलभः करिपोतके । अङ्गलेपन वस्तूनां विशेषे$पि पुमान् भवेत् । Nm.
kalā कला [कल्-कच्] A small part of anything; स एष संवत्सरः प्रजापतिः षोडशकलास्तस्य Bṛi. Up.1.5.14; विन्देम देवतां वाचममृतामात्मनः कलाम् U.1.1; a bit, jot; कलामप्यकृतपरि- लम्बः K.34; सर्वे ते मित्रगात्रस्य कलां नार्हन्ति षोडशीम् Pt.2. 59; Ms.2.86,8.36; a sixteenth part; यथा कलं यथा शफं यथा ऋणं संनयामसि Rv.8.47,17; a symbolic expression of the number sixteen; Hch. -2 A digit of the moon (these are sixteen); जगति जयिनस्ते ते भावा नवेन्दु- कलादयः Māl.1.36; Ku.5.71; Me.91. -3 Interest on capital (consideration paid for the use of money); घनवीथिवीथिमवतीर्णवतो निधिरम्भसामुपचयाय कलाः Śi.9.32. (where कला means 'digits' also). -4 A division of time variously computed; one minute, 48 seconds, or 8 seconds. Mb.1.25.14;12.137.21. -5 The 6th part of one thirtieth part of a zodiacal sign, a minute of a degree. -6 Any practical art (mechanical or fine); there are 64 such arts, as music, dancing &c. मातृवदस्याः कलाः Mbh. on P.IV.1.9. (See कामधेनु टीका on काव्यालङ्कारसूत्र 7.) -7 Skill, ingenuity. -8 Fraud, deceit. -9 (In Prosody) A syllabic instant. -1 A boat. -11 The menstrual discharge. -12 A term for the seven substrata of the elements of the human body; (they are :- आद्या मांसधरा प्रोक्ता द्वितीया रक्तधारिणी । मेदोधरा तृतीया तु चतुर्थीं श्लेष्मधारिणी ॥ पञ्चमी च मलं धत्ते षष्टी पित्तधरा मता । रेतोधरा सप्तमी स्यात् इति सप्त कलाः स्मृताः ॥ -13 An atom. -14 A term for the embryo. -15 A fleshy part near the tail of the elephant (also कलाभागः); Mātaṅga L.3.2. -16 Enumeration. -17 A form (स्वरूप); लीलया दधतः कलाः Bhāg. 1.1.17. -18 Prowess (शक्ति); संहृत्य कालकलया कल्पान्त इदमीश्वरः Bhāg.11.9.16. -Comp. -अन्तरम् 1 another digit. -2 interest, profit; मासे शतस्य यदि पञ्च कलान्तरं स्यात् Līlā. -अयनः a tumbler, a dancer (as on the sharp edge of a sword). -आकुलम् deadly poison. -केलि a. gay, wanton. (-लिः) an epithet of Kāma. -क्षयः waning (of the moon); R.5.16. -धरः, -निधिः, -पूर्णः the moon; अहो महत्त्वं महतामपूर्वं विपत्तिकाले$पि परो- पकारः । यथास्यमध्ये पतितो$पि राहोः कलानिधिः पुण्यचयं ददाति ॥ Udb. -न्यासः a tattooing person's body with particular mystical marks. -भृत् m. 1 the moon. कला च सा कान्तिमती कलाभृतः Ku.5.71. -2 an artist &c.
kalāpakam कलापकम् 1 A series of four stanzas on the same subject and forming one grammatical sentence (चतु- र्मिस्तु कलापकम्); for an illustration see Ki.3.41,42,43, 44. -2 A debt to be paid when the peacocks spread their tails. -कः 1 A band or bundle in general. -2 A string of pearls; a kind of ornament; कलापकावक्षमाला यथेयम् Ms.3.112.5. -3 The rope round an elephant's neck. -4 A zone or girdle (= कलाप); रशनाकलापकगुणेन वधूर्मकरध्वजद्विरदमाकलयत् Śi.9.45. -5 A sectarian mark on the forehead (विशेषक).
kalila कलिल a. [कल-इलच्] Uṇ.1.54] 1 Covered with, full of. वराङ्गनागणकलिलं नृपात्मजः ततो बलाद् वनमभिनीयते स्म तत् Bu. Ch.3.65. -2 Mixed, blended with; तत एवाक्रन्दकलिलः कलकलः Mv.1. -3 Affected by, subject to; अकल्ककलिलः Śi.19.98. -4 Impervious, impenetrable. -5 Contaminated, defiled; तदा वृषध्वजद्वेषकलिलात्मा प्रजापतिः Bhāg.4.7.1, Śi.19.98. -6 Doubtful, suspicious; एतस्मात्कारणाच्छ्रेयः कलिलं प्रतिभाति मे Mb.12.287.11. -लम् A large heap, confused mass; विशसि हृदय क्लेशकलिलम् Bh.3.34; confusion; यदा ते मोहकलिलं बुद्धिर्व्यतितरिष्यति Bg.2.52.
kalka कल्क a. [कल्-क Uṇ.3.4] Sinful, wicked. -ल्कः, -ल्कम् 1 The viscous sediment deposited by oily substances when ground. -2 A kind of tenacious paste; गौरसर्षपकल्केन (स्नपनम्) Y.1.277. An unguent paste; कल्काश्चूर्णकषायांश्च स्नानानि विविधानि च Rām.2.91.74; a paste used as plaster or cement also called Yoga (mixture). -3 (Hence) Dirt, filth (in general). -4 Ordure, fæces. -5 Meanness, deceit, hypocrisy; Śi.19.98. -6 Sin. तपो न कल्को$ध्ययनं न कल्कः स्वाभाविको वेदविधिर्न कल्कः । प्रसह्य वित्ताहरणं न कल्कस्तान्येव भावोपहतानि कल्कः (दीनदण्डरेषा) Mb.1.1.275. -7 Levigated powder; तां लोभ्रकल्केन हृताङ्गतैलाम् Ku.7.9. -8 Incense. -9 The wax of the ear. -Comp. -फलः the pomegranate plant.
kalpanīya कल्पनीय a. 1 To be made, fashioned or contrived. -2 Feasible. -3 To be substituted or supplied.
kaṣṭa कष्ट a. [कष्-क्त] 1 Bad, evil, ill, wrong; रामहस्तमनुप्राप्य कष्टात् कष्टतरं गता R.15.43. 'gone from bad to worse', (reduced to a wretched condition). -2 Painful, grievous; मोहादभूत्कष्टतरः प्रबोधः R.14.56; कष्टो$यं खलु भृत्य- भावः Ratn.1. full of cares; Ms.7.5; Māl.9.37; Y.3.29; कण्टा वृत्तिः पराधीना कष्टो वासो निराश्रयः । निर्धनो व्यवसायश्च सर्वकष्टा दरिद्रता ॥ Chān.59 -3 Difficult; स्त्रीषु कष्टो$धिकारः V.3.1; U.7. -4 Hard to subdue (as an enemy); स हि कष्टतरो रिपुः Ms.7.186; कष्टमाहुररिं बुधाः 21. -5 Mischievous, hurtful, injurious; कष्टो$निलो हरति लम्पट एष नीवीम् Bhāg.5.2.14. -6 Boding evil. -7 Sorrowful, miserable. -ष्टम् 1 Evil, difficulty, misery, suffering, hardship, pain; कष्टं खल्वनपत्यता Ś.6; धिगर्थाः कष्टसंश्रयाः Pt.1.163 v. l. -2 Sin, wickedness. -3 Difficulty, effort; कष्टेन somehow or other. -ष्टम् ind. Alas ! Ah ! हा धिक् कष्टम्; हा कष्टं जरयाभिभूतपुरुषः पुत्रैरवज्ञा- यते Pt.4.78. -Comp. -आगत a. arrived or got with difficulty. -कर a. giving pain, troublesome. -कारः -कारकः the world (as the scene of miseries). -तपस् a. one who practises hard penance; Ś.7. -भागिनेयः a wife's sister's son. -मातुलः a brother of a stepmother. -संश्रय a. attended with troubles; आये दुःखं व्यये दुःखं धिगर्थाः कष्टसंश्रयाः Pt.1.163;2.121. -साध्य a. to be accomplished with difficulty. -स्थानम् a bad station, a difficult or disagreeable place.
kākaḥ काकः [कै शब्दकरणे-कन् Uṇ.3.43] 1 A crow; काको$पि जीवति चिराय बलिं च भुङ्क्ते Pt.1.24. -2 (Fig.) A contemptible fellow, base or impudent person. -3 A lame man. -4 Bathing by dipping the head only into water (as crows do). -5 A sectarial mark (तिलक). -6 A kind of measure. -7 N. of a Dvīpa. -का N. of several plants काकनासा, काकोली &c. -की 1 A female crow. -काकी see Mbh. on IV.1.63. -कम् 1 A multitude of crows. -2 A modus coeundi. -Comp. -अक्षिगोलकन्याय see under न्याय. -अञ्ची = काकजङ्घा q. v. -अदनी The Gunja plant. -अरिः an owl. -इक्षुः A reed. -उडुम्वरः, (-रिका) The fig-tree. -उदरः a snake; काकोदरो येन विनीतदर्पः Kavirāja; काकोदरसोदरः खलो जगति Bv.1.76. -उलूकिका, -उलूकीयम् the natural enmity of the owl and the crow; Mbh. on IV.2.14; Vārt.2. (काकोलूकीयम् is the name of the third Tantra in the Pañchatantra). -कङ्गुः -कङ्गुनी f. A kind of corn. -Comp. -कला N. of a plant. -चिञ्चा, -जङ्घा the Gunja plant. -चरित्रम् A part of the science of Omens based on the sound of crows. -च्छदः, -च्छदिः 1 a wag-tail. -2 a side-lock of hair; see काकपक्ष below. -जम्बुः A kind of rose-apple tree. -जातः the (Indian) cuckoo. -तालीय a. [काकताल-छ Mbh. on V.3.16] (anything) taking place quite unexpectedly and accidentally, an accident; अहो नु खलु भोः तदेतत् काकतालीयं नाम Māl.5; काक- तालीयवत्प्राप्तं दृष्ट्वा$पि निधिमग्रतः H. Pr.3; sometimes used adverbially in the sense of 'accidentally'; फलन्ति काक- तालीयं तेभ्यः प्राज्ञा न बिभ्यति Ve.2.15. ˚न्याय see under न्याय. -तालुकिन a. contemptible, vile. -तिक्रा, -तिन्दुका, -तुण्डिका different kinds of trees. -तुण्डम् A kind of head of an arrow (see फलम्). काकतुण्डेन वेध्यानां वेधं कुर्यात् Dhanur.66. -दन्तः (lit.) the tooth of a crow; (fig.) anything impossible or not existing; ˚गवेषणम् searching after impossibilities (said of any useless and unprofitable task). -ध्वजः the submarine fire; cf. और्व. -नासा, -नासिका, -नासिकी different kinds of trees. -निद्रा a light slumber (easily broken). -पक्षः, -पक्षकः side-locks of hair on the temples of boys and young men (especially of the Kṣatriya caste]; काकपक्षधरमेत्य याचितः R.11.1,31,42;3.28; U.3. -पदम् 1 the sign (^) in Mss. denoting that something has been left out. -2 an incision in the skin. (-दः) a particular mode of sexual intercourse. -पुच्छः, -पुष्टः the [Indian] cuckoo. -पेय a shallow; काकपेया नदी Sk. -भीरुः an owl. -मद्गुः a gallinule water-hen, घृतं हृत्वा तु दुर्बुद्धिः काकमद्गुः प्रजायते Mb.13.111.22. -मर्दः, -मर्दकः a kind of gourd [Mar. कवंडळ]. -माची, -चिका a kind of tree (Mar. कावळी) -मृगगोचरित a. following the manner of the crow in drinking, of the deer in eating and of the cow in making water; एवं गोमृगकाकचर्यया व्रजंस्तिष्ठन्नासीनः शयानः काकमृगगोचरितः पिबति खादत्यवमेहति स्म Bhāg.5.5.34. -यवः barren corn (the ear of which has no grain); यथा काकयवाः प्रोक्ता यथारण्यभवास्तिलाः । नाममात्रा न सिद्धौ हि धनहीनास्तथा नराः ॥ Pt.2.9. तथैव पाण्डवाः सर्वे यथा काकयवा इव Mb; (काकयवाः = निष्फलतृणधान्यम्). -रुतम् the shrill sound of a crow (considered as a sign of future good or evil under different circumstances); -रुहा a. kind of tree (Mar. बांडगूळ). -वन्ध्या a woman that bears only one child. -स्नानम् Bathing like a crow. -स्पर्शः 1 The touching of a crow. -2 A ceremony performed on the tenth day after a death, consisting in the offering of rice to crows. -स्वरः a shrill tone (as that of a crow).
kākolaḥ काकोलः 1 A raven; Y.1.174; Mb.11.16.7. -2 A snake. -3 A boar. -4 A potter. -5 A division of the infernal regions or hell; महानरककाकोलं संजीवनमहापथम् Y.3.223. -6 A poisonous substance. -ली A drug prepared through अष्टवर्ग.
kāṇḍaḥ काण्डः ण्डम् 1 A section, a part in general. -2 The portion of a plant from one knot to another. काण्डात्काण्ड- त्प्ररोहन्ती Mahānār.4.3. -3 A stem, stock, branch; लीलोत्खातमृणालकाण्डकवलच्छेदे U.3.16; Amaru.95; Ms. 1.46,48, Māl.3.34. -4 Any division of a work, such as a chapter of a book; as the seven Kāṇḍas of the Rām. -5 A separate department or subject; e. g. कर्म˚ &c. -6 A cluster, bundle, multitude. -7 An arrow. मनो दृष्टिगतं कृत्वा ततः काण्डं विसर्जयेत् Dhanur.3; Mb.5.155.7. -8 A long bone, a bone of the arms or legs. -9 cane, reed. -1 A stick, staff. -11 Water. निवृत्ताः काण्डचित्राणि क्रियन्ते दाशबन्धुभिः Rām.2.89.18. -12 Opportunity, occasion. -13 Private place. -14 A kind of measure. -15 Praise, flattery. -16 A horse. -17 Vile, bad, sinful (at the end of comp. only). -ण्डी A little stock or stem; Rāj. T.7.117. -Comp. -अनुसमयः Performance of all the details with reference to one thing or person first, then doing them with reference to the second, and so on (see अनुसमय). -ऋषिः A class of sages including Jaimini. -कारः (-रिन्) a maker of arrows कुसीदवृत्तयः काण्डकारिणश्चाहि- तुण्डिकाः Śiva. B.31.22. (-रम्) the betel-nut. -गोचरः an iron arrow. -तिक्तः, -तिक्तकः N. of a tree (Mar. काडेचिराईत). -पटः, -पटकः a screen surrounding a tent, curtain (Mar. कनात); उत्क्षिप्तकाण्डपटकान्तरलीयमानः Śi.5.22; उल्लोचैः काण्डपटकैः अनेकैः पटमण्डपैः Śiva. B. 22.61. ततः स्वमेवागारमानीय काण्डपटपरिक्षिप्ते विविक्तोद्देशे Dk. 'अपटः काण्डपटी स्यात्' इति वैजयन्ती. -पातः an arrow's flight, range of an arrow. -पुष्पम् The कुन्द flower. -पृष्ठः 1 one of the military profession, a soldier; cf. काण्डस्पृष्टः. -2 the husband of a Vaiśya woman. -3 an adopted son, any other than one's own son. -4 (as a term of reproach) a base-born fellow, one who is faithless to his family, caste, religion, profession &c. In Mv.3 Jāmadagnya is styled by शतानन्द as काण्डपृष्ठ. (स्वकुलं पृष्ठतः कृत्वा यो वै परकुलं व्रजेत् । तेन दुश्चरितेनासौ काण्डपृष्ठ इति स्मृतः ॥). -ष्ठम् the bow of Karṇa & Kāma. -भङ्गः, -भग्नम् a fracture of the bone or limbs. -वीणा the lute of a Chāṇḍāla. -सन्धिः a knot, joint (as of a plant). -स्पृष्टः one who lives by arms, a warrior, soldier. -हीनम् a kind of grass.
kāmaḥ कामः [कम्-घञ्] 1 Wish, desire; संतानकामाय R.2.65, 3.67; oft. used with the inf. form; गन्तुकामः desirous to go; संगात्संजायते कामः Bg.2.62; Ms.2.94. -2 Object of desire; सर्वान् कामान् समश्नुते Ms.2.5; Bṛi. Up.1.3.28. Kaṭh. Up.1.25. -3 Affection, love. -4 Love or desire of sensual enjoyments, considered as one of the ends of life (पुरुषार्थ); cf. अर्थ and अर्थकाम. -5 Desire of carnal gratification, lust; Ms.2.214; न मय्यावेशितधियां कामः कामाय कल्पते Bhāg.1.22.26. -6 The god of love. -7 N. of Pradyumna. -8 N. of Balarāma. -9 A kind of mango tree. -1 The Supreme Being. -मा Desire, wish; उवाच च महासर्पं कामया ब्रूहि पन्नग Mb.3.179.2. -मम् 1 Object of desire. -2 Semen virile. [Kāma is the Cupid of the Hindu mythology the son of Kṛiṣṇa and Rukmiṇī. His wife is Rati. When the gods wanted a commander for their forces in their war with Tāraka, they sought the aid of Kāma in drawing the mind of Śiva towards Pārvatī, whose issue alone could vanquish the demon. Kāma undertook the mission; but Śiva, being offended at the disturbance of his penance, burnt him down with the fire of his third eye. Subsequently he was allowed by Śiva to be born again in the form of Pradyumna at the request of Rati. His intimate friend is Vasanta or the spring; and his son is Aniruddha. He is armed with a bow and arrows--the bow-string being a line of bees, and arrows of flowers of five different plants]. -Comp. -अग्निः 1 a fire of love, violent or ardent love. -2 violent desire, fire of passion. ˚संदीपनम् 1 inflaming fire of love. -2 an aphrodisiac. -अङ्कुशः 1 a fingernail (which plays an important part in erotic acts). -2 the male organ of generation. -अङ्गः the mango tree. -अधिकारः the influence of love or desire. -अधिष्ठित a. overcome by love. -अनलः see कामाग्नि. -अन्ध a. blinded by love or passion. (-न्धः) the (Indian) cuckoo. -अन्धा musk. -अन्निन् a. getting food at will. -अभिकाम a. libidinous, lustful. -अरण्यम् a pleasant grove. -अरिः 1 an epithet of Śiva; ते समेत्य तु कामारिं त्रिपुरारिं त्रिलोचनम् Rām.7.6.3. -2 a mineral substance. -अर्थिन् a. amorous, lustful, lascivious. -अवतारः N. of Pradyumna. -अवशा(सा)यिता f. 1 Self-control. -2 a kind of Yogic power. -अवसायः suppression of passion or desire, stoicism. -अशनम् 1 eating at will. -2 unrestrained enjoyment. -आख्या, -अक्षी N. of Durgā. -आतुर a. love-sick, affected by love; कामातुराणां न भयं न लज्जा Subhāṣ. -आत्मजः an epithet of Aniruddha, son of Pradyumna. -आत्मन् a. lustful, libidinous, enamoured. कामात्मानः स्वर्गफलाः Bg.2.43. Mb.1.119.3-4. Ms.7.27. -आयुधम् 1 arrow of the god of love. -2 membrum virile. (-धः) the mango-tree. -आयुस् m. 1 a vulture. -2 Garuḍa. -आर्त a. love-stricken, affected by love; कामार्ता हि प्रकृतिकृपणाश्चेतनाचेतनेषु Me.5. -आश्रमः the hermitage of the god of love; Rām.1. -आसक्त a. overcome with love or desire, impassioned, lustful. -इष्टः the mango tree. -ईप्सु a. striving to obtain a desired object, यत्तु कामेप्सुना कर्म Bg.18.24. -ईशः, -ईश्वरः 1 an epithet of Kubera; -2 the Supreme soul. -3 a person possessing all wealth. अपास्य कामा- न्कामेशो वसेत्तत्राविचारयन् Mb.12.287.56. -उदकम् 1 voluntary libation of water. -2 a voluntary libation of water to deceased friends exclusive of those who are entitled to it by law; कामोदकं सखिप्रत्तास्वस्रीयश्वशुर- र्त्विजाम् Y.3.4. -उपहत a. affected by or overcome with passion. -कला N. of Rati, the wife of Kāma. -काम, -कामिन् a. following the dictates of love or passion, गतागतं कामकामा लभन्ते Bg.9.21; स शान्तिमाप्नोति न कामकामी Bg.2.7. -कार a. acting at will, indulging one's desires. (-रः) 1 voluntary action, spontaneous deed; Rām.2.11.18; Ms.11.41,45. -2 desire, influence of desire; अयुक्तः कामकारेण फले सक्तो निबध्यते Bg.5. 12. -कूटः 1 the paramour of a harlot. -2 harlotry. -कृत् a. 1 acting at will, acting as one likes. -2 granting or fulfilling a desire. (-m.) the Supreme soul. -केलि a. lustful. (-लिः) 1 a paramour. -2 amorous sport. -3 copulation. -क्रीडा 1 dalliance of love, amorous sport. -2 copulation. -ग a. going of one's own accord, able to act or move as one likes. (-गा) 1 an unchaste or libidinous woman; Y.3.6. -2 a female Kokila. -गति a. able to go to any desired place; अध्यास्त कामगति सावरजो विमानम् R.13.76. -गुणः 1 the quality of passion, affection. -2 satiety, perfect enjoyment. -3 an object of sense. -चर, -चार a. moving freely or unrestrained, wandering at will; सर्वेषु लोकेष्वकामचारो भवति Bṛi. Up.7.25.2; नारदः कामचरः Ku.1.5. -चार a. unchecked, unrestrained. (-रः) 1 unrestrained motion. -2 independent or wilful action, wantonness; न कामचारो मयि शङ्कनीयः R.14.62. -3 one's will or pleasure, free will; अव्यपवृक्ते कामचारः Mbh. on Śiva Sūtra 3.4. कामचारानुज्ञा Sk.; Ms.2.22. -4 sensuality. -5 selfishness. -चारिन् a. 1 moving unrestrained; Me.65. -2 libidinous, lustful. -3 self-willed. (-m.) 1 Garuḍa. -2 a sparrow. -ज a. produced by passion or desire; Ms.7.46,47,5. -जः anger; रथो वेदी कामजो युद्धमग्निः Mb.12.24.27. -जननी betel-pepper (नागवेली). -जानः, -निः See कामतालः. -जित् a. conquering love or passion; R.9.33. (-m.) 1 an epithet of Skanda. -2 of Śiva. -तन्त्रम् N. of a work. -तालः the (Indian) cuckoo. -द a. fulfilling a desire, granting a request or desire. (-दः) an epithet of Skanda and of Śiva. -दहनम् a particular festival on the day of full moon in the month फाल्गुन (Mar. होलिकोत्सव). -दा = कामधेनु q. v. -दर्शन a. looking lovely. -दानम् 1 a gift to one's satisfaction. -2 a kind of ceremony among prostitutes; B. P. -दुघ a. 'milking one's desires', granting every desired object; प्रीता कामदुघा हि सा R.1.81,2.63; Māl.3.11. -दुघा, -दुह् f. a fabulous cow yielding all desires; आयुधानामहं वज्रं धेनूनामस्मि कामधुक् Bg.1.28. स्वर्गे लोके कामधुग्भवति Mbh. on P.VI.1.84. -दूती the female cuckoo. -दृश् f. a woman; विमोचितुं कामदृशां विहारक्रीडामृगो यन्निगडो विसर्गः Bhāg.7.6.17. -देव 1 the god of love. -2 N. of Śiva. -3 N. of Viṣṇu. -दोहिन् a. granting desires. -धर्मः amorous behaviour. -धेनुः f. the cow of plenty, a heavenly cow yielding all desires; कलतिवलती कामधेनू; or कलिवली कामधेनू Vyākraṇa Subhāṣita. -ध्वंसिन् m. an epithet of Śiva. -पति, -पत्नी f. Rati, wife of Cupid. -पालः N. of Balarāma; also of Śiva. -प्रद a. granting desires. (-दः) 1 a kind of coitus. -2 the Supreme Being. -प्रवेदनम् expressing one's desire, wish or hope; कच्चित् कामप्रवेदने Ak. -प्रश्नः an unrestrained or free question; स ह कामप्रश्नमेव वव्रे Bṛi. Up.4.3.1. -फलः a species of the mango tree. -ला the plantain tree. -भाज् a. partaking of sensual enjoyment; कामानां त्वा कामभाजं करोमि Kaṭh.1.24. -भोगाः (pl.) sensual gratifications; प्रसक्ताः कामभोगेषु Bg.16.16. -महः a festival of the god of love celebrated on the full-moon day in the month of Chaitra. -मालिन् m. N. of Gaṇeśa. -मूढ, -मोहित a. influenced or infatuated by love; यत्क्रौञ्च- मिथुनादेकमवधीः काममोहितम् U.2.5. -रसः 1 seminal discharge. -2 the spling -रसिक a. lustful, libidinous; क्षणमपि युवा कामरसिकः Bh.3.112. -रूप a. 1 taking any form at will; जानामि त्वां प्रकृतिपुरुषं कामरूपं मघोनः Me.6. -2 beautiful, pleasing. (-पाः) (pl.) a district lying in the east of Bengal (the western portion of Assam); तमीशः कामरूपाणाम् R.4.83,84. -रूपिन् a. 1 taking any form at will; कामान्नी कामरूपी Tait. Up.3.1.5. -2 beautiful. -m. 1 a pole-cat. -2 a boar. -3 a Vidyādhara. -रेखा, -लेखा a harlot, courtezan. -लता membrum virile. -लोल a. overcome with passion, love-stricken. -वरः a gift chosen at will. -वल्लभः 1 the spring. -2 the moon. -3 the mango tree. (-भा) moonlight. -वश a. influenced by love. (-शः) subjection to love. -वश्य n. subject to love. -वाद a. saying anything at will. -विहन्तृ a. disappointing desires. -वीर्य a. 'showing heroism at will,' an epithet of Garuḍa. -वृक्षम् a. paracitical plant. -वृत्त a. addicted to sensual gratification, licentious, dissipated; विशीलः कामवृत्तो वा गुणैर्वा परिवर्जितः । उपचर्यः स्त्रिया साध्व्या सततं देववत्पतिः ॥ Ms. 5.154. -वृत्ति a. acting according to will, self-willed, independent; न कामवृत्तिर्वचनीयमीक्षते Ku.5.82. (-त्तिः) f. 1 free and unrestrained action. -2 freedom of will. -वृद्धिः f. increase of passion. -वृन्तम् the trumpet flower. -शर 1 a love shaft. -2 the mango tree. -शास्त्रम् the science of love, erotic science. -संयोगः attainment of desired objects. -सखः 1 the spring. -2 the month of Chaitra. -3 the mango tree. -सू a. fulfilling any desire. किमत्र चित्रं यदि कामसूर्भूः R.5.33. -m. N. of Vāsudeva. -f. N. of Rukmiṇi; -सूत्रम् 1 N. of an erotic work by Vātsyāyana. -2 'thread of love', love-incident' औद्धत्यमायोजितकामसूत्रम् Māl.1.4. -हैतुक a. produced by mere desire without any real cause; Bg.16.8.
kāraka कारक a. (-रिका f.) [कृ-ण्वुल्] (Usually at the end of comp.) 1 Making, acting, doing, performing, creating, doer &c. स्वप्नस्य कारकः Y.3.15;2.156; वर्णसंकर- कारकैः Bg.1.42; Ms.7.24; Pt.5.36. कारका मित्रकार्याणि सीतालाभाय सो$ब्रवीत् Bk.7.29. -2 An agent. -3 Intending to act or do. -कम् 1 (In Gram.) The relation subsisting between a noun and a verb in a sentence, (or between a noun and other words governing it); there are six such Kārakas, belonging to the first seven cases, except the genitive: (1) कर्त; (2) कर्मन्; (3) करण; (4) संप्रदान; (5) अपादान; (6) अधिकरण. -2 That part of grammar which treats of these relations; i. e. syntax. -3 Water produced from hail. -4 An organ (इन्द्रिय); जगाद जीमूतगभीरया गिरा बद्धाञ्जलीन्संवृतसर्व- कारकान् Bhāg.8.6.16. -Comp. -गुप्तिः f. a. sentence with a hidden meaning. -Comp. -दीपकम् (in Rhet.) Case illuminator, a figure of speech in which the same Kāraka is connected with several verbs in succession; e. g. रिवद्यति कूणति वेल्लति विचलति निमिषति विलोकयति तिर्यक् । अन्तर्नन्दति चुम्बितुमिच्छति नवपरिणया वधूः शयने ॥ K. P.1. -हेतुः the active or efficient cause (opp. ज्ञापकहेतु).
kārikā कारिका 1 A female dancer. -2 A business, or trade -3 A memorial verse, or a collection of such verses, on grammatical, philosophical, or scientific subjects, e. g. Bhattojī Dīkṣita's Kārikās on grammar; called वैयाकरणसिद्धान्तकारिका; सांख्यकारिका. -4 Torment, torture. -5 Interest.
kiraṇaḥ किरणः [कृ-क्यु Uṇ.2.81] 1 A ray or beam of light, a ray (of the sun, moon or any shining substance); रविकिरणसहिष्णु Ś.2.4; एको हि दोषो गुणसंनिपाते निमज्जतीन्दोः किरणेष्विवाङ्कः Ku.1.3; Śānti.4.6; R.5.74; Śi.4.58; ˚मय radiant, brilliant. -2 A small particle of dust. -3 The sun. -Comp. -पतिः, -मालिन् m. the sun.
ku कु ind. A prefix implying 'badness', 'deterioration', 'depreciation', 'sin', 'reproach', 'littleness', 'want', 'deficiency', &c. Its various substitutes are कद् (कदश्व), कव (कवोष्ण), का (कोष्ण), किं (किंप्रभुः); cf. Pt.5.17. -Comp. -कर्मन् n. a bad deed, a mean act. -a. wicked, Bhāg.1.16.22. -कु-वाच् m. jackal. -कूलम् A hole filled with stakes. ˚लः A fire made of chaff; कुकूलं शङ्कुभिः कीर्णे श्वभ्रे ना तु तुषानले Nm. -ग्रहः an unpropitious planet. -ग्रामः a petty village or hamlet (without a king's officer, an agnihotrin, a physician, or a river.) -चन्दनम् Red sandal-wood. -चर a. of bad conduct, a thief; दृष्ट्वा त्वादित्यमुद्यन्तं कुचराणां भयं भवेत् Mb.14.39.13. -चेल a. wearing bad or ragged garments; कपालं वृक्ष- मूलानि कुचेलमसहायता । समता चैव सर्वस्मिन्नेतन्मुक्तस्य लक्षणम् ॥ Ms.6.44. -चरित्रम्, -चर्या wickedness, evil conduct, impropriety; Ms.9.17. -चोद्यम् an unsuitable question. -जन्मन् a. low born. -तनु a. deformed, ugly. (-नुः) an epithet of Kubera. -तन्त्री a bad lute. -तपः 1 a sort of blanket (made of the hair of the mountain goat). -2 the eighth Muhūrta or portion of the day. -3 a daughter's or sister's son. -4 the sun. -तर्कः 1 sophistical or fallacious argument. -2 a heterodox doctrine, free thinking; कुतर्केष्वभ्यासः सततपरपैशुन्यमननम् G. L.31. ˚पथः a sophistical mode of arguing. -तीर्थम् a bad teacher. -दिनम् an evil or unpropitious day. -दृष्टिः f. 1 weak sight. -2 an evil eye, sinister eye (fig.). -3 an opinion or doctrine opposed to the Vedas, heterodox doctrines; या वेदबाह्याः स्मृतयो याश्च काश्च कुदृष्टयः Ms.12.95. -देशः 1 a bad place or country. -2 a country where the necessaries of life are not available or which is subject to oppression. -देह a. ugly, deformed; कुदेहमानाहिविदष्टदृष्टेर्ब्रह्मन्वचस्ते$मृतमौषधं मे Bhāg.5.12.2. (-हः) an epithet of Kubera. -द्वारम् back door. -धी a. foolish, silly, stupid. -2 wicked. -नखम् a disease of the nails; Mb.3. -नटः 1 a bad actor. -2 a sort of trumpet flower. -3 red arsenic. -नदिका a small river, rill; सुपूरा स्यात्कुनदिका Pt.1.25. -नाथः a bad master; हतास्म्यहं कुनाथेन न पुंसा वीरमानिना Bhāg.9.14.28. -नामन् m. a miser. -नीतः bad counsel, leading; तृणैश्छन्ना भूमिर्मतिरिव कुनीतैव विदुषः Mu.6.11. -पटः, -टम् a miserable garment; कुपटावृतकटिः Bhāg.5.9.1. -पथः 1 a wrong road, bad way (fig. also). -2 a heterodox doctrine. -पथ्य a. unwholesome, improper. -परीक्षक a. examining badly, not valuing rightly; कुत्स्याः स्युः कुपरीक्षका न मणयो यैरर्घतः पातिताः Bh.2.15. -पात्रम् an unfit recipient. -पुत्रः a bad or wicked son: यादृशं फल- माप्नोति कुप्लवैः संतरन् जलम् । तादृशं फलमाप्नोति कुपुत्रैः संतरंस्तमः ॥ Ms.9.161. कुपुत्रो जायेत क्वचिदपि कुमाता न भवति, देव्यपराध- क्षमापनस्तोत्र (ascribed to a later शङ्कराचार्य). -पुरुषः 1 a low or wicked man. -2 a spiritless coward. -पूय a. low, vile, contemptible. -प्रिय a. disagreeable, contemptible, low, mean. -प्लवः a bad boat; कुप्लवैः संतरन् जलम् Ms.9.161. -बन्धः a disgraceful stigma; अन्त्याभिगमने त्वङ्क्यः कुबन्धेन प्रवासयेत् Y.2.294. -ब्रह्मः, -ब्रह्मन् m. a bad or degraded Brāhmaṇa. -मन्त्रः 1 bad advice. -2 a charm used to secure success in a bad cause. -मुद्विन् a. Unfriendly; उदहृष्यन्वारिजानि सूर्योत्थाने कुमुद्विना । राज्ञा तु निर्भया लोकाः Bhāg.1.21.47. -मेरुः The southern hemisphere or pole. -योगः an inauspicious conjunction (of planets). -योगिन् m. a false devotee, impostor. -रस a. having bad juice or flavour. (-सः) a kind of spirituous liquor. -रूप a. ugly, deformed; कुपुत्रो$पि भवेत्पुंसां हृदयानन्दकारकः । दुर्विनीतः कुरूपो$पि मूर्खो$पि व्यसनी खलः ॥ Pt.5.19. -रूप्यम् tin. -लक्षण a. having fatal marks on the body. कुलक्षणेत्यहं राज्ञा त्यक्तेत्यात्तविमानना Ks.91.19. -वङ्गः lead. -वचस्, -वाच्, -वाक्य a. abusive, bad, scurrilous; using abusive or foul language; संस्मारितो मर्मभिदः कुवाग्रिपून् Bhāg.4.3.15. (-n.) abuse, bad language. -वज्रकम् crystal; a stone resembling a diamond. -वर्षः a sudden or violent shower; Rām.6. -विक्रमः bravery exhibited in a wrong place; धिगीदृशं ते नृपते कुविक्रमं कृपाश्रये यः कृपणे पतत्त्रिणि N.1.132. -विवाहः a degraded or improper form of marriage; Ms.3.63. -वृत्तिः f. bad bebaviour. -वेधस् m. bad fate; हृतरत्नेन मुषितो दत्त्वा काचं कुवेधसा Ks. 71.232. -वैद्यः a bad physician, quack. -शील a. rude, wicked, unmannerly, ill tempered, of bad character; कुतो गम्यमगम्यं वा कुशीलोन्मादिनः प्रभोः Ks.32.152. -ष्ठलम् 1 a bad place. -2 the earth; शयानां कुष्ठले Bk.9.84. -सरित् f. a small river, rill; उच्छिद्यन्ते क्रियाः सर्वा ग्रीष्मे कुसरितो यथा Pt.2.89. -सृतिः f. 1 evil conduct, wickedness; कस्माद्वयं कुसृतयः खलयोनयस्ते Bhāg.8.23.7. -2 conjuring, magic. -3 roguery. -स्त्री a bad woman.
kopaḥ कोपः [कुप्-भावे घञ्] 1 Anger, wrath, passion; कोपं न गच्छति नितान्तबलो$पि नागः Pt.1.123; न त्वया कोपः कार्यः do not be angry. -2 (In medicine) Morbid irritation or disorder of the humours of the body; i. e. पित्तकोप, वातकोप. &c. -Comp. -आकुल, -आविष्ट a. enraged, furious. -क्रमः 1 an angry or passionate man. -2 the course of anger. -जन्मन् produced by wrath or anger; बलवानपि कोपजन्मनः Ki.2.37. -दीप्त, -ज्वलित a. inflamed with anger. -पदम् 1 cause of anger. -2 pretended anger. -वशः subjection to anger. -वेगः violence, fury of anger.
kumbhaḥ कुम्भः [कुं भूमिं कुत्सितं वा उम्भति पूरयति उम्भ्-अच् शकं˚ Tv.] 1 A pitcher, water-pot, jar; इयं सुस्तनी मस्तकन्यस्तकुम्भा Jag.; वर्जयेत्तादृशं मित्रं विषकुम्भं पयोमुखम् H.1.74; R.2.36; so कुच˚, स्तन˚. -2 The frontal globe on the forehead of an elephant; इभकुम्भ Māl.5.32; मत्तेभकुम्भदलने भुवि सन्ति शूराः Bh.1.59. -3 Aquarius, the eleventh sign of the zodiac. -4 A measure of grain equal to 2 droṇas; धान्यं दशभ्यः कुम्भेभ्यो हरतो$भ्यधिकं वधः Ms.8.32. -5 (In Yoga phil.) Closing the nostrils and mouth so as to suspend breathing. -6 The paramour of a harlot. -7 An urn in which the bones of dead bodies are collected. -8 A kind of heart-disease. -9 N. of a plant (and also of its fruit); क्वचिद् बिल्वैः क्वचित्कुम्भैः क्वचिच्चा- मलकमुष्टिभिः Bhāg.1.18.14. -भा A harlot, a whore. -भम् A fragrant resin (गुग्गुल). -Comp. -उदरः one of the attendants of Śiva; अवेहि मां किङ्करमष्टमूर्तेः कुम्भोदरं नाम निकुम्भमित्रम् R.2.35. -उलूकः a kind of owl; हृत्वा पिष्ट- मयं पूपं कुम्भोलूकः प्रजायते Mb.13.111.11. -उलूखकम् a medicinal plant (Mar. गुग्गुळ). -कर्णः 'pitcher-eared', N. of a gigantic Rākṣasa, a brother of Rāvaṇa and slain by Rāma. [He is said to have devoured thousands of beings including sages and heavenly nymphs, and the gods were anxiously waiting for an opportunity to retaliate upon the powerful demon. After Brahmā had inflicted on him a curse for the humiliation to which he subjected Indra and his elephant Airāvata, Kumbhakarṇa began to practise the most rigid austerities. Brahmā was pleased and was about to grant him a boon, when the gods requested Sarasvatī to sit on his tongue and to pervert it. Accordingly when he went to the god, instead of asking Indrapada he asked Nidrāpada which was readily granted. It is said that he slept for six months at a time, and, when roused, was awake for only one day. When Lankā was besieged by the monkey-troops of Rāma, Ravāṇa with great difficulty roused Kumbhakarṇa, desirous of availing himself of his gigantic strength. After having drunk 2 jars of liquor, he took Sugrīva prisoner, besides devouring thousands of monkeys. He was ultimately slain by Rāma.] Rām.6; R.12.8. -2 an epithet of Śiva; Mb.12. -कामला a bilious affection. -कारः 1 a potter; मृद्दण्डचक्रसंयोगात्कुम्भकारो यथा घटम् (करोति) Y.3.146. -2 a mixed tribe (वेश्यायां विप्रतश्चौर्यात् कुम्भकारः स उच्यते Uśanas; or मालाकारात्कर्मकर्यां कुम्भकारो व्यजायत Parāśara). -3 a serpent. -4 a kind of wild fowl. (-री), -कारिका 1 the wife of a potter. -2 a kind of collyrium. -घोणः N. of a town. -जः, -जन्मन् m. -योनिः, m. -संभवः 1 epithets of Agastya; एतदाख्याय रामाय महर्षिः कुम्भसंभवः Rām.7.8.1; प्रससादोदयादम्भः कुम्भयोनेर्महौजसः R.4.21;15.55. -2 an epithet of Droṇa, the military preceptor of the Kauravas and Pāṇḍavas. -3 an epithet of Vasiṣṭha. -दासी a bawd, procuress; sometimes used as a term of reproach or abuse. -धरः the sign ef the zodiac called Aquarius. -पञ्जरः a niche in the wall. -राशिः the sign Aquarius. -रेतस् m. a form of Agni. -लग्नम् that time of the day in which Aquarius rises above the horizon. -मण्डूकः 1 (lit.) a frog in a pitcher. -2 (fig.) an inexperienced man; cf. कूपमण्डूक. -शाला pottery. -सन्धिः the hollow on the top of an elephant's head between the frontal globes.
kūṭa कूट a. 1 False; as in कूटाः स्युः पूर्वसाक्षिणः Y.2.8; दुस्तोषः कूटयोगिनाम् Bhāg.2.9.19. -2 Immovable, steady. -3 Despised. -टः, -टम् 1 Fraud, illusion, deception. -2 A trick, fraudulent or roguish scheme; अक्षकूटमधि- ष्ठाय हृतं दुर्योधनेन वै Mb.3.33.3. -3 A puzzling question, knotty or intricate point, as in कूटश्लोक, कूटान्योक्ति; वाचः कूटं तु देवर्षेः स्वयं विभमृशुर्धिया Bhāg.6.5.1. -4 Falsehood, untruth; oft. used in comp. with the force of an adjective; ˚वचनम् false or deceitful words; ˚तुला, ˚मानम् &c. -5 A summit or peak of a mountain; वर्धयन्निव तत्कूटानु- द्धतैर्धातुरेणुभिः R.4.71, Me.115; Māl.5.32. -6 Any projection or prominence. -7 The bone of the forehead with its projections, the crown of the head. -8 A horn, सम्परेतमयःकूटैश्छिन्दन्त्युत्थितमन्यवः Bhāg.4.25.8. -9 End, corner; Y.3.96. -1 Head, chief. -11 A heap, mass, multitude; अभ्रकूटम् 'a heap of clouds'; so अन्नकूटम् 'a heap of food'; Mv.6.32. -12 A hammer, an iron mallet. -13 A plough-share, the body of a plough. -14 A trap for catching deer; नश्येदभिमृशन्सद्यो मृगः कूट- मिव स्पृशन् Mb.12.68.52. -15 A concealed weapon, as a dagger in a woollen case or a sword in a stick. -16 A water-jar. -17 The door of a city; निर्ययुर्भवनात्त- स्मात्कूटमुद्गरपाणयः Rām.5.42.25. -18 A false coin; कूटं हि निषादानामेवोपकारकं न आर्याणाम् ŚB. on MS.6.1.52. -टः 1 A house, dwelling. -2 An ox whose horns are broken. -3 An epithet of Agastya. -Comp. -अक्षः a false or loaded die; कूटाक्षोपधिदेविनः Y.2.22. -अगारम् an apartment on the top of a house; कूटागारैश्च संपूर्णामि- न्द्रस्येवामरावतीम् Rām.1.5.15. -अर्थः ambiguity of meaning. ˚भाषिता a tale, fiction. -उपायः a fraudulent plan, trick, stratagem. -कारः, -कारकः a rogue, a false witness; Ms.3.158. -कृत् a. 1 cheating, deceiving. -2 forging a document; Y.2.7. -3 bribing. (-m.) 1 a man of the writer caste (कायस्थ). -2 an epithet of Śiva. -कार्षापणः a false कार्षापण q. v. -कोष्ठम् a. compartment on the top of a building (Kāmikāgama 55.123-3); (कूटशाला and कूटागार are synonyms). -खङ्गः a sword-stick. -च्छद्मन् m. a cheat; पीड्यमानाः प्रजा रक्ष्याः कूटच्छद्मादिभिस्तथा Pt.1.343. -तुला a false pair of scales. -धर्म a. where falsehood is considered a duty (as a place, house, country, &c.). -पाकलः, -पर्वः -पूर्वः bilious fever to which elephants are subject (हस्तिवातज्वर); अचिरेण वैकृतविवर्तदारुणः कलभं कठोर इव कूट- पाकलः (अभिहन्ति Māl.1.39); (also sometimes written as कूटपालक). -पालकः a potter; a potter's kiln. -पाशः, -बन्धः a trap, snare, समाधिभीतेन किलोपनीतः पञ्चाप्सरोयौवन- कूटबन्धम् R.13.39. -मानम् false measure or weight. -मोहनः an epithet of Skanda. -यन्त्रम् a trap, a snare for deer, birds &c. -युद्धम् treacherous or unfair warfare; कूटयुद्धविधिज्ञे$पि तस्मिन्सन्मार्गयोधिनि R.17.69. -रचना 1 a trap laid; Pt.2.85. -2 artifice, trick; अतर्क्या कुट्टनीकूटरचना हि विधेरपि Ks.57.115. -लेखः a falsified document; कृत्वाथ कूटलेखं सा विदग्धा मह्यमर्पयत् Ks.124.197. -शाल्मलिः f., m. 1 a species of the Śālmali tree. -2 a kind of tree with sharp thorns (regarded as one of the several instruments-perhaps a club-with which the wicked are tortured in the world of Yama); see R.12.95 and Malli. thereon. -शासनम् a forged grant or decree; Ms.9.232. -संक्रान्तिः the passing of the sun into another zodiac when half the night is over. -साक्षिन् m. a false witness. -स्थ a. 1 standing at the top, occupying the highest place (said of a person who stands at the head in a geneological table). -2 silent; not at all moving or working; Mb.12.179.6. (-स्थः) the Supreme Soul (immovable, unchangeable, and perpetually the same); क्षरः सर्वाणि भूतानि कूटस्थो$क्षर उच्यते Bg.6.8;12.3. (-स्थः, -स्थम्) a kind of perfume (Mar. नखला). -स्वर्णम् counterfeit gold; Y.2.297. -हेमन् (as above); रज्यत्तुषारद्युतिकूटहेम तत्पाण्डु जातं रजतं क्षणेन N.22.52.
kṛ कृ I. 5 U. (कृणोति-कृणुते) To hurt, injure, kill. -II. 8 U. (करोति-कुरुते, चकार-चक्रे, अकार्षीत्-अकृत; कर्तुम्, करिष्यति-ते कृत) 1 To do (in general); तात किं करवाण्यहम् -2 To make; गणिकामवरोधमकरोत् Dk; नृपेण चक्रे युवराजशब्दभाक् R.3.35; युवराजः कृतः &c. -3 To manufacture, shape, prepare; कुम्भकारो घटं करोति; कटं करोति &c. -4 To build, create; गृहं कुरु; सभां कुरु मदर्थे भोः. -5 To produce, cause, engender; रतिमुभयप्रार्थना कुरुते Ś.2.1. -6 To form, arrange; अञ्जलिं करोति; कपोतहस्तकं कृत्वा. -7 To write, compose; चकार सुमनोहरं शास्त्रम् Pt.1. -8 To perform, be engaged in; पूजां करोति. -9 To tell, narrate; इति बहुविधाः कथाः कुर्वन् &c. -1 To carry out, execute, obey; एवं क्रियते युष्मदादेशः Māl.1; or करिष्यामि वचस्तव or शासनं मे कुरुष्व &c. -11 To bring about, accomplish, effect; सत्सं- गतिः कथय किं न करोति पुंसाम् Bh.2.23. -12 To throw or let out, discharge, emit; मूत्रं कृ to discharge urine, make water; so पुरीषं कृ to void excrement. -13 To assume, put on, take; स्त्रीरूपं कृत्वा; नानारूपाणि कुर्वाणः Y.3. 162. -14 To send forth, utter; मानुषीं गिरं कृत्वा, कलरवं कृत्वा &c. -15 To place or put on (with loc.); कण्ठे हारम- करोत् K.212; पाणिमुरसि कृत्वा &c. -16 To entrust (with some duty), appoint; अध्यक्षान् विविधान्कुर्यात्तत्र तत्र विपश्चितः Ms.7.81. -17 To cook (as food) as in कृतान्नम्. -18 To think, regard, consider; दृष्टिस्तृणीकृतजगत्त्रयसत्त्वसारा U.6. 19. -19 To take (as in the hand); कुरु करे गुरुमेकमयोघनं N.4.59. -2 To make a sound, as in खात्कृत्य, फूत्कृत्य भुङ्क्ते; so वषट्कृ, स्वाहाकृ &c. -21 To pass, spend (time); वर्षाणि दश चक्रुः spent; क्षणं कुरु wait a moment. -22 To direct towards, turn the attention to, resolve on; (with loc. or dat.); नाधर्मे कुरुते मनः Ms.12.118; नगरगमनाय मतिं न करोति Ś.2. -23 To do a thing for another (either for his advantage or injury); प्राप्ताग्निनिर्वापणगर्वमम्बु रत्नाङ्- कुरज्योतिषि किं करोति Vikr.1.18; यदनेन कृतं मयि, असौ किं मे करिष्यति &c. -24 To use, employ, make use of; किं तया क्रियते धेन्वा Pt.1. -25 To divide, break into parts (with adverbs ending in धा); द्विधा कृ to divide into two parts; शतधा कृ, सहस्रधा कृ &c. -26 To cause to become subject to, reduce completely to (a particular condition, with adverbs ending in सात्); आत्मसात् कृ to subject or appropriate to oneself; दुरितैरपि कर्तुमात्मसात्प्रयतन्ते नृपसूनवो हि यत् R.8.2; भस्मसात् कृ to reduce to ashes. -27 To appropriate, secure for oneself. -28 To help, give aid. -29 To make liable. -3 To violate or outrage (as a girl). -31 To begin. -32 To order. -33 To free from. -34 To proceed with, put in practice. -35 To worship, sacrifice. -36 To make like, consider equal to, cf. तृणीकृ (said to be Ātm. only in the last 1 senses). -37 To take up, gather; आदाने करोतिशब्दः Ms.4.2.6; यथा काष्ठानि करोति गोमयानि करोति इति आदाने करोतिशब्दो भवति एवमिहापि द्रष्टव्यम् ŚB. on MS.4.2.6. This root is often used with nouns, adjectives, and indeclinables to form verbs from them, somewhat like the English affixes 'en' or '(i) fy', in the sense of 'making a person or thing to be what it previously is not'; e. g. कृष्णीकृ to make that which is not already black, black, i. e. blacken; so श्वेतीकृ to whiten; घनीकृ to solidify; विरलीकृ to rarefy &c. &c. Sometimes these formations take place in other senses also; e. g. क्रोडीकृ 'to clasp to the bosom', embrace; भस्मीकृ to reduce to ashes; प्रवणीकृ to incline, bend; तृणीकृ to value as little as straw; मन्दीकृ to slacken, make slow; so शूलीकृ to roast on the end of pointed lances; सुखीकृ to please' समयाकृ to spend time &c. N. B.- This root by itself admits of either Pada; but it is Ātm. generally with prepositions in the following senses :--(1) doing injury to; (2) censure, blame; (3) serving; (4) outraging, acting violently or rashly; (5) preparing, changing the condition of, turning into; (6) reciting; (7) employing, using; see P.I.3.32 and गन्धनावक्षेपणसेवनसाहसिक्यप्रतियत्नप्रकथनोपयोगेषु कृञः ''Students' Guide to Sanskrit Composition" 338. Note. The root कृ is of the most frequent application in Sanskrit literature, and its senses are variously modified, or almost infinitely extended, according to the noun with which the root is connected; e. g. पदं कृ to set foot (fig. also); आश्रमे पदं करिष्यसि Ś.4.19; क्रमेण कृतं मम वपुषि नव- यौवनेन पदम् K.141; मनसा कृ to think of, meditate; मनसि कृ to think; दृष्ट्वा मनस्येवमकरोत् K.136; or to resolve or determine; सख्यम्, मैत्रीं कृ to form friendship with; अस्त्राणि कृ to practise the use of weapons; दण्डं कृ to inflict punishment; हृदये कृ to pay heed to; कालं कृ to die; मतिं-बुद्धिं कृ to think of, intend, mean; उदकं कृ to offer libations of water to manes; चिरं कृ to delay; दर्दुरं कृ to play on the lute; नखानि कृ to clean the nails; कन्यां कृ to outrage or violate a maiden; विना कृ to separate from, to be abandoned by, as in मदनेन विनाकृता रतिः Ku.4.21; मध्ये कृ to place in the middle, to have reference to; मध्येकृत्य स्थितं क्रथकौशिकान् M.5.2; वेशे कृ to win over, place in subjection, subdue; चमत्कृ to cause surprise; make an exhibition or a show; सत्कृ to honour, treat with respect; तिर्यक्कृ to place aside. -Caus. (कारयति-ते) To cause to do, perform, make, execute &c.; आज्ञां कारय रक्षोभिः Bk.8.84; भृत्यं भृत्येन वा कटं कारयति Sk. -Desid. (चिकीर्षति- ते) To wish to do &c.; Śi.14.41.
kṛta कृत p. p. [कृ-क्त] 1 Done, performed, made, effected accomplished, manufactured &c.; (p. p. of कृ 8. U. q. v.) ते करान् संप्रयच्छन्तु सुवर्णं च कृताकृतम् Mb.3.255.17; दिव्याः प्रसन्ना विविधाः सुराः कृतसुरा अपि Rām.5.11.22; natural and manufactured wines. -2 Wounded, hurt; सिद्ध्येत ते कृतमनोभवधर्षितायाः Bhāg.3.23.11. -3 Acquired, bought (a kind of son); Mb.13.49.4. -4 Cultivated; अकृतं च कृतात्क्षेत्राद् गौरजाविकमेव च Ms.1.114. -5 Appointed (as a duty); सो$पि यत्नेन संरक्ष्यो धर्मो राजकृतश्च यः Y.2.186. -6 Relating to, referring to; पतनीयकृते क्षेपे Y.2.21. -तम् 1 Work, deed, action; कृतं न वेत्ति Pt.1.424; ungrateful; Ms.7.197. -2 Service, benefit. -3 Consequence, result. -4 Aim, object. -5 N. of that side of a die which is marked with four points; this is lucky; cf. Vāj.3.18. -6 N. of the first of the four Yugas of the world extending over 1728 years of men (see Ms.1.69 and Kull. thereon). -7 The number '4'. -8 A stake at a game. -9 Prize or booty gained in a battle. -1 An offering. -11 Magic sorcery. -Comp. -अकृत a. done and not done; i. e. done in part but not completed; कृताकृतस्यैव च काञ्चनस्य Bu. Ch.2.2; that which is done and that which is not done (Dvandva Comp.) मा त्वा ताप्तां कृताकृते Mbh. on P.II.2.29; कृताकृतप्रसङ्गि नित्यम्. (-तः) the Supreme Being. -अङ्क a. 1 marked, branded; कठ्यां कृताङ्को निर्वास्यः Ms.8.281. -2 numbered. (ङ्कः) that side of a die which is marked with four points. -अञ्जलि a. folding the hands in supplication; प्रणम्य शिरसा देवं कृताञ्जलिरभाषत Bg.11.14,35; Ms.4.154. -अनुकर a. following another's example, subservient. -अनुसारः custom, usage. -अन्त a. bringing to an end, terminating. (-तः) 1 Yama, the god of death; कृतान्त आसीत्समरो देवानां सह दानवैः Bhāg.9.6.13; द्वितीयं कृतान्त- मिवाटन्तं व्याधमपश्यत् H.1. -2 fate, destiny; कृतान्त एव सौमित्रे द्रष्टव्यो मत्प्रवासने Rām.2.22.15; क्रूरस्तस्मिन्नपि न सहते संगमं नौ कृतान्तः Me.17. -3 a demonstrated conclusion, dogma, a proved doctrine; दैवं पुरुषकारश्च कृतान्ते- नोपपद्यते Mb.12.153.5; यथा लौकिकेषु वैदिकेषु च कृतान्तेषु Mbh. on P.I.1.1,56; साङ्ख्ये कृतान्ते प्रोक्तानि Bg.18.13. -4 a sinful or inauspicious action. -5 an epithet of Saturn. -6 Saturday. -7 the inevitable result of former actions. -8 the second lunar mansion. -9 the number 'two'. ˚कुशल an astrologer; आधिराज्ये$भिषेको मे ब्राह्मणैः पतिना सह । कृतान्त- कुशलैरुक्तं तत्सर्वं वितथीकृतम् Rām.6.48.14. ˚जनकः the sun. -अन्नम् 1 cooked food. कृतान्नमुदकं स्त्रियः Ms.9.219;11.3. -2 digested food. -3 excrement. -अपराध a. guilty, offender, criminal. -अभय a. saved from fear or danger. -अभिषेक a. crowned, inaugurated. (-कः) a prince. -अभ्यास a. practised. -अयः the die called कृत marked with four points. -अर्थ a. 1 having gained one's object, successful; एकः कृतार्थो भवते वीतशोकः Śwet. Up.2.14. -2 satisfied; happy, contented; वयं कृतार्था इत्यभिमन्यन्ति बालाः Muṇḍ.1.2.9; कृतः कृतार्थो$स्मि निबर्हितांहसा Śi.1.29; R.8.3; Ki.4.9; Ś.2.1; Pt.1.194. -3 clever. -4 that which has served its purpose (and hence incapable of yielding any further sense or serving any other purpose); पुरुषे यागं श्रावयित्वा कृतार्थः शब्द एकस्य द्वयोर्बहूनां वा यागं न वारयति । ŚB. on MS.6.2.3. सकृत् कृत्वा कृतार्थः शब्दः न नियमः पौनःपुन्ये । ŚB. on MS.6.2.27; सा चाकाङ्क्षा एकेनापि कृतार्था भवतीत्युक्तम् । ŚB. on MS.11.1.13. (कृतार्थीकृ 1 to render fruitful or successful; कृतार्थीकृत्य तं विप्रम् Ks.74.125. -2 to make good; कान्तं प्रत्युपचारतश्चतुरया कोपः कृतार्थीकृतः Amaru.15; so कृतार्थयति to make fruitful; Māl.3.6.) -अवधान a. careful, attentive. -अवधि a. 1 fixed, appointed. -2 bounded, limited. -अवमर्ष a. 1 effacing from recollection. -2 intolerant. -अवस्थ a. 1 summoned, caused to be present; Ms.8.6. -2 fixed, settled. -अस्त्र a. 1 armed. -2 trained in the science of arms or missiles; पित्रा संवर्धितो नित्यं कृतास्त्रः सांपरा- यिकः R.17.62. -अहक a. having performed the daily ceremonies. -आगम a. advanced, proficient, skilled. (-m.) the Supreme soul. -आगस् a. guilty, offending, criminal, sinful; अध्ने प्र शिरो जहि ब्रह्मजस्य कृतागसः Av.12.5.6; कृतागाः कौटिल्यो मुजग इव निर्याय नगरात् Mu.3.11. -आत्मन् a. 1 having control over oneself, self-possessed, of a selfgoverned spirit; कृतात्मा ब्रह्मलोकमभिसंभवामि Ch. Up.8.13.1; कृतात्मानो वीतरागाः प्रशान्ताः Muṇḍ. Up.3.2.5; Rām.5.61.6; ऐहिष्ट तं कारयितुं कृतात्मा Bk.1.11. -2 purified in mind; magnanimous; तमरिघ्रं कृतात्मानं क्षिप्रं द्रक्ष्यसि राघवम् Rām.5.39.48. -आभरण a. adorned. -आयास a. labouring, suffering. -आलय a. one who has taken up his abode in any place; यत्र ते दयिता भार्या तनयाश्च कृतालयाः Rām. (-यः) a frog; dog ? M. W. -आवास a lodging. -आस्पद a. 1 governed; ruled. -2 supporting, resting on. -3 residing in. -आहार a. having taken one's meals. -आह्वान a. challenged. -उत्साह a. diligent, making effort, striving. -उदक a. one who had performed his ablutions; Mb.3. -उद्वाह a. 1 married. -2 practising penance by standing with up-lifted hands. -उपकार a. 1 favoured, befriended, assisted; अज्ञातभर्तृव्यसना मुहूर्तं कृतोपकारेव रतिर्बभूव Ku.3.73. -2 friendly. -उपभोग a. used, enjoyed. -कर, -कारिन् a. Enjoining what is already known or done; कृतकरो हि विधिरनर्थकः स्यात् ŚB. on MS.1.5.58; कृतकरं शास्त्रमनर्थकं स्यात् ŚB. on MS.1.7.25; कृतकारि खलु शास्त्रं पर्जन्यवत् Mbh. on P.I.2.9. -कर्मन् a. 1 one who has done his work; R.9.3. -2 skilful, clever. (-m.) 1 the Supreme spirit. -2 a Saṁnyāsin. -काम a. one whose desires are fulfilled. -कार्य a. 1 one who has done his work or obtained his object. -2 having no need of another's aid. -काल a. 1 fixed or settled as to time. -2 who has waited a certain time. (-लः) appointed time; कृतशिल्पो$पि निवसेत्कृतकालं गुरोर्गृहे Y.2.184. -कृत्य, -क्रिय a. 1 who has accomplished his object; Bg.15.2. -2 satisfied, contented; Śānti.3.19; Māl.4.3. -3 clever. -4 having done his duty; कृतकृत्यो विधिर्मन्ये न वर्धयति तस्य ताम् Śi.2.32. -क्रयः a purchaser. -क्रियः 1 one who has accomplished any act. -2 one who has fulfilled his duty. -3 one who has performed a religious ceremony; Ms.5.99. -क्षण a. 1 waiting impatiently for the exact moment; कृतक्षणाहं भद्रं ते गमनं प्रति राघव Rām.2.29.15; वयं सर्वे सोत्सुकाः कृतक्षणास्तिष्ठामः Pt.1. -2 one who has got an opportunity. -घ्न a. 1 ungrateful; Ms.4.214;8.89. -2 defeating all previous measures. -चूडः a boy on whom the ceremony of tonsure has been performed; Ms.5.58,67; नृणामकृतचूडानां विशुद्धिर्नौशिकी स्मृता. -जन्मन् a. planted; Ku.5.6. -ज्ञ a. 1 grateful; Ms.7.29,21; Y.1.38. -2 correct in conduct; कृतज्ञतामस्य वदन्ति सम्पदः Ki. (-ज्ञः) 1 a dog. -2 an epithet of Śiva. -तीर्थ a. 1 one who has visited or frequented holy places. -2 one who studies with a professional teacher. -3 fertile in means or expedients. -4 a guide. -5 rendered accessible or easy; Ki.2.3. -दार a. married. -दासः a servant hired for a stated period, a hired servant. -दूषणम् spoiling what is done; उद्धतायाः पुनरुद्धनने न हि किञ्चित्कार्यमस्ति । केवलं कृतदूषणं भवेत् । ृŚB. on MS.12.2.16. (see कृतदूषा) -दूषा f. a blemish or vitiating factor for what is done; अकर्म वा कृतदूषा स्यात् MS.12.1.1. (कृतायाः दूषणम् ŚB). -धी a. 1 prudent, considerate. -2 learned, educated, wise; पुत्रेभ्यः कृतवेदिनां कृतधियां येषां न भिन्ना वयम् Mu.5.2; Bg.2.54; Śi.2.79. -नामधेय a. named, called as; Ś6. -निर्णेजनः a penitent. -a. one who has performed penance; कृतनिर्णेजनांश्चैव न जुगुप्सेत कर्हिचित् Ms.11.189. -निश्चय a. 1 resolute, resolved; युद्धाय कृतनिश्चयः Bg.2.37. -2 confident, sure. -पुङ्ख a. skilled in archery. -पूर्व a. done formerly. -प्रतिकृतम् assault and counter-assault, attack and resistance; R.12.94. -प्रतिज्ञ a. 1 one who has made an agreement or engagement. -2 one who has fulfilled his promise. -प्रयोजन a. one who has attained his object; Ks.13.158. -फल n. successful. (-लम्) result, consequence. -बुद्धि a. 1 learned, educated, wise; विद्वत्सु कृतबुद्धयः (श्रेष्ठाः) Ms.1.97, 7.3. -2 a man of resolute character. -3 informed of one's duty. -ब्रह्मन् a. Ved. one who has performed his devotions; कृतब्रह्मा शूशुवद् रातहव्य इत् Rv.2. 25.1. -मङ्गल a. blessed, consecrated. -मति a. firm, resolute. -मन्यु a. indignant. -मालः, -लकः 1 a kind of cassia. -2 the spotted antelope. -मुख a. learned, clever, wise. -युगम् the first (golden) of the four ages. -रूप one who knows the customary rites (कृतकल्प); Rām.2.1.2. -लक्षण a. 1 stamped, marked. -2 branded; ज्ञातिसम्बन्धिभिस्त्वेतास्त्यक्तव्याः कृत- लक्षणाः Ms.9.239. -3 excellent, amiable. -4 defined, discriminated. -वर्मन् m. N. of a warrior on the side of the Kauravas who with Kṛipa and Aśvatthāman survived the general havoc of the great Bhārata war. He was afterwards slain by Sātyaki. -वापः a penitent who has shaven his head and chin; Ms.11.18. -विद् a. grateful; तस्यापवर्ग्यशरणं तव पादमूलं विस्मर्यते कृतविदा कथमार्तबन्धो Bhāg.4.9.8. -विद्य a. learned, educated; शूरो$सि कृत- विद्यो$सि Pt.4.43; सुवर्णपुष्पितां पृथ्वीं विचिन्वन्ति त्रयो जनाः । शूरश्च कृतविद्यश्च यश्च जानाति सेवितुम् ॥ Pt.1.45. -वीर्य a. being strong or powerful; Av.17.1.27. (-र्यः) N. of the father of Sahasrārjuna. -वेतन a. hired, paid (as a servant); प्रमादमृतनष्टांश्च प्रदाप्यः कृतवेतनः Y.2.164. -वेदिन् a. 1 grateful; न तथा कृतवेदिनां करिष्यन्प्रियतामेति यथा कृता- वदानः Ki.13.32; see कृतज्ञ. -2 observant of propriety. -वेश a. attired, decorated; गतवति कृतवेशे केशवे कुञ्जशय्याम् Gīt.11. -व्यावृत्ति a. dislodged or dismissed from office, set aside; Ku.2.27. -शिल्प a. skilled in art or trade; कृतशिल्पो$पि निवसेत्कृतकालं गुरोर्गृहे Y.2.184. -शोभ a. 1 splendid. -2 beautiful. -3 handy, dexterous. -शौच a. purified; पुण़्डरीकमवाप्नोति कृतशौचो भवेच्च सः Mb.3.83.21. -श्मश्रुः one who is shaven; न हि कृतश्मश्रुः पुनः श्मश्रूणि कार- यति Mbh. on P.I.2.9. -श्रमः, -परिश्रमः one who has studied; कृतपरिश्रमो$स्मि ज्योतिःशास्त्रे Mu.1; I have devoted my time to (spent my labours on) the science of astronomy. -संकल्प a. resolved, determined. -संकेत a. making an appointment; नामसमेतं कृतसंकेतं वादयते मृदु वेणुम् Gīt.5. -संज्ञ a. 1 having presence of mind ... स्थापयेद् दासान् कृत- संज्ञान् समन्ततः Ms. -2 restored to consciousness or senses. -3 aroused. -4 one to whom sign has been given; Rāj. T.4.221. -संनाह a. clad in armour, accoutred. -संस्कार a. 1 one who has performed all purificatory rites, initiated; वैश्यस्तु कृतसंस्कारः Ms.9.326; R.1.78. -2 Prepared, adorned. -सापत्निका, -सापत्नी, सापत्नीका, -सापत्नका, सपत्निका a woman whose husband has married another wife, a married woman having a co-wife or a superseded wife. -हस्त, -हस्तक a. 1 dexterous, clever, skilful, handy. -2 skilled in archery. -हस्तता 1 skill, dexterity; ... संनिपाते । सुमहति कृतहस्ताः सैनिकास्तं ररक्षुः ॥ Śiva. B.13.3.47. -2 skill in archery or generally in handling arms; कौरव्ये कृतहस्तता पुनरियं देवे यथा सीरिणि Ve.6.13; Mv.6.41.
kṛṣ कृष् I. 6 U. (कृषति-ते, कृष्ट) To plough, make furrows; ततस्ते देवयजनं ब्राह्मणाः स्वर्णलाङ्गलैः । कृष्ट्वा तत्र यथाम्नायं दीक्षयां चक्रिरे नृपम् ॥ Bhāg.1.74.12. -II. 1 P. (कर्षति, कृष्ट) 1 To draw, drag, pull, drag away, tear; प्रसह्य सिंहः किल तां- चकर्ष R.2.27; V.1.19. -2 To draw towards oneself, attract; हस्ताभ्यां नश्यद्क्राक्षीद् Bk.15.47; Bg.15.7. -3 To lead or conduct as an army; स सेनां महतीं कर्षन् R.4.32. -4 To bend (as a bow); नात्यायतकृष्टशार्ङ्गः R.5.5. -5 To become master of, subdue, vanquish, overpower; बल- वानिन्द्रियग्रामो विद्वांसमपि कर्षति Ms.2.215; नक्रः स्वस्थानमासाद्य गजेन्द्रमपि कर्षति Pt.3.46. -6 To plough, till; अनुलोमकृष्टं क्षेत्रं प्रतिलोमं कर्षति Sk. -7 To obtain; कुलसंख्यां च गच्छन्ति कर्षन्ति च महद्यशः Ms.3.66. -8 To take away from, deprive one of (with two acc.). -9 To scratch; सुवीरकं याच्यमाना मद्रिका कर्षति स्फिचौ Mb.8.4.38. -Caus. 1 To draw out, tear up. -2 To extract. -3 To torture, torment, give pain. -4 To plough, till, cultivate.
klṛp क्लृप् 1 Ā. (कल्पते, चक्लृपे, अक्लृपत्, अक्लृप्त, अकल्पिष्ट; कल्पि- ष्यते; कल्प्स्यति-ते, कल्पितुम्, कल्प्तुम्, क्लृप्त) 1 To be fit or adequate for result in, bring about, accomplish, produce, tend to; (with dat.) कल्पसे रक्षणाय Ś.5.8; पश्चात्पुत्रैरप- हृतभरः कल्पते विश्रमाय V.3.1; विभावरी यद्यरुणाय कल्पते Ku. 5.44;6.29;5.79; Me.57; R.5.13;8.4; S.6.23; Bk.22.21. -2 To be well-managed or regulated, to succeed. -3 To become, happen, occur; कल्पिष्यते हरेः प्रीतिः Bk.16.12;9.44,45. गजेन्द्राः कल्प्यन्ते तुरगपतयो वर्मरचिताः Pañch.2.7; Bhāg.3.16.12. -4 To be prepared, be ready; चक्लृपे चाश्वकुञ्जरम् Bk.14.89. -5 To be favourable to, subserve. -6 To partake of. -7 To prepare, arrange. -8 To produce, cause, effect, create (with acc.); प्रजापतीनां स पतिश्चक्लृपे कान्प्रजापतीन् Bhāg.3. 7.25. -9 To accommodate one's self to. -1 To fall to the share of. -Caus. (कल्पयति-ते) 1 To prepare, arrange, make ready, fit out; शयनमस्याकल्पयम् K.156, 157. -2 To settle, fix upon, intend, design; ध्रुवं मां प्रातराशार्थं राक्षसः कल्पयिष्यति Rām.5.26.33; कल्पिता मूल्यमे- तेषां क्रूरेण भवता वयम् Mu.5.17. -3 To make, offer; Mu. 6.21.; R.5.28;11.51,93. -4 To provide or furnish with; Bh.3.95; R.1.94;5.9. -5 To believe, consider, imagine, think; मत्सरस्तु मे विपरीतं कल्पयति Mu.7; Śi.11. 6. -6 To cut, divide; Ś.6. -7 To execute, bring about, do, perform; Śi. -8 To form, frame; -9 To invent, compose (as a poem); स्वायंभुवो मनुर्धीमानिदं शास्त्रमकल्पयत् Ms.1.12; -1 To receive, accept; नातो ह्यन्यमकल्पयन् Rām.2.91.65.
kevala केवल a. [केव् सेवने वृषा˚ कल] 1 Peculiar, exclusive, uncommon; किं तया क्रियते लक्ष्म्या या वधूरिव केवला Pt.2.134. -2 Alone, mere, sole, only, isolated; स हि तस्य न केवलां श्रियं प्रतिपेदे सकलान् गुणानपि R.8.5; न केवलानां पयसां प्रसूति- मवेहि मां कामदुघां प्रसन्नाम् 2.63;15.1; Ku.2.34. -3 Whole, entire, absolute, perfect. -4 Bare, uncovered (as ground); निषेदुषी स्थण्डिल एव केवले Ku.5.12. -5 Pure, simple, unmingled, unattended (by anything else); कातर्यं केवला नीतिः R.17.47. -6 Selfish, envious. -ली, -लम् 1 The doctrine of absolute unity of spirit and matter. -2 One of the five types of knowledge according to the Jainas; (श्रुतज्ञान, मतिज्ञान, अवधिज्ञान, मनःपर्ययज्ञान and केवलज्ञान). -ली Astronomical science. -लम् ind. Only, merely, solely, entirely, absolutely, wholly; केवलमिदमेव पृच्छामि K.155; न केवलं--अपि not only-but;. वसु तस्य विभोर्न केवलं गुणवत्तापि परप्रयोजना R.8.31; cf. also 3.19;2,31. -2 Silently, quietly; न हि मे$व्याहृतं कुर्यात्सर्वलोको$पि केवलम् Mb.12.2.28. -Comp. -अद्वैतम् a particular doctrine of अद्वैत. -अन्वयिन् see under अन्वय. -आत्मन् a. one whose essence is absolute unity; नमस्त्रिमूर्तये तुभ्यं प्राक्सृष्टेः केवलात्मने Ku.2.4. -ज्ञानम् the highest possible knowledge, (Jaina Phil.). -ज्ञानिन् m. one who has obtained the highest possible knowledge. -द्रव्यम् 1 black pepper. -2 mere mattar or substance. -ज्ञानम् highest Knowledge; जयन्ति ते जिना येषां केवलज्ञानशालिनाम् Pt.5.12. -नैयायिकः a mere logician (not proficient in any other branch of learning); so ˚वैयाकरण. -व्यतिरेकिन् m. pertaining to only one of the varieties of inference according to न्यायशास्त्र.
kaumudī कौमुदी [कुमुदस्येयं प्रकाशकत्वात् अण् ङीष् Tv.] 1 Moonlight; शशिना सह याति कौमुदी Ku.4.33; शशिनमुपगतेयं कौमुदी मेघमुक्तम् R.6.85; (the word is thus popularly derived :-- कौ मोदन्ते जना यस्यां तेनासौ कौमुदी मता). -2 Anything serving as moonlight, i. e. causing delight and balmy coolness; त्वं कौमुदी नयनयोरमृतं त्वमङ्गे U.2; त्वमस्य लोकस्य च नेत्रकौमुदी Ku.5.71; या कौमुदी नयनयो- र्भवतः सुजन्मा Māl.1.34; cf. चन्द्रिका. -3 The full moon day in Kārtika; तस्मात्तु कपिला देया कौमुद्यां ज्येष्ठपुष्करे Mb.13.13.32. -4 The full moon day in Āśvina. -5 Festivity (in general). -6 Particularly, a festive day on which temples, houses &c. are illuminated. -7 (At the end of titles of works &c.) Elucidation, throwing light on the subject treated; e. g. तर्ककौमुदी, साख्यतत्त्वकौमुदी, सिद्धान्तकौमुदी &c. -Comp. -चारः the day of full moon in the month Āśvina. -तरुः the stick of a lamp. -पतिः the moon. -मुखम् appearance of moonlight; सखीजनोद्वी- क्षणकौमुदीमुखम् R.3.1. -वृक्षः the stick or stand of a lamp.
kratuḥ क्रतुः [कृ-कतु Uṇ.1.77] 1 A sacrifice; क्रतोरशेषेण फलेन युज्यताम् R.3.65; शतं क्रतूनामपविघ्नमाप सः 3.38; M.1.4; Ms.7.79. -2 An epithet of Viṣṇu. -3 One of the ten Prajāpatis; क्रतुं प्रजापतिमब्रुवन् Maitrī. Up.2.3; Ms. 1.35. -4 Intelligence, talent. -5 Power, ability. -6 Plan, design, purpose; क्रतो स्मर कृतं स्मर Iśop.17; Bṛi. Up.5.15.1. -7 Resolution, determination; यत्क्रतुर्भवति तत्कर्म कुरुते Bṛi. Up.4.4.5. -8 Desire, will. -9 Fitness, adequacy, efficiency. -1 Deliberation, consultation. -11 Inspiration. -12 Enlightenment. -13 Offering, worship; कामस्याप्तिं जगतः प्रतिष्ठां क्रतोरानन्त्यम- भयस्य पारम् Kaṭh.1.2.11; Personified, as married to क्रिया and father of 6 वालखिल्यs; क्रतोरपि क्रिया भार्या वालखिल्यानसूयत Bhāg.4.1.39. -14 An Aśvamedha sacrifice (these senses are mostly Vedic). -15 The month Āṣāḍha. -16 Excess of fondness or liking. -17 An organ [cf. Gr. kratos; Zend khratu]. -Comp. -अर्थः Something that is meant to subserve the purpose of the sacrifice (opp. पुरुषार्थ q. v.); पुरुषार्थे लक्षिते तद्विपरीतः क्रत्वर्थः इति क्रत्वर्थस्य लक्षणं सिद्धम् । ŚB. on MS.4.1.2. -उत्तमः the राजसूय sacrifice. -कर्मन् n. -क्रिया a sacrificial ceremony. -द्रुह्, -द्विष् m. 1 a demon, goblin, -2 The epithet of Ravaṇa; ऋणाद् बद्ध इवोन्मुक्तो वियोगेन क्रतुद्विषः Bk.8.12. -ध्वंसिन् m. an epithet of Śiva (who destroyed Dakṣa's sacrifice.) -पतिः the performer of a sacrifice. -पशुः a sacrificial horse. -पुरुषः an epithet of Viṣṇu. -फलम् The reward of a sacrifice, its object. -भुज् m. a god, deity. -राज् m. 1 the lord of sacrifices; यथाश्वमेधः क्रतुराट् Ms.9.26. -2 the राजसूय sacrifice; -राजः the राजसूय sacrifice; क्रतु- राजेन गोविन्द राजसूयेन पावनीः (यक्ष्ये) Bhāg.1.72.3.
kṣantṛ क्षन्तृ a. [क्षम्-तृच्] Patient, enduring, forbearing, submissive.
kṣama क्षम a. [क्षम्-अच्] 1 Patient (said of the earth); विमृग्वरीं पृथिवीमा वदामि क्षमां भूमिं ब्रह्मणा वावृधानाम् Av.12. 1.29. -2 Enduring, submissive; अतो$त्र किंचिद्भवर्ती बहुक्षमाम् Ku.5.4. -3 Adequate, competent, able (with gen., loc., inf. or in comp.) मलिनो हि यथादर्शो रूपालोकस्य न क्षमः Y.3.141; सा हि रक्षणविधौ तयोः क्षमा R.11.6; हृदयं न त्ववलम्बितुं क्षमाः R.8.6; गमनक्षम, निर्मूलनक्षम &c. -4 Appropriate, fit, proper, suitable; तन्नो यदुक्तमशिवं न हि तत्क्षमं ते U.1.14; आत्मकर्मक्षमं देहं क्षात्रो धर्म इवाश्रितः R.1.13; Ś5.27. -5 Fit for, capable of, suited to; उपभोगक्षमे देशे V.2; तपःक्षमं साधयितुं य इच्छति Ś.1.18; स्पर्शक्षमं रत्नम् 1.27;7.5. -6 Bearable, endurable. -7 Favourable, friendly. -8 Worthy; यूयमेव स्तवक्षमाः Mv.1.26. -मम् 1 Propriety, fitness. -2 Battle, war. -मः N. of Śiva.
kṣāra क्षार a. [क्षर्-ज्वला बा˚ ण] 1 Corrosive, caustic, acid, pungent, saline. -2 Flowing, oozing. -रः 1 Juice, essence. -2 Treacle, molasses. -3 Any corrosive or acid substances; क्षते क्षारमिवासह्यं जातं तस्यैव दर्शनम् U.4.7; क्षारं क्षते प्रक्षिपन् Mk.5.18; (क्षारं क्षते क्षिप् &c. has become proverbial, and means 'to aggravate the pain which is already unbearable', 'to make bad, worse', 'to add insult to injury'). -4 Glass. -5 Salt; caustic alkali; Y.3.36. -6 Ashes. -7 A rogue, cheat. -रम् 1 Black salt. -2 Water. -3 See क्षारः (3); आः क्षते क्षारमेतन्मे क्षिप्तं केनेत्यभाषत Ks.93.14. -Comp. -अच्छम् sea-salt. -अञ्जनम् an alkaline unguent. -अम्बु n. an alkaline fluid. -अष्ट- कम् N. of a collection of eight articles [Mar. पळस (Butea frondose), निवडुंग (Cactus Indicus), सर्जी (Saltpetre), चिंच (Tamarind), आघाडा (Achryanthes Aspara), रुई, तिलनाल, जव (Nitrate of Potash). -उदः, -उदकः -उदधिः, -समुद्रः, -सिन्धुः the salt ocean. -कर्दमः 1 a pool of saline mud. -2 N. of a hell; Bhāg.5.26.7. -क्षत a. damaged by saltpetre; Mk.3.14. -तैलम् oil cooked with alkaline ingredients. -त्रयम् -त्रितयम् natron, salt-petre and borax. -दशकम् N.of a collection of ten plants (Mar. शेवगा, मुळा, पळस, चिंच, चुका, आलें, निंब, आघाडा, ऊंस< कदली). -नदी a river of alkaline water in hell. -पञ्चकम् N. of a collection of five articles (Mar. जव, पुष्कर, सर्जी, पळस and तिलनाल). -भूमिः f., -मृत्तिका saline soil; किमाश्चर्यं क्षारभूमौ प्राणदा यमदूतिका Udb. -मेलकः an alkaline substance. -रसः a saline flavour. -श्रेष्ठम् alkaline earth. -षट्कम् N. of a collection of six plants (Mar. गुळवेल, कुडा, आघाडा, कळलावी, पुष्करमूल, तिलनाल).
kṣārayati क्षारयति Den. P. 1 To furnish or mix with acid substances. -2 To torture a person with acid substances. -3 To speak ill of a person, accuse. -4 To abuse, calumniate, traduce, censure; cf. आक्षर्.
kṣīṇa क्षीण p. p. [क्षि-क्त] 1 Thin, emaciated, waned, become lean, diminished, worn away, expended; भार्यां क्षीणेषु वित्तेषु (जानीयात्) H.1.7; so क्षीणः क्षीणो$पि शशी; K. P. क्षीणे पुण्ये मर्त्यलोकं विशन्ति Bg.9.21. -2 Slender, delicate; क्षीणेन मध्ये$पि सतोदरेण N.7.81. -3 Small, little. -4 Poor, miserable; यो वै प्रियसुखे क्षीणः Mb.12.295.13. -5 Powerless, weak. -6 Wasted away, decreased, lost, diminished. -7 Dead, destroyed; अक्षीणभक्तिः क्षीणे$पि नन्दे Mu.2.21. -8 Injured, broken, torn; -Comp. -कोश a. One whose wealth is exhausted; आरब्धै- र्व्यसनैंर्भूम्ना क्षीणकोशः क्षणे क्षणे Rāj. T.5.166. -चन्द्रः the moon on the wane. -धन a. reduced to poverty, impoverished. -पाप a. one who is purified after having suffered the consequence of sin. -पुण्य a. one who has enjoyed all his stock of merit, and must work to acquire more in another birth. -मध्य a. slender-waisted. -वासिन् a. inhabiting a dilapidated house. (-m.) a dove or pigeon. -विक्रान्त a. destitute of courage or prowess -वृत्ति a. deprived of the means of support, out of employ; Ms.8.341. -शक्ति, -बल a. weakened in strength, subsided (as a disease); उपेक्षितः क्षीणबलो$पि शत्रुः Pt.1.235.
kṣodaḥ क्षोदः [क्षुद्-घञ्] 1 Pounding, grinding. -2 The stone on which anything is ground or powdered, a mortar. -3 Any ground substance, flour. -4 Dust, particle, any small or minute particle; वीचीवातैः शीकरक्षोदशीतैः U.3.2. कीर्णैः पिष्टातकौघैः कृतदिवसमुखैः कुङ्कुमक्षोदगौरैः Ratn. 1.9. -5 A drop. -6 A lump, piece. -7 Multiplication. -Comp. -क्षम a. capable of standing a test, scrutiny or investigation. -2 solid, valid; N.6.113.
kṣodita क्षोदित a. [क्षुद्-णिच्-क्त] Pounded, ground. -तम् 1 Powder, dust. -2 Flour, any ground substance.
kṣetrīkṛ क्षेत्रीकृ 8 U. To expose to, to subject to; Mu.7.4; K.135.
kṣaudraḥ क्षौद्रः 1 The Champaka tree. -2 N. of a mixed caste; (son of a Vaideha and Māgadhī) -द्रम् 1 Smallness. -2 Meanness, lowness. -3 Honey; स क्षौद्रपटलैरिव R.4.63. -4 Water. -5 A particle of dust. -a. Small; क्षौद्रालापय कामदं श्रियमृते सैवैकनिष्ठा स्त्रियाम् Bhāg.1.9.24. -Comp. -जम् wax. -धातुः a kind of mineral substance; (माक्षिक). -मेहः the disease diabetes mellitus.
gaṇaḥ गणः [गण् कर्मणि कर्तरि वा अच्] 1 A flock, multitude, group, troop, collection; गुणिगणगणना, भगणः -2 A series, a class. -3 A body of followers or attendants. -4 Particularly, a troop of demigods considered as Śiva's attendants and under the special superintendence of Gaṇeśa, a demigod of this troop; गणानां त्वा गणपतिं हवामहे कविं कवीनाम् &c.; गणा नमेरुप्रसवावतंसाः Ku.1.55,7.4,71; Me.35.57; Ki.5.13. -5 Any assemblage or society of men formed for the attainment of the same objects. -6 A company, association. -7 A tribe, class. -8 A series of lunar mansions classed under three heads (of god, men and demons). -9 A sect (in philosophy, religion). -1 A small body of troops (a sub-division of अक्षौहिणी), consisting of 27 chariots, as many elephants, 81 horses and 135 foot; Mb.1.2.21. -11 A number (in math.). -12 A foot (in prosody). -13 (In gram.) A series of roots or words belonging to the same rule and called after the first word of that series; e. g. भ्वादिगण i. e. the class of roots which begin with भू. -14 An epithet of Gaṇeśa. -Comp. -अग्रणी m. N. of Gaṇeśa. -अचलः N. of the mountain Kailāsa, as the residence of the Gaṇas of Śiva. -अधिपः, -अधिपतिः 1 N. of Śiva; Śi.9.27. -2 N. of Gaṇeśa. -3 the chief of a troop of soldiers or of a class of disciples, of a body of men or animals. -अन्नम् a mess, food prepared for number of persons in common; Ms.4.29,219. -अभ्यन्तर a. one of a troop or number. (-रः) the leader or member of any religious association; Ms.3.154. -ईशः N. of Gaṇapati, Śiva's son (see गणपति below). ˚जननी an epithet of Pārvatī. ˚भूषणम् red-lead. -ईशानः, -ईश्वरः 1 an epithet of Gaṇeśa. -2 of Śiva. -उत्साहः the rhinoceros. -कारः 1 a classifier. -2 an epithet of Bhīmasena. -कृत्वस् ind. for a whole series of times, for a number of times. -गतिः a particular high number. -चक्रकम् a dinner eaten in common by a party of virtuous men. -छन्दस् n. metre regulated and measured by feet. -तिथ a. forming a troop or collection. -दीक्षा 1 initiation of a number or a class. -2 performance of rites for a number of persons. -दीक्षिन् a. 1 one who officiates for a number of persons or for various castes (as a priest). -2 one who has been initiated into the worship of Ganeśa. -देवताः (pl.) groups of deities who generally appear in classes of troops; Ak. thus classifies them :-- आदित्यविश्ववसव- स्तुषिता भास्वरानिलाः । महाराजिकसाध्याश्च रुद्राश्च गणदेवताः ॥ -द्रव्यम् 1 public property, common stock; Y.2.187. -2 a variety of articles. -धरः 1 the head of a class or number. -2 the teacher of a school. -नाथः, -नाथकः 1 an epithet of Śiva. -2 of Gaṇeśa. -3 the leader of the attendants of any god; Bhāg.5.17.13. -4 the head of an assemblage or corporation; Bṛi. S.15.4. -नायिका an epithet of Durgā. -पः, पतिः 1 N. of Śiva. -2 N. of Gaṇeśa. [He is the son of Śiva and Pārvatī, or of Pārvatī only; for according to one legend, he sprang from the scurf of her body. He is the god of wisdom and remover of obstacles; hence he is invoked and worshipped at the commencement of every important undertaking. He is usually represented in a sitting posture, short and fat, with a protuberant belly, and four hands; riding a mouse; and with the head of an elephant. This head has only one tusk, the other having been lost in a scuffle between him and Paraśurāma when he opposed the latter's entrance to Śiva's inner apartments; (whence he is called Ekadanta, Ekadaṁṣṭra &c.). There are several legends accounting for his elephant head. It is said that he wrote the Mahābhārata at the dictation of Vyāsa who secured his services as a scribe from the god Brahman]. -3 also an epithet of Bṛihaspati and Indra. -4 the leader of a class or troop. -पर्वत see गणाचल. -पाठः a collection of gaṇas or series of words falling under the same grammatical rule. -पीठकम् the breast, bosom. -पुङ्गवः the head of a tribe or class. (pl.) N. of a country and its people; Bṛi. S.4.24. -पूर्वः the leader of a tribe or class; (ग्रामणी); Mb.13.23.2. ˚तापनी N. of a Upaniṣad. -भर्तृ m. 1 an epithet of Śiva; गणभर्तृरुक्षा Ki.5.42. -2 N. of Gaṇeśa. -3 the leader of a class. -भोजनम् mess, eating in common. -यज्ञः a rite common to all. -रत्नमहोदधिः a collection of grammatical gaṇas by Vardhamāna. -राज्यम् N. of an empire in the Deccan; Bṛi. S.14. 14. -रात्रम् a series of nights. -वल्लभः a general of the army (सेनानायक); Rām.2.81.12. -वृत्तम् see गणच्छन्दस्. -हासः, -हासकः a species of perfume.
gandhaḥ गन्धः [गन्ध्-पचाद्यच्] 1 Smell, odour; गन्धमाघ्राय चोर्व्याः Me.21; अपघ्नन्तो दुरितं हव्यगन्धैः Ś.4.8; R.12.27. (गन्ध is changed to गन्धि when as the last member of a Bah. comp. it is preceded by उद्, पूति, सु, सुरभि, or when the compound implies comparison; सुगन्धि, सुरभिगन्धि, कमलगन्धि मुखम्; शालिनिर्यासगन्धिभिः R.1.38; आहुति˚ 1.53; also when गन्ध is used in the sense of 'a little'). -2 Smell considered as one of the 24 properties or guṇas of the Vaiśeṣikas; it is a property characteristic of पृथिवी or earth which is defined as गन्धवती पृथ्वी T. S. -3 The mere smell of anything, a little, a very small quantity; घृतगन्धि भोजनम् Sk. -4 A perfume, any fragrant substance; एषा मया सेविता गन्धयुक्तिः Mk.8; Y.1. 231; Mu.1.4. -5 Sulphur. -6 Pounded sandal wood. -7 Connection, relationship. -8 A neighbour. -9 Pride, arrogance; as in आत्तगन्ध humbled or mortified. -1 An epithet of Śiva. -11 A sectarial mark on the forehead. -12 Similarity (सादृश्य); डुण्डुभानहिगन्धेन न त्वं हिंसितुमर्हसि Mb.1.1.3. -न्धम् 1 Smell. -2 Black aloewood. -Comp. -अधिकम् a kind of perfume. -अपकर्ष- णम् removing smells. -अम्बु n. fragrant water. -अम्ला the wild lemon tree. -अश्मन् m. sulphur. ...... गन्धा- श्मानं मनःशिलाम् । Śiva. B.3.19. -अष्टकम् a mixture of 8 fragrant substances offered to deities, varying in kind according to the nature of the deity to whom they are offered. Generally sandal, camphor, saffron, उशीर, cyperus pertenuis (Mar. नागरमोथा), गोरोचन, देवदार and a flower are used in the mixture. -आखुः the musk-rat. -आजीवः a vendor of perfumes. -आढ्य a. rich in odour, very fragrant; स्रजश्चोत्तमगन्धाढ्याः Mb. (-ढ्यः) the orange tree. (-ढ्यम्) sandal-wood. -इन्द्रियम् the organ of smell. -इभः, -गजः, -द्विपः, -हस्तिन् m. 'the scentelephant', an elephant of the best kind; यस्य गन्धं समाघ्राय न तिष्ठन्ति प्रतिद्विपाः । स वै गन्धगजो नाम नृपतेर्विजयावहः ॥ Pālakāpyam; शमयति गजानन्यान्गन्धद्विपः कलभो$पि सन् V.5. 18; R.6.7;17.7; गन्धेन जेतुः प्रमुखागतस्य गन्धद्विपस्येव मतङ्गजौघः । Ki.17.17. -उत्तमा spirituous liquor. -उदम् scented water; Bhāg.9.11.26. -उपजीविन् m. one who lives by perfumes, a perfumer. -ओतुः (forming गन्धोतु वार्तिक or गन्धौतु) the civet cat. -कारिका 1 a female servant whose business is to prepare perfumes. -2 a female artisan living in the house of another, but not altogether subject to another's control. -कालिका, -काली f. N. of Satyavatī, mother of Vyāsa; Mb.1. -काष्ठम् aloe-wood. -कुटी 1 a kind of perfume. (-टिः, -टी) -2 The Buddhist temple, any chamber used by Buddha; पुण्योद्देशवशाच्चकार रुचिरां शौद्धोदनेः श्रद्धया । श्रीमद्गन्धकुटीमिमामिव कुटीं मोक्षस्य सौख्यस्य च ॥ (An inscription at Gayā V.9. Ind. Ant. Vol.X). -केलिका, -चेलिका musk. -ग a. 1 taking a scent, smelling. -2 redolent. -गजः see गन्धेभ. -गुण a. having the property of odour. -घ्राणम् the smelling of any odour. -चरा f. The fourth stage of must of an elephant; Mātaṅga L.9.15. -जलम् fragrant water; सिक्तां गन्धजलैः Bhāg.1.11.14. -ज्ञा the nose. -तूर्यम् a musical instrument of a loud sound used in battle (as a drum or trumpet). -तैलम् 1 a fragrant oil, a kind of oil prepared with fragrant substances. -2 sulphur-butter. -दारु n. aloe-wood. -द्रव्यम् a fragrant substance. -द्वार a. perceptible through the odour. -धारिन् a. bearing fragrance. (-m.) an epithet of Śiva. -धूलिः f. musk. -नकुलः the musk-rat. -नालिका, -नाली the nose. -निलया a kind of jasmine. -पः N. of a class of manes. -पत्रा, -पलाशी a species of zedoary. -पलाशिका turmeric. -पालिन् m. an epithet of Śiva. -पाषाणः sulphur. -पिशाचिका the smoke of burnt fragrant resin (so called from its dark colour or cloudy nature, or perhaps from its attracting demons by fragrance). -पुष्पः 1 the Vetasa plant. -2 The Ketaka plant. (-ष्पम्) 1 a fragrant flower. -2 flowers and sandal offered to deities at the time of worship. -पुष्पा an indigo plant. -पूतना a kind of imp or goblin. -फली 1 the Priyañgu creeper. -2 a bud of the Champaka tree. -बन्धुः the mango tree. -मातृ f. the earth. -मादन a. intoxicating with fragrance. (-नः) 1 a large black bee. -2 sulphur. -3 an epithet of Rāvaṇa. (-नः, -नम्) N. of a particular mountain to the east of Meru, renowned for its fragrant forests (-नम्) the forest on this mountain. -मादनी spirituous liquor. -मादिनी lac. -मार्जारः the civet cat. -मुखा, -मूषिकः, -मूषी f. the musk rat. -मृगः 1 the civet cat. -2 the musk-deer. -मैथुनः a bull. -मोदनः sulphur. -मोहिनी a bud of the Champaka tree. -युक्तिः f. preparation of perfumes. -रसः myrrh (Mar. रक्त्याबोळ); लाक्षां गन्धरसं चापि ...... Śiva. B.3.2. ˚अङ्गकः turpentine. -राजः a kind of jasmine. (-जम्) 1 a sort of perfume. -2 sandal-wood. -लता the Priyañgu creeper. -लोलुपा 1 a bee. -2 a fly or gnat. -वहः the wind; रात्रिंदिवं गन्धवहः प्रयाति Ś.5.4; दिग्दक्षिणा गन्धवहं मुखेन Ku.3.25. -वहा the nose. -वाहः 1 the wind; देहं दहन्ति दहना इव गन्धवाहाः Bv.1.14. -2 the musk-deer. -वाही the nose. -विह्वलः wheat. -वृक्षकः, -वृक्ष the Śāla tree. -व्याकुलम् a kind of fragrant berry (कक्कोल.) -शुण़्डिनी the musk-rat. -शेखरः musk. -सारः 1 sandal. -2 a kind of jasmine. -सुखी, -सूयी the musk shrew. -सोमम् the white water-lily. -हस्तिन् m. a scent-elephant; यस्य गन्धं समाघ्राय न तिष्ठन्ति प्रतिद्विपाः । तं गन्धहस्तिनं प्राहुर्नृपतोर्विजयावहम् ॥ Pālakāpyam. -हारिका a female servant whose business is to prepare perfumes; cf. गन्धकारिका.
gandharvaḥ गन्धर्वः 1 A celestial musician, a class of demi-gods regarded as the singers or musicians of gods, and said to give good and agreeable voice to girls; पतङ्गो वाचं मनसा बिभर्ति तां गन्धर्वो$वदद्गर्भे अन्तः Rv.1.177.2; Av.11.5.2; सोमं शौचं ददावासां गन्धर्वश्च शुभां गिरम् Y.1.71. -2 A singer in general; Mb.7.57.4. -3 A horse; Mb.3. -4 The musk-deer. -5 The soul after death and previous to its being born again; तस्यासीद्दुहिता गन्धर्वगृहीता Bṛi. Up.3.3.1. -6 The black cuckoo. -7 The sun. -8 A sage, pious man; Vāj.32.7. -Comp. -तैलम् Castor-oil. -नगरम्, -पुरम् the city of the Gandharvas, an imaginary city in the sky, probably the result of some natural phenomenon, such as mirage; गन्धर्वनगराकारं तथैवान्तर्हितं पुनः Mb.1.126.35. -राजः Chitraratha, the chief of the Gandharvas. -विद्या the science of music. -विवाहः one of the eight forms of marriage described in Ms.3.27 &c.; in this form marriage proceeds entirely from love or the mutual inclination of a youth and maiden without ceremonies and without consulting relatives; it is, as Kālidāsa observes, कथमप्यबान्धवकृता स्नेहप्रवृत्तिः Ś.4.17. -वेदः one of the four subordinate Vedas or Upavedas, which treats of music; see उपवेद. -हस्तः, -हस्तकः the castoroil plant.
garbhikāvarja गर्भिकावर्ज a. (A coral) free from contamination of other substances inside; Kau. A.2.11.
garvaḥ गर्वः 1 Pride, arrogance; मा कुरु धनजनयौवनगर्वं हरति निमेषात्कालः सर्वम् Moha. M.4; मुधेदानीं यौवनगर्वं वहसि M.4. -2 Pride considered as one of the 33 subordinate feelings in rhetoric; रूपधनविद्यादिप्रयुक्तात्मोत्कर्षज्ञानाधीनपरावहेलनम् R. G.; or, according to S. D. गर्वो मदः प्रभावश्रीविद्यासत्कुलतादिजः । अवज्ञासविलासाङ्गदर्शनाविनयादिकृत् ॥ 181.
gava गव (A substitute for गो at the beginning of certain compounds, especially before words beginning with vowels or as the second member of Dvigu comp.; पञ्चगवम् five cows; गवाकृति cow-shaped). -Comp. -अक्षः 1 an air hole, a round window; विलोलनेत्रभ्रमरैर्गवाक्षाः सहस्रपत्राभरणा इवासन् R.7.11; कुवलयितगवाक्षां लोचनैरङ्गनानाम् 11.93; Ku. 7.58; Me.1. ˚जालम् a lattice. -2 the mesh of a shirt of mail. -अक्षकः an air-hole. -अक्षित a. furnished with windows. -अग्रम् a multitude of cows; (written as गो$ग्रम्, गोअग्रम् and गवाग्रम्). -अदनम् pasture or meadow grass. -अदनी 1 a pasture. -2 a manger, a trough for holding grass &c. for feeding cattle. -अधिका lac. -अनृतम् a lie on cow's oath (अनृतगोशपथस्य पापम्); तस्या- धर्मो गवानृतम् Mb.13.23.33; Ms.8.98. -अमृतम् 1 the beverage or nectar consisting of rays of light. -2 cow's milk. -अर्ह a. of the value of a cow. -अविकम् cattle and sheep. -अशनः 1 a shoe-maker. -2 an out-cast. -अश्वम् bulls and horses. -आकृति a. cow-shaped. -आलम्भः the cow-killing in मधुपर्क rite. -आह्निकम् the daily measure of food given to a cow; a kind of व्रत; निरुद्विग्नस्तु यो दद्यान्मासमेकं गवाह्निकम् Mb.13.133.3. -इन्द्रः 1 an owner of kine. -2 an excellent bull. -ईशः, -ईश्वरः an owner of cows. -उद्धः an excellent cow or bull; Rām.4.28.43; Mb.13.78.14. -राजः a bull.
gavya गव्य a. [गवे हितं यत्] 1 Consisting of cattle or cows. -2 Coming or got from a cow (as milk, curds &c.); गव्येन दत्ते श्राद्धे तु संवत्सरमिहोच्यते Mb.13.88.8. -3 Proper or fit for cattle. -4 Sacred to the cow, worshipping the cow. -व्यम् 1 Cattle, a herd of cows; गव्यं यव्यं यन्तो Rv.1.14.13. -2 Pasture-land. -3 The milk, curds &c of a cow; Mb.13.66.13. -4 A bow-string; श्रवणोपा- न्तिकनीयमानगव्यम् Śi.2.19. -5 Colouring substance, yellow pigment. -6 The sacrificial act called गवामयनम्; गव्यस्य च तदादिषु Ms.8.1.18; गव्यमिति गवामयनं ब्रूमः ŚB. on MS.8.1.18. -व्या 1 A herd of cows. -2 A measure of distance equal to two Krośas. -3 A bow-string. -4 A colouring substance, yellow pigment.
gāndharva गान्धर्व a. (-र्वी f.) [गन्धर्वस्येदम्-अण्] Relating to the Gandharvas. -र्वः 1 A singer, celestial chorister; Rām.7.94.6. -2 One of the eight forms of marriage; गान्धर्वः समयान्मिथः Y.1.61; (for explanation, see गन्धर्व- विवाह); cf. अग्निर्गान्धर्वी पथ्यामृतस्या Rv.1.8.6. -3 A subordinate Veda treating of music attached to the Sāmaveda; see उपवेद. -4 A horse. -र्वम् The art of the Gandharvas; i. e. music, singing; कापि वेला चारुदत्तस्य गान्धर्व श्रोतुं गतस्य Mk.3; अये गान्धर्वध्वनिरिव श्रूयते Avimārakam 3; Ks.12.28. -र्वी 1 Speech. -2 An epithet of Durgā. -Comp. -कला, -विद्या, -शिक्षा, -शास्त्रम् song, music; यद्गन्धर्वकलासु कौशलम् Gīt.12.28; Ks.12.27. -चित्त a. one whose mind is possessed by a Gandharva. -वेदः the Veda of music (considered as an appendix to Sāmaveda and ascribed to Bharata). -शाला a music saloon, concert-hall; तत्र गान्धर्वशालायां वत्सराज उवास सः Ks.12.31. गान्धर्व gāndharva (र्वि rvi) कः kḥ गान्धर्व (र्वि) कः A singer; Ks.63.
gāyanaḥ गायनः (-नी f.) [गै-ल्युट्] A singer; गायनैश्च विरोविण्यो वादनैश्च तथापरैः । विरेजुर्विपुलास्तत्र सर्वरत्नसमन्विताः ॥ Rām.1.18. 19; तथैव तत्पौरुषगायनीकृताः N.1.13; Bh.3.27 v. l. -नम् 1 Singing a song. -2 Practising singing as a means of subsistence.
guṇaḥ गुणः [गुण्-अच्] 1 A quality (good or bad); सुगुण, दुर्गुण; यदङ्गनारूपसरूपतायाः कञ्चिद्गुणं भेदकमिच्छतीभिः Śi.3.42. -2 (a) A good quality, merit, virtue, excellence; कतमे ते गुणाः Māl.1; वसन्ति हि प्रेम्णि गुणा न वस्तुनि Ki.8.37; R.1.9,22; साधुत्वे तस्य को गुणः Pt.4.18. (b) Eminence. -3 Use, advantage, good (with instr. usually), Pt. 5.; कः स्थानलाभे गुणः 2.21; H.1.49; Mu.1.15. -4 Effect, result, efficacy, good result; संभावनागुणमवेहि तमीश्वराणाम् Ś.7.4; गुणमहतां महते गुणाय योगः Ki.1.25;6. 7. -5 (a) A single thread or string. (b) Thread, string, rope, cord, मेखलागुणैः Ku.4.8;5.1; तृणैर्गुणत्व- मापन्नैर्वध्यन्ते मत्तदन्तिनः H.1.32; यतः परेषां गुणग्रहीतासि Bv.1. 9 (where गुण also means 'a merit'). -6 The bow- string; गुणकृत्ये धनुषो नियोजिता Ku.4.15,29; कनकपिङ्गतडिद्- गुणसंयुतम् R.9.54. -7 The string of a musical instrument; कलवल्लकीगुणस्वानमानम् Śi.4.57. -8 A sinew. -9 A quality, attribute, property in general; यादृग्गुणेन भर्त्रा स्त्री संयुज्येत यथाविधि Ms.9.22. -1 A quality, characteristic or property of all substances, one of the seven categories of padārthas of the Vaiśeṣikas, (the number of these properties is 24). -11 An ingredient or constituent of nature, any one of the three properties belonging to all created things; (these are स्त्व, रजस् and तमस्); गुणत्रयविभागाय Ku.2.4; सत्त्वं रजस्तम इति गुणाः प्रकृतिसंभवाः Bg.14.5; R.3.27. -12 A wick, cotton thread; नृपदीपो धनस्नेहं प्रजाभ्यः संहरन्नपि । अन्तर- स्थैर्गुणैः शुभ्रैर्लक्ष्यते नैव केनचित् ॥ Pt.1.221. -13 An object of sense, (these are five रूप, रस, गन्ध, स्पर्श, and शब्द); गुणैर्गुणान्स भुञ्जान आत्मप्रद्योतितैः प्रभुः Bhāg.11.3.5. -14 Repetition, multiplication, denoting 'folds' or 'times', usually at the end of comp. after numerals; आहारो द्विगुणः स्त्रीणां बुद्धिस्तासां चतुर्गुणा । ष़ड्गुणो व्यवसायश्च कामश्चाष्टगुणः स्मृतः ॥ Chāṇ.78; so त्रिणुण; शतगुणीभवति becomes a hundred-fold, अध्यर्धगुणमाहुर्यं बले शौर्ये च केशव Mb.11.2.1. -15 A secondary element, a subordinate part (opp. मुख्य); न च गुणानुग्रहार्थं प्रधानस्यावृत्तिर्युक्ता ŚB. on MS.12.1.4. -16 Excess, abundance, superfluity; पराङ्मुखवधं कृत्वा को$त्र प्राप्तस्त्वया गुणः Rām.4.17.16. -17 An adjective, a word subordinate to another in a sentence. -18 The substitution of ए, ओ, अर् and अल् for इ, उ, ऋ (short or long) and लृ, or the vowels अ, ए, ओ and अर् and अल्. -19 (In Rhet.) Quality considered as an inherent property of a Rasa or sentiment. Mammaṭa thus defines गुण. --ये रहस्याङ्गिनो धर्माः शौर्यादय इवात्मनः । उत्कर्ष- हेतवस्ते स्युरचलस्थितयो गुणाः ॥ K. P.8. (Some writers on rhetoric, such as Vāmana, Jagannātha Paṇḍita, Daṇḍin and others, consider Guṇas to be properties both of शब्द and अर्थ, and mention ten varieties under each head. Mammaṭa, however, recognises only three, and, after discussing and criticizing the views of others, says : माधुर्यौजःप्रसादाख्यास्त्रयस्ते न पुनर्दश K. P.8); Ki.17.6. -2 (In gram. and Mīm.) Property considered as the meaning of a class of words; e. g. grammarians recognise four kinds of the meaning of words; जाति, गुण, किया and द्रव्य, and give गौः, शुक्लः, चलः and डित्थः as instances to illustrate these meanings. -21 (In politics) A proper course of action, an expedient. (The expedients to be used by a king in foreign politics are six :-- 1 सन्धि peace or alliance; 2 विग्रह war; 3 यान march or expedition; 4 स्थान or आसन halt; 5 संश्रय seeking shelter; 6 द्वैध or द्वैधीभाव duplicity; सन्धिर्ना विग्रहो यानमासनं द्वैधमाश्रयः Ak.) see Y.1.346; Ms.7.16; Śi.2.26; R.8.21. -22 The number 'three' (derived from the three qualities). -23 The chord of an arc (in geom.). -24 An organ of sense. -25 A subordinate dish; Ms. 3.226,233. -26 A cook. -27 An epithet of Bhīma as in युधिष्टिरो$पि गुणप्रियः Vas. -28 Leaving, abandonment. -29 A multiplier, coefficient (in math.) -3 Division, subdivision, species, kind. -31 The peculiar property of letters which are pronounced with external utterance (बाह्यप्रयत्न); they are eleven. -Comp. -अग्ऱ्यम् a principal quality; ˚वर्तिन्; स्वमूर्तिभेदेन गुणाग्ऱ्यवर्तिना पतिः प्रजानामिव सर्गमात्मनः R.3.27. -अगुणः merit and demerit Ms.3.22;9.331; अनपेक्ष्य गुणागुणौ जनः स्वरुचिं निश्चयतो$नु- धावति Si.16.44. -अतीत a. freed from all properties, being beyond them; सर्वारम्भपरित्यागी गुणातीतः स उच्यते Bg.14.25. (-तः) the Supreme Being. -अधिष्ठानकम् the region of the breast where the girdle is fastened. -अनुबन्धित्वम् connection or association with virtues; गुणा गुणानुबन्धित्वात्तस्य सप्रसवा इव R.1.22. -अनुरागः love or appreciation of the good qualities of others; गुणा- नुरागादिव सख्यमीयिवान्न बाधते$स्य त्रिगणः परस्परम् Ki.1.11. -अनुरोधः conformity or suitableness to good qualities. -अन्तरम् a different (higher) quality; गुणान्तरं व्रजति शिल्पमाधातुः M.1.6. -अन्वित, -उपपन्न, -युक्त, -संपन्न a. endowed with good qualities, meritorious, worthy, good, excellent. -अपवादः, -निन्दा disparagement, detraction. -अभिधानम् A subsidiary injunction; द्रव्योपदेशाद्वा गुणा- भिधानं स्यात् M.8.4.5. -आकरः 1 'a mine of merits', one endowed with all virtues; सृजति तावदशेषगुणाकरं पुरुषरत्न- मलङ्करणं मुवः Bh.2.92. -2 N. of Śiva. -आढ्य a. rich in virtues. -आत्मन् a. having qualities. -आधारः 'a receptacle of virtues', a virtuous or meritorious person. -आश्रय a. virtuous, excellent. -ईश्वरः 1 the Supreme Being. -2 the Chitrakūṭa mountain. -उत्कर्षः excellence of merit, possession of superior qualities. -उत्कीर्तनम् panegyric, eulogium. -उत्कृष्ट a. superior in merit; Ms.8.73. -उपेत a. endowed with good qualities; पुत्रमेवङ्गुणोपेतं चक्रवर्तिनमाप्नुहि Ś.1.12. -ओघः, -घम् superior or abundant merits. -कथनम् extolling, praising. -2 a condition or state of mind of the hero of a drama to which he is reduced by Cupid. -कर्तृत्वम् the state of an agent of properties; गुणकर्तृत्वे$पि तथा कर्तेव भवत्युदासीनः Sāṅ. K.2. -कर्मन् n. 1 an unessential or secondary action. -2 (in gram.) the secondary or less immediate (i. e. indirect) object of an action; e. g. in the example नेता$श्वस्य स्रुघ्नं स्रुघ्नस्य वा, स्रुघ्नम् is a गुणकर्मन्. ˚विभाग a. distinguishing an action and an attribute. -कल्पना f. imputing a figurative meaning, one of the modes of interpreting a sentence. According to it an expression may be understood as conveying not what is actually expressed by it but the quality or qualities thereof. e. g. सिंहो देवदत्तः means प्रसह्यकरी देवदत्तः; ŚB. on MS.1.2.1. -काण्डः a series of subsidiary (details); एवमेक उत्कृष्यमाणः सर्वं गुणकाण्डमुत्कर्षति ŚB. on MS.5. 1.24. -कार a. productive of good qualities, profitable, salutary. (-रः) 1 a cook who prepares sidedishes or any secondary articles of food. -2 an epithet of Bhīma. -3 (in math.) the multiplier. -कीर्तनम्, -श्लाघा, -स्तुतिः f. praise, extolling. -कृत्यम् the function of a bow-string; गुणकृत्ये धनुषो नियोजिता Ku.4.15. -गणः a number or series of good qualities; Bhāg.5.3.11. -गानम् singing of merits, panegyric, praise. -गृध्नु a. 1 desiring good qualities; ये चान्ये गुणगृध्नवः Bhāg.3.14.2. -2 possessing enviable or good qualities. -गृह्य a. appreciating or admiring merits (wherever they may be), attached to merits; appreciative; ननु वक्तृविशेषनिःस्पृहा गुणगृह्या वचने विपश्चितः Ki.2.5. -गौरी a woman chaste by virtuous conduct; अनृतगिरं गुणगौरि मा कृथा माम् Śi. -ग्रहणम् appreciating merits. -ग्रहीतृ, -ग्राहक, -ग्राहिन् a. appreciating the merits (of others); श्रीहर्षो निपुणः कविः परिषदप्येषा गुणग्राहिणी Ratn.1.4; Śi.2.82; Bv.1.9. -ग्रामः a collection of virtues or merits; गुरुतरगुणग्रामांभोजस्फुटोज्ज्वलचन्द्रिका Bh.3.116; गणयति गुणग्रामम् Gīt.2; Bv.1.13. -घातिन् a. detractor, envious, censorious. -ज्ञ a. knowing how to admire or appreciate merits, appreciative; भगवति कमलालये भृशमगुणज्ञासि Mu.2; गुणा गुणज्ञेषु गुणा भवन्ति H. Pr.47. -त्रयम्, -त्रितयम् the three constituent properties of nature; i. e. सत्त्व, रजस् and तमस्. ˚आभासः life. -दोषौ (du.) virtue and vice; ˚कथा; Pt.2.67. -धर्मः the virtue or duty incidental to the possession of certain qualities. -निधिः a store of virtues. -पदी a woman having feet as thin as cords. -पूगम् great merits; भवद्गुणपूगपूरितम् (श्रवणम्) Śi.9.64. -प्रकर्षः excellence of merits, great merit; गुणप्रकर्षादुडुपेन शम्भोरलङ्- घ्यमुल्लङ्घितमुत्तमाङ्गम् Mk.4.23. -भावः being subsidiary to something else; परार्थता हि गुणभावः । ŚB. on MS.4.3.1. -भोक्तृ a. perceiving the properties of things; निर्गुणं गुणभोक्तृ च Bg.13.14. -महत् a superior quality. -मुष्टिः f. a particular method of stringing the bow; cf. पताका वज्रमुष्टिश्च सिंहकर्णस्तथैव च । मत्सरी काकतुण्डी च योजनीया यथा- क्रमम् ॥ Dhanur.84. -रागः delighting in the merits of others; गुणरागगतां तस्य रूपिणीमिव दुर्गतिम् Ks.2.51. -राशिः an epithet of Śiva -लक्षणम् mark or indication of an internal property. -लयनिका, -लयनी a tent. -लुब्ध a. 1 desirous of merits. -2 attached to merits. -वचनम्, -वाचकः a word which connotes an attribute or quality, an adjective, or substantive used attributively; as श्वेत in श्वेतो$श्वः. -वादः 1 pointing out good merits. -2 a statement in a secondary sense; गुणवादस्तु MS. 1.2.1 (Śabara explains this as : गौण एष वादो भवति यत् सम्बन्धिनि स्तोतव्ये सम्बन्ध्यन्तरं स्तूयते । ŚB. on ibid.). -3 a statement contradictory to other arguments; Madhusūdana. -विवेचना discrimination in appreciating the merits of others, a just sense of merit. -विशेषाः external organs, mind and spiritual ignorance; परस्पर- विलक्षणा गुणविशेषाः (बाह्येन्द्रियमनो$हङ्काराश्च) Sāṅ. K.36. -षः a different property. -वृक्षः, -वृक्षकः a mast or a post to which a ship or boat is fastened. -वृत्तिः f. 1 a secondary or unessential condition or relation (opp. मुख्यवृत्ति). -2 the character or style of merits. -वैशेष्यम् pre-eminence of merit; अन्योन्यगुणवैशेष्यान्न किंचिदतिरिच्यते Ms.9.296. -शब्दः an adjective. -संख्यानम् 'enumeration of the three essential qualities', a term applied to the Sāṅkhya (including the Yoga) system of philosophy; ज्ञानं कर्म च कर्ता च त्रिधैव गुणभेदतः प्रोच्यते गुणसंख्याने Bg.18.19. -संगः 1 association with qualities or merits. -2 attachment to objects of sense or worldly pleasures. -संग्रहः a collection of merits or properties; कथं गुणज्ञो विरमेद्विना पशुं श्रीर्यत्प्रवव्रे गुणसंग्रहेच्छ